P2P Malaysia Paddy

Arabic with Husna – Nahw Textbook
8.1 Unit 8.1: The Past tense Fi’l
HOMEWORK
By the end of this lesson, I should be able to…
Identify ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض‬
Recite the past tense chart for any ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
5 – THE PAST TENSE FI’L (‫)اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
5.1: Introduction
ْ
A ‫ ِﻓﻌﻞ‬is defined as a word that has a tense, or a word that is stuck in time. For
example, “jumped” is past tense, “talks” is present tense and “will sleep” is future
tense.
In Arabic the three tenses are represented by two forms: past tense form and
present/future tense form.
You many think a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is a verb; however, there is a fundamental difference

between the two. A verb in English is defined as a word that conveys an action,
such as “ate”, “reads”, “will sleep” etc. However, in the aforementioned examples
we do not know who did the action. Who ate? Who is reading? Who will sleep?
ٌ ٌ ْ
In Arabic, every active ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬comes with an inside pronoun (‫)ﺿ ِﻤﲑ ﻣ ْﺴﺘ ِﱰ‬ َ that is the
َ ُ
ْ
doer (‫)ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬.
ِ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
َ َ َ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ أ‬means “I write”. Therefore, a
ُ ُ َ
For example: means “He ate”,
‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is considered a complete sentence on its own, because it not only tells you
what was done, but also who did it.
© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 84
Thus, the simplest ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ (‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬based sentence) is simply a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬on its own.
5.2 Past Tense ‫ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬Chart
Plural Pair Singular

They (2) helped. ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬
Masculine 3rd
They helped. ُ ُ He helped. َُ person
‫َﻧﺼﺮوا‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮ‬

ُ َ َ َ َ
‫ﻦ‬
َّ ‫ﻫ‬
ُ They (2f) helped ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﻫﻲ‬
Feminine 3rd
They(f) helped. ُ She helped. َ
ْ
person
‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮﺗﺎ‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮت‬

َ َ َ َْ َ َ ْ
ْ ‫ أ ْﻧ‬You (2) helped. ‫أﻧﺘﻤﺎ‬ ‫ أَﻧﺖ‬nd
ُ َ ُ َ
Masculine
َ
You all helped. You helped.
2 person
ْ ‫ﻧﺼ‬
‫ﺮ‬ ‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮﺗُﻤﺎ‬ ‫ت‬ ْ ‫ﻧﺼ‬
‫ﺮ‬
ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ
ْ ْ ْ
You all(f) helped. ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺘ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ‬ُ َ ‫ أ‬You helped(f).
‫ﺘ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫أَﻧ‬
Feminine 2nd
َّ ُ َ You (2f) helped
person
‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ْ ‫ﻧﺼ‬

‫ﺮ‬ ‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮﺗُﻤﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺼ ْﺮ‬
‫ت‬ ‫َﻧ‬
َّ ُ َ َ َ َ
‫َﻧﺤﻦ‬ ‫أَﻧﺎ‬
1st Person
ُ
We helped. I helped.
‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ت‬

ُ
ْ ‫ﻧﺼ‬
‫ﺮ‬
َ َ َ

5.3 Using the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
Now that we have learned the past tense, we can learn how to manipulate
sentences with the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Doing so allows you to become comfortable with the
common rules governing ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬usage before learning the present tense. Thus, the
information that follows is applicable to both past tense and present tense ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.
5.3.1 Attaching Pronouns to Fi’ls
Recall that an attached pronoun is either in the ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬or ‫ ﺟﺮ‬status. When a

ّ
pronoun is attached to a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬it is always in the ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬status because it is a detail of
the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. Let’s look at a step-by-step example to help us understand how to
translate a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬with an attached pronoun.
Example: ِ ‫َﻧﺼﺮ‬
َ َ
1) Identify and ignore the attached pronoun: is the attached pronoun.
2) Translate the fi’l by itself: ‫ َﻧﺼﺮ‬means “he helped”.

َ َ
3) Translate the attached pronoun by itself: ِ means “me”
4) Put it all together: ِ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻧ‬

َ َ
“He helped me”

Examples:
‫َﻧﺼﺮ‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮﻫﺎ‬
َ َ َ َ
He helped He helped her
‫ت‬ ْ ‫ﻧ‬ ْ ‫ﻧ‬

I helped ُ ‫ﺼﺮ‬ َ َ
I helped him ُ ‫ﺼﺮﺗ ُﻪ‬َ َ
ْ ْ
‫َﻧﺼﺮت‬ She helped me ‫َﻧﺼﺮﺗﻨِ ْﻲ‬
َ َ َ َ
She helped
ْ ْ
‫ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻦ‬
َّ ُ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ َ ‫َﻋ ّﻠ‬
َ
We taught We taught all of you(f)
ْ ْ
Both of you taught ‫ ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﺘُﻤﺎ‬Both of you taught both of them ‫ﻤﺎﻫﻤﺎ‬
ُ ُ َ ‫َﻋ ّﻠ‬
‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻤ‬
َ
ْ ‫ ﻋﻠ ْﻤ‬All of you taught us ْ

‫ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﺘ ُ ُﻤﻮﻧﺎ‬
All of you taught ُ َّ َ َ
‫ﻗﺎﻟُﻮا‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮه‬
ُ ُ
They said They said it
ْ ْ
You(f) took ‫ت‬ِ ‫ﺧﺬ‬َ َ‫أ‬ You(f) took it ‫ﺧﺬ ِﺗـ ِﻪ‬َ َ‫أ‬
ْ ْ
They(f. pl) found ‫ﺟﺪن‬ ‫و‬ They(f. pl) found us ‫ﺟﺪ َﻧﻨﺎ‬ِ ‫َو‬
َ ِ َ
ْ ْ
You(f pl) lost ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ ‫ﻓ َ َﻘ‬
‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ You(f pl) lost both of them ‫ـﻬﻤﺎ‬
ُ َ ّ ُ ‫ﻓ َ َﻘ‬
‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫ﺪ‬

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬has an inside ________________________.
2. Every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is a _________________________ on its own.
3. When a pronoun is attached to a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬it is always in _______________ status.
4. True or False
a. ‫ َﻧﺼ ْﺮﻧﺎ‬means ‘He helped us’ ____________

َ
ْ ِ‫ ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﻨ‬means ‘He helped me’ ____________

b. ‫ﻲ‬
َ َ
c. ‘They wrote it’ in Arabic is ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ْ

َُ ‫ﻛ َﺘﺒُﻮا‬
َ ____________

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. Define ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
2. What is the difference between a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and a verb?
3. The ‘doer’ in Arabic is called a ______________.
4. A pronoun attached to a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is in ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬status because it is a _____________
of the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.
5. Translate: We created all of you ______________________.
IN-SESSION ACTIVITIES
What is the pronoun behind each past tense?
ْ ْ
1. ُ ‫ﻗُﻠ‬ 2. ‫ﻋ ّ َﻤﺎ أ َ ْر َﺿﻌﺖ‬
َ َ
3. ‫ﻧﺎﻓ َ ُﻘﻮا‬ 4. ‫ﻛُ ِﺘﺐ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ‬
َ َ
ْ
5. ْ ُ ‫َﺗﻮﻟّ َ ْﻴ‬ 6. ‫ﺧ َﻠﻘﻨﺎ‬ َ
َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
7. ‫أُﺷ ِﺮﺑﻮا‬ 8. ‫اﻫﺘ ّ َﺰت و رﺑﺖ و أَﻧﺒﺘﺖ‬
ُ ََ َ َ َ َ َ
ْ ْ
9. ْ ُ ‫أَﻗﺮ ْر‬ 10. ‫اﻵﺧﺮ َة‬ ِ ‫ﺧ ِ ا ّ ُﻧﻴﺎ و‬
َ َ َ َ
ْ ْ ٌ ْ
11. ‫ﺧ َﻠﺖ‬ َ َ َ ّ ُ َ ‫ِﺗ‬
‫ﺪ‬‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻠ‬ 12. ‫ﺣ ّ َﻖ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ اﻟﻌ َﺬاب‬
ُ َ َ َ
‫‪Arabic with Husna – Nahw Textbook‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻛﺴ ْﺒ ُ ْ ‪13.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ْﻢ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫و ﻟَ‬ ‫ِاﺧﺘﺼ ُﻤﻮا ﰲ ر ِّ ِ ْﻢ ‪14.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫اﺗﺒﻌﻮا ‪15.‬‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫إ ْذ ﺗﱪأ ا ّ َ ْ‬
‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻛُ ّﻠَﻤﺎ أَرادوا ‪16.‬‬
‫ِ َ َ َّ َ ِ َ َّ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ت ‪17.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺬ ُ‬ ‫ِا ّ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ‪18.‬‬‫ﺪوا ِإ اﻟﻄّ ِ َّﻴ ِ‬
‫ﻫ ُ‬
‫َو ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻓ َ ِﺈذا َﺗﻄَ ّ َﻬ ْﺮن ‪19.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ‪20.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻦ ‪21.‬‬
‫ﻓ َ َﺒ َﻠ َ َ َ ُ ّ َ‬
‫ﻬ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎ ِء ‪22.‬‬
‫ﻦ َّ‬ ‫ﻛﺄ َ ّﻧَﻤﺎ ﺧﺮ ِﻣ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ َّ َ‬
‫َﺗﻌ ّﻠ َ ُﻤﻮا ‪23.‬‬ ‫اﷲ ‪24.‬‬
‫ﻛ َﺮ ّ َُ‬‫ﻦ ِإذا ذ ُ ِ‬ ‫ا ّ َ ِ ْﻳ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻦ ‪25.‬‬
‫ﻟ ُ ُ َّ‬
‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺟ َﻠﺖ ﻗُﻠ ُ ْﻮ ْﻢ ‪26.‬‬ ‫َو ِ‬
‫ُُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ت ‪27.‬‬ ‫راود ُ‬ ‫ﻛُﻨ ُ ْ ‪28.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻦ ‪29.‬‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫إن اﺗﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﺨﺎﻧﺘﺎ ‪30.‬‬
‫ِ ِ َّ َ ُ َّ‬ ‫ﻓَ َ‬
‫ﻦ ِﺴﺎء ‪31.‬‬
‫ﻛُ ّ َ‬ ‫ت َﻗ ْﻮ ِﻣﻲ ‪32.‬‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِإ ِ ّ َد َﻋﻮ ُ‬
‫‪Circle the attached pronoun:‬‬

‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﻚ‬‫ِاﺧ َ ُ َ‬
‫ﺗ‬‫ﱰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎء ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻮﻫﺎ‬‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻓ َ َﺬ َﺑ ُ‬ ‫أَﻛﺮﻫﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫َ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪4.‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻗﺘ ْﻠﺘﻤﻮ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺎﻫﺎ‬‫ﺠ َﻌ َ َ‬
‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ََ ُ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺧ َﻠﻘﻨَﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺟ ُ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫ﺪ‬ ‫و‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪7.‬‬ ‫‪8.‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫آﺗ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﻗُﻠﺘ ُ ُﻪ‬ ‫ﻦ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ﻮﻫ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺘ‬
‫َ ُ ُ‬‫ﻴ‬ ‫أَﻛ َﱪ َﻧ ُﻪ‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮﻛُﻢ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪10.‬‬ ‫‪11.‬‬ ‫‪12.‬‬
‫‪Translate based on the English clues‬‬

‫ُ ْﻢ ‪1.‬‬ ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻘ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪___________ created ___________.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ُ ﻢ ‪2.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺌ ُﺘ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪__________ came to __________.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻣ ّ َﺘﻌ َ ْﻢ ‪3.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪_________ provided comforts for ____________.‬‬
‫‪© 2014 Bayyinah Institute‬‬ ‫‪Page 90‬‬

ْ
4. ‫ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬
َ َ
_________ made ____________.
ْ
5. ‫و ﺟﺎء ْﻢ‬
ُ َ َ
and ___________ came to ___________.
ْ
6. ‫ﻓَﺠﻌﻠﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬
َ َ
Then __________ made ___________.
7. ‫ﻋ َﻘﻠُﻮه‬
ُ َ
__________ understood ____________.
8. ‫ﺤﻮﻫﺎ‬ ُ ‫ﻓ َ َﺬ َﺑ‬
Then ___________ slaughtered _____________.
ْ
9. ‫ﺴ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
ُ َّ َ
___________ touched _____________.
10. ‫آﺗ ْﻴﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬

َ
___________ gave _____________.
11. ‫ﻇ َﻠ ُﻤﻮﻧﺎ‬ َ __________ wronged ____________.

ْ
12. ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺧ َﺬﺗ‬ َ َ ‫ﻓَﺄ‬
___________ seized _____________.
13. ‫ﺠ ْﻴﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬ َ ّ ‫َﻧ‬ __________ rescued ____________.

ْ
14. ‫ﻀﻠﺘ ُ ُ ْﻢ‬ َّ َ‫ﻓ‬ _________ favored ______________.
ْ
15. ‫ﻓَﺄَﺧﺮﺟ ُﻬﻤﺎ‬
َ َ
__________ expelled __________________.
ْ
16. ‫ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﺘﻨﺎ‬
َ َ
___________ taught ____________.
ْ
17. ُ ‫َ َﺿ‬
َ
______________ brought before _____________.
ْ
18. ْ ُ ‫ﺑﻌﺜﻨَﺎ‬
ََ
_____________ raised ______________.
ْ ْ
19. ‫أَﻛﺮﻫﺘﻨَﺎ‬
َ َ
____________ forced _____________.
20. ‫وﻫﺎ‬َ ‫ﻓ َ َﻌ َﻘ ُﺮ‬

____________ hamstrung _____________.
21. ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺬ ْر ُﺗ‬

َ َ ‫ﻓَﺄ‬ ____________ warned _________________.
ْ
22. ‫أَﻧﺰﻟﻨَﺎه‬
ُ َ
___________ sent ___________ down.

ْ
23. ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻃﻌ َﻨ‬َ َ‫أ‬ _____________ obey _____________.
ْ
24. ‫أَﺧ َ ه‬
ُ َ
____________ made ____________ immortal.
ْ
25. ُ ‫ﻓَﺠﻌ َﻠ‬
ََ
_____________ made ________________.
26. ‫ﺎك‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ْ ‫أ ْﻋﻄ‬

َ َ َ َ ____________ gave ______________.
27. ‫ﻦ‬ ْ
َ ّ ‫ﻮﻫ‬ُ ‫آﺗﻴﺘ ُ ُﻤ‬ َ
___________ gave _______________.
ْ
28. ‫ﻦ‬ َ ّ ُ ُ ُ ‫ﻛ ِﺮ‬
‫ﻮﻫ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻫ‬ َ ____________ hated ________________.
ْ
29. ْ ُ ‫َﻗﺘﻠﺘ ُ ُﻤﻮ‬
َ
______________ killed ________________.
30. ‫َﻧﺼﺮﻛُﻢ‬
ُ َ َ
__________ helped ____________.
31. ‫ﻓَﺘ َﻘ ّ َﺒ َﻠ َﻬﺎ‬

َ
__________ accepted ____________.
32. ‫وأَﻧﺒ َ ﺎ‬
َ َ َ
and ___________ caused __________ to grow.
33. ‫ﻃ ّ َﻬﺮ ِك‬

َ ___________ purified ___________.
َ
ْ
34. ‫ﺟﺌﺘ ُ ُ ﻢ‬ ِ __________ came to ____________.
35. ‫ﻮك‬
َ ُ ‫ﻛ ّ َﺬﺑ‬
َ ___________ lied against _____________.

Word Bank
‫ ذَ َﻫﺐ‬he went َ ‫ َﻗﺮأ‬he read ‫ﺧ َﺬ‬

َ َ ‫ أ‬he took ‫ أ َ ْرﺳ َﻞ‬he sent ‫ د ّ َرس‬he taught
َ َ َ َ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻛ َﻞ‬
َ َ ‫ أ‬he ate ‫ ﻓَﺘﺢ‬he opened ‫ ِاﺳﺘﻐ َﻔﺮ‬he sought ‫ﻈﺮ‬ َ ‫ ِاﻧ َﺘ‬he ‫ ﻓَﻌ َﻞ‬he did
َ َ َ َ َ َ
forgiveness waited (something)
‫ َﺗﻌ ّﻠَﻢ‬he learned ‫ﺎﻫ َﺪ‬
َ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫ َﺗﻌﺎون‬he ‫ﻛ ِﺬب‬ ‫ ﺳﺄ َ َل‬he asked
َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ
he he lied
struggled cooperated
‫ رﻓَﻊ‬he raised ‫ﻛﺘﺐ‬ ‫ و َﺿﻊ‬he placed ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻖ‬ ‫ أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻢ‬he submitted
َ َ َ ََ َ َ َ he َ
he wrote
created
Using the word bank, translate the following from Arabic to English.
ْ
1. ‫ﻛﺘ ْﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺎ‬ ُ ‫َﺳﺄَﻟ‬
‫ﺘ‬
ََ
2.
ْ ْ
3. ‫ﻓَﺘﺤﺖ‬ 4. ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻤ‬
َ َ
ْ
5. ‫ﻛﻠُﻮا‬ َ َ‫أ‬ 6. ‫و َﺿﻌﻦ‬
َ َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
7. ‫ت‬ ُ ‫ِاﺳ َﺘﻐ َﻔﺮ‬ 8. ‫ﻦ‬ َ ّ ُ ‫ﺧﺬﺗ‬ َ َ‫أ‬
ْ
9. ‫ﻓَﻌﻼ‬ 10.‫أ َ ْرﺳﻠﺖ‬
َ َ َ
ْ‫ﻈ‬ ْ
11.‫ﺟﺎﻫ َﺪﺗﺎ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺘ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫ا‬
َ ُ َ َ ِ
12.
ْ ْ
13.‫ﻓَﺘﺤﺖ‬ 14.‫أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻤﺖ‬
َ َ َ
ْ
15.‫ﻛﻠُﻮه‬ َ َ‫أ‬ 16.‫رﻓَﻌ ﺎ‬
ُ َ َ
ْ ْ
17.‫ت‬ ِ ‫ِاﺳ َﺘﻐ َﻔ ْﺮ‬ 18.‫ﻦ‬ َ ّ ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻘ ُﻬ‬ َ
ْ
19.‫َﺗﻌ ّﻠَﻢ‬ 20. ‫ﻓَﺘﺤﺘ ُ ُﻤﻮه‬
َ َ ُ َ
Using the word bank, translate from English to Arabic. Put ALL harakaat.
1. I wrote 2. Both of us read
3. She opened 4. You (m. pl) went
5. You(f.pl.) ate 6. Both of you cooperated
7. We placed 8. They(f. pl) learned

Word Bank
ْ ْ
‫ أَﻧﺰ َل‬he sent down ‫ﻗﺎل‬
َ he said ‫ أَﻓ َﻠﺢ‬he succeeded ‫ﺚ‬
َ ‫ َﺑ َﻌ‬he raised up ‫ وﺟ َﺪ‬he found
َ َ َ َ
ْ
‫ أَﻧ َﺬر‬he warned ‫ َﺿﺮب‬he hit ‫ﻛﺮ‬ ‫ ذ‬he mentioned ‫ﺚ‬َ ‫ ﻟَ ِﺒ‬he ‫ ﺣﺎور‬he conversed
stayed/slept with
َ ّ he ‫ ﻋ ِﻤ َﻞ‬he ‫ﺨ َﺬ‬
َ ‫اﺗ‬
َ ّ he took firmly ‫ ﺳﺠ َﺪ‬he made ‫ ﻣﻨَﻊ‬he
َ َ َ َ َ َ َ
congratulated worked sujood prevented/forbade
Using the word bank, translate the following from Arabic to English.
ْ ْ ْ ‫ﺿﺮ‬
1. ‫أَﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎه‬ 2. ‫ﻦ‬ َ ّ
َّ ُ ُ َ َ‫ﺘ‬‫ﺑ‬
ُ َ
ْ
3. ‫ﻣﻨَﻌﺘﻨِﻲ‬ 4. ‫ﻛﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ذ‬
َ َ َ َ َ
ْ
5. ‫َ ّ َ ْ ﺗُﻤﺎﻫﺎ‬ 6. ‫وﺟﺪﻧﺎﻫﺎ‬
َ َ
7. ‫ﺣﺎورﻛُﻤﺎ‬ 8. ‫ﺑﻌ َ ﻢ‬
َ َ ُ ََ
ْ ْ
9. ُ ‫ﺨﺬ َﻧﻪ‬ َ ‫ِا ّ َﺗ‬ 10.‫ﻦ‬
َّ ُ ‫ﻤﻮﻛ‬ُ ‫َﺳﺄَﻟ‬
‫ﺘ‬
11. ‫َ ّ َ ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤ ًﺪا‬ 12. ‫ﻮل‬َ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫وﺟ َﺪا اﻟﺮ‬

َ ُ َ ُ َّ َ َ
13. ‫ت َﻗ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‬ ْ ْ ْ
ُ ‫أَﻧ َﺬر‬ 14. ُ ‫ﻗﺎﻟَﺘﻪ‬
15. ‫َﺿﺮ ْﺑ ُ َز ْﻳ ًﺪا‬ 16. ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ َﺔ‬ ْ ‫ذ‬

ُ ‫ﻛﺮ َن‬َ َ
َ َ
Using the word bank, translate from English to Arabic. Put ALL harakaat.
1. I wrote it 2. You(f. pl.) hit him.
3. Both of you found 4. He raised us up.
her
5. You(f sing) 6. Both of them said it.
congratulated her
7. We taught both of 8. You(m. sing) warned
you. me.
9. I mentioned 10. Both of you found
Muhammed the dog.

8.2 Unit 8.2: The Jumlah Fi’liyyah
HOMEWORK
Label the parts of the Jumlah Fi’liyyah
Write sentences with an outside doer
Recognize the different types of ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬
ٌ ْ ٌ ْ
5 – JUMLAH FI’LIYYAH (‫ُ َ ﻓِﻌ ِﻠ ّﻴَﺔ‬ )
5.3.2 Parts of the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
There are three parts to a basic jumlah filliyah ‫ ُ ْ َ ِﻓﻌ ِﻠ ّﻴَﺔ‬:
1) The ‫ِﻓﻌﻞ‬
2) The doer ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬

ِ (always raf)
ْ
3) The details ‫( ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬always nasb)
ُ َ
ْ
Every basic ‫ ُ ْ َ ِﻓﻌ ِﻠ ّﻴَﺔ‬must have a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and a ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. The ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬may or may not be
ُ َ
present. Let’s look at some examples:
Examples:
ْ ‫ذﻫ ْﺒ‬
ُ َ َ You all went.
ْ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
Past tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬, doer is inside ُ ‫أَﻧ‬

‫اﻟﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫ﻋ ّﻠَﻢ‬

َ ُ َ َ
He taught the Quran
Past tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬, doer is inside ‫ﻫﻮ‬

ْ َُ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
Detail (‫ )ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬in nasb status
َ
‫رأ َ ْﻳﺖ اﻟﻨَّﺎس‬

َ َ َ
You saw the people
ْ
Past tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬, doer is ‫أَﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
ْ َ
Detail (‫)ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬
َ
For the following sentences, identify if the sentence is a J.I or J.F and then label the parts of the
sentence.
ْ ْ
‫اﻷ َﺎء ﻛُ ّﻠ َ َﻬﺎ‬
َ ‫آدم‬ ‫ ﻋ ّﻠَﻢ‬He taught Adam the names, all of them. (2:31)
َ ََ َ َ
‫ﻴﻞ‬ ‫ا‬‫ﺮ‬ ْ ‫ أﺧ ْﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻴﺜﺎق ﺑﻨﻲ إ‬We took the covenant of the children of Israel. (2:83)
‫ﺳ‬
َ ِ ِ ِ َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ
َ

ْ ْ ْ We gave Isa, the son of Maryam, the clear proofs. (2:87)

ِ َ‫آﺗﻴﻨَﺎ ِﻋ ﺴﻰ اﺑﻦ َﻣ ْﺮ اﻟﺒ ِ ّﻴﻨ‬
‫ﺎت‬ َ
َ ََ َ َ
ٌ ْ ٰ
‫ُ ْﻢ‬ َ ّ ‫ﺧﲑ ﻟ‬ ْ
َ ‫ُﻢ‬ ِ‫ ذَﻟ‬That is better for you (2:54)
5.3.3 Inside Doer vs. Outside Doer
We have already learned that every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬has a doer (‫ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬which is a built-in
pronoun. This is why a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is different than an English verb. If the doer of the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is
ٌ ٌ ْ
a pronoun, then it is an inside doer (‫)ﺿ ِﻤﲑ ﻣ ْﺴﺘ ِﱰ‬. For example: “He wrote” would
َ
َ ُ
be ‫ﻛﺘﺐ‬.
َ ََ
However, what if we want to name the doer of the act instead of using a pronoun?
For example, instead of saying “He wrote” we want to say “Muhammed wrote”?
In this case, we have to use an outside doer.
Rules for the Outside Doer:

1) The ‫ ِﻓﻌﻞ‬should be in the singular form (‫ﻫﻮ‬ or ‫ ِﻫﻲ‬form) only.
َُ َ
2) The outside doer (the outside ‫ﺎﻋﻞ‬ِ َ ‫ )ﻓ‬must be:
After the ‫( ﻓِﻌﻞ‬doesn’t have to be directly after)

Raf
Note: Only look for an outside ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬if the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is singular (‫ﻫﻮ‬ or ‫ ِﻫﻲ‬form)
َُ َ
Examples:
ٌ ْ
‫ﻗﺎل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ ٌﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟَﺖ ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﺔ‬
A Muslim said. A Muslim woman
ُ َ said. َ ُ
‫ﻤﺎن‬ ْ ْ ْ
ِ ‫ﻗﺎل ﻣُﺴ ِﻠ‬ ‫ﺘﺎن‬
ِ ‫ﻗﺎﻟَﺖ ﻣُﺴ ِﻠ َﻤ‬
Two Muslims Two Muslim
said. َ women said.
ٌ ْ
‫ﻗﺎل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟَﺖ ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﺎت‬
Muslims said. Muslims(f) said.
َ ُ َ ُ
Quran Examples
ْ
‫ ﺟﺎء َك اﻟ ُﻤﻨَﺎﻓِ ُﻘﻮن‬The hypocrites came to you.
َ َ َ
Past tense ‫ ِﻓﻌﻞ‬, ‫ ﻫﻮ‬form

Attached pronoun, detail
Outside doer ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
ِ
In the sentence above the outside doer is separated from the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬by the ‫( ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬the
attached pronoun ‫)ك‬.

َ
ْ
‫ْﻢ‬ ‫ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻛ ّ ُﻞ أُﻧﺎس ﻣ‬Every people knew their drinking place
ُ َ َ َّ ٍ َ ُ َ ِ َ
Past tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬, ‫ ﻫﻮ‬form
Outside doer, also an idafah
Detail (nasb). Also idafah

Notice that the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬can be involved in another fragment, as is the case with the
details.
For the following sentences, identify if the sentence is a J.I or J.F and then label the parts of the
sentence.
ْ
‫ﻄُﻮر‬
ّ ‫ُ ﻢ اﻟ‬ ‫ ورﻓَﻌﻨَﺎ ﻓ َ ْﻮ َﻗ‬And We raised above you the mountain.
َ ُ َ َ
ٌ ٌ ‫ﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬ‬ ْ
‫اب ّ ُﻣ ِﻬﲔ‬ َ َ َ ِِ َ ‫ وﻟِﻠ‬And for the disbelievers is a humiliating punishment
َ
‫ت‬ ْ ‫ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻳ ْﻌﻘﻮب اﻟْﻤ‬Death came to Yaqoob

‫ﻮ‬
ُ َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ

ْ
‫ أ َ ّﻧَﻪ ُاﻟﺤ ّ ُﻖ ِﻣﻦ ّ َر ِّ ِ ْﻢ‬That is the truth from your Lord
َ
ْ ْ
ِ َ ّ ِ ِ َ َ ِ َ َ َ ‫اﻟﺼ َﻔﺎ َواﻟ‬
‫اﷲ‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ة‬‫و‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ َ ّ ‫ ِإ ّ َن‬Indeed, Safa and Marwa are from the symbols of Allah
‫ﻚ ِﻋﺒﺎ ِدي‬‫ ﺳﺄﻟ‬My slaves ask you

َ َ ََ َ

5.3.4 Types of ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬in a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

َ
We have learned that in a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ the details (‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬, plural ‫ﻔﺎﻋﻴﻞ‬

ِ ‫)ﻣ‬ are in ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
َ َ
status. Details provide additional information about the action by answering the
questions such as who/what was the action done to, where, why, how, and when.
In Arabic grammar, there are five main types of mafool:
ْ who/what was the action done to?

‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ِﺑ ِﻪ‬
ُ َ
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻓِ ْﻴ ِﻪ‬
when/where and where did the action take place?
ُ َ
ْ
َُ ‫َﻣﻔ ُﻌﻮل‬
why was the action carried out?
ْ
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺣﺎل‬
how did the action take place?
ُ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻣﻄ َﻠﻖ‬
how badly (uses a masdr to emphasis/describe the
ُ ُ َ action)
Quranic Examples
‫( ﻓَﻮﺟ َﺪا ﻋ ْﺒ ًﺪا‬18:65) – And both of them found a servant.
َ َ َ
“a servant” is a detail of who they found, so it is a ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬.
‫ﺧﺮ َﻗ َﻬﺎ‬
َ َ
(18:71) – He tore it.
The attached pronoun ‫ ﻫﺎ‬is a detail of what he tore, therefore it is a ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬.
ْ ْ
‫اﻟﺸﻤ ِﺲ‬
َّ ‫ب‬ ‫( ﺑﻠﻎ ﻣ‬18:86) – He reached the setting of the sun.
َ ِ َ ََ َ

The phrase “setting of the sun”, which is an ‫ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬is a detail of where he reached. Notice that
ْ
the word ‫ ﻣ ِب‬is in ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬status to indicate it is a detail. Because “setting of the sun” answers
َ َ
the question “Where did he reach?” it is considered a ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻓﻴﻪ‬
ً
‫ﻚ ﺻ ّﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﺿﻮا ﻋ ٰ رﺑ‬
ُ ِ ُ ‫( َو‬18:48) – And they will be presented before your Lord in rows. Here “in
َ َ ِّ َ َ َ
rows” answers the question, “How will they be presented?” thus it is a ‫ﺣﺎل‬.
ْ
ً ‫ﻛ ّﻠَﻢ اﻟ ّﻠَـﻪ ﻣﻮ ٰ ﺗﻜ ِﻠ‬
‫ﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫( و‬4:164) – And Allah spoke to Musa directly
َ َ ُ ُ
ْ
َ َ َ
Here ‫ ﺗَﻜﻠِ ْﻴ ًﻤﺎ‬is used to show that Allah spoke to Musa directly and literally. It comes from the
same family as ‫ ﻛَﻠَّﻢ‬and therefore it is a ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬. We will learn more about this detail later
َ
in the course.
In the following sentences, label the details. An example has been done for you.
Sentence Details
ْ ‫ أ ْﻫﻠ ْ ﻨﺎ‬We destroyed them ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ - ُ
ُ َ َ َ
ْ
‫ ﺑ َﻠ َﻐﺎ ﻣﺠﻤﻊ ﺑ ْﻴ ِ ِﻤﺎ‬They reached the meeting
َ َ َ َ َ َ
point between them.
‫ﺎﺿ ًﺒﺎ‬ ِ ‫ ذَ َﻫﺐ ﻣُ َﻐ‬He left, angry

َ
ْ
‫ﺟﺌﺖ َﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ ِإ ْﻣ ًﺮا‬
َ ِ
You’ve done a grave thing.
ْ ْ ْ ‫ آﺗ‬We gave him
‫ﻢ ﺻ ِﺒ ّﻴًﺎ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬
ُ ُ َ َ‫ﺎه‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻴ‬
َ َ
judgment [while yet] a boy

5.3.5.1 Jumlah Filliyah vs Jumlah Ismiyyah

Now that we have learned the basics of constructing the two main Arabic
sentences (the ‫إ ﻴﺔ‬ and ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ) it is important to learn a few major
differences between these two kinds of sentence structures.
Remember that a ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ starts with an ‫ اﺳﻢ‬in the ‫ رﻓﻊ‬status while a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
starts with a fi’l.
Translate: “Muhammed went to the masjid.”
1) ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ (doer comes after the ‫)ﻓﻌﻞ‬.
ٌ
‫ذَ َﻫﺐ ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ ِإ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬
َ َ ُ َ
2) ‫إ ﻴﺔ‬ (starts with an ‫ اﺳﻢ‬in ‫ رﻓﻊ‬status)

ٌ
‫ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ ذَ َﻫﺐ ِإ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬
َ َ َ ُ
In Modern Standard Arabic these two are translated identically. However, there
are important grammatical differences in classical and Quranic Arabic:
ٌ ٌ
Jumlah Filiyyah ‫ذَ َﻫﺐ ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ ِإ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬ Jumlah Ismiyah ‫ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ ذَ َﻫﺐ ِإ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬
َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ ُ
Normal phrasing Abnormal phrasing

Only one doer Doer is emphasized twice
“Muhammed went to the masjid” “Muhammed, he went to the masjid.”
For the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ the inside ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬of the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬does not get removed because there is
NO outside ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. The ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬should be translated with the inside ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬included. In the
‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ , because there is no outside ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬must change to indicate the
inside pronoun. Let’s look at some examples:

The Muslims said something. ً‫ﻗﺎل اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﻮن َ ْ ء‬

َ ُ َ
ً ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﻮن ﻗﺎﻟُﻮا َ ْ ء‬
َ ُ
ْ
‫ﻮق‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬ ‫إ‬
ِ ‫ذَ َﻫ َﺒ‬
‫ﺖ‬
She went to the store.
ِ ُّ
ْ
‫ﻮق‬ ‫اﻟﺴ‬
ِ ُّ ‫إ‬ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ِﻫﻲ ذَ َﻫﺒ‬
َ َ
ٌ
‫ﻛ َﻞ ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ و ﻣ ْﺮ اﻟﻄّ َﻌﺎم‬ ‫أ‬
َ ُ َ َ
Muhammed and Maryam ate the
food. َ ُ َ َ
ٌ
‫ﻛﻼ اﻟﻄّ َﻌﺎم‬ َ َ ‫ﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ و َﻣ ْﺮ أ‬ َ ُ
‫ﻣ‬
َ ُ َ
5.3.5.2 Grammatical Analysis:

We have seen how to do grammatical analysis of the J.F. Let’s review with the
example below:
ً‫ﻗﺎل اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﻮن َ ْ ء‬

َ ُ َ The Muslims said something.
‫ِﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
ِ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬
Now let’s see how to do grammatical analysis of the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ We are seeing a new
kind of ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ here which involves a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ as part of the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ .
Remember that a basic ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ starts with an ‫ اﺳﻢ‬that is ‫ﻣﺮﻓﻮع‬. It is then
followed by the ‫ ﺧﱪ‬and/or ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﱪ‬.

ً ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤﻮن ﻗﺎﻟُﻮا َ ْ ء‬

َ ُ The Muslims, they said something.
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺪأ‬
‫ِﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫إ ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﱪ‬
In this case, we have a special type of ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ whose ‫ ﺧﱪ‬is a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ . This kind of
‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ is not usually translated with the word “IS”.

Let’s look at some examples from the Quran:
ْ ْ
‫( أ َ أَﻧﺖ ﻓَﻌﻠﺖ ﻫﺬا‬21:62) Was it really you who did this?/DID YOU?!...YOU DO THIS??
َ َ َ
‫إ ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺧﱪ‬
ْ ‫(ﻧ ْﺤﻦ ﺧﻠ ْﻘﻨﺎ‬76:28) It is in fact We who have created them!/WE! WE CREATED THEM!
ُ َ َ ُ َ
‫إ ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺧﱪ‬
ْ ْ
‫ِإ ّﻧﺎ أَﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎه‬
ُ َ
‫إ ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺧﱪ‬
5.3.5.3 Rhetorical Implications of Using the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ instead of ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
While ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻢ‬

ُ ‫ َﻧﺼﺮ‬is translated as ‘the Muslim helped’, ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻢ َﻧﺼﺮ‬
ُ would be
ُ َ َ َ َ ُ
translated as either ‘the Muslim, HE helped!’ or ‘it is in fact the Muslim who
helped!’
This isn’t simply a case of translating one word and then the other. The ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬
scenario therefore, is doing at least two things that the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ does not do:
1. It alludes to the fact that someone is confused about who actually did the
act and so it must be reiterated that the act is being done by the ‫اﺳﻢ‬
mentioned (in our case, the Muslim)
2. It is mentioning the ‫ اﺳﻢ‬first, then repeating the reference to the ‫ اﺳﻢ‬in the
form of a pronoun embedded in the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬. It is like the Muslim is being

mentioned twice, once as ‘the Muslim’ and then again as ‘he’.
Another benefit of the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ usage where the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ was possible is that it
indicates an emotionally charged-context. It is as though the speaker is very
passionate, angry or even yelling depending on the context.

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. The inside doer in a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is called __________________________.
2. Circle the correct conditions of the outside doer:
a. ‫ رﻓﻊ‬/ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬/ ‫ﺟﺮ‬

ّ
b. Before the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬/ After the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
3. If there is an outside doer the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬must be in the _________________ form.
4. The ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻓﻴﻪ‬answers the questions
_____________________________________________________________.
5. Translate to Arabic: The two students wrote a book

_____________________________________________________________

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. True or False: The outside doer must be directly after the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
2. True or False: You can have an outside doer for a plural ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
3. What are the parts of a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ?
4. Name the different types of ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬
5. What is one benefit of using the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ over the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ ?

For the following sentences, determine if it is a ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ or a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ and then label the
parts of the sentence and translate the sentence.
ْ
ٰ ‫ﺖ‬ ْ ‫ ﺧﺪ‬Khadijah said that.
‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫ذ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﻳ‬
َ ِ َ ُ َ ِ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﲔ اﻟﻴ ْﻮم‬ ‫ﺘﺎﺑ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
ِ ٰ
‫ى‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺪوﺳ‬ َ ‫ﻛ َﺘﺐ أ‬
َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ َ
Ahmed and Salwa wrote two books today.
‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن ذَ َﻫﺒﻮا اﻟﻴ ْﻮم‬

ُ The Muslims went today.
َ َ ُ َ
‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻖ اﷲ ﻛُ ّ َﻞ َ ْ ٍء‬
َ
ُ

ْ ْ
ْ
َ‫اﻟﻤﺴ ِﻠ ِﻤﲔ‬
ُ ‫ﺘﺎب‬ ‫ﻗﺮأت ﻛ‬
َ ِ ُ ََ
ْ
‫ﲔ اﻟﻴ ْﻮم‬
ِ ‫ﻤﺎت ﺳﻮر َﺗ‬
ُ ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠ‬
ُ ‫ﺖ‬ ِ ‫ﻈ‬
َ ‫ﺣ ِﻔ‬
َ َ َ ُ َ
Fill in the blanks:

1. A ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ is generally made of 3 parts: (1)‫( ﻓﻌﻞ‬2)‫( ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬3)‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬ T F
2. If the doer is a pronoun, it must be after the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and in ‫ رﻓﻊ‬status. T F
3. If an outside doer is being used, the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬should be in the singular form. T F
A student has tried to translate some English sentences to Arabic. Help the student by circling
any mistakes. Explain your answer.
Question Student’s answer Explanation(if incorrect)
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮه‬
The Muslims said it.
ُ ُ
ْ
‫ﻛﻠ ًﺒﺎ اﻟﻄّ َﻌﺎم‬ َ ‫ﻛ َﻞ‬
َ َ‫أ‬
A dog ate the food.
ُ
ْ
‫ﺨﺬﻧﺎه‬ َ ‫ِا ّ َﺗ‬
We took it firmly.
ُ
ْ
َِ ‫َ ّ َ ﺗﻨِ ْﻲ ﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻤ ُﺔ‬
Fatimah hit me.
َ
ْ ٌ
‫ُ ﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ﻚ اﻟ‬
َ ‫ﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ ِﺗ‬
‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻗﺮأ ﻣ‬
َ ُ َ ََ
Muhammed read
َ
those books.
ْ
‫ﺖ اﻟ َ ِﺑ ّﻴَ َﺔ ِإ ٰ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬ِ ‫َﺗﻌ ّﻠَﻤ‬
I learned Arabic in
the masjid.
َ َ َ
‫ان‬
ِ َ ‫ﻛﺮه ُ َو‬ ‫ذ‬
Two boys
َ َ َ
mentioned him.
True or False: ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ vs. ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
1. A ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ is generally made of 3 parts: (1)‫( ﻓﻌﻞ‬2)‫( ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬3)‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬ T F
2. A ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ is made up of four parts: (1) ‫( ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬2) ‫( ﺧﱪ‬3) ‫( ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﱪ‬4)‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬ T F
3. The ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ is more emphatic than its ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ counterpart. T F
4. A ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ starts with an ism, regardless of the status of the ism. T F
5. A ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ can be part of a ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ T F

The following is a ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ : ‫ﺪ‬ ْ
6. ُ ‫اﷲ ُ ﻳ ُ ِﺮﻳ‬, and the ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬is the word ‫اﷲ‬. T F
Label whether the following ayaat are ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ or ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ (ayah references provided)
Sentence J.I or J.F?

ْ ْ
ً ‫( وﺧ َﻠﻘﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ أَزوا‬78:8)
1. ‫ﺟﺎ‬
َ َ َ َ
ً ‫( إن ﻟِﻠﻤﺘ ِﻘﲔ ﻣﻔ‬78:31) ْ
2. ‫ﺎزا‬ َ َ َ َّ ُ َّ ِ
ْ ْ ٰ (78:39)
‫ﻚ اﻟﻴ ْﻮم اﻟﺤ ّ ُﻖ‬ ِ ‫ﻟ‬ َ ‫ذ‬
َ ُ َ َ
3.
‫ﻧﺬ ْر َﻧﺎﻛُ ْﻢ ﻋ َﺬا ًﺑﺎ َﻗ ِﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ‬ َ َ ‫( ِإ ّﻧَﺎ أ‬78:40)

َ
4.
ْ ٰ ‫( إن ﰲ‬79:26)
5. ‫ﱪ ًة‬َ ‫ﻌ‬ ِ َ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻚ‬َ ِ ‫ﻟ‬َ ‫ذ‬ ِ َّ ِ
ٰ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺎﻫﺎ‬ َ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫( واﻷرض ﺑﻌﺪ ذﻟﻚ د‬79:30)
َ َ َ َِ َ َ َ َ َ
6.

ْ ْ
7. ‫ُ ﱪ ٰى‬ َ ّ ّ‫ت اﻟﻄ‬
‫َﺎﻣﺔ ُاﻟ‬ ِ ‫ﺟﺎء‬
َ َ َ
(79:34)
ْ
8. ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻘﻪ‬
ُ َ ‫( ِﻣﻦ ّﻧُﻄ َﻔ ٍﺔ‬80:19)
9. ‫( َ ّ َ ه‬80:20)
ُ َ
10.‫( وأ ُ ِّﻣ ِﻪ وأ َ ِﺑﻴ ِﻪ‬80:35)
َ َ
Irab Practice: Surah Kahf

Determine if the portion given is a jumlah ismiyyah or filliyah. Then identify the different parts
of the sentence. Use a translation to help with word meanings.
ْ
‫ﻛﻨّ َ ًﺔ‬ ْ
ِ َ ‫ﺟ َﻌﻠﻨَﺎ َﻋ َ ٰ ﻗُﻠُﻮ ِ ِ ﻢ أ‬ ‫إﻧﺎ‬
َ َّ ِ
57:
ْ ْ
‫ﻚ اﻟ َﻐﻔُﻮر ذُو اﻟﺮ ِﺔ‬
َ ُ‫َو َر ّﺑ‬
َ َّ ُ
58:

‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِ ِ ّ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﻋ ًﺪا‬ ‫وﺟﻌﻠﻨَﺎ ﻟِﻤﻬ ِﻠ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫‪59:‬‬
‫ﺎل ﻣﻮ ٰ ﻟِﻔﺘﺎه‬ ‫ﻗ‬

‫ََ ُ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ‬
‫‪60:‬‬
‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﺨ َﺬ ﺳ ِﺒﻴ َ ِﰲ اﻟﺒﺤ ِﺮ ﺳﺮ ًﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺗ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َّ َ َ‬
‫‪61:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻮت ‪63:‬‬
‫ﻴﺖ اﻟ ُ َ‬
‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻓ َ ِﺈ ِ ّ َ ِﺴ ُ‬

86: ‫ﻨﺪ َﻫﺎ َﻗ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‬

َ ‫ﺟ َﺪ ِﻋ‬ ‫وو‬
َ َ َ
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ Additional Irab Practice: Surah Kahf
Complete the grammatical analysis by labeling the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬and any ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬
1. ‫ﻫ ًﺪى‬ ْ ْ
ُ ُ ‫ َو ِزد َﻧﺎ‬And We increased them in guidance 18:13
ْ ْ ً ْ ْ
2. ‫ﺾ ﻳ ْﻮ ٍم‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫و‬َ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ ﻟﺒ‬we stayed a day or part of a day 18:19
َ َ َ َ َ َِ
3. ُ ‫ﺧ َﻞ ﺟﻨَّﺘﻪ‬
َ ‫ َو َد‬and he entered his garden 18:35
َ َ

4. ‫ َ ِﺴﻴﺎ ﺣﻮ َ ﻤﺎ‬they forgot their fish 18:61

َُ ُ َ
‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ Additional Irab Practice: Surah Kahf
For the following ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ from Surahtul Kahf, complete the grammatical analysis by labeling
the ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬, ‫ ﺧﱪ‬and any ‫ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﱪ‬
ْ ْ
ِ َّ ُ ‫ﺤ‬
‫ﷲ‬ ِ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻤ‬
َ
‫ اﻟ‬18:1 All praise is for Allah.
ٌ ْ
‫اﷲِ ﺣ ّﻖ‬
َ ّ ‫ أ َ ّ َن وﻋ َﺪ‬18:21 That Allah’s promise is true.
َ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻛﻠ ْﻢ‬ ‫ راﺑﻌ‬18:22 Their fourth is their dog.
ُ ُ َ ُ ُ ِ َّ

ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺎل واﻟﺒﻨُﻮن ِزﻳﻨَﺔ ُاﻟﺤﻴﺎ ِة ا ّ ُﻧﻴﺎ‬‫ﻤ‬ ‫ اﻟ‬18:46 Money and children are beautification of the lowest/nearest
َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ
life. (For this question, pay special attention to where the word “ARE” appears in the translation. That will
help you find the mubtada)
Sentence within a Sentence

Complete the Grammatical Analysis of the following Ayaat
ٌ
1. 3:86 ‫ﻮل ﺣ ّﻖ‬ ‫ﺪوا أن اﻟﺮﺳ‬
ُ ‫ َو َﺷ ِﻬ‬And they bore witness that the messenger is true.
َ َ ُ َّ َّ َ
ْ
18:14: ‫اﻷ ْر ِض‬
َ ‫ات و‬ ‫ب اﻟﺴﻤﺎو‬
ُ ّ ‫ ﻓ َ َﻘﺎﻟُﻮا َر ّﺑُﻨَﺎ َر‬Then they said, “Our Master is the Master of the
َ ِ َ َ َّ
2.
skies and the earth.”

3. 18:53 ‫ﻮﻫﺎ‬
َ ‫ ﻓَﻈَﻨُّﻮا أ َ ّ َ ُﻢ ّ ُﻣ َﻮا ِﻗ ُﻌ‬And they thought that they were to fall into it
ْ ْ
27:15 ‫آﺗ ْﻴﻨَﺎ داوود و ﺳ َﻠ ْﻴﻤﺎن ِﻋﻠ ًﻤﺎ‬
َ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ وﻟَ َﻘ‬And certainly We gave Dawud and Sulayman
َ َ ُ َ َ ُ َ َ
4.
knowledge
ْ
19:53 ‫ﺧﺎه َﻫﺎرون َﻧ ِﺒ ّﻴًﺎ‬
َ َ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬َ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬
ِ ‫ وو َﻫ ْﺒﻨَﺎ َ ِﻣﻦ ّ َر‬And We granted for him, from Our mercy, his
َ ُ ُ َ ُ َ َ
5.
brother Haroon, as a messenger.

ْ
18:62: ‫ ﻟَ َﻘﺪ ﻟَ ِﻘﻴﻨَﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺳ َﻔ ِﺮ َﻧﺎ َﻫ ٰـ َﺬا َﻧﺼ ًﺒﺎ‬Certainly we have suffered, in this journey of ours,
َ َ
6.
fatigue
7: 136 ‫ﻛ ّ َﺬﺑﻮا ِﺑﺂﻳﺎ ِﺗﻨَﺎ‬ ْ ‫ ﻓﺄ ْ ْﻗﻨﺎ ْ ﰲ اﻟْ ﺑﺄ‬and We drowned them in the sea because they
‫ﻢ‬
َ ُ َ ُ َّ َ ِ ّ ِ َ ِ ُ َ َ َ َ
7.
denied Our signs.
ْ ْ
18:65: ‫ وﻋ ّﻠَﻤﻨَﺎه ِﻣﻦ ّ َ ّﻧَﺎ ِﻋﻠ ًﻤﺎ‬and We taught him, especially from Ourselves, knowledge
ُ ُ َ َ
8.
ْ ْ
9. 76:28 ْ ُ ‫ﺧ َﻠﻘﻨَﺎ‬
َ ُ ‫ ّﻧَﺤﻦ‬We created them

ْ ْ ْ
10. 108:1 ‫َ ْﻮ َﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﺎك اﻟ‬
َ َ‫ ِإ ّﻧَﺎ أَﻋﻄَﻴﻨ‬Indeed, We have granted you, [O Muhammad], al-Kawthar.
َ
11. 7:30 ِ‫اﷲ‬

َ ّ ‫ون‬
ِ ُ ‫ﺎء ِﻣﻦ د‬‫اﻟﺸﻴﺎ ِﻃﲔَ أ َ ْوﻟِﻴ‬ ‫ﺬوا‬
ُ ‫ﺨ‬
َ ‫اﺗ‬
َ ّ ‫ ِإ ّ َ ُ ُﻢ‬Indeed, they took the devils as allies besides
َ َ َ َّ
Allah.
ٌ ْ ْ ْ
12. 19: 59 ‫ﺧﻠﻒ‬َ ِ ‫ﻒ ِﻣﻦ َﺑﻌ ِﺪ‬
َ ‫ﺨ َﻠ‬
َ َ ‫ ﻓ‬But there came after them successors….
ْ
13. 19:88 ‫ﺨ َﺬ اﻟﺮ ٰـﻦ و َ ًا‬
َ ‫اﺗ‬
َ ّ ‫ َو َﻗﺎﻟُﻮا‬And they said, “The Most Merciful has taken a son”
َ ُ َ َّ

ْ ْ
14. 19:89 ‫ﺟﺌ ُ ْ َﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ ِإ ًّدا‬
ِ ‫ ﻟّ َ َﻘﺪ‬Without a doubt you have brought forward an atrocious thing.
15. 20:88 ٰ ‫ُ ْﻢ و ِإﻟ َ ٰـﻪ ُﻣﻮ‬ ‫ ﻓ َ َﻘﺎﻟُﻮا َﻫ ٰـ َﺬا ِإﻟ َ ٰـ ُﻬ‬And they said, “This is your lord, and Musa’s lord…”
َ ُ َ
ْ
16. 20:113 ‫ أَﻧﺰﻟﻨَﺎه ﻗ ُ ْﺮآﻧًﺎ َ ِﺑ ّﻴًﺎ‬We sent it down as an Arabic Quran
َ ُ َ
ْ ْ
ۗ ِ ‫اﻷ ْر‬
17. 3:189 ‫ض‬ َ ‫ات و‬ِ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎو‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ و ِﷲ ﻣ‬And to Allah belongs the dominion of the heavens and
َ َ َ َّ ُ ُ ِ َّ َ
the earth, and Allah is over all things competent.

ٌ ‫ واﷲ ﻋ َ ٰ ﻛُ ّﻞ ْ ٍء ﻗ ِﺪ‬And Allah is, over all things, competent.

18. 3:189 ‫ﻳﺮ‬ َ َ ِ َ ُ َّ َ
19. 18: 84 ‫آﺗ ْﻴﻨَﺎه ِﻣﻦ ﻛُ ّ ِﻞ َ ْ ٍء ﺳﺒ ًﺒﺎ‬‫ و‬And We gave him, for everything, a means
َ َ ُ َ َ
ْ ْ ْ
18:77 ‫ ِاﺳﺘﻄﻌﻤﺎ أَﻫ َﻠ َﻬﺎ‬they sought food from its people
َ َ َ

8.3 Unit 8.3: The Present tense Fi’l
HOMEWORK
Identify ‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬
Recite the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬in normal, light and lightest forms

Identify the different present tense huroof
5 – THE PRESENT TENSE FI’L (‫)اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‬
5.4.1: Introdution
Now that we have learned the past tense(‫ )اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬as well as some basics of
‫اﻟﺠﻤ اﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬, we can concentrate on learning the present tense form. Remember
that all the rules we have already learned for the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ apply to the present
tense as well.
Recall that the present tense form represents both present and future tense in
Arabic.
Following is the present tense chart. Unlike the past tense, the present tense
shows changes to both the beginning and ending of the words.

5.4.2: Present Tense Chart

rd
They (2) help . ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬

Masculine 3 person
They help. ُ ُ He helps. َُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮون‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻳﻨ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ ُ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َ rd
‫ﻦ‬
َّ ‫ﻫ‬
ُ They (2f) help ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﻫﻲ‬
Feminine 3 person
They(f) help. ُ She helps. َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮن‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫َﺗﻨ‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ َ ُ ُ ُ
ْ ْ ‫ أﻧ‬You (2) help. ْ ْ
nd
ُ َ ‫ أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬You help. ‫أَﻧﺖ‬

Masculine 2 person
َ
You all help.
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮون‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫َﺗﻨ‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ ُ ُ ُ ُ
ْ ْ ْ
nd
You all(f) help. ‫ﻦ‬

َ ّ ُ ‫ أَﻧﺘ‬You (2f) help. ‫ أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬You help(f). ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫أَﻧ‬
Feminine 2 person
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮن‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫َﺗﻨ‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ِﺮﻳﻦ‬
َ ُ ُ َ ُ st
‫ َﻧﺤﻦ‬I help. ‫أَﻧﺎ‬

1 Person
ُ
We help.
ْ ْ
‫َﻧﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫أَﻧﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ ُ ُ

5.4.3: Present Tense Tips
Remember a present tense can start with a ‫ت ي ي‬

َ ‫ت‬
ُ ُ ‫ ن َ ن ُ أ َ أ‬sound.
َ ُ
1. Y = he
2. Y + aani = both of them
3. Y + oona = they
4. Y + na = they (fem pl)
5. T = you
6. T + aani = both of them(f)
7. T + aani = both of you (masc and fem)
8. T + oona = all of you
9. T + na = all of you (fem pl)
10.T = she
11.T + eena = you(f) “youshe”
5.4.4: Pushing Present Tense to Future Tense Only Using ‫ س‬and ‫ﺳ ْﻮ َف‬
َ َ
The present tense in Arabic includes both present and future tense. Deciding
whether to translate as present or future tense may depend on the context.
However, a present tense ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬can be forced into the future tense only by using the
harfs ‫ س‬and ‫ﺳ ْﻮ َف‬.

َ َ
‫ س‬: This ‫ ﺣﺮف‬is attached to ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع‬. For example:

َ
‫ﺎس‬
ِ َ ّ‫ﻦ اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻘﻮل اﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎء ِﻣ‬The foolish among the people will say… (2:142)
َ ُ َ َ ُّ ُ ُ َ َ

‫ ﺳ ْﻮ َف‬: Same as ‫ س‬however, ‫ س‬is closer in the future than ‫ﺳ ْﻮ َف‬. Also, ‫ ﺳﻮف‬is not
َ َ َ َ
attached to the fi’l, but can be attached to other harfs. For example:
‫ﻴﻼ‬ ّ ْ ‫ وﺳ ْﻮف ﻳ ْﻌﻠﻤﻮن ﺣﲔ ﻳﺮ ْون ْاﻟﻌﺬاب ﻣ‬But they are going to know, when they
ً ‫ﻦ أﺿ ُﻞ ﺳﺒ‬
َ
ِ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ِ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ
َ ََ
see the punishment, who is farthest astray in [his] way. (25:42)
5.4.5: Present Tense in the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
Remember that a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ has three main parts: ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬then ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬followed by ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬.
The present tense can be used just like the past tense in the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ . Let’s look at
some examples for attaching pronouns, outside doers and grammatical analysis.
5.4.6: Present Tense with Attached Pronouns

Just as we attached pronouns to the past tense to use as details for the fi’l, we can
do the same in present tense. Let’s look at some examples:
ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨ ﺼ ﺮ‬ He helps both of them ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ُ ُ َ ‫َﻳﻨ‬
‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺼ‬
ُ َ َ
He helps
ْ ْ
ُ ‫َﻧﻘﺮأ‬ ‫َﻧﻘﺮأُه‬
ُ َ
We read We read it
َ
I find ‫ﺪ‬ُ ‫ﺟ‬ ِ َ‫أ‬ I find you(f.pl) ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ‫ﺪﻛ‬ ُ ‫ﺟ‬ ِ َ‫أ‬
ْ ْ
You(f. pl) help ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮ َﻧﻨﺎ‬
َ ُ ُ
You(f. pl) help us

5.4.7: Present Tense with Outside Doers

ْ
Recall that every fi’l comes with an in-built pronoun doer. For example ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ َ
means “he helps”. In order to name the ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬, we would need to use an outside
doer. Let’s look at examples of the outside doer with the present tense.
ٌ
‫ﻮل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ ٌﻢ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻮل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﺗﻘ‬
A Muslim says. A Muslim woman
ُ ُ ُ َ says. َ ُ ُ ُ َ
‫ﻤﺎن‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ْ ‫ ﻳﻘﻮل ﻣ‬Two Muslim
‫ﺴ‬ ‫ﺘﺎن‬ ‫ﻮل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ‬ ‫ﺗﻘ‬
ِ
Two Muslims
say. ِ ُ ُ ُ َ women say. ِ َ ُ ُ ُ َ
ٌ
‫ﻮل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻤﺎت‬ ‫ﻮل ﻣ ْﺴ ِﻠ‬ ‫ﺗﻘ‬
Muslims say. Muslims(f) say.
َ ُ ُ ُ َ ُ ُ ُ َ

5.4.8: Present Tense in the ‫ا ﻴﺔ‬
Recall that the normal sentence structure for a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ with an outside doer is ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
then ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬and then ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل‬. For example, “Allah wants” would be ‫ﺪ اﷲ‬ ُ ‫ﻳ ِﺮ ْﻳ‬.
ُ ُ
In Modern Standard Arabic ‫ﺪ‬ ْ
ُ ‫ اﷲ ُ ﻳ ُ ِﺮﻳ‬would also be translated as “Allah wants”.
However in Classical and Quran’ic Arabic we would translate it as “Allah, HE
wants”. Why? Because in the sentence ‫ﺪ‬ ْ
ُ ‫ اﷲ ُ ﻳ ُ ِﺮﻳ‬does not have an outside doer.
Remember the outside doer must be AFTER the fi’l. Thus, the inside doer of the fi’l
must be translated as well. Let’s look at the grammatical analysis of this special
‫ا ﻴﺔ‬ construction.
ْ ْ
‫ُ ﻢ ﺑ ْﻴ َ ُ ْﻢ ﻳ ْﻮم اﻟ ِﻘﻴﺎﻣ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺎﷲ ﻳﺤ‬ ‫ ﻓ‬Then, Allah, HE will judge between them
َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ ُ َّ َ
on the Day of Resurrection (2:113)
‫ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع‬
‫إ ﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ , ‫ﺧﱪ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻓﻴﻪ‬
5.4.9: Other Forms of Present Tense

Unlike the past tense which only has one form, the present tense has three forms
called normal (‫)ﻣﺮﻓﻮع‬, light (‫ )ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬and lightest (‫)ﻣﺠﺰوم‬. Everything we have
learned so far is the normal present tense. We will now continue with a study of
the light and lightest forms.

5.4.9.1: Light Present Tense (‫)ﻣﻨﺼﻮب‬
To make the present tense light:

ْ
1) The ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻫ‬
َّ ُ and ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ َ ‫ أ‬versions do not change.
‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬
2) If the present tense ends in a ◌ ُ then change the ◌ُ to a ◌
َ .
3) If the present tense ends in a ‫ ن‬then remove the ‫ن‬.
Light Present Tense Chart

ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ْوا‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ َ ُ َ َ ُ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ َ ُ َ ُ
ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ ْوا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ ُ َ ُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ِﺮي‬
َ ُ ُ ُ
ْ ْ
‫َﻧﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫أَﻧﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ َ ُ
ٌ
Light Present Tense Harf ‫ع‬ ِ ‫ﻀﺎر‬‫ﻠﻤ‬
ِ ُ ِ ‫ﻧﺎﺻ َﺒ‬
‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ِ ‫ﺣﺮف‬َ
The following harfs make the present tense light
Word Meaning/Notes
ْ
‫أَن‬
to
Used as a connector. Eg: I want to read.
ْ ‫ﻟ‬
‫ﻦ‬ َ will not
‫َ ْﻲ‬ ِ‫ﻟ‬
so that, in order to
This word has three forms: ‫َ ْﻲ‬ ِ‫ﻛ ْﻲ ﻟ‬
َ ‫ِل‬
ْ
‫ ِإذا ً ِإذَن‬in that case
‫ﺣ ّﺘ ٰﻰ‬
َ
Until

Examples of Light Harf in the Quran

ْ ْ
‫اﷲ َﻻ َ ْﺴﺘﺤ ِﻴﻲ أَن ﻳﻀ ِﺮب ﻣﺜَ ًﻼ ّ َﻣﺎ‬ ‫إن‬
Indeed, Allah is not timid to present any
example َ َ َ َ َ َّ َّ ِ
ْ
Indeed, Allah commands you to slaughter a ً‫إن اﷲ ﻳﺄﻣﺮﻛ ْﻢ أَن ﺗ ْﺬﺑﺤﻮا ﺑﻘﺮة‬
ُ ُ ُ َ َ َّ َّ ِ
cow. َ ََ ُ َ َ
ْ
‫و ﻟَﻦ ّ ُ ِ َك ِﺑﺮ ِّﺑﻨَﺎ أَﺣ ًﺪا‬
We will not associate anyone with our Master.
َ َ َ
‫ﻛ ِﺜﲑًا‬
َ ‫ﻚ‬ َ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﻛ ْﻲ ُﺴ ِّﺒ‬
So that we may exalt You much
َ َ َ
ْ
‫ﻳﺮا‬ ً ‫ﻜﻮن ﻟِﻠﻌﺎﻟَ ِﻤﲔَ َﻧ ِﺬ‬ ‫ﻟﻴ‬
َ َ ُ َِ
So that he may be to the nations a warner
‫ﻮل‬
ُ ‫اﻟﺮ ُﺳ‬ ‫ﺣﺘ ٰﻰ ﻳﻘﻮل‬
Until the Messenger says
َّ َ ُ َ َّ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ِ ُ ٰ َ ّ َ ِ َ ِ ‫ﺤﻮا اﻟ ُﻤ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ُ ‫ﻜ‬
ِ ‫َو َﻻ َﺗﻨ‬
And do not marry polytheistic women until
they believe
5.4.9.2: Lightest Present Tense (‫)ﻣﺠﺰوم‬
To make the present tense lightest:

ْ
1) The ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻫ‬
َّ ُ and ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ َ ‫ أ‬versions do not change.
‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬
2) If the present tense ends in a ◌ ُ then change the ◌ُ to a◌
ْ .
3) If the present tense ends in a ‫ ن‬then remove the ‫ن‬.
Lightest Present Tense Chart

ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ْوا‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮ‬
ُ ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮ‬
َ ُ َ ُ ُ
ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ ْوا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮ‬
ُ ُ ُ ُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ِﺮي‬
َ ُ ُ ُ
ْ ْ
‫َﻧﻨﺼ ْﺮ‬ ‫أَﻧﺼ ْﺮ‬
ُ ُ
ٌ
Lightest Present Tense Harf ‫ع‬ ِ ‫ﻀﺎر‬
ِ ‫ﻠﻤ‬ِ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺎزﻣ‬ ‫ﺣﺮف‬
ُ َ ِ َ
The following harfs make the present tense lightest
Word Meaning/Notes
ْ
‫ِإن‬
if
Can be used with past and present tense.
‫ﻟَ ْﻢ‬
did not.
Only used with present tense, pushes meaning to past
tense
‫ﻟَ ّ َﻤﺎ‬
not yet.
If used with present tense it means “not yet”
If used with past tense it means “when”
‫ِل‬ should
Examples of lightest harf in the Quran

‫ﻀ ّﻠُﻮا ِﻋﺒﺎد َك‬
ِ ‫ﻚ ِإن َﺗ َﺬ ْر ُ ْ ﻳ‬
َ َ‫ِإ ّﻧ‬
Indeed, if You leave them, (then) they
will mislead Your servants َ َ ُ
‫ﻛﺎ ِﺗ ًﺒﺎ‬ ْ
َ ‫ﺪوا‬
ُ ‫ﻟَﻢ َﺗ ِﺠ‬
All of you didn’t find a scribe
‫اب‬ ِ ‫ﺬوﻗُﻮا َﻋ َﺬ‬

ُ ‫َﺑﻞ ﻟّ َ ّ َﻤﺎ َﻳ‬
Rather, they have not yet tasted My
punishment
Then (as a result) they should respond
‫ﺪون‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ْ ‫ﻓ ْﻠ ْﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮا وﻟْﻴ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨﻮا ﻟﻌ ّﻠ َ ْ ﻳ‬
‫ﺮ‬
to Me and they should believe in Me َ ُ ُ َ ُ ََ ِ ُ ُ َ ِ ُ ِ َ َ َ
that they may be [rightly] guided.

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. True or False: The present tense includes the future tense.
2. True or False: The present tense shows changes to the end of the word only.
3. What is the difference between ‫ س‬and ‫ف‬ ْ

َ َ ‫?ﺳﻮ‬ َ
______________________________________________________________
4. To make the present tense light:
a. The _________ and _________ versions don’t change
b. If it ends in a _________ change it to a _________
c. If it ends in a _________ then remove it
5. To make the present tense lightest:
a. The _________ and _________ versions don’t change
b. If it ends in a _________ change it to a _________
c. If it ends in a _________ then remove it

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. True or False: The present tense can start with the letters ‫أ‬, ‫ن‬, ‫ي‬, ‫ت‬
2. True or False: ‫ س‬pushes the present tense to past tense

َ
ْ
3. Translate to English: ‫_____________________________ ﻳﻘﺮآ ِﻧ ِﻪ‬
َ َ
4. Translate to English: ‫ان‬

ِ َ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ل‬
ُ ‫_________________________ ﻳ ُﻘ ْﻮ‬
َ َ
5. Recite the light present tense huroof (‫)ﺣﺮوف ﻧﺎﺻﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬
6. Translate to Arabic: Zainab won’t read the book ______________________
7. Recite the lightest present tense huroof (‫)ﺣﺮوف ﺟﺎزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬
8. Translate to Arabic: You didn’t write the book

________________________

In the following sentences, translate the highlighted fi’l. An example has been done.
1. ‫ﻛﺮون‬ ‫ﻴﻼ ّ َﻣﺎ َﺗ َﺬ‬ ً ‫ ﻗﻠ‬to remember

َ ُ َ ّ َِ you (m. pl) remember
ْ
2. ‫ِﺑﺂﻳﺎ ِﺗﻨَﺎ ﻳﻈ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
َ َ َ
to wrong/do injustice
3. ‫و ِﻓ ﺎ َﺗ ُﻤﻮﺗُﻮن‬
َ َ َ
to die
4. ‫ﻛﺄ ُﻋ َﻠ ْ ﺎ‬
َ ّ ‫أ َ َﺗﻮ‬
َ َ َ
to lean
5. ‫ﻮل‬
ُ ‫ ﻓ َ َﺘ ُﻘ‬to say
6. ‫ﻛﺮ‬َ ّ ‫ ﻟﻌ ّ َ ﻳﺘﺬ‬to take a reminder
ُ َ ََ ُ ََ
7. ‫ﺎف‬
ُ ‫ﺨ‬ َ ‫ ِإ ّﻧَﻨﺎ َﻧ‬to fear
8. ‫ان‬
ِ ‫ﻳﺪ‬ َ ‫ ﻳ ُ ِﺮ‬to want
ْ
9. ‫ﺎن‬
ِ َ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﺼ‬ ِ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ ﻳ‬to put together
َ
ْ
10. ‫ﻛ ِ ِ ْﻢ‬ ِ ‫ﻮن ِﰲ َﻣﺴﺎ‬ ‫ﺸ‬
ُ ‫ ﻳﻤ‬to walk
َ َ َ
ْ
11. ‫ ﻻ ﻳﺨﻠ ُ ُﻘﻮن َﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ‬to create
َ َ
12. ‫اﻵﻳﺎت‬ ‫ﺼ ُﻞ‬ ٰ to explain
ِ ّ ِ ‫ﻚ ﻧ ُ َﻔ‬ َ ِ‫ﻛﺬﻟ‬ َ
13. ‫ﱰ ّ َﺑ ْﺼﻦ‬ َ َ ‫ َﻳ‬to wait
َ
14. ‫ﺎن‬
ِ ‫ ﻳ ُ َﻌ ِّﻠ َﻤ‬to teach
ْ
15. ‫ﻓَﻴﺘﻌ ّﻠ َ ُﻤﻮن ِﻣ ُﻤﺎ‬
َ َ َََ
to learn

Word Bank: Present Tense Fi’l With Pronouns and Details

ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ل‬
ُ ‫ ﻳُﻨ ِﺰ‬he sends down ‫ل‬
ُ ‫ َﻳ ُﻘﻮ‬he says ‫ ﻳﻔ ِﻠﺢ‬he succeeds ‫ﺚ‬ُ ‫ َﻳﺒ َﻌ‬he raises up ‫ﺪ‬
ُ ‫ َﻳ ِﺠ‬he finds
ُ ُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ ﻳﻨ ِﺬر‬he warns ‫ ﻳﻀ ِﺮب‬he hits ‫ ﻳﺬﻛُﺮ‬he mentions ‫ﺚ‬ ُ ‫ َﻳﻠ َﺒ‬he ‫ﺤﺎور‬ ‫ ﻳ‬he converses
ُ ُ ُ َ ُ َ ُ ِ ُ
stays/slept with
ْ ْ
ّ ِ ‫ ﻳ‬he ‫ ﻳﻌﻤ ُﻞ‬he ‫ﺬ‬
ُ ‫ َﻳ ّ َﺘ ِﺨ‬he takes ‫ﺪ‬
ُ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ ْﺴ‬he made ‫ ﻳﻤﻨَﻊ‬he prevents
ُ َُ َ َ ُ َ ُ َ
congratulates works firmly sujood
Section 1: Using the word bank, translate the following from Arabic to English.
ْ
1. ُ ‫ﻧُﻨ ِﺰ‬ 2. ‫ﻦ‬َّ ‫ﻜ‬
ُ ‫وﻧ‬َ ‫ﺪ‬ ُ ‫َﻳ ِﺠ‬
ُ
ْ ْ
3. ‫َﺗﻤﻨَ ُﻌﻨِﻲ‬ 4. ‫َﻧﺬﻛُﺮﻫﺎ‬
ُ
5. ‫ﺗ ُ ِ ّ ا ِ ﺎ‬ 6. ‫ﻚ‬
َ ‫ﺤﺎورا ِﻧ‬
ِ ُ‫ﻳ‬
َ
ْ ْ
7. ‫ﺤﺎورﻛُﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ 8. َ‫ﺗُﻔ ِﻠ ِﺤﲔ‬
ُ ِ ُ
ْ ْ
9. ‫ﻳﺬﻛُﺮﻛُﻢ‬ 10.‫ﻻن‬
ِ ‫َﻳ ُﻘﻮ‬
ُ َ
ْ
11. ‫ﺗ ُ ِ ّ ْ ن ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤ ًﺪا‬ 12. ‫ُ ﺘُﺐ‬ ‫ل اﻟ‬
ُ ‫ﻳُﻨ‬
‫ﺰ‬ِ
َ ُ َ َ َ
ْ ْ
13. ‫أُﻧ ِﺬر َﻗ ْﻮ ًﻣﺎ‬ 14. ‫ﻳﻠ ِﺒﺜُﻮن‬
ُ َ َ
ْ
15. ‫َﺗﻀ ِﺮﺑ ْﻮن َز ْﻳ ًﺪا‬ 16. ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ َﺔ‬
ُ ‫ﺪ‬ُ ‫َﺗ ِﺠ‬
َ ُ َ
Section 2: Using the word bank, translate from English to Arabic. Put ALL harakaat.
1. We warn them(f) 2. You(f. pl) converse
with me
3. She works 4. Both of them(f) work
5. We will find it 6. You(2f) work
7. I prevent you(m) 8. We congratulate
you(f).
9. He raises the 10. I will succeed!
people up

‫‪ is highlighted.‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪) in the following sentences? The‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ( ‪What is the doer‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫اﻫ ِ ‪1.‬‬ ‫ج ِﻣﻦ أَﻓﻮ ِ‬ ‫َﺗﺨﺮ‬ ‫اﻷ ﺎر ‪2.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َﺗﺠ ِﺮي ِﻣﻦ َﺗﺤ ِ ِ ﻢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﲔ ‪3.‬‬ ‫ات اﻟ َﻴ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫َوﻧ ُ َﻘ ِّﻠ ُ ُﻢ ذَ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ّﻠ َ ُ ‪4.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻴﻄَﺎنُ أَن ﻳ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺪ ّ َ‬‫َو ﻳ ُ ِﺮ ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻧ ْﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻠ ْ‬
‫و ﻳﻠﻌ ُ ُﻢ اﻟ ّﻠ َ ٰـ ِﻌﻨ ُ ْﻮن ‪5.‬‬ ‫ﻚ َﻧﺒﺄ َ ُ ْ ‪6.‬‬ ‫ﻴ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ ُّ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺣﻴ َ ً ‪7.‬‬ ‫ﻮن ِ‬ ‫ﻄﻴﻌ‬ ‫َﻻ َ ْﺴﺘ‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ أ َ َﻊ و أَر ٰى ‪8.‬‬ ‫إﻧﻨﻲ ﻣﻌ‬
‫َ ُ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ َ َ‬ ‫ِ َّ ِ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫اﷲ ‪9.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ت ‪10.‬‬ ‫ﻮ‬‫ﻢ اﻟْﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ر‬
‫ْ‬
‫ُ ِ ُ َّ ُ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳُ ِ‬
‫ﺪ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ُ ْﻢ ‪11.‬‬ ‫ﻀ ّﻠ ُ ْﻮ َﻧ‬ ‫ﻳُ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ‪12.‬‬ ‫َﺗ ّ َﺒﺖ َﻳ َﺪا أ َ ِ َ َ ٍ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺎﻋﻮن ‪13.‬‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫وﻳ‬ ‫ﻚ ‪14.‬‬
‫ﻓ َ َﻌ َﻞ َر ّ ُﺑ َ‬
‫َ َ َُ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﻷرض ‪15.‬‬ ‫زﻟﺰﻟﺖ‬ ‫اﷲِ ‪16.‬‬‫ﺎل ﻟَ ُ َ ُ ُ ّ َ‬
‫ﻮل‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ﻓ َ َﻘ َ‬
‫ُ ِ َ ِ َ ُ‬
‫ﻓ َ َﺪ ْﻣ َﺪم ﻋ َﻠ ْ ِ ْﻢ ر ّ ُ ﻢ ‪17.‬‬ ‫ُ ْﻢ ‪18.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄ ْ‬
‫ﻧﺬرﺗ ُ‬
‫ََ َ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ﱪﻧﻪ وﻗﻄّ َْﻌﻦ أ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌ ِّﺬب ﻋ َﺬاﺑﻪ ُ أَﺣﺪ ‪19.‬‬ ‫ﻦ ‪20.‬‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻳ‬
‫َ َ ِ َ ُ َّ‬ ‫أَﻛ َ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َُ ُ َ َ‬
‫‪Present Tense with harfs. Section 1: Translate from Arabic to English‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫ﻟ ْ‬
‫ﻦ أ ُ َ ِ ّ أ َ َﺪ ‪1.‬‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻢ َ ْﺴﺠ ِﺪي ‪2.‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ِإن ُ ْﺴ ِﻠ ْﻢ ‪3.‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺪ ُ ‪ِ ,‬إن ﺷﺎء اﷲ ‪4.‬‬ ‫َﺳﻨَ ِﺠ ُ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻠ ُ ُﻘﻮن ‪5.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻚ ‪6.‬‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﻛ ْﻲ ﺴﺒ‬
‫َ ُ َ ِّ َ‬
‫ﺣ ّﺘﻰ ﻳ ُﻘ ْﻮ َل ‪7.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
ْ ْ
8. ‫أَن ﻳﻀ ِﺮب‬
َ َ
ْ
9. ‫ﺳ ْﻮ َف َﺗﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬
َ َ
ْ
10.ُ ‫ﺸﺔ‬ َ ِ ‫ﺐ ﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺘ‬
ُ ُ َ
11. ‫ﺳﻴ ُﻘ ْﻮﻟ ُ ْﻮن‬
َ َ َ
ْ ْ
12. ‫ﺤ ْﻮا‬ ُ َ َ َ‫أ‬
‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ن‬
13. ‫ﺬ ْوﻗ ُ ْﻮا‬ ُ ‫ﻟَ ّﻤﺎ َﻳ‬

ْ
14.‫ﻟَ ْﻢ َﺗﻔﻌﻠ ُ ْﻮا‬
َ
ْ
15. ‫ﻓَﻠ ْﺴﺘ ِﺠ ْﻴﺒ ْﻮا‬
ُ َ َ
Using the word bank of fi’l below, translate the following from English to Arabic
ْ ْ
‫ﻳﺬ َﻫﺐ‬ Send Down ‫ل‬
ُ ‫ﻳُﻨَ ِ ّﺰ‬ ‫ل‬
ُ َ ‫َﺴﺄ‬ Teach ‫ﻳﻌ ِّﻠﻢ‬
ُ َ ُ َُ
Go Ask
ْ ْ
Speak ‫ﻜ ّﻠَﻢ‬
َ ‫َﻳ َﺘ‬ Help ‫ﺪ‬
ُ ‫ﺴﺎﻋ‬
ِ ُ Write ‫ﻳﻜﺘُﺐ‬ Warn ‫ﻳﻨ ِﺬر‬
ُ ُ َ ُ ُ
1. You(f) teach
2. You(f) will not teach
3. We ask
4. So that we ask
5. Both of them(f) write
6. Until both of them(f) write
7. I warn them
8. I will not warn them

Using the word bank of fi’l below, translate the following from English to Arabic
ْ ْ
‫ﻳﺬ َﻫﺐ‬ Send Down ‫ل‬
ُ ‫ﻳُﻨَ ِ ّﺰ‬ ‫ل‬
ُ َ ‫َﺴﺄ‬ Teach ‫ﻳﻌ ِّﻠﻢ‬
ُ َ ُ َُ
Go Ask
ْ ْ
Speak ‫ﻜ ّﻠَﻢ‬
َ ‫َﻳ َﺘ‬ Help ‫ﺪ‬
ُ ‫ﺴﺎﻋ‬
ِ ُ Write ‫ﻳﻜﺘُﺐ‬ Warn ‫ﻳﻨ ِﺬر‬
ُ ُ َ ُ ُ
1. You(f) teach
2. If you(f) teach
3. You(2,f) ask
4. You(2,f) have not yet asked
5. He writes a book
6. He should write a book
7. I teach them
8. I should teach them
9. You two are speaking
10. If you two are speaking

For the following passage identify whether the highlighted fi’l is past or present tense. If it is
present tense indicate if it is in the normal, light or lightest form. (18:75-78)
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺣ ْﺒﻨِﻲۖ َﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻌ‬‫ﺑ‬ ‫ء‬
ِ َ ُ ََ َ َ َ ٍ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ِ َ َ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫ﺄ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ﴾٧٥﴿ ‫ا‬ ً
‫ﱪ‬ ‫ﻄﻴﻊ ﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﺻ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ﻟَﻦ َ ْﺴﺘ‬ َ َ ‫ﻚ ِإ ّﻧ‬ َ َ ّ‫ﺎل أَﻟَ ْﻢ أَﻗُﻞ ﻟ‬
َ ‫َﻗ‬
َ َ َ َ َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻮﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻔ‬‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻀ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺄ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻬ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻌ‬‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ْ
‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫أ‬ ‫ا‬‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻘ‬‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﺎﻧ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ﴾٧٦﴿ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ً ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ﻋ‬ َ ّ
َ ُ ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ٍ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ِ َّ َ َ َ َ َ ٰ ُ ّ ِ ُ ِ َ ‫َﺑ َﻠ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻐ‬
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫اق‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻓ‬ ‫ا‬‫ﺬ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ﴾٧٧﴿ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻠ‬
َ َ َ َ َ ّ َ ‫ﺎل ﻟَﻮ ِﺷ‬
‫ﻋ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺌ‬ ً ‫ﺟ َﺪ‬
ِ
ُ َ َ َ َ َ ٰ ً َ ِ َ َ ‫ﺎﻣ ۖﻪ ُ َﻗ‬ ‫ارا ﻳﺮﻳﺪ أن ﻳﻨﻘﺾ ﻓﺄﻗ‬
َ َ َ َ َّ َ َ َ ُ ِ ُ ِ ‫ﺟ َﺪا ﻓِ ﺎ‬
َ َ ََ
‫ﻓﻮ‬
ْ ْ ْ
ً
﴾٧٨﴿ ‫ﻄﻊ ّ َﻋ َﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﺻﱪا‬ ِ
ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻟَﻢ َﺴﺘ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ ِﺑﺘﺄ ِو‬
َ ُ ‫ﻚ ﺳﺄ ُ َﻧ ِّﺒﺌ‬ ۚ َ ِ‫ﺑ ْﻴﻨِﻲ وﺑ ْﻴﻨ‬
Word Tense Normal, Light, Lightest?
ْ
1. ‫أَﻗُﻞ‬
Present Tense Lightest
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

8.4 Unit 8.4 Commanding and Forbidding
HOMEWORK
Command and forbid with any given ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
Tell the difference between forbidding and negation
Recognize and translate a command and forbidding ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
5 – COMMANDING AND FORBIDDING (‫ﻲ‬ ‫)اﻷﻣﺮ و اﻟ‬
5.4.10: Common Sense Observations

Having learned present tense, we can now delve into two derivative forms of the
ْ ‫( ﻓﻌﻞ‬command) is an
present tense called “commanding” and “forbidding”. A ‫أﻣﺮ‬
order given to someone to carry out a specific action. ‫( ﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ‬Forbidding) is used

to prevent someone from carrying out an action.
Based on the definitions above, we can make the following observations about
commanding and forbidding:
1. You can’t command/forbid in the past tense. This makes sense because a person
cannot be commanded to do something in the past, and similarly you cannot
forbid someone from doing something they have already done.
2. You can’t command yourself. Based on our definitions above, commanding and
forbidding are specifically directed at another, not the self. You can’t command
the first person.

3. You can’t command/forbid someone who’s not there. Someone who is not
present cannot be made to do something, nor can they be forbidden from doing
something. You can’t command the third person.
4. A grammatical command isn’t always really a command. It could be a

suggestion, motivation, permission, advice, request, imperative or sarcasm. For
example, if you ask a friend, “Should I buy this car?” and your friend replies,
“Buy it” This is a suggestion, although it sounds like a command. Similarly, if a
teacher says, “Go ahead and fail the test,” this is mostly likely sarcasm, not a
command.
Forbidding is easier than commanding. The easiest way to forbid someone from
doing something is to just yell, “No!” Commanding usually requires more
instruction.
5.4.11: Forbidding
The formula for forbidding in Arabic is: ‫ﻻ‬+lightest present tense 2nd person.
Let’s try some examples:
Don’t go! (you sing. Masc)
ْ
1) 2nd person present tense. ‫َﺗﺬ َﻫﺐ‬
ُ
ْ ‫ﺗﺬﻫ‬ْ
2) Make it lightest. ‫ﺐ‬ َ َ
3) Put ‫ ﻻ‬in front: !‫ﺐ‬ ْ ‫ﻻ ﺗ ْﺬﻫ‬
َ َ
Additional examples:
English Command Normal Fi’l Lightest Fi’l Forbidding
ْ ْ ْ ‫ﺗﺄﻛ‬
ْ
ْ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺄﻛ‬
ْ
Don’t eat!(you f.) ‫ﲔ‬
َ ‫َﺗﺄﻛُ ِﻠ‬ ُِ َ ُِ َ
‫َﺗﺘﻌ ّﻠ َ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬ ‫َﺗﺘﻌ ّﻠ َ ُﻤ ْﻮا‬ ‫ﻻ َﺗﺘﻌ ّﻠ َ ُﻤ ْﻮا‬
َ ََ ََ ََ
Don’t learn (all of you)
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
Don’t write (all you fem) ‫ﱭ‬
َ ُ ‫َﺗﻜﺘ‬ ‫ﱭ‬
َ ُ ‫َﺗﻜﺘ‬ ‫ﱭ‬
َ ُ ‫ﻻ َﺗﻜﺘ‬

Forbidding vs Observation
It is important to note the difference between forbidding and an
observation/comment. For example, a friend may turn to you and say, “I noticed
you don’t write books.” In this case, “you don’t write books” is an observation, not
forbidding. However, your friend may not have much confidence in your writing
skills, in which case your friend would forbid you from writing books by saying,
“Don’t write books!”
ً ْ
Statement/Observation: ‫“ ﻻ َﺗﻜﺘُﺐ ﻛُﺘُﺒﺎ‬You don’t write books.”
ُ
ً ْ
Forbidding: ‫ﺐ ﻛُﺘُﺒﺎ‬ ْ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘ‬
ُ َ “Don’t (you sing masc) write books!”
Notice that for the observation, the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is not in its lightest form. However, for
forbidding it is. Which begs the question, how would one translate the following: ‫ﻻ‬
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﱭ ﻛُﺘ ُ ًﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﺘ‬
َ ُ َ‫ﻜ‬‫?ﺗ‬ Since the normal and lightest forms for ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ َ ‫ أ‬are the same, the
‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬
translation would have to be based on context. It could either be an observation:
‘You (fem. Pl.) don’t write books’. Or it can be forbidding: ‘Don’t write books! (fem.
Pl.)
Examples from the Quran:
ْ
‫اﻟﺸﺠﺮ َة‬
َ ّ ِ ِ ٰ َ َ ‫( َو َﻻ َﺗ‬2:35) But do not come near this tree (both of you)
‫ه‬ ‫ﺬ‬ ‫ـ‬ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﺑ‬‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻘ‬
َ َ َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻚ ﺳ ِﺮ ًّﻳﺎ‬
ِ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻚ‬
ِ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻌ‬‫ﺟ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫ﺰ‬‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻻ‬َ ّ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫( ﻓﻨﺎداﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗ‬19:24) But he called her from below her, "Do
َ
َ َ َ ُّ َ َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ َ ِ َ َ ََ
not grieve; your Lord has provided beneath you a stream.
ٰ ‫آذ ْوا ﻣﻮ‬ ‫( ﻳﺎ أ ﺎ ا ّ َ ﻳﻦ آﻣﻨﻮا ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮا ﻛﺎ ّ َ ﻳﻦ‬33:69) O you who have believed, do not be like
َ ُ َ َ ِ َ ُ ُ َ َ ُ َ َ ِ َ ُّ َ َ
those who abused Musa

‫ًا‬
ْ
‫ﻋ‬ ‫ي‬‫ﺮ‬ ْ ‫ﻦأ‬
‫ﻣ‬ ْ ‫( ﻗﺎل ﻻ ﺗﺆاﺧ ْﺬ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺖ وﻻ ﺗ ْﺮﻫ ْﻘﻨﻲ ﻣ‬18:73) [Musa] said, "Do not blame me for
ُ ِ َ ِ ِ ِ ُ َ َ ُ َِ َ ِ ِ ِ َُ ََ َ
what I forgot and do not cover me in my matter with difficulty."
ْ ٌ ْ
‫ﻜﻦ ّ َﻻ َﺗﻌ َﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
ِ ‫ُ ّ ٍﻞ ِﺿﻌﻒ وﻟَ ٰـ‬ ِ‫ﺎل ﻟ‬
َ ‫( َﻗ‬7:38) He will say, ‘For each is double but you do not know’
َ َ
5.4.12: Commanding
The steps for commanding in Arabic are outlined below.
1) Start with the lightest 2nd person.
2) Remove the first ‫ت‬.
3) If the word can be read, leave it alone.
4) If the word can’t be read, add a helper alif.
5) Harakaat for the helper alif:
a. If the second to last letter in the ‫ ﻫﮬﮪھﻮ‬present tense has a ◌ُ then the
helper alif gets a ◌. ُ
b. Otherwise the helper alif gets a ◌ ِ
The ‫ أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻢ‬family is weird. It gets a َ ‫أ‬
َ
c.
Examples:
1) Go! (you masc).
ْ
Start with normal 2nd person present tense: ‫ﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺬ‬
ُ َ َ
ْ ْ ‫ﺗ ْﺬﻫ‬ ْ ‫ ْذﻫ‬Add helper ‫ﺐ‬ ْ
ْ ‫اذﻫ‬ ْ ‫ِا ْذﻫ‬
‫َﺗﺬ َﻫﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺐ‬
Make Remove Determine
ُ lightest َ َ first ‫ﺕت‬ َ alif َ harakah for alif َ
2) Help! (all of you fem)

ْ
Normal 2nd person present tense: ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬
َ ُ
ْ ْ ْ Add ْ ْ ‫ا ْﻧﺼ‬
‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﺗﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫ ﻧﺼ ْﺮن‬helper alif ‫اﻧﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ﺮ‬
ُ ُ
Make Remove Determine
َ ُ lightest َ ُ first ‫ﺕت‬ َ ُ َ ُ harakah for alif َ

3) Learn! (you fem)

ْ
Normal 2nd person present tense: َ‫َﺗﺘﻌ ّﻠ َ ِﻤﲔ‬
ََ
ْ
‫ﲔ‬
َ ‫َﺗ َﺘ َﻌ ّﻠ َ ِﻤ‬ ‫َﺗﺘﻌ ّﻠَ ِﻤ ْﻲ‬ ‫( َﺗﻌ ّﻠ َ ِﻤ ْﻲ‬no helper alif needed)
Make Remove
lightest ََ first ‫ﺕت‬ َ
4) Warn!(all of you masc)

ْ ْ
Normal 2nd person present tense: ‫ﺗُﻨ ِﺬرون‬
َ ُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺗُﻨ ِﺬر ْون‬ ‫ﺗُﻨ ِﺬر ْوا‬ ‫ﻧ ِﺬر ْوا‬ ‫أَﻧ ِﺬر ْوا‬
Add helper alif
َ ُ ُ ُ ُ
Make Remove
lightest first ‫ﺕت‬ from ‫ أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻢ‬family
َ
5.5: Answering a Command/Forbidding

There are two parts to this type of sentence
‫ أﻣﺮ‬the command
‫ ﺟﻮاب اﻷﻣﺮ‬the answer/ consequence to the command
The ‫ أﻣﺮ‬is in ‫ ﺟﺰم‬status and the ‫ ﺟﻮاب اﻷﻣﺮ‬is in ‫ ﺟﺰم‬status as well to indicate its
relationship to the command.
For example: Submit! Allah will have mercy on you. ‫ﻚ اﷲ‬ ْ ‫أ ْﺳﻠ ْﻢ ﻳ ْﺮ‬
ُ َ َ َ ِ َ
Example from the Quran (71:10-12)
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ال‬ ً ‫ُ ﻢ ِﻣﺪر‬
ٍ ‫﴾ َوﻳُﻤ ِﺪدﻛُﻢ ِﺑﺄَﻣ َﻮ‬١١﴿ ‫ارا‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ْ ‫ﻱي‬
‫ر‬ ١٠ ‫ا‬ ً
‫ﺎر‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﻏ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻪ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ْ ‫ﺑ‬
َ ّ َ ُ ِ َ ُ ‫ﻓ َ ُﻘ‬
‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻠ‬
َ ّ َ َ َ َّ ِ ِ َّ َ َ َ ُ َّ ِ ُ

ُ ﴾ ﴿
ً ْ َ ‫ُ ْﻢ أ‬
﴾١٢﴿ ‫ﺎرا‬
ْ
َ ّ‫ﺎت وﻳﺠ َﻌﻞ ﻟ‬ ٍ َ ّ ‫ُ ْﻢ ﺟﻨ‬ َ ّ
ْ
‫وﺑﻨِﲔَ وﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟ‬
َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ
And I said, 'Ask forgiveness of your Lord. Indeed, He is ever a Perpetual Forgiver. (10) He will
send [rain from] the sky upon you in [continuing] showers(11) And give you increase in wealth
and children and provide for you gardens and provide for you rivers.(12)

In the above ayaat Nuh(as) explains his da’wah to his people. He commanded
them to ask Allah’s forgiveness, and as a result Allah(swt) would send them rain,
increase them and provide for them.
The command is ‫ اﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮوا‬and the consequences/answers to the command are
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻱي ْر ِﺳﻞ‬
ُ , ‫ ﻳﻤ ِﺪد‬and ‫ﻳﺠﻌﻞ‬, as indicated by the ‫ ﺟﺰم‬state.
ُ َ َ
In the following ayaat, highlight the command and the answer.
ْ‫ أ ْرﺳ ْ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻏ ًﺪا ﻳ ْﺮﺗ ْﻊ وﻳ ْﻠﻌﺐ‬Send him with us tomorrow that he may eat well and play (12:12)
َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ََُ ِ َ
5.6: Simple Fi’l Negation
ْ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻟ ْﻢ ﻟ‬
There are four harf that can be used to negate a fil: ‫ﻦ‬ َ َ
‫ ﻣﺎ‬:
- ‫ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
- Can be used with both past and present tense.
- Does not affect the ‫ ِﻓﻌﻞ‬.
- Includes both negation and refutation.
- Strongest form of negation
‫ﻻ‬:
- ‫ﻻ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
- Used with present tense only
- Does not affect the ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬.
- Does not include meaning of refutation.

‫ ﻟَ ْﻢ‬:
- ‫ﺣﺮف ﺟﺎزﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬

- Makes the ‫ ِﻓﻌﻞ‬lightest
- Pushes the meaning of the present tense into the past tense.
ْ ‫ ﻟ‬:
‫ﻦ‬ َ
- ‫ﺣﺮف ﻧﺎﺻﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺎرع‬
- Makes the ‫ ﻓِﻌﻞ‬light
- Pushes the meaning of the present tense into the future tense.
Examples:
‫ﻣﺎ د ّ َرﺳﻮا‬ They do not ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪرﺳ‬
ُ َ َ ُ ِّ َ ُ ْ ‫ﻟ‬
‫ﻦ ﻳ َﺪ ِّرﺳﻮا‬
They did not They will not
ُ ُ َ
‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳ َﺪ ِّرﺳﻮا‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳ َﺪ ِّرﺳﻮن‬
teach. teach. teach
ُ ُ َ ُ ُ
Examples from the Quran.

ْ
‫ وﻣﺎ َﺸ ُ ون‬And they do not realize (2:9)
َ ُ َ َ
‫ وﻣﺎ ﻗﺘﻠﻮه وﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺒﻮه‬And they did not kill him, and they did not crucify him (4:157)
ُ ُ َ َ َ َُ ُ ََ َ َ
َ ‫ﻈَﺎﻟِ ِﻤ‬
‫ﲔ‬ ّ ‫ﺐ اﻟ‬
ُ ّ ‫اﷲ ُ َﻻ ﻳ ُ ِﺤ‬
َ ّ ‫ َو‬And Allah does not like the wrong-doers. (3:140)

ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ﲔ‬
َ ِ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
ِ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ُ ﻢ ِّﻣﻦ اﻟ ُﻤ‬ ‫ُ ْﻢ و َﻧﻤﻨَﻌ‬ ‫ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮا أَﻟَ ْﻢ َ ْﺴﺘﺤ ِﻮذ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ‬Did we not gain the advantage over you,
َ َ َ َ
and did we not protect you from the believers? (4:141)
‫ﺴﻨَﺎ اﻟﻨَّﺎر‬
َ ّ ‫ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮا ﻟَﻦ َﺗ َﻤ‬They said, “The fire will not touch us…” (3:24)
ُ

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. True or False: When forbidding you only use the present tense in third
person
2. True or False: The command for the ‫ أﺳﻠﻢ‬family always has a fatha َ
3. True or False: ‫ ﻻﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬is used with normal present tense
ْ
4. Convert to forbidding: ‫_________________________ َﺗﻘﺘﻠ ُ ْﻮن‬
َ ُ
ْ
ْ ______________________
5. Convert to commanding: ‫ﺴﺠ ِﺪﻳﻦ‬
َ َ ُ

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. True or False: For commanding and forbidding use the 3rd person lightest
present tense
2. True or False: Both the ‫ أﻣﺮ‬and ‫ ﺟﻮاب اﻷﻣﺮ‬is in ‫ ﺟﺰم‬status
ْ
3. Translate to English: ‫______________________________ ﻻ ﻳﺪرﺳ ْﻮن‬
َ ُ ُ َ
ْ
4. Translate to English: ‫_______________________________ ﻣﺎ َﻧﻜﺘﺐ‬
ُ ُ
5. Translate to Arabic: Ask for forgiveness (all of you)! ___________________

Convert the following to forbidding and translate your answer.
ْ
1. ‫ﲔ‬
َ ‫ﺗ ُ َﻌ ِّﻠ ِﻤ‬
ْ
2. ‫ﺒﺎن‬
ِ َ ‫َﺗ‬
‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺬ‬
ْ
3. ‫َ ْﺴﺄَﻟ َ ُﻤﺎ‬
4. ‫ﻻن‬ِ ‫ﺗُﻨَ ِ ّﺰ‬

ْ ْ
5. ‫ﲔ‬ ِ ‫ﺘﺎﺑ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻛ‬
َ ِ ُ ُ َ
ْ
6. ‫ﻜ ّﻠ َ ِﻤﲔَ اﻟ َ ِﺑ ّﻴَ َﺔ‬َ ‫َﺗ َﺘ‬
َ
7. ‫ﻦ‬ ْ
َ ّ ُ َ ‫ﺴﺎﻋ ِﺪﻳ‬ ِ ُ
ْ
ْ
8. ‫َﺗﻜﺘُﺒﻮن ﻋ َﻠ ﺎ‬
َ َ ُ
9. ‫ﺗُﻌ ِّﻠﻤﺎ ِ ﺎ‬
َ
10. ‫ﺖ‬ ْ ‫ﺗ ْﺬﻫﺐ إ اﻟﺒ‬
‫ﻴ‬
ِ َ ِ ُ َ َ
11. ً‫َﺗ ُﻘ ْﻮﻟُﻮن َ ْ ء‬
َ
Translate the following commands.
1. ‫َﻧ ِ ّﺰﻟ ُ ْﻮا‬
2. ‫ﻋ ِّﻠ ِﻤ ْﻲ‬
َ
ْ
3. ‫ﻜ ّﻠَﻤﻦ‬ َ ‫َﺗ‬
َ
ْ
4. ‫ِاذ َﻫﺒﺎ‬
ْ
ِ ‫اُﻛﺘ ُ ِﺒ ْﻲ‬
5. ‫ﻛﺘﺎ ًﺑﺎ‬
ْ
6. ِ ‫أَﻧ ِﺬ ْر‬
ْ
7. ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺪ َﻧﻨﺎ‬ِ
ْ
8. ‫ﻋ ِّﻠﻤﻨﺎ‬
َ
9. ‫َﻧ ِ ّﺰﻟ ُ ْﻮﻫﺎ‬
ْ
10. ‫أَﻧ ِﺬ ِر ْ ِ ﻤﺎ‬
Translate the following phrases then convert into commanding and forbidding. An example has been done for
you.
Word Translation Commanding Forbidding
1. ‫َ ْﺴﺠ ِﺪ ْﻳﻦ‬
َ ُ
2. ‫ﻻن‬ ْ
ِ ‫َﺗ ُﻘﻮ‬
ْ ْ
3. ‫َﺗﻌﻤﻠﻦ‬
َ َ
ِّ ‫ﺗ‬
ُ َُ
4.
5. ‫ﺪ ْون‬ ‫ﺗﺠ‬
َ ُ ِ َ
ْ
6. ‫ﺤﺎن‬
ِ ‫ﻠ‬
ِ ‫ﻔ‬ ُ‫ﺗ‬

‫‪For the highlighted fi’ls indicate if they are past, present, commanding or forbidding. If they are present tense‬‬
‫‪indicate if they are normal, light or lightest. Indicate who the doer of the fil is. An example has been done for‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫)‪you. (18:30-32‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻄﻴﻊ ﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﺻﱪا ﴿‪﴾٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻋ ِّﻠﻤﺖ رﺷﺪا ﴿‪ ﴾٦٦‬ﻗﺎل إﻧﻚ ﻟﻦ ﺴﺘ‬
‫َ َ ِ َّ َ َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ﻦ ِﻣ ّ َﻤﺎ ُ‬‫ﻚ َﻋ َ ٰ أَن ﺗ ُ َﻌ ِّﻠ َﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﺎل َ ُﻣُﻮ َ ٰ َﻫﻞ أ َ ّ َﺗ ِﺒ ُﻌ َ‬
‫َﻗ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺎل‬‫ﻚ أَﻣ ًﺮا ﴿‪َ ﴾٦٩‬ﻗ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺎﺑ ًﺮا َو َﻻ أَﻋ ِﺼﻲ ﻟَ َ‬ ‫اﷲ ُ َﺻ ِ‬‫ﺎء ّ َ‬ ‫ﺪ ِ ِإن َﺷ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺎل ﺳﺘ ِﺠ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻒ َﺗ ْﺼ ِﱪ ُﻋ َ ٰ ﻣﺎ ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗ ُ ِﺤﻂ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﺧُﱪا ﴿‪َ ﴾٦٨‬ﻗ‬
‫ً‬ ‫وﻛ ْ‬
‫ﻴ‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ﻓﺈن اﺗﺒ ْﻌﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻼ ْﺴﺄﻟْﻨﻲ ﻋﻦ ْ ء ﺣﺘﻰ أ ْ‬
‫اﻟﺴ ِﻔﻴﻨَ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻛ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ر‬
‫َ َ َ َّ ِ َ َ َ ِ َّ‬‫ا‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻘ‬‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻄ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺎﻧ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫﴿‪﴾٧٠‬ﻓ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺮ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ذ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻟ‬
‫َ َ َ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣ‬ ‫َ ِ ِ َّ َ ِ َ َ َ َ ِ َ َ ٍ َ َّ ٰ ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻗﻬﺎۖ ﻗﺎل أﺧﺮ ْﻗ ﺎ ﻟﺘ ْ ق أ ْﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻘ ْﺪ ﺟ ْﺌﺖ ﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ إ ْ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻄﻴﻊ ﻣ ِﻌﻲ ﺻﱪا ﴿‪﴾٧٢‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻟَﻦ َﺴﺘ‬ ‫ﻧ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻗ‬‫َ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫َ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫﴿‪﴾٧١‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ً‬ ‫ﻣ‬
‫َ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ ِ َّ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ َ ََ َ َ َ َ َ ََ ُِ ِ َ َ ََ ََ ِ َ َ‬
‫‪ in the highlighted words‬ﺟﻮاب اﻷﻣﺮ ‪ and‬أﻣﺮ ‪Label the‬‬
‫ارا ﴿‪ ﴾١١‬وﻳ ْﻤﺪ ْدﻛﻢ ﺑﺄ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ال‬‫ﻮ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ُ ِ َ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ر‬‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻢ ِﻣ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺳ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎرا ﴿‪﴾١٠‬ﻳ ْ‬
‫ﺮ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻔ‬ ‫ﻏ‬ ‫ﺎن‬ ‫ﻛ‬ ‫ﻪ‬‫ﻧ‬ ‫إ‬
‫ُ ِ َّ ُ َ َ َ َّ‬‫ﻢ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﺑ‬
‫ﻓ َ ُﻘ ُ َ ُ َ ّ َ‬
‫ر‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﻔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﺳ‬ ‫ﺖ‬‫ﻠ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ُ ّ َ‬ ‫ِ َّ َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ُ ْﻢ أ َ ْ ً‬
‫ﺎرا ﴿‪﴾١٢‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺎت وﻳﺠ َﻌﻞ ﻟّ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ ْﻢ ﺟﻨ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ْ‬
‫وﺑﻨِﲔَ وﻳﺠﻌﻞ ﻟ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫أ ْرﺳ ْ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﻏ ًﺪا ﻳ ْﺮﺗ ْﻊ وﻳ ْﻠﻌ ْ‬

‫ﺐ‬
‫َ ِ ََُ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ‬
‫‪Label the type of negation‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪ .1‬وﻣﺎ َﺸ ُ ون‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬وﻣﺎ ﻗﺘﻠﻮه وﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﺒﻮه‬
‫َ َ ََ ُ َُ َ َ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻈَﺎﻟِ ِﻤ َ‬
‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺐ اﻟ ّ‬ ‫اﷲ ُ َﻻ ﻳ ُ ِﺤ ّ ُ‬
‫‪َ .3‬و ّ َ‬
‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﲔ‬
‫ﻦ اﻟ ُﻤ ِ ِ َ‬
‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﻢ ِﻣ‬ ‫ُ ْﻢ و َﻧﻤﻨَﻌ‬ ‫‪َ .4‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮا أ َﻟَ ْﻢ َ ْﺴﺘﺤ ِﻮذ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ‬
‫ُ ّ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺴﻨَﺎ اﻟﻨَّﺎر‬ ‫‪َ .5‬ﻗﺎﻟُﻮا ﻟَﻦ َﺗ َﻤ ّ َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﷲ و َﻻ ُ ِ ﻛُﻮا ِﺑ ِﻪ َﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺪوا‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ .6‬واﻋﺒ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻨﺬ ْر ُ ْ َﻻ ﻳﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮن‬ ‫ﻧﺬ ْر َ ْﻢ أ َ ْم ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺗ‬ ‫ﻛ َﻔﺮوا ﺳﻮاءٌ ﻋ َﻠ ْ ِ ْﻢ أَأ‬ ‫‪ .7‬إن ا ّ َ ﻳﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ َّ ِ َ َ ُ َ َ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻓ َ ِﺈن ﻟّ َ ْﻢ َﺗﻔﻌﻠُﻮا وﻟَﻦ َﺗﻔﻌﻠُﻮا‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

8.5 Unit 8.5: Huroof for Jumlah Fi’liyyah
HOMEWORK
Recognize and translate question words
Recognize ‫ ﺷﺮط‬and ‫ط‬ ‫ﺟﻮاب اﻟ‬
ْ ‫)أدوات‬ ْ
5 – QUESTION WORDS (‫ﻬﺎم‬
ِ ‫اﻻﺳ ِﺘﻔ‬
ِ ُ ََ
5.7: Easy Question Words
A ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ can easily be made into a question by introducing certain words in front
ْ
of it. For example: ‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ‬ is a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬
ُ َََ
meaning “Zeinab wrote.”
Below are some of the questions that can be asked. Notice that the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ does
not to change.
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫ أ‬/ ‫َﻫﻞ‬
َََ َ
Did Zeinab write?
ُ
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻰ‬
When did Zeinab write?
ُ َََ َ
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫أ َ ْﻳﻦ‬
Where did Zeinab write?
ُ َ َ َ َ
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫ﻟِﻤﺎذا‬
Why did Zeinab write?
ُ َََ
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ْ‫ﻛ‬
How did Zeinab write?
ُ ََ َ َ َ
ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬ ‫ﻣﺎذا‬
What did Zeinab write?
ُ َََ َ

Because a ‫ ﻓِﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض‬is being used, the question is translated in past tense using the
word “did”.
Below is an example using present tense:
ً ْ ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ‬
ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫“ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ زﻳﻨ‬Zeinab is writing a book.”
ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ
ً ْ ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ؟‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ أ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ زﻳﻨ‬/ ‫َﻫﻞ‬
ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ
Is Zeinab writing a book?
ً ْ ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ؟‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻰ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ زﻳﻨ‬
When is Zeinab writing a book?
ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ
ً ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ؟‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫أ َ ْﻳﻦ َﺗﻜﺘُﺐ َزﻳ َﻨ‬
ْ
Where is Zeinab writing a book?
ُ ُ َ
ً ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ؟‬ ِ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻟِﻤﺎذا َﺗﻜﺘُﺐ َز ْﻳ َﻨ‬
Why is Zeinab writing a book?
ُ ُ
ً ْ ‫ﻜﺘﺐ ز‬ ْ ْ
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ؟‬ ِ ُ َ َ ُ ُ ‫ﻒ َﺗ‬
‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ َ ‫ﻛﻴ‬
How is Zeinab writing a book?
َ
ْ
‫ﻣﺎذا َﺗﻜﺘُﺐ َز ْﻳﻨَﺐ ؟‬
What is Zeinab writing?
ُ ُ َ
Examples from the Quran:
ْ ْ
‫ﻚ‬
َ ‫ﻴﻊ َر ّ ُﺑ‬ ‫… ﻫﻞ ﺴﺘﻄ‬Is your Master able?… (5:112)
ُ ِ َ َ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻨﺪ ُ اﻟ ِﻌ ّ َﺰ َة ﻓ َ ِﺈ ّ َن اﻟ ِﻌ ّ َﺰ َة ِ ّ َﷲِ َ ِﻴ ًﻌﺎ‬
َ ‫ أ َﻳ ْﺒﺘﻐُﻮن ِﻋ‬Do they seek with them honor [through power]? But
ُ َ َ َ
indeed, honor belongs to Allah entirely. (4:139)
ْ ‫ وﻛ ْﻴﻒ أﺧﺎف ﻣﺎ أ ْﺷﺮ ْﻛ‬And how should I fear what you associate (with Allah)? (6:81)
ُ َ َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ
ْ
‫ ﻓ َﺄ َ ْﻳﻦ َﺗﺬ َﻫﺒﻮن‬Then, Where are you going? (81:26)
َ ُ َ
‫اﷲ ِ ٰـ َﺬا ﻣﺜَ ًﻼ‬ ‫ ﻣﺎذا أَراد‬What did Allah intended by this as an example? (2:26)
َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ َ

ْ
5 – THE HARF ‫َﻗﺪ‬
ْ
5.8: Use of ‫َﻗﺪ‬
ْ ْ
The harf ‫ َﻗﺪ‬is only used with ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬. When used with a past tense, ‫ َﻗﺪ‬is used to emphasize
and imply certainty of the action, and may also include a meaning of “already”. For
ْ
example: ‫ﻛﺘﺐ‬ َ ‫ َﻗﺪ‬means “He already wrote” or “He definitely wrote.”
َ َ
When used with present tense, it can be used to imply certainty, or it may also give a
ْ ْ
meaning of “might”. The meaning depends on the context. ‫ َﻗﺪ ﻳﻌ َﻠﻢ‬means “He might
ُ َ
know” or “He certainly knows” depending on the context.
ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫ َﻗﺪ أَﻓ َﻠﺢ اﻟ ُﻤﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮن‬The Believers have already succeed or The Believers have definitely succeeded.
َ َ
ٌ
5 – CONDITIONAL STATEMENT (‫) ُ ْ َ ٌ َﺷ ْﺮ ِﻃ ّﻴَﺔ‬
5.9: Conditional Statement

ٌ ْ ٌ ْ
A conditional statement (‫ﻃ ّﻴَﺔ‬
ِ ‫ ) ُ َ َﺷﺮ‬ can be defined as an “if-then” statement. It
has two parts:
‫ َﺷﺮط‬the condition
‫ ﺟﻮاب اﻟ ّ َ ْ ِط‬the answer to the condition, the consequence of the condition.

ُ َ
For example: If Fatima goes, then Ahmed will go.

In the above statement Ahmed will only go if Fatima goes. Therefore, the
condition is “Fatima goes” and the consequence is “Ahmed will go.”
In Classical Arabic, the lightest ‫ ﺟ ِﺰم‬form of a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is used to communicate a ‫ﺷﺮط‬

َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
and its ‫ﺟﻮاب‬. For example: ‫ﺪ‬ ُ َ َ ‫ﻃ َﻤﺔ ُ َﻳﺬ َﻫﺐ أ‬
ِ ‫ِإن َﺗﺬ َﻫﺐ ﻓﺎ‬
Notice that both of the ‫أَﻓﻌﺎل‬, “ ‫ﺐ‬ ْ ‫ ”ﺗ ْﺬﻫ‬ and “ ‫ﺐ‬

ْ ‫ ”ﻳ ْﺬﻫ‬ are in ‫ ﺟﺰم‬status to indicate a
َ َ َ َ
condition. Let’s look at an example from the Quran:
ْ ْ
﴾٧﴿ ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫اﷲ ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮﻛُ ْﻢ وﻳﺜَ ِّﺒﺖ أَﻗ َﺪاﻣ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ أ َ ّ ُ ﺎ ا ّ َ ِ ﻳﻦ آﻣﻨُﻮا ِإن َﺗﻨﺼﺮوا‬
َ ُ َ ُ َ َ َّ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ
O you who have believed, if you support Allah, He will support you and plant firmly your feet.
47:7
Condition: ‫ ِإن َﺗﻨﺼﺮوا اﻟ ّﻠَـﻪ‬If you all support Allah…
َ ُ ُ
ْ ْ
Answer/Consequence: ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮﻛُ ْﻢ وﻳﺜَ ِّﺒﺖ أَﻗ َﺪاﻣ‬He will support you and plant firmly
َ ُ َ ُ َ
your feet.
ْ
Notice that ‫ َﺗﻨﺼﺮوا‬, ‫ ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮ‬and ‫ ﻳﺜَ ِّﺒﺖ‬are all in ‫ ﺟﺰم‬status.
ُ ُ ُ َ ُ

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Translate the following sentences from Arabic to English
ْ ْ ْ
a. ‫______________________________________ َﻫﻞ َﺗﺬ َﻫﺐ َزﻳﻨَﺐ؟‬
ُ ُ
ٌ
b. ‫__________________________________________ أ َ َﻗﺮأ َﻣﺤ ّ َﻤﺪ؟‬
َ ُ َ
c. ‫ل؟‬ ْ
ُ ‫اﻟﺮ ُﺳﻮ‬ َّ َ
‫______________________________________ ﻣﺘﻰ ﺟﺎء‬
َ
ْ
d. ‫_________________________________________ أ َ ْﻳﻦ َﺗﺬ َﻫﺒ ْﻮن؟‬
َ ُ َ
ْ
e. ‫____________________________________ ﻟِﻤﺎذا َﺗﻌ ّﻠَﻤﺖ اﻟ َ ِﺑ ّﻴَ َﺔ؟‬
َ َ َ
ْ ْ ‫__________________________________________ ﻛ‬
f. ‫ﻒ َﻧﻌ َﻠﻢ؟‬ َ َ ‫ﻴ‬
ُ
ْ
g. ‫_______________________________________ ﻣﺎذا ﻳﺄﻛُ ُﻞ َ ْﺰةُ؟‬
َ َ
ْ
2. True or False: ‫ َﻗﺪ‬is used with past tense fi’l only
3. True or False: In a conditional statement but the ‫ ﺷﺮط‬and ‫ط‬ ‫ ﺟﻮاب اﻟ‬are in
‫ ﺟﺰم‬status
4. Is this written correctly?
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ
a. ‫ِإن َﺗﺪرس أَدرس‬
ُ ُ
5. Translate to Arabic: Aisha might know _______________________________

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. Match the Arabic sentence with the correct translation
ْ ْ
‫ َﻗﺪ َﺗﻌ َﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬.A
Do Fatima and Ahmed live here?
َ
ْ ْ ‫ ﻛ‬.B
‫ﻒ ْ ِﺪي اﷲ‬ ‫ﻴ‬
The believers have already succeeded
ُ َ َ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻫﻨﺎ؟‬
ُ ُ َ َ ‫ﻃ َﻤﺔ ُ َو أ‬
‫ﺪ‬ ِ ‫ﻜﻦ ُ ﻓﺎ‬ ُ ‫ أ َ َﺴ‬.C
When is this promise?
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺎ ِ ْﻲ؟‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ْ ‫ أ‬.D

‫ﻳ‬ َ
What did Allah intend?
َ ُ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫ َﻫﻞ ذَ َﻫﺒﺖ ِإ اﻟﻤﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ؟‬.E
Why did you do that?
َ َ
ْ ْ ْ
‫اﻟﻤﺆ ِﻣﻨ ُ ْﻮن‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻓ‬َ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗ‬
You might know
َ ُ َ َ َ .F
‫ ﻣﺎذا أَراد اﷲ؟‬.G

How does Allah guide?
ُ َ
ْ
‫ﺪ؟‬ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫اﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻫﺬا‬ ‫ﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
Where are my partners?
ُ َ َ
.H
ْ
‫ﻚ؟‬ ِ ‫ﻟ‬‫ذ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻤﺎذا‬ ِ ‫ﻟ‬
If they go then I will go
َ َ َ َ .I
ْ ‫ إ ْن ﻳ ْﺬﻫﺒ ْﻮا ﻧ ْﺬﻫ‬.J
‫ﺐ‬
Did you go to the masjid
َ َ ُ َ َ ِ

‫‪IN-SESSION ACTIVITIES‬‬
‫ط ‪ or‬ﺷﺮط ‪Label the highlighted words as either‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮاب اﻟ‬
‫ط ‪ once and‬ﺷﺮط ‪Underline the‬‬ ‫‪ twice. The first one is done as an example.‬ﺟﻮاب اﻟ‬
‫ْ ْ‬
‫ُ ْﻢ ﴿‪﴾٧‬‬ ‫اﷲ ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮﻛُ ْﻢ وﻳﺜَ ِّﺒﺖ أَﻗ َﺪاﻣ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ أ َ ّ ُ ﺎ ا ّ َ ِ ﻳﻦ آﻣﻨُﻮا ِإن َﺗﻨﺼﺮوا‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َّ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻛ ّ َﻔ ً‬
‫ﺎرا ﴿‪﴾٢٧‬‬ ‫ﺎد َك َو َﻻ َﻳ ِ ُوا ِإ ّ َﻻ ﻓ َ ِ‬
‫ﺎﺟ ًﺮا َ‬ ‫ﻀ ّﻠُﻮا ِﻋﺒ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ِإن َﺗ َﺬ ْر ُ ْ ﻳ‬
‫ِإ ّﻧَ َ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫ﲑ ﴿ ‪﴾١٢‬‬
‫َ ِﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﻢ ِ ّ َﷲِ اﻟﻌ ِ ّ اﻟ‬ ‫ﺤ‬
‫َو ِإن ُ َ ِ ُ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ﺎﻟ‬ ‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﻮا‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ك‬
‫َ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻀﺮﻛُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻮا‬ ‫ﻘ‬‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫و‬ ‫وا‬‫ﱪ‬ ‫ْﻢ ﺳﻴﺌ ٌﺔ ﻳ ْﻔﺮﺣﻮا ﺎ وإن ﺗ ْ‬
‫ﺼ‬
‫ٌ ْ‬
‫ُ ْﻢ ﺣﺴﻨَﺔ َﺴﺆ ُ ْ و ِإن ﺗ ُ ِﺼ ْﺒ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ِإن َﺗﻤﺴ ْﺴ‬
‫ُ َ ِّ َ َ َ ُ ِ َ َ ِ َ ِ ُ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ ُ ّ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﷲ ِﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻠُﻮن ﻣ ِﺤﻴﻂ ﴿‪﴾١٢٠‬‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﺌ‬‫ﻛ ْﻴﺪ ْ ﺷ ْﻴ ً‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َّ ّ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ﺘﺎب ﻣ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ ْ‬

‫ﻚ ِإ ّ َﻻ ﻣﺎ دﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫إ‬ ‫ه‬
‫ِ‬ ‫د‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻻ‬‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺎر‬‫ﻳﻨ‬ ‫ﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺄ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ن‬
‫ٍ ُ َ ّ ِ َ َ َ ُ َّ ِ َ َ ُ ِ َ ٍ ُ َ ّ ِ َ َ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ﻴ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫إ‬ ‫ه‬
‫ِ‬ ‫د‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﺎر‬‫َ‬ ‫ﻄ‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻘ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﻪ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺄ‬ ‫ﺗ‬
‫َ ِ َ ِ َ َ ُِ‬‫ن‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و ِﻣﻦ أَﻫ ِﻞ اﻟ‬
‫َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﷲِ اﻟ َ ِﺬب و ُ ﻳﻌ َﻠ ُﻤﻮن ﴿‪﴾٧٥‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻚ ِﺑﺄَ ّ َ ْﻢ َﻗﺎﻟُﻮا ﻟَ ﺲ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ِﰲ اﻷ ُ ِّﻣ ِ ّﻴﲔَ ﺳ ِﺒﻴﻞ وﻳ ُﻘﻮﻟُﻮن ﻋ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ ِﻪ َﻗﺎ ِ ًﻤﺎۗ ٰذَﻟ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪. Also translate any highlighted‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ‪. Then write the‬ﻣﻀﺎرع ‪ or‬ﻣﺎض ‪ as‬ﻓﻌﻞ ‪Label the highlighted‬‬
‫‪.‬ﺣﺮوف‬
‫ْ‬
‫آل‬ ‫ب‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ﺪ‬‫ﻛ‬ ‫﴾‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬‫﴿‬ ‫ﺎر‬ ‫اﻟﻨ‬ ‫ﻮد‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫و‬ ‫إن ا ّ َ ِ ﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮوا ﻟﻦ ﺗ ْﻐﻨﻲ ﻋ ْ ْﻢ أ ْﻣﻮاﻟ ْ وﻻ أ ْوﻻد ﻣﻦ اﷲ ﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ وأُوﻟ ٰـ ﻚ ْ‬
‫َ َ ِ ِ‬ ‫َ َ ِ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َّ ِ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ َ ُ ِ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ ُ ُ ِّ َ ّ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ِ َّ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ﻓ ْﺮﻋ ْﻮن وا ّ َ ِ ﻳﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﻗ ْﺒ ِﻠ ْۚ ﻛ ّ َﺬﺑﻮا ﺑﺂﻳﺎ ِﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ اﷲ ﺑﺬﻧﻮ ْ‬

‫ﻛ َﻔﺮوا‬ ‫ﻳﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫﴾‬ ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫﴿‬ ‫ﺎب‬‫ﻘ‬‫ﻌ‬‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺷ‬ ‫اﷲ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ۗ‬ ‫ﻢ‬
‫َ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ َ ِ‬ ‫َ ِ َ ُ ِ َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ُ َّ ُ ِ ُ ُ ِ ِ َ َّ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ َ َ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ﻴﻞ‬
‫آﻳ ِ ِ َ َ ِ َ َ َ ِ َ ُ َ ِ ُ ِ َ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻘ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ﺌ‬‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﺎ‬
‫ۖ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻘ‬‫ﺘ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺌ‬‫ﻓ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ﺔ‬ ‫ُﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺎن َﻟ‬ ‫ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗ‬ ‫﴾‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬ ‫﴿‬ ‫ﺎد‬‫ﻬ‬‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺑ‬‫و‬ ‫ﻬ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬‫و‬ ‫ﻮن‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻐ‬ ‫ﺳﺘ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ُ َ َ ُ َ ُ َ ِ َ َ َ َّ َ َ ِ َ ِ َ ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﺧﺮ ٰى ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ٌة ﻳﺮ ْ‬
‫ﺎر‬
‫ﺼ ِ‬ ‫اﻷﺑ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﱪة ِّﻷُو‬‫اﷲِ َوأ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ّ َ ِ َ َ َ ِ َ ّ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ ُ ِ َ ِ َ َ َ ُ ّ َ ِ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ﻌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟ‬ ‫ﻚ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟ‬‫ذ‬ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺎء‬‫ﺸ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ه‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺮ‬‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺪ‬‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﺆ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫اﷲ‬‫و‬ ‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﻌ‬‫اﻟ‬ ‫ي‬‫أ‬‫ر‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺜ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻢ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ﺨ ْﻴ ِﻞ‬
‫ﻦ اﻟ ّ ِ َﺴﺎ ِء َو َ ِ َ َ َ َ ِ ِ ُ َ َ َ ِ ِ َ ّ َ َ ِ َ ِ ّ َ ِ َ َ‬
‫اﻟ‬‫و‬ ‫ﺔ‬‫ﻀ‬ ‫ﻔ‬‫اﻟ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﺐ‬‫ﻫ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ة‬‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﻄ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻘ‬‫ﻤ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﲑ‬ ‫ﻃ‬ ‫ﺎ‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻘ‬ ‫اﻟ‬‫و‬ ‫ﲔ‬‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺒ‬ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ات ِﻣ‬
‫اﻟﺸ َﻬﻮ ِ‬ ‫﴿‪ ﴾١٣‬زﻳﻦ ﻟِﻠﻨﺎس ﺣﺐ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ َ ّ َ ِ ُ ّ ُ ّ َ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ُﻢ‬ ‫ﺂب ﴿‪ ﴾١٤‬ﻗُﻞ أ َ ُؤ َﻧ ِّﺒﺌ ُ‬
‫ﻨﺪه ُﺣُﺴﻦ ُاﻟ َﻤ ِ‬
‫اﷲ ُ ِﻋ َ‬
‫ﺤ َﻴﺎ ِة ا ّ ُﻧ َﻴﺎۖ َو ّ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﻮﻣﺔ واﻷﻧﻌﺎم واﻟﺤﺮث ذﻟﻚ ﻣﺘﺎع اﻟ‬
‫ُ َ َّ َ ِ َ َ َ ِ َ َ ِ َ ِ َ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٌ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫اﻷ ْ ﺎر ﺧﺎ ِ ِ ﻳﻦ ﻓ ﺎ وأ ْزو ٌ‬
‫اج ّ ُﻣﻄَ ّ َﻬﺮة‬ ‫ﺎ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﺤ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻣ‬ ‫ي‬‫ﺮ‬ ‫ﺠ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ‫ﺎت‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺟ‬ ‫ﻢ ﻟ ّ َ ِ ﻳﻦ اﺗﻘ ْﻮا ِﻋﻨﺪ ر ْ‬
‫ﻢ‬ ‫ُ ْۚ‬ ‫ﲑ ِّﻣﻦ ٰذَ ِﻟ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ٍ‬‫ِﺑ َ‬
‫ٌ ْ‬ ‫ور ْﺿﻮ ٌ‬
‫اﷲ ﺑ ِﺼﲑ ِﺑﺎﻟ ِﻌﺒﺎ ِد ﴿‪﴾١٥‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﷲ‬ ‫ﻦ‬‫ﻣ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ان‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ِ َ ّ َ َّ َ َّ ُ َ‬

8.6 Unit 8.6: Introduction to Passives
HOMEWORK
Recognize a passive ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬
Recite the passive past tense and passive present tense charts
Convert a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬from active to passive and from passive to active
Write the Irab for a passive sentence
ْ ْ
6 – PASSIVE VERBS (‫اﻟﻤ ْﺒﻨِ ّ ُﻲ ﻟِﻠ َﻤ ْﺠ ُﻬ ْﻮ ِل‬
َ
‫)اﻟ ِﻔﻌ ُﻞ‬
6.1: Introduction
In this chapter we will learn a new type of ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬called the passive ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺒﻨﻲ ( ﻓﻌﻞ‬
ْ
‫)ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬. Up until this point we have studied ‫( اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤ ْوف‬active) in the past
ُ َ
tense and present/future tense forms. Passives, as we will see, also come in past
and present/future tense and they follow all the rules we have already learned.
6.2: Transitive vs. Intransitive
In Arabic, a transitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is called ‫ ﻣﺘﻌ ِّﺪي‬and an intransitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is called ‫ﻻزم‬.
ِ
ََُ
A ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪي‬is a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬that can take a ‫( ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬detail answering who/what the action
affected) because the action does not affect the doer, but rather affects another

object. An intransitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is one which cannot take a ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬because the action
affects the doer himself.
ْ
For example, ‫ أَﻧﺰ َل‬means “He sent down”. The doer of the action, “he,” is not the
َ
ْ
one who descends, but rather he causes something else to come down. Thus, ‫أَﻧﺰ َل‬
َ
ْ
is considered ‫ﻣﺘﻌ ِّﺪي‬, and it can take a ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬. For example ‫ أَﻧﺰ َل اﻟ ِ ﺘﺎب‬means
ََُ َ َ َ
“He sent down the book.”
Conversely, a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻻزم‬cannot take a ‫ ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﺑﻪ‬because the action affects the doer.
For example, ‫ َﻧﺰ َل‬means “he came down.” In this case, the action also involves
َ
descending, but here the doer of the act is also the one affected by the act, i.e. he
is the one who is lowered. Therefore it doesn’t make sense to say ‫ِ ﺘﺎب‬ ‫َﻧﺰ َل اﻟ‬
َ َ
because that would translate into “He came down the book”.
An easy way to test if a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is transitive or not is to ask: Can I add “something” or
“someone” to the end of this ‫ ?ﻓﻌﻞ‬If the answer is yes, then the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is ‫ﻣﺘﻌ ِّﺪي‬,
ََُ
otherwise it is ‫ﻻزم‬. Let’s look at some examples:
ِ
َ ‫ َﻗﺮأ‬He read. He read someone. He read something. Transitive (‫)ﻣُ َﺘ َﻌ ِّﺪي‬

َ
َ ‫ َﺳ َﻘ‬He fell. He fell someone. He fell something. Intransitive (‫ﻻزم‬

‫ﻂ‬ ِ )

‫ ﺳﺠ َﺪ‬He prostrated. He prostrated someone. He prostrated something. Intransitive

َ َ
(‫ﻻزم‬
ِ )
6.3.1: Active vs. Passive
All the ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬we have studied thus far are active. An active ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is one in which the
ْ
doer is known, for example ‫ﺪ‬ ُ َ َ‫ﻛ َ ُ أ‬َ َ ‫ أ‬means “Ahmed ate it”. However, if we take
the example, “It was eaten.” It is not known who ate it, but we do know that
something was consumed. A ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬whose doer is not known is called passive ( ‫ﻲ‬ ٌ ‫ﻣ ْﺒﻨ‬
ّ ِ َ
ْ
‫ﻮل‬
ِ ‫)ﻟﻠﻤﺠ ُﻬ‬. Generally, a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬that can be made passive is transitive (‫)ﻣﺘﻌ ِّﺪي‬, and one
َ ََُ
that cannot be made passive is intransitive (‫)ﻻزم‬.
ِ Recall that a transitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬can be
followed by the words “someone” or “something.”
For example, the following verbs are ‫ﻣﺘﻌ ِّﺪي‬: taught, eat, and watch:
ََُ
He taught, he was taught. The chicken eats, the chicken is eaten. We

watched, we were watched.
The following verbs are ‫ﻻزم‬:

ِ cry, sleep, and go:
Ahmed cried. Ahmed was cried.
The girl sleeps. The girl is being slept.
He went. He was went.

Don’t assume that the word ‘was’ always leads to a passive meaning. If I say ‘he
was standing’, it wouldn’t constitute as a passive statement because the doer of
the act of standing is known to be ‘he’. However, if I said ‘it was said’, this would
qualify as a passive statement because the act of saying is known but the one who
said it is not known.
6.3.2: The Psychological Impact of ‫اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬
The ‫ ﻣﺠﻬﻮل‬is used in the Quran to emphasize the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬at the expense of the ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. It
may also be used to emphasize the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬while not limiting the ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. For example, if
I say, ‘he was hated’, this statement has shifted the emphasis to the one that is
being hated and not the hater. Also, it does not restrict the number of doers to
one person. When Allah says ‘He cursed them’, it is only He who is the subject.
When he says ‘they were cursed’, those who curse them may include Allah, the
angels, the believers, their own limbs on the day of judgment, their friends, family,
etc.
6.4: Doer (‫ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬vs. Done To (‫)ﻧﺎﺋﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
Recall that in an active ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬there is a built-in pronoun doer (‫)ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬. For example:
‫ َﻧﺼﺮ‬is “he helped” and ‫ت‬

ُ ‫ َﻧﺼ ْﺮ‬is “I helped”. A passive ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬, by definition, does not
َ َ َ
have a doer. But, we do know who the action was done to. Therefore, instead of
an inside pronoun doer, we have an inside pronoun done-to, which is called the
‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋ ِﻞ‬
ِ ‫ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬.
ُ

Just like we can have an inside or outside ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬we can also have an inside or
outside ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋ ِﻞ‬

ِ ‫ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬. The rules for the outside ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋ ِﻞ‬
ِ ‫ ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬are exactly the same as
ُ ُ
the rules for the outside ‫ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬we learned previously: the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬can only be in ‫ ﻫﻮ‬or
‫ ﻫﻲ‬form, and the outside ‫ ﻧﺎ ِﺐ اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬must be after the ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and in ‫ رﻓﻊ‬status.
Let’s look at an example:
Active: The Muslims helped: ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬

ُ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻧ‬
َ َ َ
Passive: The Muslims were helped: ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬

ُ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ َﺮ‬
َ
6.5: The ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ With Passives
All the rules that we learned with active ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬apply with passive ‫أﻓﻌﺎل‬. Additionally,
the ‫ ﺣﺮوف‬that we learned that can be used for active past and/or present tense
can be used with the passives as well.
6.5.1 Making the Past Tense Passive

The following steps are used to convert the active past tense to passive.
Sukoons do not change.
The original last letter and anything after it does not change. The original last letter
is the last letter in the ‫ﻫﻮ‬ version of the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬.
َُ
Multiple ◌ُ followed by one ِ
Let’s look at some examples:
‫ﺨ َﺬ‬
َ ‫ ِا ّ َﺗ‬- he took firmly ‫ ا ُ ّ ُﺗ ِﺨ َﺬ‬- he was taken firmly
‫ َﻗﺘﻠُﻮا‬- they killed ‫ ﻗ ُ ِﺘﻠ ُ ْﻮا‬- they were killed

َ
ْ ْ
‫ – َﻏ َﻠﺒﺖ‬she overpowered ‫ﻏ ِﻠﺒﺖ‬
َ َ ُ
- she was overpowered
ْ ْ
‫ َ ِﻌﺘُﻤﺎ‬- both of you heard ‫ ُ ِﻌﺘُﻤﺎ‬- both of you were heard
‫ﻦ‬ ْ ْ
َ ّ ُ ‫ َ ّ َ ﺗ‬- you(f. pl) congratulated ‫ﻦ‬
َ ّ ُ ‫ ُ ِ ّ ﺗ‬- you(f. pl) were congratulated

Passive Past Tense ‫اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋ اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬

rd
They (2) were helped. ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ He was helped. ‫ﻫﻮ‬

Masculine 3
They were helped. ُ ُ َُ person
‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮوا‬ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮا‬ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮ‬

ُ َ rd
‫ﻦ‬
َّ ‫ﻫ‬ They (2f) were helped. ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬
ُ She was helped. ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ِﻫ‬
Feminine 3
They(f) were helped. ُ َ person
ْ
‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮت‬
َ َ َ
ْ ‫أ ْﻧ‬ ْ ْ nd
ُ َ You(2) were helped. ‫أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬ You were helped. ‫أَﻧﺖ‬

Masculine 2
َ
You all were helped. person
ْ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ ْﺮﺗُﻤﺎ‬ ْ
ُ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮ‬ ‫ت‬
َ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮ‬
ْ ْ ْ nd
You all(f) were helped ‫ﻦ‬

َ ّ ُ ‫أَﻧﺘ‬ You(2f) were helped. ‫أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬ You were helped(f). ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫ أَﻧ‬person
Feminine 2
‫ﻦ‬ ْ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ ْﺮﺗُﻤﺎ‬ ِ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ ْﺮ‬

َ ّ ُ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮﺗ‬ ‫ت‬
st
1 Person
ُ
We were helped. I was helped.
‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼ ْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ت‬ ْ
ُ ‫ﻧ ُ ِﺼﺮ‬
Quran’ic Examples
ً ‫( أ ْﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻘﻔﻮا أﺧﺬوا و ﻗﺘﻠﻮا ﺗ ْﻘﺘ‬33:61) – Where ever they were found they were
‫ﻴﻼ‬ ِ َ ُ ِّ ُ َ ُ ِ ُ ُ ِ ُ َ َ َ
arrested and put death
ْ
ً‫( ﻗﺎل ﻣﻮ ٰ ﻫﻞ أَﺗﺒﻌﻚ ﻋ ٰ أَن ﺗﻌ ِّﻠﻤﻦ ِﻣﻤﺎ ﻋ ِّﻠ ْﻤﺖ ر ْﺷﺪا‬18:66) – Musa said to him, “May I
ُ َ ُ َّ ِ َ َ ُ َ َ َ ُ ِ َّ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ
follow you so that you can teach me of the right guidance you have been taught?”
‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ْ ‫( ﻓﺈن ﻛﺬﺑﻮك ﻓﻘ ْﺪ ﻛﺬب رﺳ ٌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗ‬3:184) – Then if they deny you, [O Muhammad] - so
‫ﺒ‬
َ ِ َ ِّ ُ ُ َ ِّ ُ َ َ َ ُ َ ّ َ ِ َ
were messengers denied before you

ْ
ً‫ وﺧ ِﻠﻖ اﻹ ﺴﺎن ﺿ ِﻌﻴﻔﺎ‬ ‫ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻋﻨ‬ ‫( ﻳﺮﻳﺪ اﷲ أن ﻳﺨﻔ‬4:28) – And Allah wants to lighten your
َ ُ َ ِ َ ُ َ ُ َ َ ِّ َ ُ َ ُ َ ّ ُ ِ ُ
burden; and mankind was created weak.
ْ ‫( ﻗ ْﻞ إ أﻣ ْﺮت أ ْن أﻛﻮن أول ﻣ‬6:14) – Say, [O Muhammad], "I have been

‫ﻦ أ َ ْﺳ َﻠﻢ‬ ُ
َ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ َ َ ُ ِ ّ ِ ِ ُ
commanded to be the first [among you] to submit [to Allah]”
6.5.2 Making the Present Tense Passive

The following steps are used to convert the present tense to passive:
Sukoons do not change.
The original last letter and anything after it does not change.
One ◌ُ followed by multiple ◌َ

Examples:
ْ ْ
‫ ﻳﺨﻠ ُ ُﻘ ْﻮن‬- they create ‫ ﻳﺨ َﻠ ُﻘ ْﻮن‬- they are created
َ َ َ ُ
‫ﻻن‬ ْ ْ
ِ َ ‫ َﺴﺄ‬- both of you ask ‫ﻻن‬
ِ َ ‫ ُﺴﺄ‬- both of you are asked
ْ ْ
‫ – ﻳﻔﺘﺢ‬it opens ‫ – ﻳﻔﺘﺢ‬it is opened
ُ َ َ ُ َ ُ
ْ ْ
‫ َﺗﺄﺧُ ِﺬﻳﻦ‬- you(f) take ‫ﺧ ِﺬﻳﻦ‬ َ ُ ‫ ﺗ‬- you(f) are being taken
‫ﺆ‬
َ َ

Passive Present Tense ‫اﻟﻤﻀﺎرع ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻋ اﻟﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬

ُ ‫اﻟ ِﻔﻌﻞ‬
rd
They (2) are helped .‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬

Masculine 3
They are helped. ُ ُ He is helped.
َُ person
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ْون‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﻳﻨ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َ ُ rd
‫ﻦ‬
َّ ‫ﻫ‬ They (2f) are helped ‫ﻫﻤﺎ‬ ‫ِﻫﻲ‬
Feminine 3
They(f) are helped. ُ ُ She is helped.
َ person
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﻳﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺗﻨ‬ ‫ﺗُﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َ
ْ ‫أ ْﻧ‬ ْ
You (2) are helped. ‫أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬
ْ
‫أَﻧﺖ‬
ُ َ
Masculine
َ
You all are helped. You are helped. nd
2 person
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺗُﻨﺼﺮ ْون‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺗﻨ‬ ‫ﺗُﻨﺼﺮ‬
َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ
ْ ْ ْ nd
You all (f) are helped. ‫ﻦ‬

َ ّ ُ ‫أَﻧﺘ‬ You (2f) are helped.‫أَﻧﺘُﻤﺎ‬ You are helped (f). ‫ﺖ‬
ِ ‫أَﻧ‬
Feminine 2
person
ْ ْ ْ
‫ﺗُﻨﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫ﺮان‬
ِ ‫ﺼ‬ ‫ﺗﻨ‬ ‫ﺗُﻨﺼ ِﺮ ْﻳﻦ‬
َ َ َ ُ َ َ st
1 Person
ُ
We are helped. I am helped.
ْ ْ
‫ﻧُﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫أُﻧﺼﺮ‬
ُ َ ُ َ
Quran’ic Examples
ْ ْ
‫ﺬوا ِﻣﻦ دو ِﻧ ِﻪ آ ِ َ ًﺔ ّ َﻻ ﻳﺨﻠ ُ ُﻘﻮن َﺷ ْﻴ ًﺌﺎ و ُ ْ ﻳﺨ َﻠ ُﻘﻮن‬
ُ ‫ﺨ‬
َ ‫اﺗ‬
َ ّ ‫( َو‬25:3) – But they have taken besides Him
َ ُ َ َ َ ُ
gods which create nothing, while they are created
ْ ْ
‫( َﻻ َﺗﻈ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن و َﻻ ﺗُﻈ َﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬2:279) – … [thus] you do no wrong, nor are you wronged
َ َ َ
ْ
‫اﷲِ ﺗ ُ ْﺮﺟﻊ اﻷُﻣﻮر‬
َ ّ َ ‫( َو ِإ‬2:210) – And to Allah alone [all] matters are returned.
ُ ُ ُ َ
ْ ْ
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳﻄ ِﻌﻢ و َﻻ ﻳﻄﻌﻢ‬ ‫( و‬6:14) – While it is He who feeds and is not fed?"
ُ َ ُ َ ُ ُ َُ َ

6.5.3 Tips for Identifying Passive Fi’l:

1) Generally a passive fi’l starts with a dhamma.
2) An active past tense starts with a fat-ha. Therefore a past tense starting with a
dhamma must be passive. For example: ‫ﻋ ِّﻠﻢ‬
َ ُ
must be passive because it is past tense
starting with a dhamma.
ْ
3) A present passive starts with a dhamma and has multiple fat-has. For example: ‫ض‬ ُ ِ ‫ﻳ‬
ُ
is NOT passive. It starts with a dhamma, but the kasrah on the ‫ ر‬means that it is
ْ
active. The passive form is ‫ض‬ ُ َ ُ‫ ﻳ‬.
4) A command or forbidding fi’l cannot be passive.
For the following fi’ls determine the tense, the passiveness, and inside pronoun of the fil. An
example has been done for you.
ْ ْ
1. ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻖ‬
َ Past/Active/‫ﻫ َﻮ‬
ُ 2. ‫ﻋ ِّﻠﻤﻨﺎ‬ ُ 3. ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ َ
ْ
4. ‫ﻛُ ِﺘﺒﺎ‬ 5. ‫ُ ْﺴ ِﻠ ُﻤ ْﻮن‬ 6. ‫ﻳﻨ َﺬر ْون‬
َ َ َ ُ ُ
7. ‫ﺳﺄَﻻ‬ 8. ‫ﺳ ِﺆﻻ‬ 9. ‫ﻛﺮ‬
َ ّ ‫أَﺗﺬ‬
َ ُ ُ َ َ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
10. ‫ﻣﻨِﻌﻦ‬ 11. ‫ﲔ‬َ ‫َﺗﺬ َﻫ ِﺒ‬ 12. ‫آﻣﻨﺘُﻤﺎ‬
َ ُ َ
ْ ْ ْ
13. ‫ﺗُﻨﺼ ِﺮ ْﻳﻦ‬ 14. ‫َﻗﺮأﻧﺎ‬ 15. ‫ﺖ‬ ُ ‫ﺿ ِﺮﺑ‬ ُ
َ َ َ
6.5.4 Grammatical Analysis With Passives
The rules are similar to a ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬ with an active fil, except instead of a “doer” (‫)ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬
ِ there is
a “done to” (‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬

ِ ‫)ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬. The rules for the inside and outside done-to are the same as the
inside and outside doers.

Examples:
ٌ
‫ﺿ ِﺮب َز ْﻳﺪ اﻟﻴﻮم‬
َ َ َ ُ
Zaid was hit today.
Passive past tense fi’l ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬
Done-to ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
ِ ‫ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬
Detail answering the question “when” ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ﻓِﻴﻪ‬

َ
ْ ‫ ﺳ ْﺴﺄل اﻟﻤ ْﺴﻠﻤﻮن ﻋ‬The Muslims will be asked about this.

‫ﻦ ﻫﺬا‬
َ َ ُ ِ ُ ُ َ ُ َ
Passive present tense fi’l ‫ِﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬
Done-to ‫اﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ‬
ِ ‫ﻧﺎ ِﺐ‬
Jarr-majroor, detail answering the question “what” ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ِﺑ ِﻪ‬

َ
ْ
‫ﺮان ﰲ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬
ِ ‫ﺘﺎن ﺗُﻨﺼ‬
ِ ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ‬
ُ The two Muslim women are helped in the masjid
َ َ َ
Mubtadah ‫ﻣﺒﺘﺪأ‬
Passive present tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎرع ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬
Jarr-majroor, detail answering Khabr ‫ﺧﱪ‬
the question “where” ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮل ِﺑ ِﻪ‬

َ

REVIEW QUESTIONS
1. Transitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is called ________________________.
2. Intransitive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is called _______________________.
3. Label the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬as transitive or intransitive
‫ﻛﺘ ﺐ‬ ‫ ﻧﺎم‬he slept ‫ﻣﺎت‬

َ ََ َ َ
he wrote he died
ْ
‫ ﺟﺮى‬he ran ‫ أَﺧﺮج‬he kicked out ‫ﻗﺎل‬
َ he said
َ َ َ َ
‫ ﺳﺎﻋ َﺪ‬he helped ‫ﻏﺴ َﻞ‬he ‫ﻄﺎع‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ْ ‫ ا‬he was able
‫ﺳ‬
َ َ َ َ َ ِ
washed
4. And active ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is one in which the ____________ is known.
5. All passive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬have an inside pronoun done-to called __________________.
6. Convert the following past tense ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬to passive

‫َﺗﻌ ّﻠَﻢ‬
َ َ
ْ
‫َﻗﺘ َﻠﺖ‬
َ
ْ ‫ﺳﺎﻋ ْﺪ‬
ُ َ
ْ ْ
‫ِاﺳﺘﻄﻌﻢ‬
َ َ َ
7. Convert the following present tense ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬to passive.
ْ
‫ﻳﻘﺘُﻠ ُ ْﻮن‬
َ َ
ْ
‫َﺗﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ
ْ
ْ
‫َﺗﻈ َﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
َ
ْ
‫َﻧﻨﺼﺮ‬
ُ ُ
ْ ْ ْ ْ
8. True or False. The passive of ‫( ِاﻓﺘﺢ‬Open!) is ‫_______________ اُﻓﺘﺢ‬.
َ َ
9. True or False. The passive of ‫ﻂ‬

َ ‫( ﺳ َﻘ‬He fell) is ‫ﻂ‬
َ ‫______________ ﺳ ِﻘ‬.
َ ُ
True or False. The passive of ‫ﻄ ْﻴﻊ‬ ْ

ِ ‫( َﺴﺘ‬He is able) is ‫ﻄﺎع‬
ُ ‫ﺘ‬ ْ
‫ﺴ‬ ُ
ُ َ َ
10.
_________________.

IN-SESSION
DISCUSSION POINTS
1. Convert the following ‫ أﻓﻌﺎل‬to passive then translate
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻬﻮل‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺘ ﺐ‬
َ ََ
ْ
ُ ‫ﻳﻘﺮأ‬
َ َ
‫َ ّ َ ْ ﻧﺎ‬
ْ
‫ﻳﻨ ِﺬر ْون‬
َ ُ ُ
ْ ْ
‫أَﻧﺰﻟَﺖ‬
َ
ْ
‫ﻳﺨﻠ ُ ُﻖ‬
َ
ْ
‫ﺴﺎﺋﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﻳ‬
َ َ ََ
ْ
‫ِا ْﺳﺘﻄﻌﻤﺎ‬
َ َ
ْ ‫ﻋﻠ ْﻤ‬
ُ َّ َ
‫ﻳ ْﺮ ِﺳﻠ ُ ْﻮن‬
َ ُ
ْ
‫ﻳﻌ َﻠﻢ‬
ُ َ
ْ
‫َﻏ َﻠﺒﺖ‬
َ

True/False
1. A passive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is one where the doer is not known. T F
2. The passive past tense ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎض ﻣﺒﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻬﻮل‬has multiple ◌

ُ followed by one ◌.
ِ T F
3. When making a passive, the ◌ ْ
ِ must be changed to ◌ T F
4. A passive ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬cannot have any details ‫ﻣﻔﺎﻋﻴﻞ‬ T F
Translation
Translate the following sentences using the word bank provided. An example has been done.
ْ ْ
Eat: ‫ﻛ َﻞ ﻳﺄﻛُ ُﻞ‬ َ َ ‫أ‬ ‫ﻢ‬‫ﻠ‬
ّ ِ ‫ﻌ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ‫ﻢ‬َ ‫ﻠ‬
ّ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫ﻖ‬
ُ ُ ‫ﻠ‬‫ﺨ‬ ‫ﺧ َﻠ َﻖ ﻳ‬ َ Prepare: ‫َﻫ ّﻴَﺄ َ ِ ّﻴﺊ‬ Hear: ‫َ ِﻊ َ ْﺴﻤﻊ‬
َ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ ُ َُ ُ َ َ
Teach: Create:
ْ ْ ْ ْ
Ask: ‫ل‬ ْ
ُ َ ‫َﺳﺄ َ َل َﺴﺄ‬ Help: ‫ َﻧﺼﺮ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ‬Take: ‫ﺬ‬
ُ ُ َ َ َ ُ ُ‫ﺧ َﺬ َﻳﺄﺧ‬ َ َ ‫ أ‬Enter: ‫ﺧ َﻞ َﻳﺪﺧُ ُﻞ‬ َ ‫ َد‬Know: ‫َﻋ ِﻠ َﻢ َﻳﻌﻠَ ُﻢ‬
1. ُ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺒ َﻘﺮة‬ ْ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺒ‬
ِ ‫ﻛ َﻠ‬ ِ ُ‫أ‬ 5. ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ َُِ
The cow was eaten.
َ َ ُ َ
ْ ْ
2. ‫ﺖ اﻟ َ ِﺑ ّﻴَ َﺔ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﻠ‬
ّ ِ ‫ﻋ‬ ‫؟‬ ‫ﻲ‬ْ ِ‫ﻫﻞ ﺗ ْﻌﻠ ِﻤﻴﻨﻨ‬
َ ُ ُ 6. َ َ َ َ
ْ ‫ْﺴﺄﻟﻮن ﻋﻦ‬ ْ
3. ‫ﻼم‬ ِ ‫اﻹﺳ‬ ِ ِ َ َ ُ َ ُ 7. ‫ﻚ‬َ َ ‫ﻛ‬
‫ﺒ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ َ ‫ﺬوا‬ ُ ‫ﺧ‬
َ َ‫أ‬
ْ
4. ‫اُدﺧُﻼ اﻟﺠﻨّ َ َﺔ‬ 8. ‫ﺧ َﺬﺗﺎ ِﻣﻦ اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﺠ ِﺪ‬ ِ ُ‫أ‬
َ َ َ

Surah Kahf Practice

For the fi’ls highlighted, indicate if they are active/passive and the tense. Then, identify the doer.
ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ْ ً
‫﴾ وو ِﺿﻊ‬٤٨﴿ ‫ُ ﻢ ّ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﻋ ًﺪا‬ ‫ﺧ َﻠﻘﻨَﺎﻛُ ْﻢ أ َ ّ َو َل ﻣﺮ ٍ ۚة ﺑﻞ َزﻋﻤ ُ ْ أَﻟَّﻦ ّﻧَﺠﻌ َﻞ َﻟ‬ َ َ َ ُ ُ ‫ﺟ‬
‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻤ‬‫ﻛ‬َ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻮﻧ‬ ‫ﻤ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﺌ‬ ِ ‫ﻚ َﺻ ّﻔﺎ ﻟّ َ َﻘﺪ‬
َ ‫ﺿﻮا َﻋ َ ٰ َر ِّﺑ‬ ُ ِ ُ ‫َو‬
َ ُ َ َ َ َ َّ َ
ْ ْ ‫ﺘﺎب ﻓﱰى ْاﻟﻤ ْﺠﺮﻣﲔ ﻣ ْﺸﻔﻘﲔ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ وﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮن ﻳﺎ و‬ ْ
‫ﺎب َﻻ ﻳ َﻐﺎ ِدر‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ِ ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ا‬‫ﺬ‬ ‫ـ‬
ٰ ‫ﻫ‬ ‫ﺎل‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫ﺎ‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﺘ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﻳ‬ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ ‫ﲑ ًة ِإ ّ َﻻ اﻟ‬ ‫ﻛ ِﺒ‬ ‫ﲑ ًة و َﻻ‬ ‫ﺻﻐ‬
ُ ُ ِ َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ ّ َ ُ َ ِ ُ َ َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ ِ َ
ْ ْ ‫أ‬
ً
﴾٤٩﴿ ‫ﻚ أَﺣﺪا‬ ‫ﺎﺿ ًﺮاۗ و َﻻ ﻳﻈ ِﻠﻢ ر ّﺑ‬ ِ ‫ﺪوا ﻣﺎ ﻋ ِﻤﻠُﻮا ﺣ‬ ‫ﺎﻫﺎۚ ووﺟ‬ ‫ﺣﺼ‬
َ َ ُ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ َ َ
Fi’l Act/Pas Tense Doer/Done To Fi’l Act/Pas Tense Doer/Done To
I’rab
Complete the I’rab of the following ayaat
ْ
‫ﻷ ْرض‬
َ ‫ﺖ اﻟﺮ ْوم ﰲ أَد ا‬‫( ﻏﻠﺒ‬30:2)
َ ُ ُّ ِ َ ِ ُ

ْ ْ ْ ْ
‫اﻟﺒﻼ ِد‬
ِ ‫ﰲ‬ ‫ﻬﺎ‬ُ ‫( ﻟَﻢ ﻳُﺨ َﻠﻖ ِﻣ‬89:8)
‫ﻠ‬ ‫ﺜ‬
‫( و ِإ اﷲِ ﺗ ُ ْﺮﺟﻊ اﻷُﻣ ْﻮ ِر‬2:210)

ُ ُ َ َ
‫ﻢ اﻟﺼﻴﺎم‬ ‫( ﻛُ ِﺘﺐ ﻋ َﻠ ْﻴ‬2:183)

ُ ِّ ُ ُ َ َ

‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫)‪ (2:279‬ﻻ َﺗﻈ ِﻠ ُﻤﻮن و ﻻ ﺗُﻈ َﻠ ُﻤﻮن‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﻳﻄ ِﻌﻢ و ﻻ ﻳﻄﻌﻢ‬ ‫)‪ (6:14‬و‬
‫َ َُ ُ ُ َ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻠ‬ ‫)‪ (3:184‬ﻓﺈن ﻛﺬﺑﻮك ﻓﻘ ْﺪ ﻛﺬب رﺳ ٌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗ ْ‬

‫ﺒ‬
‫َ ِ َ ّ َ ُ َ َ َ ُ ِّ َ ُ ُ ِّ َ ِ َ‬

ْ
ً‫ْﻢ وﺧ ِﻠﻖ اﻹ ﺴﺎن ﺿ ِﻌﻴﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻋﻨ‬ ‫( ﻳﺮﻳﺪ اﷲ أن ﻳﺨﻔ‬4:28)
َ ُ َ ِ َ ُ َ ُ َ َ ِّ َ ُ َ ُ َ ّ ُ ِ ُ

9.1.1 INTRODUCTION TO KAANA PART I
- To understand how ‫ فعل ناقص‬works
Learning Objectives
- To know how to label parts of sentences containing ‫اكن‬
Lesson Review
We know that the word ‘is’ does not exist in Arabic, but the words ‘was’ and ‘will be’ do exist.
The Arabic word for ‘was’ is ‫اكن‬. It is a ‫فعل ماض‬, and it is conjugated just like any other ‫فعل ماض‬.
‫ا ا‬
The Arabic word for ‘will be’ is ‫يكون‬. It is a ‫ فعل مضارع‬and is treated as such. Below is the ‫اكن‬
chart:
Plural Dual Singular

ُ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ا ا‬ ‫ُ ا‬
‫هم اكنوا‬ ‫هما اكنا‬ ‫ه او اكن‬ 3rd Person
They all (m) were Both of them were He was
ُ ُ ‫ُ ا ا اا‬ ‫ا ا ا‬
‫هن كن‬ ‫هما اكنتا‬ ‫ه اكنت‬ ِ
ُ ُ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُا ُ ُا‬ ‫ا ا ُ ا‬
They all (f) were Both of them were She was
‫أنتم كنتم‬ ‫أنتما كنتما‬ ‫أنت كنت‬ 2nd Person
ُ ُ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُا ُ ُا‬ ‫ا‬

You all (m) were You two (m) were You (m) were
ُ
‫أنت كنت‬ ‫أنتما كنتما‬ ‫ت‬
ِ ‫ن‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬
ِ ‫ن‬ ‫أ‬
ُ ُ ‫اا‬
You all (f) were You two (f) were You (f) were
ُ ‫ا‬
‫َن ُن كنا‬ ‫أنا كنت‬ 1st Person
We were I was
‫ فعل ناق ِص‬- Incomplete Verb

Notice that even though ‫ اكن‬is conjugated like a ‫فعل‬, it is not a complete sentence like normal
‫ا ا‬
‫’فعل‬s. For example, ‫ ذه اب‬means ‘he went’. Similarly, ‘he slept’, ‘he ate’, ‘he cried’, are complete
sentences that make sense by themselves. On the other hand, ‫ اكن‬means ‘he was’, which is an
incomplete ‫ فعل‬and does not make sense by itself. In Arabic, something that is incomplete or
1
© BayyinahTV
missing something is called ‫ناق ِص‬. Therefore, ‫ اكن‬is an example of a ‫فعل ناقص‬. There are a few
other words like ‫ اكن‬that fall into the ‫ فعل ناقض‬family, but we will get to those later.
Now, we previously learned that sentences beginning with a ‫ فعل‬are considered ‫مجلة فعلية‬, and
sentences beginning with an ‫ اسم‬are considered ‫مجلة اسمية‬. However, ‫ اكن‬and other ‫فعل ناقص‬
are the exception to this rule. A sentence that starts with a ‫ فعل ناقص‬will always be a ‫مجلة‬
‫اسمية‬. So ‫ اكن‬acts just like a normal ‫ فعل‬would, but because it is in a ‫مجلة اسمية‬, we have to label
the parts of the sentence differently. Take a look at the following example:
‫ا ُ ا ُ ا‬
‫اْلستاذ ف ِرح‬
ُ ُ ‫ُ اا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
This is a normal ‫مجلة اسمية‬. We know that ‫ اْلستاذ‬is the ‫ مبتدأ‬and ‫ ف ِرح‬is the ‫خب‬. The ‫ مبتدأ‬is
proper, the ‫ خب‬is common, and we know to put an invisible ‘is’ in between them. This sentence
means ‘the teacher is happy’. So where does ‫ اكن‬come in?
ً ‫ا ا ُ ا ُ ا‬
‫اكن اْلستاذ ف ِرحا‬
ُ ً
If we look at ‫ اكن‬the same as any other ‫فعل‬, we determine that ‫ اْلستاذ‬is the outside doer of ‫اكن‬.
ُ ُ
But remember, this is not a typical ‫ !فعل‬So instead of calling ‫ اْلستاذ‬the ‫فاعل‬, we are going to call
ُ ً ‫ا‬
it ‫اسم اكن‬. Next, notice that ‫ ف ِرحا‬is ‫نصب‬. With a typical ‫فعل‬, anything that is ‫ نصب‬is a maf’ool.
ً ‫ا‬ ُ . Know that when a sentence has ‫اكن‬, we need to
Instead, we are going to call ‫ ف ِرحا‬the ‫خب اكن‬
identify the ‫ اسم اكن‬and the ‫خب اكن‬.
Let’s break this sentence down:

‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬
 ‫ اكن‬is a ‫ فعل ناق ِص‬that begins a ‫مجلة اسمية‬
ُ ‫ا ُ ا‬ ‫ا ا‬
 ‫ اْلستاذ‬is the outside ‫ اسم‬of ‫( اكن‬NOT the outside doer)
ُ ‫ا ا ُ ا‬ ‫ُ اا‬
 ‫ اكن اْلستاذ‬as a whole makes up the ‫مبتدأ‬
ً ‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬
 ‫ ف ِرحا‬is the ‫ خب‬of ‫ اكن‬and will always be in the ‫ نصب‬form
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ا ا‬
‫‪ to each:‬اكن ‪’s, add‬مجلة اسمية ‪For the following‬‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا ُ ا‬
‫اهلل علِيم حكِيم‬‫‪ .1‬و‬
‫ا اُ ا‬
‫اِلاة‬
‫‪ .2‬فاطِمة ط ِ‬
‫ا ُ ُ ا‬
‫‪ .3‬أنت مسلِمات‬
‫اا ا‬
‫‪ .4‬أنا س ِعيد‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ا ُ ا‬
‫‪ .5‬أنتم خْي أمة‬
‫ا ُ ُ اُ ا‬
‫‪ .6‬اوما هم مهتدون‬
‫ا‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ .7‬اوه او م اِن الَكف ِِري ان‬
‫ا ُ ا ُ‬
‫‪ .8‬من ه او عدو‬
‫ا ُ ا‬
‫‪ .9‬أنتم أم اوات‬
‫ُ ا ُ ُ ُ ا ُ ا‬
‫‪ .11‬هم أنفسهم يظلِمون‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪© BayyinahTV‬‬
‫‪Answer Key‬‬
‫اا ا ُ ا ً ا ً‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُ ا‬
‫اهلل علِيما حكِيما‬ ‫وَكن‬ ‫اهلل علِيم حكِيم‬‫‪ .1‬و‬
‫ا ا ا اُ ا ً‬ ‫ا اُ ا‬
‫اِلاة‬
‫اكنت فاطِمة ط ِ‬ ‫اِلاة‬
‫‪ .2‬فاطِمة ط ِ‬
‫ُ ُ ُ ا‬ ‫ا ُ ُ ا‬
‫كنت مسلِمات‬ ‫‪ .3‬أنت مسلِمات‬
‫ُ ُ ا ً‬ ‫اا ا‬
‫كنت س ِعيدا‬ ‫‪ .4‬أنا س ِعيد‬
‫ُ ُ ا ُ‬ ‫ا ُ ا ُ‬
‫ك ن تم خ ا‬
‫ْي أمة‬ ‫‪ .5‬أنتم خ ُ‬
‫ْي أمة‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ا‬ ‫ا ُ ُ اُ ا‬
‫اوما اكنوا مهت ِدي ان‬ ‫‪ .6‬اوما هم مهتدون‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ‬

‫اوَكن م اِن الَكف ِِري ان **‬ ‫‪ .7‬اوه او م اِن الَكف ِِري ان‬
‫ا ا ا ا ُ‬ ‫ا ُ ا ُ‬
‫من اكن عد ًّوا‬ ‫‪ .8‬من ه او عدو‬
‫ُ ُ ا ا ً‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ُ ا‬
‫كنتم أمواتا‬ ‫‪ .9‬أنتم أموات‬
‫ا ُ ا ُ ا ُ ا ُ ا‬ ‫ُ ا ُ ُ ُ ا ُ ا‬
‫اكنوا أنفسهم يظلِمون‬ ‫‪ .11‬هم أنفسهم يظلِمون‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬ ‫ا ا‬
‫َم ُرور ‪ُ ; rather, it is‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫خب اكن ‪ never changed. This is because it is not the‬الَكف ِِرين ‪** Note that‬‬
‫ا‬
‫متعلق ‪, and a‬متعلق باخلب ‪ is a‬مجلة اسمية ‪ in a‬جار َمرور ‪. Recall that a‬مِن ‪because it is the victim of‬‬
‫ا‬
‫‪.‬اك ان ‪ is not affected by the presence of‬باخلب‬
‫‪4‬‬
9.1.2 INTRODUCTION TO KAANA PART II
ُ ُ ‫ا‬
Learning Objectives َ ‫يك ْو‬
- To become familiar with the future tense version of ‫ن‬
Lesson Review
‫ا ا‬
Recall that we completed the past tense version of ‫ن‬
َ ‫ َك‬last lesson and will now look at the
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬ ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
present tense version: ‫ن‬
َ ‫يكو‬. Below is the chart for ‫ن‬
َ ‫يكو‬:

‫ُ ا ُ ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ا ُ ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ُ ا‬
َ ‫ه َْمَيك ْون ْو‬
‫ن‬ َ ‫هماَيك ْون‬
‫ان‬ َ‫ه اَوَيك ْون‬ 3rd Person
They all (m) are Both of them (m) are He is
ُ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ُ ُ ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا ا‬
َ‫هنََيكن‬ َ ‫هماَتك ْون‬
‫ان‬ َ ‫هَتك ْو‬
‫ن‬ َ
‫اُْ ا ُ ُ ا‬ ‫اُْا ا ُ ا‬ ُ ْ ُ ‫اْ ا ا‬

They all (f) are Both of them (f) are She is
َ ‫أنت َْمَتك ْون ْو‬
‫ن‬ َ ‫أنتماَتك ْون‬
‫ان‬ َ ‫تَتكو‬
‫ن‬ َ ‫أن‬ 2nd Person
ُ ‫اُْ ا‬ ‫اُْا ا ُ ْا‬ ْ ْ ُ ‫اْ ا‬

You all (m) are You two (m) are You (m) are
َ‫تَتكن‬
َ ‫أن‬ َ ‫أنتماَتكون‬
‫ان‬ ‫يا‬
َ ‫أنتََتكون‬
ُ ُ ‫اا ا‬
You all (f) are You two (f) are You (f) are
ُ ُ ‫اْ ُ ا‬
َ ‫نَنك ْو‬
‫ن‬ َ ‫َن‬ َ‫أناَأك ْون‬ 1st Person
We are I am
ُ ُُ ‫ا‬
Limiting ‫ن‬
َ ‫ يكو‬to the Future Tense
We have taken ‘he is’ and changed it to ‘he was’ with ‫َكن‬, and now we will change it to ‘he will
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬ ُ
be’ with ‫ن‬
َ ‫يكو‬. Although all ‫ أفعال‬in the ‫ مضارع‬tense hold both present and future tense
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
meanings, we will limit our study of ‫ن‬
َ ‫ يكو‬to the future tense only. This is because we already
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
know how to use the present tense ‘he is.’ To limit ‫ن‬
َ ‫ يكو‬to future tense meaning only, we can
attach either of two things to the beginning:
‫ا‬
1. ‫س‬
َ : will
‫ا ْا‬
2. ‫ف‬
َ ‫سو‬: will soon
‫ا ْا‬
Both of them add the meaning of ‘will,’ but ‫ف‬
َ ‫ سو‬is sooner.
1
© BayyinahTV
Let’s look at the following examples:
‫اا ا‬
A. He is a student: َ‫َأناَطالب‬
‫ُْ ُ ا‬
B. He was a student: ‫كنتَطاِلًا‬
‫ا ا ُ ْ ُ ا‬
C. He will be a student: ‫سيكونَطاِلًا‬ َ
‫ا ْا ا ُْ ُ ا‬
D. Soon, he will be a student: ‫سوفَيكونَطاِلًا‬
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
ُ will always be in the ‫ نصب‬status!
Notice for all of these that the ‫ن‬
َ ‫خربَيكو‬
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
Now that we have a firm understanding of the future tense version of ‫ن‬
َ ‫يكو‬, let’s do a few
ُ ُْ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا ْا‬
practice examples. For the following ‫’مجلةَاسمية‬s, add ‫ن‬
َ ‫ يكو‬along with ‫س‬
َ and ‫ف‬
َ ‫ سو‬to each:
‫اُ ا‬ ‫ا‬
1. ‫فاطمةَطاِلا َة‬
‫ُ ْ ا‬ ُْ‫ا‬
2. َ‫َأنتَمسلمات‬
ْ ‫اا ا‬
3. َ‫أناَسعيد‬
ْ ُ
4. ‫ي‬َ‫ه اوَم انَالصاِل ا‬
‫ا ْا‬‫ا‬
5. َ‫هَصديقة‬
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Answers:‬‬
‫ا اُ ا‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫فاطمةَطاِلا َة‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ا اُ ا ً‬
‫ستك ْونَفاطمةَطاِلا َة ‪a.‬‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ُ ا اُ ا ً‬
‫س ْوفَتك ْونَفاطمةَطاِلا َة ‪b.‬‬
‫اُْ ُ ْ ا‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫َأنتَمسلماتَ‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ْ ا‬
‫ستكنَمسلماتَ ‪a.‬‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ُ ْ ا‬
‫س ْوفَتكنَمسلماتَ ‪b.‬‬
‫اا ا ْ‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫أناَسعيدَ‬
‫اا ُْ ُ ا ًْ‬
‫سأكونَسعيدا ‪a.‬‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ُ ا ًْ‬
‫س ْوفَأك ْونَسعيدا ‪b.‬‬
‫‪4.‬‬
‫ُه اوَم انَالصاِل ْ ا‬
‫يَ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ا ا ُ ُ‬
‫سيك ْونَم انَالصاِل اَ‬
‫ي ‪a.‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ا ا ا ُ ُ‬
‫س ْوفَيك ْونَم انَالصاِل اَ‬
‫ي ‪b.‬‬
‫ا ا ْا‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫هَصديقةَ‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ا ْا ً‬
‫ستك ْونَصديقةَ ‪a.‬‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ُ ا ْا ً‬
‫س ْوفَتك ْونَصديق َة ‪b.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
9.1.3 INTRODUCTION TO KAANA PART III
‫ا ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا‬
Learning Objectives - To review the essential characteristics of ‫ن‬ َ ‫يك ْو‬
َ ‫ َك‬and ‫ن‬
Lesson Review
‫ا ا‬ ُ ُْ ‫ا‬
Let’s review the main points of ‫ن‬
َ ‫ َك‬and ‫ن‬
َ ‫يكو‬:
‫ا ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬
 َ ‫ )يك ْو‬are examples of ‫فعلَناق ِص‬, which means incomplete ‫فعل‬. Thus, they are
َ‫( َكن‬and ‫ن‬
not complete sentences.
‫ا ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا‬
 َ ‫ )يك ْو‬begin a ‫مجلةَاسمية‬, not a ‫مجلةَفعلية‬
 Instead of looking for inside/outside doers, we look for inside/outside ‫’اسم‬s
‫ا ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا‬
 َ ‫ )يك ْو‬and its ‫( اسم‬inside or outside) make up the ‫مبتدأ‬
‫ا ا‬
 The ‫ خرب‬of ‫ن‬ َ ‫ َك‬will always be in the ‫ نصب‬status
 The ‫ متعلقَباخلرب‬doesn’t change
ُ ُ ‫ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا‬
 َ‫ يك ْون‬can be present and future, so in order to exclusively use ‫ن‬
َ ‫ يك ْو‬for the future, we
‫ا‬ ‫ا ا‬
add ‫س‬ َ ‫( س ْو‬soon, will)
َ (will) and ‫ف‬
1
© BayyinahTV
‫ا ا‬
َ‫ َكن‬Chart:
ُ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ا ا‬ ‫ُ ا‬
‫ه َْمََكن ْوا‬ ‫ه اَوََكن‬
rd
‫هماََكنا‬ 3 Person
They all (m) were Both of them were He was

ُ ُ ‫ُ ا ا اا‬ ْ ‫ا ا ا‬
َ‫هنََكن‬ ‫هماََكنتا‬ َ ‫هََكن‬
‫ت‬ َِ
ْ‫اأ ْن ُت َْمَ ُك ْن ُت َم‬ ‫اُْا ُُْا‬ ‫اْ ا ُْ ا‬

They all (f) were Both of them were She was
nd
‫أنتماَكنتما‬ َ ‫تَكن‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫أن‬ 2 Person
ُُْ ُْ‫ا‬ ‫اُْا ُُْا‬ ُْ ْ‫ا‬

You all (m) were You two (m) were You (m) were
َ ‫تَكن‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫أن‬ ‫أنتماَكنتما‬ َِ ‫تَكن‬
‫ت‬ َ ِ ‫أن‬
ُ ُ ْ‫ا‬ ُ ُْ ‫اا‬
You all (f) were You two (f) were You (f) were
st
‫نَكنا‬
َ ‫َن‬ َ‫أناَكنت‬ 1 Person
We were I was
ُ ُ ‫ا‬
َ‫ يك ْون‬Chart:
‫ُ ا ُ ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ا ُ ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ُ ا‬
َ ‫ه َْمَيك ْون ْو‬ َِ ‫هماَيك ْون‬ َ ‫ه اَوَيك ْو‬
rd
‫ن‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ن‬ 3 Person
They all (m) are Both of them (m) are He is

ُ ‫ُ ا‬ ‫ُا ُ ُ ا‬ ُ ُ ‫ا ا‬
َ‫هنََيكن‬ َِ ‫هماَتك ْون‬
‫ان‬ َ ‫هَتك ْو‬
‫ن‬ َِ
‫اُْ ا ُ ُ ا‬ ‫اُْا ا ُ ا‬ ُ ْ ُ ‫اْ ا ا‬

They all (f) are Both of them (f) are She is
َ ‫أنت َْمَتك ْون ْو‬ َِ ‫أنتماَتك ْون‬
nd
‫ن‬ ‫ان‬ َ ‫تَتكو‬
‫ن‬ َ ‫أن‬ 2 Person
ُ ‫اُْ ا‬ ‫اُْا ا ُ ا‬ ْ ُ ‫اْ ا‬

You all (m) are You two (m) are You (m) are
َ‫تَتكن‬
َ ‫أن‬ َِ ‫أنتماَتك ْون‬
‫ان‬ َ ‫تَتك ْون‬
‫ِيا‬ َ ِ ‫أن‬
ُ ُ ‫اْ ُ ا‬ ُ ُ ‫اا ا‬
You all (f) are You two (f) are You (f) are
َ ‫نَنك ْو‬ َ‫أناَأك ْون‬
st
‫ن‬ َ ‫َن‬ 1 Person
We are I am
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪Translate the following:‬‬

‫ا ُ ُْا ْ‬
‫‪1.‬‬
‫‪َ .1‬كن ْواَمهتدِي انَ‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ًّ ْ ْ ا‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫لَ‬
‫ربي َ‬ ‫‪َ .2‬كنَعدو ِ ِ‬
‫اَِل ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُُْ‬
‫‪3.‬‬ ‫‪ .3‬كنت ْمَصا ِدق اَ‬
‫ِيَ‬
‫ا ا ا ًْ‬
‫‪4.‬‬ ‫َرقِيباَ‬ ‫‪َ .4‬كن‬
‫ا ا ا ا ُْ ً ا ًْ‬
‫‪5.‬‬ ‫اَرحِيماَ‬‫‪ .5‬إِنَاَّللََكنَغفور‬
‫ا ا ا ا ًْ ا ًْ‬
‫‪6.‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬إِنَاَّللََكنَعلِيماَحكِيماَ‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ْ ا ًْ‬
‫‪7.‬‬ ‫َرحِيماَ‬ ‫‪ .7‬إِنَاَّللََكنَبِكم‬
‫ُُْ ا ْ‬
‫‪8. .‬‬ ‫‪ .8‬كنت ْمَفا ِعل اَ‬
‫ِيَ‬
‫ُُْ ُْ ْ‬
‫‪9.‬‬ ‫‪ .9‬كنت ْمَمؤمِنِ اَ‬
‫يَ‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ْ ُ ا ا‬
‫‪ .11‬سيك ْونَمِنك ْمَم ْر َ‬
‫ضَ‬
‫ا ا ا ُ ُ ً‬
‫‪10.‬‬ ‫‪ .11‬س ْوفَيك ْونَل اِزاماَ‬
‫ا ا ُ ْا ُ ْ اْ‬
‫‪11.‬‬ ‫يَ‬
‫انَمؤمِن َِ‬
‫‪ .12‬سيكون ِ‬
‫ا ْ ا ا ُ ُْْ ا ُ ْ ْ‬
‫‪12.‬‬ ‫ح اَ‬
‫يَ‬ ‫‪ .13‬سوفَيكونونَمصلِ ِ‬
‫‪3‬‬
Answer Key
ْ ‫ا ُ ُْا‬
They were committed to guidance. َ‫ َكن ْواَمهتدِي ان‬.1
‫ا ا ا ُ ًّ ْ ْ ا‬
He was an enemy to Jibreel.
َ‫ل‬
َ ‫ربي‬ ِ ِ ‫ َكنَعدو‬.2
ِ ‫اَِل‬
ْ ُُْ
You all were truthful.
َ‫ كنت ْمَصا ِدق ا‬.3
َ‫ِي‬
ًْ ‫ا ا ا‬
He was watchful.
َ‫َرقِيبا‬ ‫ َكن‬.4
ًْ ‫ا ا ا ا ُْ ً ا‬
No doubt, Allah has always been extremely forgiving, َ‫اَرحِيما‬‫ إِنَاَّللََكنَغفور‬.5
always merciful.
ًْ ‫ا ا ا ا ًْ ا‬
No doubt, Allah has always been knowledgeable, wise.
َ‫ إِنَاَّللََكنَعلِيماَحكِيما‬.6
ًْ ‫ا ا ا ُ ْ ا‬
No doubt Allah has always been (especially to you all) َ‫َرحِيما‬ ‫ إِنَاَّللََكنَبِكم‬.7
merciful.
ْ ‫ُُْ ا‬
You all were doing.
َ‫ كنت ْمَفا ِعل ا‬.8
َ‫ِي‬
ْ ُْ ُُْ
You all were believers.
َ‫ كنت ْمَمؤمِنِ ا‬.9
َ‫ي‬
‫ا ا ُ ُ ْ ُ ا ا‬
There will be people who are sick among you.
َ ‫ سيك ْونَمِنك ْمَم ْر‬.11
َ‫ض‬
ً ُ ُ ‫ا ا ا‬
Soon it will be mandatory.
َ‫ س ْوفَيك ْونَل اِزاما‬.11
ْ‫ا ا ُ ْا ُ ْ ا‬
Both of them will be believers.
َ‫ي‬
َِ ‫انَمؤمِن‬
ِ ‫ سيكون‬.12
ْ ْ ُ ‫ا ْ ا ا ُ ُْْ ا‬
Soon they will be reformers.
َ‫ح ا‬
َ‫ي‬ ِ ِ‫ سوفَيكونونَمصل‬.13
4
© BayyinahTV
9.2.1-3 NEGATION USING MAA AND LAYSA
- To learn four ways to negate a ‫ مجلةَاسمية‬using ‫ ما‬and ‫ليس‬
Learning Objectives
- To understand subtle differences in meaning between them
Lesson Review
َ َْ َ َْ
In this lesson, we will learn about ‫س‬
َ ‫لي‬, which means ‘he is not’. ‫س‬
َ ‫ ل َي‬is known as the sister of
‫ اكن‬because they are both used in the exact same way. Some of their similar features are:
 They both will always begin a ‫مجلةَاسمية‬, not a ‫ مجلةَفعلية‬because they are from the َ‫فعل‬
‫ ناقص‬family.
 They both have an inside/outside ‫( اسم‬not a doer)
 Their ‫ خرب‬will always be in the ‫ نصب‬status.
One important distinction that we must remember about ‫ ليس‬is that it is conjugated like a َ‫فعل‬
‫ماض‬, but it will always hold a present tense meaning. In addition, there is no ‫ مضارع‬version of
‫ليس‬.
َ َْ
Here is the ‫ فعلَماض‬chart for ‫س‬
َ ‫لي‬:
ُ َْ ُ َ َْ َ ُ َ َْ ُ
‫ه َْمَليس ْوا‬ َ‫ه ََوَليس‬
rd
‫هماَليسا‬ 3 Person
They all (m) are not Both of them are not He is not
َ َْ ُ َ َ َْ َ ُ ْ َ َْ َ
َ ‫هنََلس‬
‫ت‬ ‫هماَليستا‬ َ‫هَليست‬ َِ
ُ َْ َُْ َُ َْ ََُْ َ ْ َ َ َْ
They all (f) are not Both of them are not She is not
‫أنت َْمَلست َْم‬
nd
‫أنتماَلستما‬ َ‫تَلست‬ َ ‫أن‬ 2 Person
ُ َْ َُْ َُ َْ ََُْ ْ َ َْ
You all (m) are not You two (m) are not You (m) are not
َ ‫تَلس‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫أن‬ ‫أنتماَلستما‬ َ‫ت‬
ِ ‫تَلس‬
َ ِ ‫أن‬
َ ْ َ ُ َْ ُ ْ َ ََ
You all (f) are not You two (f) are not You (f) are not
st
‫نَلسنا‬ َ ‫َن‬ َ‫أناَلست‬ 1 Person
We are not I am not
1
© BayyinahTV
Negation Using ‫ليس‬
ٌ َ ٌ َ
ْ ِ ‫ و‬using ‫ليس‬:
For example, let’s negate the sentence ‫ِلدَنائ َِم‬
ً َ ٌْ َ َ َْ
‫ليسَو ِِلدَنائ ِما‬
‘Waleed is not sleeping.’
َ َْ
 ‫س‬
َ ‫ لي‬is ‫فعلَناقص‬
ٌ ُ
َ ‫ َو ِ ِْل‬is ‫اسمَليس‬
 ‫د‬
ٌ َ َ َْ ََُْ
 َ‫َو ِِلْد‬ ‫ ليس‬together make up the ‫مبتدأ‬
ً َ ُ
 ‫ نائ ِما‬is the ‫خربَليس‬
Negation using ‫ما‬

Another way to negate a ‫ مجلةَاسمية‬is by using ‫ما‬, just as you would when using ‫ليس‬. The only
difference is that ‫ ما‬must have an outside ism; otherwise, the same rules apply. It is also
ُ َ َْ
important to note that the negation is stronger with ‫ ما‬than with ‫ليس‬. For example, َ‫سَاهلل‬
َ ‫َل َي‬
ً َ ً َ ُ
َ‫ َغف ِل‬translates as ‘Allah is not unaware’, while ‫ِل‬
َ ‫ماَاهللََغف‬ translates as ‘No! Allah is not
unaware at all!’ Another way to understand the difference between ‫ ما‬and ‫ ليس‬is as follows:
 ‫ ليس‬is an answer to a question: Is he a student? No, he’s not a student.

 ‫ ما‬is a refutation to an incorrect statement: He is a student. No, you’re wrong! He is not
a student.
2
© BayyinahTV
Four Ways to Negate a ‫مجلةَاسمية‬
Finally, the Arabs give us four different ways to negate a ‫ مجلةَاسمية‬using ‫ ليس‬and ‫ما‬, each one
with a subtly different meaning. We can do one of two things to the ‫مبتدأ‬, and we can do one of
two things to the ‫خرب‬. See the following chart::

Example What you can do to the What you can do to the
‫خبر‬ ‫مبتدأ‬
ً َ ْ ُ َ َْ
‫سَالمسل ُِمَاكذِبا‬
َ ‫لي‬ Use ‫ليس‬
Make it ‫نصب‬
The Muslim is not a liar. (least strong negation)
َ ْ ُ َ َْ
َ‫سَالمسل ُِمَ َب ِكاذِب‬
َ ‫لي‬
Attach a ‫ب‬ Use ‫ليس‬
The Muslim is not a liar at all.
ً َ ْ ُ
‫ماَالمسل ُِمَاكذِبا‬
Make it ‫نصب‬ Use ‫ما‬
No, the Muslim is not a liar!
َ ْ ُ
َ‫ماَالمسل ُِمَ َب ِكاذِب‬
Use ‫ما‬
No way! You’re wrong. The Attach a ‫ب‬
(strongest negation)
Muslim is not a liar at all.
3
© BayyinahTV
‫‪9.2.1-3‬‬ ‫‪DRILLS‬‬
‫‪N EGATION U SING M AA AND L AYSA‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪ of the following sentences:‬إعراب ‪Exercise 1 Complete the‬‬

‫ُ ر َ َ َ ُ‬
‫نتم ب ُم رْص ِ ي‬ ‫ََ ُ ر‬
‫خ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ِك‬
‫خ‬ ‫ْص‬
‫‪ .1‬ما أنا بِم ِ‬
‫ََر َ يُ َ ر َ ر‬
‫اْلاكم َ‬
‫ي‬ ‫‪ .2‬أليس اَّلل بِأحك ِم َ ِ ِ‬
‫َر َ َ َ َ َر ُ رَ‬
‫‪ .3‬ليس لك علي ِه رم سلطان‬
‫َُ ر ر‬
‫‪ .4‬ما له رم مِن عِلم‬
‫ُ َ ّ رَ‬
‫‪ .5‬ما اَّلل بِظالم ل ِلعبِي ِد‬
‫َ ي يَ َر َ َ ّ رَ‬
‫‪َ .6‬وأن اَّلل ليس بِظالم ل ِلعبِي ِد‬
‫ُ ُيَ‬
‫‪ .7‬ما ه ين أمهات ِِه رم‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪َ .8‬وما ُه رم ب ُم رؤمن َ‬
‫ي‬ ‫ِ ِِ‬
‫‪ .9‬لَير َس َك ِم رثلِ ِه َ ر‬
‫َشء‬
‫َر َ َ َ َ ُر‬
‫‪َ .11‬وليس اذلك ُر َكألن َس‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫ُ ُيً‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪َ .11‬كن انلياس أمة واحِدة‬
‫َر َ ُر ً‬
‫‪ .12‬لست مؤمِنا‬
‫ود َلَع َ ر‬
‫َُ ُ‬ ‫َر َ‬
‫َشء‬ ‫ت ايله‬
‫‪ .13‬ليس ِ‬
‫‪Exercise 2 Negate in all four ways:‬‬

‫ُ ُ َ ِّ‬
‫‪ .1‬ه َو معلم‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ .2‬ه رم َكف ُِرون‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ‬
‫تان‬
‫‪ .3‬مريم واعئشة مدرس ِ‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ ي ُ‬
‫دارسون‬
‫‪ .4‬الطالب ِ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ of the following sentences:‬إعراب ‪Exercise 1 Complete the‬‬
‫نتم ب ُم رْص ِ ي‬ ‫ُ ر َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ََ ُ ر‬

‫خ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ْص‬
‫‪ َ .1‬ما أنا بِم ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْصخِكم‪ :‬خرب ما‬ ‫بم ِ‬ ‫ما أنا‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫خ‪ :‬خرب ما‬ ‫ب ُم رْص ِ ي‬ ‫ما أنتم‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫اْلاكم َ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ََر َ يُ ر َ‬‫َ‬
‫ي‬ ‫‪ .2‬أليس اَّلل بِأحك ِم َ ِ ِ‬
‫اْلاكم َ‬ ‫َ ر َ ر‬ ‫ََر َ يُ‬
‫ي‪ :‬خرب ليس‬ ‫بِأحك ِم َ ِ ِ‬ ‫أليس اَّلل‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫َر َ َ َ َ َر ُ رَ‬
‫‪ .3‬ليس لك علي ِه رم سلطان‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َر َ ُ رَ‬
‫باخلربأول‬ ‫لك‪ :‬متعلق‬ ‫ليس سلطان‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ َر‬
‫علي ِه رم‪ :‬متعلق باخلربثاين‬
‫َُ ر ر‬
‫‪ .4‬ما له رم مِن عِلم‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ر ر‬
‫هلم‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب‬ ‫ما مِن عِلم‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ُ َ ّ رَ‬
‫‪ .5‬ما اَّلل بِظالم ل ِلعبِي ِد‬
‫َ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫بِظالم‪ :‬خرب م‬ ‫ما اَّلل‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫رَ‬
‫ل ِلعبِي ِد‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب‬
‫َ ي يَ َر َ َ ّ رَ‬
‫‪ .6‬أن اَّلل ليس بِظالم ل ِلعبِي ِد‬
‫َر َ‬ ‫اَّلل‪ :‬مبتدأ ي‬ ‫َ ي يَ‬
‫ليس‪ :‬مبتدأ ثاين (اسم ليس ضمري مسترت تقديره هو)‬ ‫أول‬ ‫أن‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َ ّ‬
‫ل ِلعبِي ِد‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب‬ ‫بِظالم‪ :‬خرب ليس‬
‫ُ ُيَ‬
‫‪ .7‬ما ه ين أمهات ِِه رم‬
‫ُيَ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫أمهات ِِهم‪ :‬خرب ما‬ ‫ما ه ين‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ي‬‫‪َ .8‬وما ُه رم ب ُم رؤمن َ‬
‫ِ ِِ‬
‫ُر‬ ‫ُ‬
‫بِمؤمِنِي‪ :‬خرب ما‬ ‫َوما ه رم‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫َشء‬‫‪ .9‬لَير َس َك ِم رثلِ ِه َ ر‬
‫ي‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ ر‬ ‫لَير َس َ ر‬
‫ك ِمثلِ ِه‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب مقدم‬ ‫َشء‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫َ َر َ َ َ ُ َ ُر َ‬
‫‪ .11‬وليس اذلكر َكألنث‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ ُر َ‬ ‫َر َ َ َ‬
‫َكألنث‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب‬ ‫َوليس اذلك ُر‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫ُ ُيً‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪َ .11‬كن انلياس أمة واحِدة‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫ُيً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫أمة واحِدة‪ :‬خرباكن‬ ‫َكن انلياس‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫َر َ ُر ً‬
‫‪ .12‬لست مؤمِنا‬
‫ُر ً‬ ‫َر َ‬
‫مؤمِنا‪ :‬خرب ليس‬ ‫لست‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫ود َلَع َ ر‬
‫َُ ُ‬ ‫َر َ‬
‫َشء‬ ‫ت ايله‬ ‫‪ .13‬ليس ِ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َلَع َ ر‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َر َ‬
‫َشء‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب‬ ‫ت ايلَهود‪ :‬مبتدأ‬ ‫ليس ِ‬
‫‪Exercise 2 Negate in all four ways:‬‬

‫ُ ُ َ ِّ‬
‫‪ .1‬ه َو معلم‬
‫َ ُ َ ُ َ ِّ ً‬ ‫َ ر َ ُ َ ِّ ً‬
‫ما هو معلما‬ ‫ليس معلما‬
‫ُ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ ر َ ُ َ ِّ‬
‫ما هو بِمعلم‬ ‫ليس بِمعلم‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪ .2‬ه رم َكف ُِرون‬
‫َ ُ َ ر‬ ‫َر ُ َ ر‬
‫ما ه رم َكف ِِري َن‬ ‫ليس روا َكف ِِري َن‬
‫َ ر‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ ر‬ ‫َر ُ‬
‫ما ه رم بِكاف ِِري َن‬ ‫ليس روا بِكاف ِِري َن‬
‫َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ‬
‫تان‬
‫‪ .3‬مريم واعئشة مدرس ِ‬
‫َ َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ َ ر‬ ‫ر َ ر َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ َ ر‬
‫ي‬
‫ما مريم واعئشة مدرست ِ‬ ‫ي‬
‫ليست مريم واعئشة مدرست ِ‬
‫َ َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ َ ر‬ ‫ر َ ر َ ر َ ُ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ َ ر‬
‫ي‬
‫ما مريم واعئشة بِمدرست ِ‬ ‫ي‬
‫ليست مريم واعئشة بِمدرست ِ‬
‫ُ ي ُ َ ُ َ‬
‫ارس رون‬
‫‪ .4‬الطالب د ِ‬
‫ي‬‫الط يال ُب َدارس ر َ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ما‬ ‫الط يال ُب َدارس ر َ‬
‫ي‬
‫َر َ ُ‬
‫ليس‬
‫ِِ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ي‬
‫الطال ُب ب َدارس ر َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫الطال ُب ب َدارس ر َ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َر َ ُ‬
‫ي‬ ‫ِ ِِ‬ ‫ما‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ِ ِِ‬ ‫ليس‬
‫‪5‬‬
9.3.1-2 SISTERS OF KAANA (PART 1)
َ َ ْ َ َ
- To be familiar with ‫ح‬
َ ‫ أصب‬and َ‫ظل‬
Learning Objectives
- To be able to label the parts in sentences that contain them
Lesson Review
َ َ ْ َ
َ ‫ – أصب‬To Become
‫ح‬
ََ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ
َ‫ أصبح‬means “He became”. Its present tense version is ‫ح‬
َ ِ‫يصب‬, which means “He becomes”. This is
a ‫فعلَناقص‬, so it works exactly like ‫ اكن‬and ‫ليس‬.
َ
َ‫ – ظل‬To Remain
َ َُ
َ‫ ظل‬means “He remained” or “He continued to be”. Its present tense version is َ‫يظل‬. Just like
‫أصبح‬, this ‫ فعل‬works just like ‫ اكن‬and ‫ليس‬. The complete past tense conjugation is below:

َ ُ َ ََُ َ ُ
‫ه َْمَظلوا‬ َ‫ه ََوَظل‬
rd
َ ‫هماَظ‬
‫ّل‬ 3 Person
َْ َ ُ َ َ َُ ْ َ َ
ََ ‫هنََظلل‬
‫ن‬ ‫هماَظلتا‬ َ ‫هَظل‬
‫ت‬ َِ
َُْ َ َُْ َ َُْ َ َ َُْ َ َ َ َْ
ْ َ
‫أ َنت َْمَظللت َْم‬
nd
‫أنتماَظللتما‬ َ ‫تَظلل‬
َُْ َ َُْ َ َُْ َ َ َُْ َْ َ َْ

ََ ‫تَظلل‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫أن‬ ‫أنتماَظللتما‬ َِ ‫تَظلل‬
ََْ َ ُ َْ ُ َ ََْ َ st
‫نَظللنا‬ َ ‫َن‬ َ ‫أناَطلل‬
‫ت‬ 1 Person
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪ of the following sentences.‬إعراب ‪Complete the‬‬

‫َْ َ ُْ ً‬
‫ستَمؤمِنا‬
‫‪ .1‬ل َ‬
‫ْ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬فأصبحت ْمَبِنِعمت ِ ِهَإِخوانا‬
‫َُ ْ ُ َْ ُ ُْ َ ً‬
‫‪ .3‬فتصبِحَاألرضَُمَض َة‬
‫َ َ َ ُ ُ َ ً‬ ‫ََ‬
‫‪ .4‬لعلَالساعةَتكونَق ِريباَ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫يَ‬
‫‪ .5‬ظلواَاعك ِ ِف َ‬
‫َْ ْ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫اَغ ْوراًَ‬ ‫حَماؤه‬
‫‪ .6‬أوَيصبِ َ‬
‫َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ َ ًّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .7‬ظلَوجههَمسوداَ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ ْ ُ ْ ََ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫يَ‬
‫اض ِع َ‬
‫‪ .8‬فظلتَأعناقهمَلهاَخ ِ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ينََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫اِ َ‬
‫‪ .9‬فأصبحَمِنَاخل ِ ِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ َ‬
‫شيماَ‬
‫‪ .11‬فأصبحَه ِ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬لستَمؤمِنا‬
‫ُْ ً‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫مؤمِنا‪َ:‬خربَليس‬ ‫ت‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫لس َ‬
‫ْ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬فأصبحتمَبِنِعمت ِ ِهَإِخوانا‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫بِنِعمت ِ َِه‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَمقدمَ‬ ‫فأصبحت َم‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫ْ ً‬
‫َ‬ ‫إِخوانا‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَمؤخرَ‬
‫ُْ َ ً‬ ‫َُ ْ َ َ ُ‬
‫ُمَض َة‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫ض‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫فتصبِحَاأل ْر َ‬
‫َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ون‪َ:‬مبتدأَثاينَ‬ ‫تك َ‬ ‫مبتدأَأولَ‬ ‫لعلَالساع َة‪َ:‬‬
‫َ ً‬
‫َ‬ ‫ق ِريبا‪َ:‬خربَاكنَ‬
‫َ‬
‫يَ‬‫‪ .5‬ظلواَاعك ِ ِف ََ‬
‫َ‬
‫ي‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫اعك ِ ِف ََ‬ ‫ظلوا‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫حَماؤهاَغ ْو ًراَ‬ ‫‪َ .6‬أوَيصبِ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ْ َ ُ َ‬
‫ع ْو ًرا‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫يصبِحَماؤها‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫َ َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ ًّ‬
‫َوجههَمس َوداَ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ظل‬
‫ُ ْ ًّ‬ ‫َ َ ْ ُُ‬
‫مس َودا‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫َوجه َه‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫ظل‬
‫ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ََ ْ ْ‬
‫اض ِع ََ‬
‫يَ‬ ‫‪ .8‬فظلتَأعناقهمَلهاَخ ِ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫هلا‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَمقدمَ‬ ‫فظلتَأعناقهم‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ي‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫خاض ِع ََ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َاخلاِ ََ‬
‫ينَ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪ .9‬فأصبحَم َِن‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫ين‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَ‬ ‫َاخلاِ َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫مِن‬ ‫ح‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫فأ ص ب َ‬
‫ََ ْ َ َ َ ً‬
‫‪ .11‬فأصبحَه ِشيماَ‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫شي َما‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫َه َِ‬ ‫ح‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫ص َب َ‬ ‫َف َأ َ‬
‫‪4‬‬
9.3.1-2 SISTERS OF KAANA (PART 1)
َ َ ْ َ َ
- To be familiar with ‫ح‬
َ ‫ أصب‬and َ‫ظل‬
Learning Objectives
- To be able to label the parts in sentences that contain them
Lesson Review
َ َ ْ َ
َ ‫ – أصب‬To Become
‫ح‬
ََ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ
َ‫ أصبح‬means “He became”. Its present tense version is ‫ح‬
َ ِ‫يصب‬, which means “He becomes”. This is
a ‫فعلَناقص‬, so it works exactly like ‫ اكن‬and ‫ليس‬.
َ
َ‫ – ظل‬To Remain
َ َُ
َ‫ ظل‬means “He remained” or “He continued to be”. Its present tense version is َ‫يظل‬. Just like
‫أصبح‬, this ‫ فعل‬works just like ‫ اكن‬and ‫ليس‬. The complete past tense conjugation is below:

َ ُ َ ََُ َ ُ
‫ه َْمَظلوا‬ َ‫ه ََوَظل‬
rd
َ ‫هماَظ‬
‫ّل‬ 3 Person
َْ َ ُ َ َ َُ ْ َ َ
ََ ‫هنََظلل‬
‫ن‬ ‫هماَظلتا‬ َ ‫هَظل‬
‫ت‬ َِ
َُْ َ َُْ َ َُْ َ َ َُْ َ َ َ َْ
ْ َ
‫أ َنت َْمَظللت َْم‬
nd
‫أنتماَظللتما‬ َ ‫تَظلل‬
َُْ َ َُْ َ َُْ َ َ َُْ َْ َ َْ

ََ ‫تَظلل‬
‫ت‬ َ ‫أن‬ ‫أنتماَظللتما‬ َِ ‫تَظلل‬
ََْ َ ُ َْ ُ َ ََْ َ st
‫نَظللنا‬ َ ‫َن‬ َ ‫أناَطلل‬
‫ت‬ 1 Person
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬

‫ستَمؤمِنا‬
‫‪ .1‬ل َ‬
‫ْ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬فأصبحت ْمَبِنِعمت ِ ِهَإِخوانا‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫يَ‬
‫‪ .5‬ظلواَاعك ِ ِف َ‬
‫اَغ ْوراًَ‬ ‫حَماؤه‬
‫‪ .6‬أوَيصبِ َ‬
‫َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ َ ًّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .7‬ظلَوجههَمسوداَ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ ْ ُ ْ ََ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫يَ‬
‫اض ِع َ‬
‫‪ .8‬فظلتَأعناقهمَلهاَخ ِ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ينََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫اِ َ‬
‫‪ .9‬فأصبحَمِنَاخل ِ ِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ َ‬
‫شيماَ‬
‫‪ .11‬فأصبحَه ِ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .1‬لستَمؤمِنا‬
‫ُْ ً‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫مؤمِنا‪َ:‬خربَليس‬ ‫ت‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫لس َ‬
‫ْ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ ْ ْ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬فأصبحتمَبِنِعمت ِ ِهَإِخوانا‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫بِنِعمت ِ َِه‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَمقدمَ‬ ‫فأصبحت َم‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫ْ ً‬
‫َ‬ ‫إِخوانا‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَمؤخرَ‬
‫ُْ َ ً‬ ‫َُ ْ َ َ ُ‬
‫ُمَض َة‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫ض‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫فتصبِحَاأل ْر َ‬
‫َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ون‪َ:‬مبتدأَثاينَ‬ ‫تك َ‬ ‫مبتدأَأولَ‬ ‫لعلَالساع َة‪َ:‬‬
‫َ ً‬
‫َ‬ ‫ق ِريبا‪َ:‬خربَاكنَ‬
‫َ‬
‫يَ‬‫‪ .5‬ظلواَاعك ِ ِف ََ‬
‫َ‬
‫ي‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫اعك ِ ِف ََ‬ ‫ظلوا‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫حَماؤهاَغ ْو ًراَ‬ ‫‪َ .6‬أوَيصبِ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ْ َ ُ َ‬
‫ع ْو ًرا‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫يصبِحَماؤها‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫َ َ ْ ُ ُ ُ ْ ًّ‬
‫َوجههَمس َوداَ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ظل‬
‫ُ ْ ًّ‬ ‫َ َ ْ ُُ‬
‫مس َودا‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫َوجه َه‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫ظل‬
‫ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ََ ْ ْ‬
‫اض ِع ََ‬
‫يَ‬ ‫‪ .8‬فظلتَأعناقهمَلهاَخ ِ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫هلا‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَمقدمَ‬ ‫فظلتَأعناقهم‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ي‪َ:‬خربَظلََ‬ ‫خاض ِع ََ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َاخلاِ ََ‬
‫ينَ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪ .9‬فأصبحَم َِن‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫ين‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلربَ‬ ‫َاخلاِ َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫مِن‬ ‫ح‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫فأ ص ب َ‬
‫ََ ْ َ َ َ ً‬
‫‪ .11‬فأصبحَه ِشيماَ‬
‫َ ً‬ ‫ََ ْ َ َ‬
‫شي َما‪َ:‬خربَأصبحَ‬ ‫َه َِ‬ ‫ح‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬ ‫ص َب َ‬ ‫َف َأ َ‬
‫‪4‬‬
9.3.3 SISTERS OF KAANA WITH PRESENT TENSE FI’L
- To understand the difference between ‫ نصب‬status and ‫فيّمحلّنصب‬
Learning Objectives - To understand how ‫ كان‬and her sisters work with ‫فعلّمضارع‬
Lesson Review
Review of ‫( كان و أ َ َخ َوات ُ َها‬Kaana and Her Sisters)

‫كان‬: ‫أصبح‬: ‫ليس‬: ّ
‫ظل‬:
he was he became he is not he remained
 These verbs (‫ )فعلّناقص‬always make up a ‫جملةّاسمية‬
 They have an inside or outside ‫ اسم‬instead of a ‫فاعل‬
 Their ‫ اسم‬is always ‫رفع‬, and their ‫ خبر‬is always ‫نصب‬
 These verbs along with their ‫ اسم‬make up the ‫مبتدأ‬, even if another ‫ مبتدأ‬exists in the
sentence
The Concept of ‫في َم َحل‬

Up until this point, we have applied the labels of ‫رفع‬, ‫نصب‬, and ‫ جر‬to individual words. Now,
we learn that they can be applied to fragments as well, even though they do not necessarily
look the part. For example, let’s look at the sentence “I ate lunch at school.”
َ ‫أَ ْك َم ْلتُ ّالغَدَا َءّفيّال َم ْد َر‬

ّ‫سة‬
‫فيّ َم َحلّنصب‬
The fragment ‫ فيّالمدرسة‬answers the question of “where?”, so it is considered a detail even
though it does not show its ‫ نصب‬status. When something is nasb in theory, but it does not
have a nasb ending sound or ending combination, we call it ‫حلّنصب‬
َ ‫فيّ َم‬, meaning “where
nasb was expected to be”. The same thing can happen with the other statuses, when a word or
fragment is ‫ رفع‬or ‫ جر‬in theory, but does not show its status. We can have words or fragments
that are ‫فيّمحلّرفع‬, ‫فيّمحلّنصب‬, or ‫فيّمحلّجر‬. This concept will come in handy a bit later.
Using ‫ فعل مضارع‬with ‫كان و أ َ َخوات ُ َها‬
In this lesson, we learn how to use ‫ فعلّمضارع‬with the past tense versions of ‫ كان‬and her
sisters to create unique meanings. Let’s take a look:
We know that ‫ يقول‬means “he says”, and ‫ كان‬means “he was”. So what unique meaning is
produced when we put these two together?
1
© BayyinahTV
ّ‫ – كانّيَقو ُل‬He used to say
We see a similar usage when we combine ‫ أصبح‬and ّ‫ ظل‬with a ‫فعلّمضارع‬.
ّ‫ – أصبحّ َيقو ُل‬He began saying
ُّ ‫ – ظلّيَقو‬He kept saying
‫ل‬
This is done for all conjugations. Just remember that both ‫( كان‬or its sister) and the ‫فعلّمضارع‬
َ ‫ كاناّ َي‬is “they both used to say”. ‫ كانواّيقولون‬is “they
must be conjugated. A few examples: ّ‫قوَلن‬
ُّ ‫صبَحْ تُ ّأَقو‬
used to say”. ‫ل‬ ُّ ‫ظلَ ْلتَ ّت َقو‬
ْ َ ‫ أ‬is “I began saying”. ‫ل‬ َ is “you kept saying”.
Now that we understand how to combine the past tense with the present tense to produce a
mixed meaning, let’s go over how to label these sentences.
ْ َ‫أ‬
ُ ‫صبَ َحّيَ ْد ُر‬
ّ‫س‬
So far with this sentence, we know that ‫ أصبح‬and its ism make up the ‫مبتدأ‬. The ‫ خبر‬therefore is
ّ‫س‬ُ ‫يَد ُْر‬. We learned previously that theّ‫ّخبر‬of ‫ أصبح‬is always supposed to be nasb status, but
the ‫ خبر‬here does not look nasb. When something is expected to be nasb but does not show its
status, we use ‫حلّنصب‬ َ ‫ فيّ َم‬to describe its status.
ْ َ‫أ‬
ُ ‫ص َب َحّ َي ْد ُر‬
ّ‫س‬
‫مبتدأ خبرّفيّمحلّنصب‬
2
© BayyinahTV
Drills
Exercise 1 Combine the ‫ فعلّمضارع‬with ‫كان‬, ‫أصبح‬, and ّ‫ظل‬, then translate.
she asks forgivenessّ–ّ‫ت َ ْست َ ْغف ُّر‬ .1
ُّ ‫نَأ ْ ُك‬
we eat – ‫ل‬ .2
they both teachّ– ّ‫يُ َعل َّمان‬ .3
ّ they speakّ–َّّ‫ يَت َ َكل ُمون‬.4
ّ you(f) lieّ-ّ َ‫ ت َ ْكذبيْن‬.5
ّ he leaves ّ–ّ‫ يُغَاد ُر‬.6
Exercise 2 Complete the ‫ إعراب‬of the following sentences:

ّ‫بّ َكفيْه‬ ْ َ ‫فأ‬
ُ ‫صبَ َحّيُقَل‬ .1
ّ‫كانواّيَ ْكفُ ُرونَ ّبآياتّّللا‬ .2
َّ‫بماّ َكانُواّ َي ْكذبُون‬ .3
ُ ‫ كانُواّي ْف‬.4
ّ َّ‫سقُون‬
3
© BayyinahTV
‫حّأ َ ْهلُّ َمكةَّيُسْل ُمونَّ ّ‬ ‫‪ .5‬أ َ ْ‬
‫صبَ َ‬
‫بّيَ ْل َعبُونَّ ّ‬ ‫ظل ُّ‬

‫ّالطال ُ‬ ‫‪َ .6‬‬
‫ص ُمونَّ ّ‬ ‫‪ .7‬أ َ ْ‬
‫ص َب ُحواّ َيت َخا َ‬
‫سّت َ ْغ ُر ُّ‬
‫بّ‬ ‫‪ .8‬فَ َ‬
‫ظل ْ‬
‫تّالش ْم ُ‬
‫سّ‬ ‫ًاّو َ‬
‫ظلّيَد ُْر ُّ‬ ‫‪ .9‬أ َ ْ‬
‫صبَ َحّطالب َ‬
‫‪ .10‬بماّكانُواّيَ ْكسبُونَّ ّ‬
‫‪4‬‬
Answer Key
Exercise 1 Combine the ‫ فعلّمضارع‬with ‫كان‬, ‫أصبح‬, and ّ‫ظل‬, then translate.
she asks forgivenessّ –ّ‫ ت َ ْست َ ْغف ُر‬.1
she used to ask forgivenessّ– ‫َتّت َ ْست َ ْغف ُّر‬ ْ ‫َكان‬
ّshe began asking forgivenessّّ–ّ‫تّت َ ْست َ ْغف ُر‬ ْ ‫صبَ َح‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
she kept asking forgivenessّ –ّ‫تّت َ ْست َ ْغف ُر‬ ْ ‫ظل‬ َ
we eat – ‫ل‬ ُّ ‫ نَأ ْ ُك‬.2
we used to eat ّ–ّ‫ل‬ ُّ ‫ُكناّنَأ ْ ُك‬
we began eatingّ–ُّ‫صبَحْ نَاّنَأ ْ ُكل‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
we kept eatingّ–ُّ‫ظلَ ْلنَاّنَأ ْ ُكل‬ َ
they both teachّ– ّ‫ يُعَل َمان‬.3
they both used to teach ّ–ّ‫كاناّيُعَل َمان‬
they both began teachingّ–ّ‫صبَ َحاّيُ َعل َمان‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
they both kept teachingّ–ّ‫ظالّّيُ َعل َمان‬ َ
they speakّّ–َّّ‫ يَت َ َكل ُمون‬.4
they used to speakّ–ّ َ‫كانواّيَت َ َكل ُمون‬
they began speakingّ–ّ َ‫ص َبحواّ َيت َ َكل ُمون‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
they kept speaking ّ–ّ َ‫ظلواّيَت َ َكل ُمون‬ َ
you(f) lieّ-ّ َ‫ ت َ ْكذبيْن‬.5
you (f) used to lieّ–ّ َ‫ُك ْنتّت َ ْكذبيْن‬
you (f) began lyingّ–ّ َ‫صبَحْ تّت َ ْكذبيْن‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
you (f) kept lyingّ–ّ َ‫ظلَ ْلتّت َ ْكذبيْن‬ َ
he leavesّ–ّ‫ يُغَاد ُر‬.6
he used to leaveّ–ّ‫كانّيُغاد ُر‬
he began leavingّ–ّ‫صبَ َحّيُغاد ُر‬ ْ َ‫أ‬
ّ he kept leaving ّ–ّ‫ظلّيُغاد ُر‬ َ
Exercise 2 Complete the ‫ إعراب‬of the following sentences:

ْ َ ‫ فأ‬.1
ُ ‫ص َب َحّيُقَل‬
ّ‫بّ َكفيْه‬
ّ ّ‫ّفعلّمضارع‬:‫ب‬ُّ ‫يُقَل‬ ّ ‫ّمبتدأ‬:‫ح‬ َّ ‫ص َب‬ْ َ ‫فَأ‬
ّ ‫ّمفعولّبه‬:‫َكفيْه‬ ّ ‫ّخبرّأصبحّفيّمحلّنصب‬:‫بّ َكفيْه‬ ُ ‫يُقَل‬
ّ‫ كانواّ َي ْكفُ ُرونَ ّبآياتّّللا‬.2
ّ ‫ّفعلّمضارع‬:َّ‫َي ْكفُ ُر ْون‬ ّ ‫ّمبتدأ‬:‫َكانُ ْوا‬
ّ ‫ّّمفعولّبه‬:ّ‫بآيَاتّللا‬ ّ‫ّخبرّكانّّفيّمحل‬:ّ‫يَ ْكفُ ُر ْونَ ّبآيَاتّللا‬
ّ ‫نصب‬
ْ
َّ‫ بماّ َكانُواّيَكذبُون‬.3
5
© BayyinahTV
‫يَ ْكذب ُْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّكانّّفيّمحلّنصب ّ‬ ‫َكانُ ْوا‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬
‫‪ .4‬كانُواّي ْف ُ‬
‫سقُونَّ ّ‬
‫يَ ْف ُ‬
‫سقُ ْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّكانّّفيّمحلّنصب‬ ‫َكانُ ْوا‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬
‫صبَ َحّأ َ ْهلُّ َمكةَّيُسْل ُمونَّ ّ‬‫‪ .5‬أ َ ْ‬
‫يُسْل ُم ْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّأصبحّّفيّمحلّنصب‬ ‫صبَ َحّأ َ ْهلُّ َمك ّةَ‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬ ‫أَ ْ‬
‫بّ َي ْل َعبُونَّ ّ‬ ‫ظل ُّ‬
‫ّالطال ُ‬ ‫‪َ .6‬‬
‫بّ‪ّ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫ظل ُّ‬
‫ّالطال ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َي ْل َعب ُْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّظلّّفيّمحلّنصب ّ‬
‫ص ُمونَّ ّ‬ ‫صبَ ُحواّيَت َخا َ‬ ‫‪ .7‬أ َ ْ‬
‫أَ ْ‬
‫صبَ ُح ْوا‪ّ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫ص ُم ْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّأصبحّّّفيّمحلّ‬ ‫يَتَخَا َ‬
‫نصب ّ‬
‫بّ‬ ‫سّت َ ْغ ُر ُّ‬ ‫تّالش ْم ُ‬ ‫ظل ْ‬ ‫‪ .8‬فَ َ‬
‫س‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬
‫تّالش ْم ُّ‬ ‫فَ َ‬
‫ظل ْ‬ ‫ب‪ّ:‬خبرّظلّّفيّمحلّنصب ّ‬ ‫ت َ ْغ ُر ُّ‬
‫سّ‬
‫ظلّيَد ُْر ُّ‬ ‫ًاّو َ‬
‫صبَ َحّطالب َ‬ ‫‪ .9‬أ َ ْ‬
‫ح‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬ ‫أَ ْ‬
‫صبَ َّ‬ ‫ظلّ‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫طالبّا ً‪ّ:‬خبرّأصبحّمنصوب ّ‬‫َ‬ ‫س‪ّ:‬خبرّظلّّفيّمحلّنصب ّ‬ ‫َيد ُْر ُّ‬
‫‪.10‬بماّكانُواّ َي ْكسبُونَّ ّ‬
‫َكانُ ْوا‪ّ:‬مبتدأ ّ‬ ‫َي ْكسب ُْونَّ‪ّ:‬خبرّكانّّفيّمحلّنصب ّ‬
‫‪6‬‬
9.4.1-2 ISM MOWSOOL
- To memorize the ‫ ا ذسمِموصول‬chart
Learning Objectives - To understand how the ‫ ذصلة‬works with the ‫ا ذسمِموصول‬
- To learn the various roles the ِ‫ِاسمِموصول‬and its ‫ صلة‬play in a sentence
Lesson Review
ّ ّ ّ
ِ‫ذ‬
ِ‫اليِن‬ ِ‫ان‬
‫ذ‬ ِ
‫ال‬ ِ‫ذ‬
ِ‫الي‬
ّ ّ ّ ّ
those who the two who the one who
ِ ‫ال ذ‬
‫ئ‬ ِ and ‫ت‬
ِ ‫ال ذ‬
ِ ِ‫ال ذ‬
‫ان‬ ِ ِ‫ِال ذت‬
the women who the two women who the one who (f)
Here a few things to remember about ‫( أِسِمِاءِمِوِصِوِلِة‬plural of ‫)اسمِموصول‬:

 Only the pair versions change when they are ‫ نصب‬or ‫جر‬
o ‫ الان‬becomes ‫الين‬. ‫ الان‬becomes ِ‫الي‬.
 These words are always non-flexible.
 These words are always proper.
Additionally, ‫ ما‬and ِ‫ من‬are sometimes used as ‫اسمِموصول‬. We will see this more in the drills.
 ِ‫ ما‬meansِِ“what”. For example, I ate what was on my plate.
 ‫ من‬means “who/someone who/ anyone who”. For example, I met someone who spoke
in English.
Let’s look at the phrase ِ‫الينِيؤمذنون‬. ‫ الين‬means “those who”, and ِ‫ يؤمذنون‬means “they
believe”.
ِ‫الينِيؤمذنون‬
‫اسمِموصول صلةِاملوصول‬
This translates to “those who believe”. Notice that this does not make a complete sentence.
Rather, the whole thing combined acts like one ism. Therefore, the ِ‫ اسمِموصول‬and its ‫ صلة‬can
play all the different roles in a sentence that a single word can. Remember that we never look
at the ‫ اسمِموصول‬by itself. It will always be connected to its ‫صلة‬.
1
© BayyinahTV
Here are a few examples:
َ
‫ِصاطِالينِأنعمتِعِلي ذهم‬
‫ذ‬ ِ‫ِلِلذِاليِأنزل‬
ِ ‫احلمد ذ‬
‫مضافِإيله‬ ‫مضاف‬ ‫صفة‬ ‫موصوف‬
ِ‫فازِاليِاجتهد‬ ‫ي ذزيدِاهللِالينِاهتدوا‬
‫فاعل‬ ‫فعل‬ ‫مفعولِبه‬ ‫فعل‬
Finally, let’s breakdown the ‫ إعراب‬of this sentence:
َ
ِ‫بِأصحابِاجلن ذة‬
‫الينِيؤمذنونِبالغي ذ‬
On the macro-level, ‫ الينِيؤمنونِبالغيب‬is the ‫مبتدأ‬, and ‫ أصحابِاجلنة‬is the ‫خرب‬. Within the ‫مبتدأ‬:
 ‫ الين‬is the ‫اسمِموصول‬

 ‫ يؤمنونِبالغيب‬is the ‫ صلةِاملوصول‬and a ‫مجلةِفعلية‬
 ‫ يؤمنون‬is a ‫فعلِمضارع‬, and its ‫ فاعل‬is ‫هم‬
ِّ
 ‫ بالغيب‬is ‫مفعولِبه‬, ‫جارِجمرور‬, ‫يفَِملِنصب‬
This is translated as: those who believe in the unseen are the people of Jannah.
Now that we have an understanding of ‫أسماءِاملوصولة‬, one of the biggest missing pieces in our
knowledge base! With this, we can open up the Quran and understand how big pieces are
connected. 
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫الذينُِياف ذظونِلَعِصالت ذذهمِ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫يعلمونِماِتعملونِ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫وِالِلذ‬
‫قالِالذينِيظنونِأنهمِمالق ِ‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .4‬خْيكمِمنِتعلمِالقرآنِوعلمهِِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ .5‬احلمدِِ ذلِلذِالذيِأنزلِلَعِعب ذده ذِالكذتابِِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫اتِ‬
‫ِالصاحل ذِ‬
‫ذ‬ ‫‪ .6‬ويبِّشِالمؤ ذمنذيِالذينِيعملون‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫‪ .7‬وينذذرِالذينِقالِا ذَّتذِالِلِوَلاِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِزين ِةِ‬
‫‪ .8‬إذناِجعلناِماِلَعِاألر ذض ذ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .9‬فمنِأظلمِِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ .11‬قالِالذينِغلبواِلَعِأم ذرهذمِِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .11‬واص ذربِنفسكِمعِالذينِيدعونِربهمِِ‬
‫‪ .12‬ولِت ذطعِمنِأغفلناِقلبهِِ‬
‫َ‬
‫اكئِالذينِزعمتمِِ‬
‫‪ .13‬نادواُِش ذ‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫َ ِّ‬
‫‪ .14‬ماِمكِّنِفذي ذهِرِّبِخ رِ‬
‫ْيِ‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫آياتِرب ذهمِِ‬
‫‪ .15‬أولئكِالذينِكفرواِب ذ ذ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .1‬الينُِياِف ذظونِلَعِصالت ذذهمِ‬

‫ُياِف ذظونِلَعِصالت ذذهمِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ ِ‬ ‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬
‫‪ .2‬يعلمونِماِتعملونِ ِ‬
‫ما‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫يعلمونِ‪ِ:‬فعلِمضارعِِِ‬
‫تعملونِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫ماِتعملونِ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُّ‬
‫هللذ‬
‫‪ .3‬قالِالينِيظنونِأنهمِمالقوِا ِ‬
‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫قالِ‪ِ:‬فعلِمايضِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُّ‬
‫هللذ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ ِ‬
‫يظنونِِأنهمِمالِقوِا ِ‬ ‫هللذ‪ِ:‬فاعلِ‬
‫الينِيظنونِأنهمِمالقوِا ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .4‬خْيكمِمنِتعلمِالقرآنِوِعلمهِ‬
‫منِ‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫خْيكمِ‪ِ:‬مبتدأِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫تعلمِالقرآنِوِعلمهِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ ِ‬ ‫منِتعلمِالقرآنِوِعلمهِ‪ِ:‬خرب ِ‬
‫‪ .5‬احلمد ذِلِلذِاليِأنزلِلَعِعب ذده ذِالكذتابِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اليِأنزلِلَعِعب ذده ذِالكذتابِ‪ِ:‬صفةِيفَِمل ِّ‬
‫ِجرِ‬ ‫احلمدِ‪ِ:‬مبتدأِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫الي‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫لِلذ‪ِ:‬متعلقِباخلربِ‬
‫ذ ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫دا‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ ِ‬‫أنزلِلَعِعب ذده ذِالكذتاب ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫اتِ‬
‫احل ذ‬
‫‪ .6‬وِيبِّشِالمؤ ذمنذيِالينِيعملونِالص ذ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫ات‪ِ:‬صفةِيفَِملِنصبِ‬
‫احل ذِ‬
‫الينِيعملونِالص ذ‬ ‫ِّش‪ِ:‬فعلِمضارعِِ‬ ‫يِب ِ‬
‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫المؤ ذمنذيِ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ات‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬
‫احل ذِ‬
‫يعملونِالص ذ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .7‬وِينذذرِالينِقالِاَّتذِاهللِوَلِا‬
‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫ينذذرِ‪ِ:‬فعلِمضارعِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫قالِاَّتذِاهللِوَلِا‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫الينِقالِاَّتذِاهللِوَلِا‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِزين ِة‬
‫‪ .8‬إذناِجعلناِماِلَعِاألر ذض ذ‬
‫َ‬
‫ما‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫إذنا‪ِ:‬مبتدأِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ذِزيِنِ ِة‪ِ:‬مفعولِبه‬ ‫ِزين ِة‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصول‬
‫لَعِاألر ذض ذ‬ ‫ِزين ِة‪ِ:‬خربِ‬
‫جعلناِماِلَعِاألر ذض ذ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ .9‬فمنِأظلمِِ‬
‫أظلمِ‪ِ:‬مبتدأِ‬ ‫منِ‪ِ:‬اسمِاستفهامِ‬
‫‪ .11‬قالِالينِغلبواِلَعِأم ذرهذمِ‬
‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫قالِ‪ِ:‬فعلِمايضِ‬
‫غلبواِلَعِأم ذرهذمِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫الينِغلبواِلَعِأم ذرهذمِ‪ِ:‬فاعلِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪ .11‬وِاص ذربِنفسكِمعِالينِيدعونِربهمِِ‬
‫َ‬
‫الينِيدعونِربهمِ‪ِ:‬مضافِإيلهِ‬ ‫رب‪ِ:‬فعلِأمرِ‬
‫وِاص ذ ِ‬
‫الين‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫نفسكِ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫يدعونِربهمِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫معِالينِيدعونِربهمِ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫‪ .12‬وِلِت ذطعِمنِأغفلناِقلبهِِ‬
‫منِ‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫وِلِت ذطعِ‪ِ:‬فعلِنيهِ‬
‫أغفلناِقلبهِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫منِأغفلناِقلبهِ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِ‬
‫‪ .13‬نادواُِشاك ذئِالينِزعمتمِ‬
‫الينِ‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫نادوا‪ِ:‬فعلِأمرِ‬
‫زعمتم‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬ ‫ُشاك ذئِالينِزعمتم‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِِ‬
‫‪ .14‬ماِمكِّنِفذي ذهِرِّبِخ رِ‬
‫ْي‬
‫خ رِ‬
‫ْي‪ِ:‬خربِ‬ ‫ما‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬
‫ِّب‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬
‫مكِّنِفذي ذهِر ِ‬
‫ِّ‬
‫اتِرب ذهمِ‬
‫‪ .15‬أولئ ذكِالينِكفرواِبذآي ذ‬
‫الينِ‪ِ:‬اسمِموصولِ‬ ‫أولئ ذكِ‪ِ:‬مبتدأِ‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫اتِرب ذهمِ‪ِ:‬صلةِاملوصولِ‬
‫كفرواِبذآي ذ‬ ‫اتِرب ذهمِ‪ِ:‬خربِ‬
‫الينِكفرواِبذآي ذ‬
‫‪6‬‬
9 9
9.4
9.4.2 ISM MAWSOOL
-Know the ism mawsool chart by memory along with its meanings
-Understand the role the silah plays for the ism mawsool
Learning Objectives -Understand the various roles the ism mawsool along with its silah can
play in a sentence
Lesson Review
Ism Mawsool
‫ْص‬
‫ َأ ا و َأو‬are a set of the words that mean ‘the one who’. They are non-flexible isms and are always
‫َأ ُص‬
proper. When they stand alone by themselves they don’t have a complete meaning. If I say ‘the one who’
you would ask ‘the one who what?’ These isms can’t stand on their own and thus require a ‫ ِصو َأ‬which
explains them and gives them a complete meaning.
‫ّص َأ ْص‬
‫ا‬
‫ِص‬
‫َأ َأ‬
‫و لم و ل‬ ‫و ل‬ ‫سم‬
The ‫و ل‬ ‫ سم‬and ‫ و لم و ل‬together act like one word and can play all the different roles in a
sentence that a single word can. Below are a few examples:
‫ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬

‫ْيم‬
‫ت َأع َأل ِص‬ ‫ط اي َأنعم‬
‫ِصور َأ‬ ‫َأنز َأل‬ ‫لحم ُص ِصلِلِص ا‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ض ف إليه‬ ‫وفة‬
The one who worked hard succeeded. Allah increases those committed to guidance.
‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬
‫ا َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫ف َأ َأا ا‬ ‫ي ِصز ْصي ُص لِل اي هت َأ ْصو‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ف عل‬ ‫فع ل به‬
1
© BayyinahTV
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
and
‫ ما‬means ‘what’ For example: I ate what was in my plate.
‫ من‬means ‘who/someone who/ anyone who’ For example: I met someone who spoke in English.
Drills
Complete the Iraa’b of the following sentences
‫وصال ْصم‬
‫ِص ِص‬ ‫اي يح ِصف ُص ن ع‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫ِص َأ ُص‬
.1
‫َأ عمل ن‬ ‫ يع َأل ُصم ن‬.2
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫اي ي ُص ّص ُص َأن َأ ّص َأ ْصم ُصصال ُص ّص َألِلِص‬ ‫ ال ل ّص َأ ِص‬.3

‫ُص‬ ‫َأ َأ‬
‫ْص ْصم ْص ع ّصلَأم ْص‬

‫للر َأن َأو َأع ّصلَأ َأمه ُص‬
‫َأ ُص ُص َأ َأ َأ َأ ُص‬ .4
‫للت ا‬
‫ِص‬ ‫َأنز َأل ع ع ْص ِص ِصه‬ ‫ا‬
‫لحم ُص ِص ّص َألِلِص ِص‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
.5
2
© BayyinahTV
‫ا‬
‫اي يع َأمل ُص َأن لل لِصح ِص‬ ‫لم ِص ِص َأ ّص َأ ِص‬ ‫‪ .6‬وي ُص َأ ِص ّص َأ ُص‬
‫َأ َأ‬
‫اي ال ل ِص ّص َأخ َأذ ّص َألِل و َأ ً‬ ‫ْص‬

‫َل‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫ِص‬ ‫‪ .7‬وي ِصذر ّص َأ‬
‫ُص َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ ُص َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫ا ْصر ِص ِصاي َأ ًة‬
‫َأ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫‪ِ .8‬صإ ّصن َأ اعل‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫‪ .9‬فَأم ْص َأ َألم‬
‫ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ْص ر ِص ْص‬ ‫اي َأ َأل ع‬ ‫‪ .10‬ال ل ّص َأ‬

‫َأ ِص‬ ‫ِص َأ ُص َأ‬
‫ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص ْص‬

‫ع ن ر ّص َأ ْصم‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬
‫ِص‬ ‫ّص َأ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫‪ .11‬و و ن‬
‫َأ َأ ُص َأ َأ ُص‬ ‫ِص َأ َأ َأ َأ‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص ْص ْص ْص‬
‫ُص ِص َأ َأ َأفل َأ َأالل َأ ه ُص‬ ‫‪ .12‬و‬
‫َأ‬
‫‪ .13‬ن او ر ا ّص َأاي اع ْصم ْص‬

‫ُص ُص َأ ِص َأ ِص َأ َأ َأ ُص‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ ّص َأ ّصِص ِصفي ِصه َأر ِص ّص‬ ‫‪.14‬‬
‫ا ر ّصِص ِص ْصم‬‫اي َأ َأفرو ِصب ي ِص‬ ‫‪ُ .15‬صو ال َأ ّص َأ ِص‬

‫َأ‬ ‫ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫‪Answer Keys‬‬
‫‪Complete the Iraa’b of the following sentences‬‬
‫صال ْصم‬ ‫ْص‬

‫ح ِصف ُص َأن َأع َأو ِص ِص‬
‫ُص َأ‬
‫‪ 1.‬اي ي‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫صال ْصم‪ :‬و لم و ل‬

‫َأو ِص ِص‬ ‫يح فِص ُص ْص ن ع‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫ُص َأ‬
‫َأ عمل ُص ْص ن‬ ‫ْص‬
‫‪ 2.‬يع َأل ُصم ن‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫يع َأل ُصم ن ‪ :‬فعل ض رع‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأ عمل ُص ْص ن‪ :‬فع ل به‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأ عمل ُص ْص ن‪ :‬و لم و ل‬
‫‪َ 3.‬أال َأل اي ي ُص ّص ُص َأن َأ ّص َأ ْصم ُص َأص ال ُص لِلِص‬
‫َأال َأل‪ :‬فعل ض‬
‫اي ي ُص ّص ُص ْص ن َأ ّص َأ ْصم َأص ال ُص ْص لِلِص‪ :‬ف عل‬

‫َأ ُص ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫ي ُص ّص ُص ْص ن َأ ّص َأ ْصم َأص ال ُص ْص لِلِص‪ :‬و لم و ل‬

‫َأ ُص ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫َأ ُص ُص ْصم ْص َأ ع ّصلَأم ل ُصل ْصر ن و ع ّصلَأم ُصه‬
‫َأ َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫‪4.‬‬
‫ْص‬
‫ُص ُص ْصم‪ :‬ت‬ ‫َأ‬
‫َأ ع ّصلَأم ل ُصل ْصر ن و ع ّصلَأمه ُص‪:‬‬
‫َأ َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫ْص ‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ‬
‫َأ ع ّصلَأم ل ُصلر ن و ع ّصلَأمه ُص ‪ :‬و لم و ل‬
‫َأ َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ‬
‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص‬
‫لت ا‬ ‫ِص‬ ‫َأنز َأل ع ع ِص ِصه ل‬ ‫‪ 5.‬لحم ُص ِصلِلِص ا‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص‬
‫لحم ُص‪ :‬ت‬
‫َأ‬
‫ِصلِلِص‪ :‬تع ّصلق ب لخ‬
‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص‬
‫حل ار‬
‫ّص‬ ‫لت ا‪ :‬وفة‬ ‫ِص‬ ‫ا َأنز َأل ع ع ِص ِصه ل‬
‫ّص‬ ‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ َأ‬
‫ا ‪ :‬سم و ل‬
‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص‬
‫لت ب ً‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫ِص‬ ‫َأنز َأل ع ع ِص ِصه ل‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ َأ‬
‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص ْص‬
‫ا‬
‫ح ِص‬
‫لل ل َأِص‬
‫‪َ 6.‬أو ي ُص َأ ِص ّص َأ ل ُصم ِص ِص َأ اي َأيع َأمل ُص َأن ّص َأ‬
‫‪ :‬فعل ض رع‬ ‫ي ُص َأ ِص ّص‬
‫ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص‬
‫ِص ِص َأ‪ :‬فع ل به‬ ‫ل ُصم‬
‫حل نلب‬ ‫ا ‪:‬وفة‬ ‫ْص ْص‬

‫ّص‬ ‫ح ِص‬
‫لل ل َأِص‬
‫َأيع َأمل ُص َأن ّص َأ‬ ‫اي‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫ا‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫ْص ْص‬

‫ح ِص‬
‫لل ل َأِص‬ ‫َأيع َأمل ُص َأن ّص َأ‬
‫‪ 7.‬و ي ْصذر اي ال ل خذ لِل وَل ً‬
‫َأ َأ ّص َأ َأ َأ ُص َأ َأ‬ ‫ُص ِص ُص‬
‫ْص‬
‫ي ِصذر‪ :‬فعل ض رع‬
‫ُص ُص‬
‫خ َأذ لِل و َأَل ً‪ :‬فع ل به‬ ‫اي َأال َأل ّص َأ َأ‬
‫ُص َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫خ َأذ لِل و َأَل ً‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫َأال َأل ّص َأ َأ‬

‫ُص َأ‬
‫ا ْصر ِص ِصا ْصي َأ ًة‬
‫َأع َأ َأ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫‪ 8.‬إن اع‬
‫ِص ّص َأ َأ َأ َأ َأ‬
‫ِصإ ّصن َأ ‪ :‬ت‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ا ْصر ِص ِصا ْصي َأ ًة‪:‬‬
‫َأع َأ َأ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫اع‬
‫َأ َأ َأ َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬
‫ار ِص ِصاي َأة ‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫َأع َأ َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫‪ 9.‬فَأم ْص َأ َألم‬
‫ْص ‪ :‬سم ستفه م‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأ َألم‪ :‬ت‬
‫ُص‬
‫ْص‬
‫‪ 10.‬ال ل اي ل ْص ع ر ِص ْص‬
‫َأ َأ ُص َأ َأ ِص‬ ‫َأ َأ‬
‫َأال َأل‪ :‬فعل ض‬
‫َأ ْص ِصر ِص ْص‪ :‬ف عل‬ ‫اي َأ َأل ْص ع‬

‫ُص َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ ْص ِصر ِص ْص ‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫َأ َأل ْص ع‬

‫ُص َأ‬
‫ع ْص ن ر ّص َأ ْصم‬
‫ُص‬ ‫ِص َأنف َأ اي ي‬ ‫‪ 11.‬و ْصو‬
‫َأ ُص‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص‬
‫و و ِص ‪ :‬فعل ر‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأنف َأ ‪ :‬فع ل به‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ْص‬
‫ع ن ر ّص َأ م‪ :‬فع ل به‬ ‫َأ َأ اي َأي ُص‬
‫َأ ُص‬
‫ْص‬
‫ع ْص ن ر ّص َأ ْصم‪ :‬ض ف إليه‬ ‫ُص‬ ‫اي ي‬
‫َأ ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫ْص‬
‫و ل‬ ‫ع ْص ن ر ّص َأ ْصم‪ :‬و لم‬ ‫َأي ُص‬
‫َأ ُص‬
‫‪ 12.‬و َأ ُص ِص ْص ْص َأ َأفل‬
‫َأ َأالل ُصه‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫و َأ ُص ِص ‪ :‬فعل‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص ْص ْص‬
‫َأ َأفل َأ َأالل ه ُص‪ :‬فع ل به‬
‫‪ :‬سم و ل‬ ‫ْص‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص ْص‬
‫َأ َأفل َأ َأالل ه ُص‪ :‬و لم و ل‬
‫َأ‬
‫‪ 13.‬ن ا ْصو ر ا اي اع ْصم ْص‬
‫َأ َأ َأ ُص‬ ‫َأ ُص ُص َأ َأ ِص َأ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫َأن ا ْصو ‪ :‬فعل ر‬
‫ُص‬
‫ْص‬
‫ُص ر َأ ِصا اي َأاعم ُص ‪ :‬فع ل به‬
‫َأ َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬
‫اي ‪ :‬سم و ل‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأاعم ُص ‪ :‬و لم و ل‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص ْص‬ ‫ْص ْص‬
‫‪َ 14.‬أ َأ ّص َأ ّصِص ِصفي ِصه َأر ِص ّص َأ‬
‫و ل‬ ‫‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫ّص َأ ّصِص ْص فِصي ِصه ر ِص ّص ‪ :‬و لم و ل‬
‫ْص‬
‫َأ ‪:‬‬
‫ا ر ّصِص ِص ْصم‬ ‫ْص‬

‫‪ُ 15.‬صو ِصا َأ اي َأ َأفرو ِصب ي ِص‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫ُصو ِصا َأ ‪ :‬ت‬
‫ا ر ّصِص ِص ْصم‪:‬‬ ‫ْص‬

‫اي َأ َأفرو ِصب ي ِص‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫ُص‬ ‫َأ‬
‫و ل‬
‫اي ‪ :‬سم‬
‫َأ‬
‫ْص‬
‫ا ر ّصِص ِص م‪ :‬و لم و ل‬ ‫ْص‬
‫َأ َأفرو ِصب ي ِص‬
‫َأ‬ ‫َأ‬ ‫ُص‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‐‪9.5.1-‬‬
‫‪9.5.17 ‬‬ ‫‪DRILLS ‬‬
‫‪N EGATION S ENTENCES ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Exercise 1 Negate the following sentences: ‬‬
‫‪َ .1‬ﺫذﻫﮬﮪھَ ْﺒﻦَ ﺇإِﻟَﻰ ْﺍاﻟ َﻤﺴ ِ‬

‫ْﺠ ِﺪ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃأَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟ َﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﯿﱠﺔَ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪َ .3‬ﺳﻮْ ﻑفَ ﺃأَﺩدﺭرُﺱسُ ﺍاﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِﺴ ْﻴﯿ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪َ .4‬ﺳﻨَﺘَ َﻌﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟﻘُﺮْ ﺁآﻥنَ‬
‫‪َ .5‬ﺩد َﺭرﺳ ُ‬

‫ْﺖ ﺍاﻟﺘﺠْ ِﻮ ْﻳﯾ َﺪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ْﺍاﻻ ِﻣﺘِ َﺤ ِ‬

‫ﺎﻥن‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﻧَ َﺠﺤْ ُ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪1 ‬‬
‫‪© BayyinahTV ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ of the following sentences: ‬ﺇإﻋﺮﺍاﺏب‪Exercise 2 Complete the ‬‬

‫‪َ .1‬ﻭو َﻣﺎ ﻋَﻠﱠ ْﻤﻨَﺎﻩهُ ﺍاﻟ ﱢﺸ ْﻌ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺎﻥن ﻓِ ْﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮْ ﺑِ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .2‬ﻭو ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﻳﯾَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ِﻞ ْ ِ‬

‫ﺍاﻹ ْﻳﯾ َﻤ ُ‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦَ ﻟَ َ‬
‫ﻚ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃأًﻟَ ْﻢ ﺃأَﻗُﻞْ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫‪َ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺃأُ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗﺎ ً‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳﯾَﺠْ َﻌﻞْ ﻟَﻪﮫُ ِﻋ َﻮﺟﺎ ً‬
‫‪َ .7‬ﻭو ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَ ْﻔ َﻌﻠُﻮْ ﺍا‬
‫‪َ .8‬ﻭو ﺃأَ ﱠﻥن ﷲَ ﻟَﻴﯿ َ‬

‫ْﺲ ﺑِﻈَ ﱠﻼ ٍﻡم ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺒِ ْﻴﯿ ِﺪ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳﯾَ ْﻠ َﺤﻘُﻮْ ﺍا ﺑِ ِﻬﮭ ْﻢ‬
‫‪ .10‬ﻭو ﻻ ﺗُ ْ‬
‫ﻈﻠَ ُﻤﻮْ ﻥنَ ﻓَﺘِ ْﻴﯿﻼً‬
‫‪َ .11‬ﻣﺎ ﻟَﻪﮫُ ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِﺓة ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺧ َﻼ ٍ‬

‫ﻕق‬
‫‪َ .12‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇإِﻟَ ٍﻪﮫ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲُ‬
‫‪2 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ ْﺳ َﻤﺎ ٌء‬
‫‪َ .14‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﯾَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻭوْ ﻥنَ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲَ‬
‫‪َ .15‬ﻣﺎ ﺃأُ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺭر ْﺯز ٍ‬

‫ﻕق‬
‫‪َ .16‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﮬﮪھَ َﺬﺍا ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ ِﻣ ْﺜﻠُ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫‪ .17‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ﻫﮬﮪھُ َﻮ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﻧَ ِﺬ ْﻳﯾ ٌﺮ ُﻣﺒِﻴﯿ ٌْﻦ‬
‫ﺎﻁط ْﻴﯿ ُﺮ ْﺍاﻷَ ﱠﻭوﻟِ ْﻴﯿﻦَ‬

‫‪ .18‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ َﺳ ِ‬
‫‪َ .19‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺷﻔِﻴﯿ ٍْﻊ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑِﺈِ ْﺫذﻧِ ِﻪﮫ‬
‫‪َ .20‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺩدَﺍاﺑﱠ ِﺔ ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻷَﺭرْ ِ‬

‫ﺽض ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﷲِ ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗُﻬﮭَﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪3 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Exercise 1 Negate the following sentences: ‬‬
‫ْﺠ ِﺪ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .1‬ﺫذﻫﮬﮪھَ ْﺒﻦَ ﺇإِﻟَﻰ ْﺍاﻟ َﻤﺴ ِ‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺃأَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟ َﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﯿﱠﺔَ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .3‬ﺳﻮْ ﻑفَ ﺃأَﺩدﺭرُﺱسُ ﺍاﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِﺴ ْﻴﯿ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬
‫ْﺠ ِﺪ ‪ ‬‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َﺫذﻫﮬﮪھَ ْﺒﻦَ ﺇإِﻟَﻰ ْﺍاﻟ َﻤﺴ ِ‬ ‫َﻻ ﺃأَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟ َﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﯿﱠﺔَ ‪ ‬‬ ‫ُﺱس ﺍاﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِﺴ ْﻴﯿ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬‫ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺃأَ ْﺩدﺭر َ‬
‫ْﺠ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳﯾَ ْﺬﻫﮬﮪھَ ْﺒﻦَ ﺇإﻟﻰ ﺍاﻟ َﻤﺴ ِ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ ﺃأَﺗَ َﻜﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟ َﻌ َﺮﺑِﻴﯿﱠﺔَ‬ ‫ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﺃأَ ْﺩدﺭر ِ‬
‫ُﺱس ﺍاﻟﺘﱠ ْﻔ ِﺴ ْﻴﯿ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪َ .4‬ﺳﻨَﺘَ َﻌﻠﱠ ُﻢ ْﺍاﻟﻘُﺮْ ﺁآﻥنَ ‪ ‬‬ ‫ْﺖ ﺍاﻟﺘَﺠْ ِﻮ ْﻳﯾ َﺪ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .5‬ﺩد َﺭرﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ْﺍاﻻ ِﻣﺘِ َﺤ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻥن ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﻧَ َﺠﺤْ ُ‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻧَﺘَ َﻌﻠﱠ َﻢ ْﺍاﻟﻘُﺮْ ﺁآﻥنَ‬ ‫ْﺖ ﺍاﻟﺘَﺠْ ِﻮ ْﻳﯾ َﺪ ‪ ‬‬ ‫َﻣﺎ َﺩد َﺭرﺳ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺍاﻻ ِﻣﺘِ َﺤ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻥن‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َﻣﺎ ﻧَ َﺠﺤْ ُ‬
‫ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﻧَﺘَ َﻌﻠﱠ ِﻢ ْﺍاﻟﻘُﺮْ ﺁآﻥنَ‬ ‫ﺱس ﺍاﻟﺘَﺠْ ِﻮ ْﻳﯾ َﺪ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺃأَ ْﺩد ُﺭر ِ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ ﺃأَ ْﻧ َﺠﺢْ ﻓِﻲ ْﺍاﻻ ِﻣﺘِ َﺤ ِ‬
‫ﺎﻥن‬
‫‪ of the following sentences: ‬ﺇإﻋﺮﺍاﺏب‪Exercise 2 Complete the ‬‬
‫‪َ .1‬ﻭو َﻣﺎ ﻋَﻠﱠ ْﻤﻨَﺎﻩهُ ﺍاﻟ ﱢﺸ ْﻌ َﺮ ‪ ‬‬

‫َﻣﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻋَﻠﱠ ْﻤﻨَﺎﻩهُ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﺿﻲ )ﻧﺤﻦ( ﻭو ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺍاﻟ ﱢﺸ ْﻌ َﺮ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺎﻥن ﻓِ ْﻲ ﻗُﻠُﻮْ ﺑِ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .2‬ﻭو ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ ﻳﯾَ ْﺪ ُﺧ ِﻞ ْ ِ‬
‫ﻟَ ﱠﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﯾَ ْﺪ ُﺧﻞْ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﺠﺰﻭوﻡم‬
‫ﺎﻥن‪ :‬ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫ِْ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗُﻠُﺒِ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻟَ ْﻦ ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦَ ﻟَ َ‬
‫ﻚ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻦ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻧُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦَ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب )ﻧﺤﻦ(‬
‫ﻚ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻟَ َ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺃأًﻟَ ْﻢ ﺃأَﻗُﻞْ ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ﻟَ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻟَ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺃأَﻗُﻞْ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﺠﺰﻭوﻡم‬
‫)ﺃأﻧﺎ(‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪َ .5‬ﻣﺎ ﺃأ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗﺎ ً ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃأُ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع )ﺃأﻧﺎ(‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗﺎ ً‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳﯾَﺠْ َﻌﻞْ ﻟَﻪﮫُ ِﻋ َﻮﺟﺎ ً ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﯾَﺠْ َﻌﻞْ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﺠﺰﻭوﻡم )ﻫﮬﮪھﻮ(‬
‫ﻟَﻪﮫُ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪4 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ِﻋ َﻮﺟﺎ ً‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب‬

‫‪َ .7‬ﻭو ﻟَ ْﻦ ﺗَ ْﻔ َﻌﻠُﻮْ ﺍا ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻦ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺗَ ْﻔ َﻌﻠُﻮْ ﺍا‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب )ﺃأﻧﺘﻢ(‬
‫ْﺲ ﺑِﻈَ ﱠﻼ ٍﻡم ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺒِ ْﻴﯿ ِﺪ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .8‬ﻭو ﺃأَ ﱠﻥن ﷲَ ﻟَﻴﯿ َ‬
‫ﺇإﻥن ﻭوﺍاﺳﻤﻪﮫ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬ ‫َﻭو ﺃأَ ﱠﻥن ﷲَ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ّ‬
‫ْﺲ ﺑِﻈَ ﱠﻼ ٍﻡم ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺒِ ْﻴﯿ ِﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍاﺳﻤﻴﯿﺔ ﺧﺒﺮ ﺃأ ّﻥن ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻟَﻴﯿ َ‬
‫ْﺲ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬ ‫ﻟَﻴﯿ َ‬
‫ﺑِﻈَ ﱠﻼ ٍﻡم‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭر ﻭو ﻣﺠﺮﻭوﺭر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻟِ ْﻠ َﻌﺒِ ْﻴﯿ ِﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻟَ ْﻢ ﻳﯾَ ْﻠ َﺤﻘُﻮْ ﺍا ﺑِ ِﻬﮭ ْﻢ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟَ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﺣﺮﻑف ﻧﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻳﯾَ ْﻠ َﺤﻘُﻮْ ﺍا‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع ﻣﺠﺰﻭوﻡم )ﻫﮬﮪھﻢ(‬
‫ﺑِ ِﻬﮭ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻈﻠَ ُﻤﻮْ ﻥنَ ﻓَﺘِ ْﻴﯿﻼً ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .10‬ﻭو ﻻ ﺗُ ْ‬
‫ﻻ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﯿﺔ‬
‫ﻈﻠَ ُﻤﻮْ ﻥنَ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع )ﺃأﻧﺘﻢ(‬ ‫ﺗُ ْ‬
‫ﻓَﺘِ ْﻴﯿﻼً‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏب‬
‫‪َ .11‬ﻣﺎ ﻟَﻪﮫُ ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِﺓة ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺧ َﻼ ٍ‬
‫ﻕق ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻟَﻪﮫُ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻵ ِﺧ َﺮ ِﺓة‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻕق‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭر ﻭو ﻣﺠﺮﻭوﺭر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺧ َﻼ ٍ‬
‫‪َ .12‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇإِﻟَ ٍﻪﮫ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲُ ‪ ‬‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺇإِﻟَ ٍﻪﮫ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭر ﻭو ﻣﺠﺮﻭوﺭر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲُ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ .13‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ ْﺳ َﻤﺎ ٌء ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ ْﺳ َﻤﺎ ٌء‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫‪َ .14‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﯾَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻭوْ ﻥنَ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲَ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﯾَ ْﻌﺒُ ُﺪﻭوْ ﻥنَ ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع )ﻫﮬﮪھﻢ(‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﷲَ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪َ .15‬ﻣﺎ ﺃأُ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺭر ْﺯز ٍ‬
‫ﻕق ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃأُ ِﺭر ْﻳﯾ ُﺪ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺭرﻉع )ﺃأﻧﺎ(‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻨﻬﮭُ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻕق‪ :‬ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻝل ﺑﻪﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺭر ْﺯز ٍ‬
‫‪5 ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪َ .16‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﮬﮪھَ َﺬﺍا ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ ِﻣ ْﺜﻠُ ُﻜ ْﻢ ‪ ‬‬

‫َﻣﺎ ﻫﮬﮪھَ َﺬﺍا‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﻴﯿﺔ ﻭوﺍاﺳﻤﻬﮭﺎ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑَ َﺸ ٌﺮ ِﻣ ْﺜﻠُ ُﻜ ْﻢ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ .17‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ﻫﮬﮪھُ َﻮ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﻧَ ِﺬ ْﻳﯾ ٌﺮ ُﻣﺒِﻴﯿ ٌْﻦ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇإِ ْﻥن ﻫﮬﮪھُ َﻮ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﻧَ ِﺬ ْﻳﯾ ٌﺮ ُﻣﺒِﻴﯿ ٌْﻦ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺎﻁط ْﻴﯿ ُﺮ ْﺍاﻷَ ﱠﻭوﻟِ ْﻴﯿﻦَ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪ .18‬ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ َﺳ ِ‬
‫ﺇإِ ْﻥن ِﻫﮬﮪھ َﻲ‪ :‬ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺎﻁط ْﻴﯿ ُﺮ ْﺍاﻷَ ﱠﻭوﻟِ ْﻴﯿﻦَ ‪ :‬ﺧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺃأَ َﺳ ِ‬
‫‪َ .19‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺷﻔِﻴﯿ ٍْﻊ ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑِﺈِ ْﺫذﻧِ ِﻪﮫ ‪ ‬‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺷﻔِﻴﯿ ٍْﻊ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭر ﻭو ﻣﺠﺮﻭوﺭر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ ﺑِﺈِ ْﺫذﻧِ ِﻪﮫ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺽض ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﷲِ ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗُﻬﮭَﺎ ‪ ‬‬ ‫‪َ .20‬ﻣﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺩدَﺍاﺑﱠ ِﺔ ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻷَﺭرْ ِ‬
‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺩدَﺍاﺑﱠ ٍﺔ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺭر ﻭو ﻣﺠﺮﻭوﺭر ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺭرﻓﻊ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺃأ‬
‫ﺽض‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻓِ ْﻲ ْﺍاﻷَﺭرْ ِ‬
‫ﺇإِ ﱠﻻ َﻋﻠَﻰ ﷲِ ِﺭر ْﺯزﻗُﻬﮭَﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺒﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪6 ‬‬
9.5.1-7
9.5.2 NEGATION SENTENCES
- To learn a few new methods of negation
Learning Objectives
- To review methods of negation from previous lessons
Lesson Review
There are 7 ways to negate in Arabic, and we will discuss and review each one in detail.
ْ ْ ٌَ َ
1. ‫جن ِس‬
ِ ‫ – ال نافِية ل ِل‬Absolute Negation
This kind of negation can only occur with an ism that is light and nasb. Additionally, nothing can
come between the ‫ ال‬and its ism.
There is absolutely no one to worship or obey
‫َ َ َا‬ ْ َ ُ َ
except Allah. There is absolutely no man at all in the house.
‫ال إَِل إال اهلل‬ ِ ‫ال رجل يف ابلَي‬

‫ت‬
‫خرب‬ ‫مبتدأ‬ ‫خرب‬ ‫مبتدأ‬
ْ ْ ِّ ‫ال إ ْك َراهَ يف‬

There is no doubt whatsoever in it. There is no forcing in the religion whatsoever.
‫ال َري َب فِي ِه‬ ‫ين‬

ِ ‫ادل‬ ِ
‫خرب‬ ‫مبتدأ‬ ‫خرب‬ ‫مبتدأ‬
NOTE: A ‫ مجلة اسمية‬that contains a ‫ ال نافية للجنس‬usually does not have a straightforward ‫خرب‬
that is ‫رفع‬. In fact most of the time, they come with ‫متعلق باخلرب‬. So in the examples above, we
can label the ‫ جار جمرور‬as ‫ متعلق باخلرب‬or as ‫ خرب‬instead.
2. Negating a ‫ مجلة اسمية‬using ‫ ما‬and ‫ليس‬

We covered this kind of negation before in great detail, so this will be a quick review. Recall
that there are 4 ways of negating a ‫مجلة اسمية‬. We can do one of two things with the ‫مبتدأ‬, and
we can do one of two things with the ‫خرب‬. If there is no ‫ خرب‬in a sentence (like in the second
example), then just the two ‫ مبتدأ‬options exist.
1
© BayyinahTV
Let’s look at two examples and negate them in as many ways as possible:
ٌ ِّ َ َ ُ َ َ ‫مبتدأ‬
‫أنا متحمس‬
I am excited Add ‫ليس‬ Add ‫ما‬
ً ِّ َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ ً ِّ َ َ ُ َ َ َ
Make ‫نصب‬ ‫لست متحمسا‬ ‫ما أنا متحمسا‬
‫خرب‬
ِّ َ َ ُ ُ ْ ِّ َ َ ُ َ َ َ
Add ‫ب‬ ‫ل ِست بِمتحمس‬ ‫ما أنا بِمتحمس‬
ََْ ََ ‫مبتدأ‬
‫أنا يف المعه ِد‬
I am at the institute Add ‫ليس‬ Add ‫ما‬
ََْ ُ َْ ََْ ََ َ
Make ‫نصب‬ ‫لست يف المعه ِد‬ ‫ما أنا يف المعه ِد‬
‫خرب‬
Add ‫ب‬ - -
3. Past Tense Negation
There are two ways to negate with a past tense meaning: ‫ ما‬and ‫لم‬. ‫ ما‬goes with ‫فعل مايض‬, and
َ
‫ ل ْم‬goes with ‫فعل مضارع‬. Both produce the meaning of “did not”. Here are a few examples:
َ َ ‫َو‬
ُ‫ يَ ِل‬- ‫دل‬ ُ‫ ُي اعلِّم‬- ‫َعلَّ َم‬ َ َ َ‫ن‬
ُ ُ ‫ َي ْن‬- ‫َص‬
‫َص‬
ْ‫ل َ ْم يَل‬
ِ َ‫ما َو َدل‬ ْ‫ل َ ْم ُي َعلِّم‬ َ‫ما َعلَّم‬ ْ‫ل َ ْم َي ْن َُص‬ َ َ َ‫ما ن‬
‫َص‬
َُ َْ َْ
You all didn’t know
ُْ َ ُ َُ َْ
They didn’t say
ُ َ َ
ْ ُ ْ َْ
I studied
ُ ْ َ
‫لم تعلموا‬ ‫ما علِمت ْم‬ ‫لم يقولوا‬ ‫ما قالوا‬ ‫ما د َرست لم أدرس‬
Both ‫ ما‬and ‫ لم‬are used in the same way with sentences containing ‫اكن‬. For example, to negate
the sentence ‫اكن طابلًا‬, which means “He was a student”, we can say:
ً‫ابلا‬ َ ً َ ْ ُ َ َْ
ِ ‫ ما اكن ط‬or ‫ابلا‬
ِ ‫لم يكن ط‬
2
© BayyinahTV
َْ
Here is a quick review of how the harf ‫ لم‬affects the different conjugations of ‫يكون‬:
ُ ُ َ
ُ ُ َ َْ َ ُ َ َْ ْ ُ َ َْ
‫لم يكونوا‬ ‫هم‬ ‫لم يكونا‬ ‫هما‬ ‫لم يكن‬ ‫هو‬
َّ ُ َ ْ َ ‫ا‬ َ ُ َ َْ ْ ُ َ َْ
‫لم يكن‬ ‫هن‬ ‫لم تكونا‬ ‫هما‬ ‫لم تكن‬ ‫يه‬
ُ ُ َ َْ َ ُ َ َْ ْ ُ َ َْ َ
‫لم تكونوا‬ ‫أنتم‬ ‫لم تكونا‬ ‫أنتما‬ ‫لم تكن‬ ‫أنت‬
َّ ُ َ ْ َ ‫ا‬ َ ُ َ َْ ُ َ َْ
‫لم تكن‬ ‫أنت‬ ‫لم تكونا‬ ‫أنتما‬ ‫ون‬
ِ ‫ل م تك‬ ‫أنت‬
ِ
ْ ُ َ َْ ْ ُ َ َْ
‫لم نكن‬ ‫حنن‬ ‫لم أكن‬ ‫أنا‬
4. Present Tense Negation
Present tense ‫ أفعال‬are negated with either ‫ ال‬or ‫ما‬.
For example, the negative form of “he studies” could be:
ُ َْ ُ َْ
‫ ما يد ُرس‬or ‫ال يد ُرس‬
NOTE: There is a difference in meaning between the two.
‫ال‬ ‫ما‬
 ‫ ال‬is used to respond to a question.  ‫ ما‬is used to refute someone and to
 For example: Is there a man in the house? correct a false statement.
No, there is not.  For example: There is a man in the house.
 In the Quran, Allah used ‫ ال‬when No! There is NOT a man in the house.
addressing people who do not know or  In the Quran, Allah used ‫ ما‬when
who are curious to know. addressing people who make false claims
or who think incorrect things.
5. Future Tense Negation
There are two ways to negate with a future tense meaning, and both produce different
ْ َ َّ َ
meanings. You can either use ‫ لن‬which means “will not” or ‫ لما‬which means “has not yet”.
َ ُ َْ ْ َ ْ َ
He will study becomes ‫لن يدرس‬, or “he will not study”. Notice that the harf ‫ لن‬makes its ‫فعل‬
َّ َ
light. In order to say “he has not studied yet”, we use the harf ‫لما‬, which will make its ‫فعل‬
ْ ُ ْ َ َّ َ
lightest. The result is ‫لما يدرس‬.
3
© BayyinahTV
So far, we have studied how to negate ‫ مجلة اسمية‬as well as ‫ مجلة فعلية‬in the past, present, and
future tenses. Below is a summary of all the ‫ مجلة فعلية‬negations:

ْ َْ َ
َ َ ‫ل ْم يد ُرس‬
‫د َرس‬
He did not study.
َ َ
Past
‫ما د َرس‬
He Studied
No! He did not study.
ُ َْ
ُ َْ ‫ال يد ُرس‬
‫يد ُرس‬
He does not study.
Present
ُ َْ
‫ما يد ُرس‬
He Studies
No! He does not study.
َ َْ ْ َ
ُ َْ َ ‫لن يد ُرس‬
‫سيد ُرس‬
He will not study.
Future
He Will Study ْ ُ ْ َ َّ َ
He has not studied yet. ‫لما يدرس‬
‫ا‬
6. ‫ – ما إال‬Nothing But
This type of negation produces a meaning of “nothing but”. For example, instead of saying “I
am a student”, one could emphasize it more by saying, “I am nothing but a student”. We do this
‫ا‬
simply by adding ‫ ما‬to the ‫ مبتدأ‬and ‫ إال‬to the ‫خرب‬. The status of the ‫ مبتدأ‬and ‫ خرب‬do not
change.
ٌ‫ير ُمبي‬ ٌ ‫أنا نَ ِذ‬ ٌ‫ير ُمبي‬ ٌ ‫ما أنا اإال نَ ِذ‬
ِ ِ I am nothing but a clear warner
‫ش‬ ٌ َ َ ‫أنتم ب‬ ٌ‫ما أنتم اإال ب َ َش‬ You all are nothing but human beings.
ً ْ ُ ً ْ ُ ‫ا‬
‫اكن مسلِما‬ ‫ما اكن إال مسلِما‬ He was nothing but a Muslim.
َ ُّ ُ َ َ ُّ ُ َ ‫ا‬
‫هم يظنون‬ ‫ما هم إال يظنون‬ They make nothing but assumptions.
‫ْ ا‬
‫ – إن إال‬Nothing But!
‫ا‬
This works the same way as the ‫ ما إال‬combination, but it holds a more emphasized meaning.
َ ُ ُ َ َ ُْ ‫ْ ََ ُ ا‬
‫د َرسوا الق ْرآن‬ ‫إن درسوا إال القرآن‬ They studied nothing but Quran!
4
© BayyinahTV
ْ
7. ‫ – ما مِن‬Not a Single
ْ َ َ ْ
The last kind of negation uses a special kind of ‫ مِن‬called ‫ مِن زائ ِدة‬in an already negative
sentence to produce the meaning of “not a single…” For example:
ٌ ُ َ َ
‫ما ذه َب َرجل‬
A man did not go.
ْ
When we add the ‫ مِن زائدة‬in front of the ism we are negating, we get:
ُ ْ َ َ
‫ما ذه َب مِن َرجل‬
Not a single man went.
ْ
Finally, let’s do the ‫ إعراب‬of this sentence which has the ‫ ما مِن‬construction:
 ‫ما نافية – ما‬

َ َ
 ‫فعل مايض – ذه َب‬
ُ ‫ََا‬
 ‫فاعل يف َمل رفع – من َرجل‬
ُ َ
The ‫ من‬+ ‫ رجل‬is a ‫ جار جمرور‬that acts as the ‫ فاعل‬of ‫ذهب‬. Because ‫فاعل‬s are ‫ رفع‬in status, the
ُ َ ْ
fragment ‫ مِن رجل‬is labeled as ‫يف َمل رفع‬.
Here are two more complex examples:

ُ ‫ما من هلإ إال‬ ْ
‫اهلل‬ ‫ما هلم به مِن علم‬
‫ما – ما نافية‬ ‫ما – ما نافية‬
‫ا‬
‫من هلإ – مبتدأ جار جمرور يف َمل رفع‬ ‫هلم – متعلق باخلرب مقدم‬
ُ ‫اإال‬
‫ خرب‬- ‫اهلل‬
‫ا‬
‫به – متعلق باخلرب مقدم‬
ْ
‫مِن علم – مبتدأ جار جمرور يف َمل رفع‬
5
© BayyinahTV
9.6.1 MAF’OOL HAAL
‫ه‬
- To review all five types of ‫مفعول‬
Learning Objectives ‫ه‬
- To understand how translate a ‫مفعولَحال‬
‫ه‬
- To learn the roles of a ‫مفعولَحال‬
Lesson Review
Review of ‫( مَفَاعَيَل‬plural of ‫)مفعول‬

We learned that there are five types of ‫مفعول‬, which are:
 َ‫ – مفعولَبَه‬answers the question of “what/who”
 ‫ – مفعولَفيه‬answers the question of “when/where”

‫مفعولَل ه‬
َ – answers the question of “why”
 ‫ – مفعولَحال‬answers the question of “how”
‫ه‬
 ‫مفعولَمطَلَق‬
َ – we’ll get to it!
ّ
Remember that all ‫ مفاعيل‬must be ‫ نصب‬or ‫يفَحملَنصب‬. In this lesson, we will be taking a closer
look at ‫مفعولَحال‬.
‫مفعولَحال‬
A ‫ مفعولَحال‬tells us how something happened. It can be translated with an “as”, “while”, or a
word ending in “-ing”, depending on how it occurs in the sentence. Mostly, ‫ مفعولَحال‬appears
as an ‫اسمَفاعل‬. For example:
ِ ‫ه ه‬
َ‫قومواَّلِلَقانتي‬
Stand for Allah humbly.
‫ه ه‬ ‫ه‬
َ‫جاءكَالمؤمناتَمهاجرات‬
The believing women came to you migrating
Notice that the ‫ مفعولَحال‬in both these examples are plural. This is because the ‫مفعولَحال‬
follows the word it describes in number and gender.
1
© BayyinahTV
A ‫َحال‬can also be an entire sentence, which occurs commonly in the Quran.
‫ه ه‬
‫َحرمَه‬ َّ ‫هه‬
‫وََلَتقتلواَالصيدَوَأنتم‬
A sentence that starts with ‫ و‬and a detached pronoun like ‫ أنتم‬is most likely a ‫ حال‬sentence.
The sentence above translates as “And do not kill animals that are hunted while you are in
‫ه‬ ‫ه‬ ّ
ihram.” In ‫إعراب‬, we would label “َ‫ ”وَأنتمَح هرم‬as a ‫مجلةَحايلةَيفَحملَنصب‬.
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪Exercise 1 Identify the type of detail in each of the examples below:‬‬

‫ً‬
‫‪ .1‬فوجداَعبدا‬
‫‪ .2‬خرقها‬
‫‪ .3‬بلغَمغربَالشمسَ‬
‫ه ه‬
‫‪ .4‬رفعناَفوقكمَالطورَ َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ه‬
‫عَ‬
‫‪ .5‬وجعلناَبينهماَزر َ‬
‫ًّ‬ ‫‪ .6‬آتيناهه ه‬
‫َاحلكمَصبيا َ‬
‫ه‬
‫‪ .7‬خلقناكمَ َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َّ َّ‬
‫‪ .8‬زيناَالسماءَحفظاَ‬
‫َّ ه ه ً‬
‫َلَ‬
‫أعتدناَجهنمَنز َ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ه َّ ً‬
‫‪ .11‬خ ُّرواَسجداَ‬
‫‪ and highlight the word it is describing:‬مفعولَحال ‪Exercise 2 Underline the‬‬

‫ً َّ َّ ً‬ ‫ٰ ِ‬ ‫َّ ه‬ ‫ه ه‬ ‫َّ ه‬
‫َلَربكَ راضي َة مرضيةَ‬‫‪ .1‬ياَأيتهاَانلَّفسَالمطمئنةَارجِعَإ‬
‫ه‬ ‫ً ه‬ ‫ه َّ‬
‫‪ .2‬فَلََتعلواَللـهَأنداداَوأنتمَتعلمونَ‬
‫ه ً‬ ‫َّ‬
‫سوََلَ‬
‫لناسََرَ َ‬
‫‪ .3‬وَأَرَسَلَنَاكَََل َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ه‬
‫تَصَوَ َتاَوَأَنَاَأَمَشََ‬
‫‪ .4‬سَمَعَ َ‬
‫ه‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ه َّ ه‬
‫‪ .5‬ث َّمَاَّتذت همَالعجلَمنَبعدهَوأنتمَظالمونََ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪Exercise 1 Identify the type of detail in each of the examples below:‬‬

‫ً‬
‫‪ .1‬مفعولَبهَ‬ ‫‪ .1‬فوجداَعبدا‬
‫‪ .2‬مفعولَبهَ‬ ‫‪ .2‬خرقها‬
‫‪ .3‬مفعولَفيهَ‬ ‫‪ .3‬بلغَمغربَالشمسَ‬
‫ه ه‬
‫‪ .4‬مفعولَفيهَ‬ ‫‪ .4‬رفعناَفوقكمَالطورَ َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ه‬
‫‪ .5‬مفعولَفيهَ‬ ‫عَ‬
‫‪ .5‬وجعلناَبينهماَزر َ‬
‫ًّ‬ ‫‪ .6‬آتيناهه ه‬
‫‪ .6‬مفعولَبهَ‬ ‫َاحلكمَصبيا َ‬
‫ه‬
‫‪ .7‬مفعولَبهَ‬ ‫‪ .7‬خلقناكمَ َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َّ َّ‬
‫‪ .8‬مفعولَلَ‬ ‫‪ .8‬زيناَالسماءَحفظاَ‬
‫َّ ه ه ً‬
‫مفعولَبهَ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬ ‫َلَ‬
‫أعتدناَجهنمَنز َ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ه َّ ً‬
‫‪ .11‬مفعولَحالَ‬ ‫‪ .11‬خ ُّرواَسجداَ‬
‫‪ and highlight the word it is describing:‬مفعولَحال ‪Exercise 2 Underline the‬‬

‫ً َّ َّ ً‬ ‫ٰ ِ‬ ‫َّ ه‬ ‫َّ ه ه‬ ‫َّ ه‬
‫َلَربكَ راضي َة مرضيةَ‬‫سَالمطمئنةَارجِعَإ‬
‫‪ .6‬ياَأيتهاَانلف َ‬
‫ه‬ ‫ً ه‬ ‫ه َّ‬
‫‪ .7‬فَلََتعلواَللـهَأنداداَوأنتمَتعلمونَ‬
‫ه ً‬ ‫َّ‬
‫سوََلَ‬
‫لناسََرَ َ‬
‫‪ .8‬وَأَرَسَلَنَاكَََل َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ه‬
‫تَصَوَ َتاَوَأَنَاَأَمَشََ‬
‫‪ .9‬سَمَعَ َ‬
‫ه‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ه َّ ه‬
‫‪ .11‬ث َّمَاَّتذت هَمَالعجلَمنَبعدهَوأنتمَظالمونََ‬
‫‪4‬‬
9.7.1 TAMYEEZ
ِ ‫اِ ْسم ت َ ْف‬
- To understand the role that ‫ ت َ ْم ِي ْيز‬plays when used with an ‫ض ْيل‬
Learning Objectives - To memorize the conditions of ‫تمييز‬
Lesson Review
Up to this point, we have learned that there are five fragments. Let’s do a quick review:
 ‫مضاف و مضاف إليه‬
 ‫جار و جار مجرور‬
 ‫موصوف و صفة‬
 ‫اسم إشارة و مشار إليه‬
 ‫ حرف نصب‬and its victim
Now we learn that there is a sixth fragment is called ‫ت َْميِيْز‬.
‫ ت َْميِيْز‬means distinction or to distinguish something. In grammar, it is an ism that is used to

specify comparative nouns. A comparative noun is a word like “better” or “more”, and a
superlative noun is a word like “best” or “most”. Sometimes when a comparative is used, it is
unclear what exactly is being compared. For example, we could say “Ahmad is more”, but we
don’t know what specifically he is more of or in. This sentence needs a specifier! This is where
‫ تمييز‬comes in, by qualifying or specifying the comparative. So we would say that “Ahmad is
more in terms of wealth”. In Arabic, this would look like:
ً ‫أحمد أَ ْكثَ ُر‬

‫مال‬
‫ تمييز‬is usually translated as “in terms of”. Additionally, the ‫ اسم تفضيل‬and its ‫ تمييز‬do not have
to be next to each other. For something to be ‫تمييز‬, it must meet three conditions. It must be
‫نصب‬, common, and singular.
NOTE: ‫ شَر‬and ‫خيْر‬ َ are considered comparatives even though they do not fit the usual pattern
َ is translated as “better” and ‫ شَر‬as “worse”.
of ‫أكثر‬. ‫خيْر‬
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪ in each of the ayaat below:‬ت َ ْميِيز ‪ and highlight the‬اسم تَ ْف ِ‬

‫ضيل ‪Underline the‬‬
‫ع ْقبا ً‬
‫‪ُ .1‬ه َو َخيْر ث َ َوابا ً َو َخيْر ُ‬
‫‪ .2‬أَنَا أ َ ْكث َ ُر ِم ْنكَ َمالً َو َولَدا ً‬
‫‪َ .3‬و ْالبَاقِيَاتُ ال َّ‬

‫صا ِل َحاتُ َخيْر ِع ْندَ َربِكَ ث َ َوابا ً َو َخيْر أ َ َملً‬
‫‪ .4‬فَأ َ َر ْدنَا أ َ ْن يُ ْب ِدلَ ُه َما َربُّ َه َما َخيْرا ً ِم ْنهُ زَ َكاة ً َو أ َ ْق َر َ‬

‫ب ُرحْ ما ً‬
‫شدُّ َبأْسا ً َو أ َ َ‬
‫شدُّ ت َ ْن ِك ْيلً‬ ‫‪َ .5‬و هللاُ أ َ َ‬
‫ص ْبغَةً‬ ‫‪َ .6‬و َم ْن أَحْ َ‬

‫س ُن ِمنَ هللاِ ِ‬
‫‪َ .7‬و َم ْن أَحْ َ‬

‫س ُن ِديْنا ً‬

‫س ُن ِمنَ هللاِ ُح ْكما ً‬
‫س ِب ْيلً‬ ‫َم ْن أ َ َ‬
‫ض ُّل َ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ع ْقبا ً‬
‫‪ُ .1‬ه َو َخيْر ث َ َوابا ً َو َخيْر ُ‬
‫‪ .2‬أَنَا أ َ ْكث َ ُر ِم ْنكَ َمالً َو َولَدا ً‬
‫‪َ .3‬و ْالبَاقِيَاتُ ال َّ‬

‫صا ِل َحاتُ َخيْر ِع ْندَ َربِكَ ث َ َوابا ً َو َخيْر أ َ َملً‬
‫‪ .4‬فَأ َ َر ْدنَا أ َ ْن يُ ْب ِدلَ ُه َما َربُّ َه َما َخيْرا ً ِم ْنهُ زَ َكاة ً َو أ َ ْق َر َ‬

‫ب ُرحْ ما ً‬
‫شدُّ بَأْسا ً َو أ َ َ‬
‫شدُّ ت َ ْن ِك ْيلً‬ ‫‪َ .5‬و هللاُ أ َ َ‬
‫ص ْبغَةً‬ ‫‪َ .6‬و َم ْن أَحْ َ‬

‫س ُن ِمنَ هللاِ ِ‬

‫س ُن ِديْنا ً‬

‫س ُن ِمنَ هللاِ ُح ْكما ً‬
‫سبِ ْيلً‬ ‫‪َ .9‬م ْن أ َ َ‬

‫ض ُّل َ‬
‫‪3‬‬
9.8.1 ISM TAFDEEL AND ADVANCED SPECIAL M UDAFS
- To memorize the three ways to make an ‫ض ْيل‬ ِ ‫ اِ ْسم ت َ ْف‬into a ‫مضاف‬
Learning Objectives - To learn how to use ‫ ِم ْن‬with an ‫اسم تفضيل‬
- To learn the meaning of ‫ كل‬and ‫ بعض‬when they do not appear as ‫ضاف‬ َ ‫م‬
Lesson Review
ِ ‫ اِسْم ت َ ْف‬in Arabic. When ‫ ال‬is added to a comparative, it becomes a

Comparatives are called ‫ضيْل‬
superlative. For example:
‫أَ ْكبَر‬ ‫األ َ ْكبَر‬
bigger the biggest
ْ َ‫أ‬
‫صغَر‬ ْ َ ‫األ‬
‫صغَر‬
smaller the smallest
A comparative can also be made into a superlative by using it as a ‫مضاف‬. An ‫ اسم تفضيل‬as a
‫ مضاف‬can take three forms.
Explanation Translation Example
‫ الكتاب‬is singular and proper The best part of the book ِ ‫سن ال ِكتَا‬
‫ب‬ َ ‫أَ ْح‬
‫ الكتب‬is plural and proper The best of the books ‫ب‬
ِ ‫سن الكت‬ َ ‫أَ ْح‬
‫ كتاب‬is singular and common The best book ‫سن ِكتَاب‬ َ ‫أَ ْح‬
Using ْ‫ ِمن‬with ‫اِسمْتَف ِضيل‬
To construct phrases like “more than” or “bigger than”, we simply combine the ‫ اسم تفضيل‬with
‫ ِمن‬. For example:
َ ‫عبْد هللاِ أَ ْح‬
‫سن ِم ْنه ْم‬ َ ‫أَنَا َخي ٌْر ِم ْنه‬ ‫أَ ْكبَر ِمنِي‬
Abdullah is better than them. I am better than him. bigger than me
Advanced Special Mudafs
َ ‫ ت َ ْح‬and َ‫فَ ْوق‬,
We learned previously that these three words are special mudafs; that is, like ‫ت‬
َ are
they were on the list of words that will always be a mudaf. However, ‫كل‬, ‫ َب ْعض‬, and ‫غيْر‬
exceptions to that list. They do not always have to be a mudaf, and they can even hold a
tanween and appear heavy. The three words will have slightly different meanings:
1
© BayyinahTV
َ – other than
‫غيْر‬ ‫ – َب ْعض‬some ‫ – كل‬all, every, or the
َ – depends on its ‫ض‬
‫غي ٌْر‬ ٌ ‫ – بَ ْع‬some things or whole
use some people ‫ – كل‬everything or
everyone
When ‫ كل‬is used as a ‫مضاف‬, it can take different meanings.

Explanation Translation Example
‫ يوم‬is singular and common Each and every day ‫كل َي ْوم‬
‫ اليوم‬is singular and proper The whole day ‫كل اليَ ْو ِم‬
‫ األيام‬is plural and proper All of the days ‫كل األَي ِام‬
2
© BayyinahTV
Drills
New Vocabulary:
ْ‫أ َق َرب‬ ْ‫أ َ َخ َوات‬ ْ‫ِحزب‬ ْ‫أَنفَع‬ َ ‫أَح‬

ْ‫سن‬
Closer Sisters Group More beneficial Better
ْ‫فَضل‬ ‫ع َْد‬
َ ‫َو‬ ْ‫أَهل‬ َ ‫أَح‬
‫صى‬ ْ‫ع َمل‬
َ
Better at
Advantage He promised Family Work
counting
‫أَكث َ ْر‬ ْ‫يَط َمع‬ َ ‫أَو‬

ْ‫سع‬ ْ‫أَظلَم‬ ْ‫َمدِينَة‬
More He hopes Wider More wrong City
ْ‫تَن ِكيل‬
‫أَق َوى‬ ْ‫اِم ِرئ‬ ْ‫بيوت‬ To make an
example out of
َ َ‫ق‬
ْ‫صص‬
Stronger Person Houses Stories
someone
(punish them)
ْ‫بَنَات‬ ‫أَزكَى‬ ْ‫أَو ََلد‬ ‫أَذكَى‬ ْ‫أَج َمل‬

Girls More pure Children More smart More beautiful
ْ‫سن‬
ِ ْ‫ََل ِعب‬ َ ‫َخ َر‬
ْ‫ج‬ ْ‫َموجود‬
Present/
Age Playing He left
available
3
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Translate each of the following by using the new vocabulary in the table above:‬‬
‫ع َملا‬ ‫‪ .1‬أَيه ْم أَحْ َ‬

‫سن َ‬
‫‪ .2‬كل الرس ِل‬
‫‪ِ .3‬لك ِل َرس ْول ِكتَابٌ‬
‫‪َ .4‬رأَيْت َك َّل ْالم ِد ْينَ ِة‬
‫ص‬ ‫سن ْالقَ َ‬

‫ص ِ‬ ‫‪ .5‬أَحْ َ‬
‫‪ .6‬أَجْ َمل َولَد‬
‫ْس ْاأل ْست َاذ َم ْوج ْودا ا لَ ِك َّن َ‬

‫غي َْره َم ْوج ْود‬ ‫‪ .7‬لَي َ‬
‫‪َ .8‬هذَا أ َ ْنفَع ْالكت ِ‬

‫ب‬
‫‪َ .9‬هذَا ْال ِكت َاب ِم ْن أ َ ْنفَعِ ْالكت ِ‬

‫ب‬
‫‪َ .10‬م ْن أ َ ْ‬
‫ظلَم ِم ْنه ْم‬
‫‪َ .11‬خيْرك ْم َخيْرك ْم ِأل َ ْه ِل ِه‬
‫‪ .12‬ه َو أَحْ َ‬
‫سن الط َّل ِ‬
‫ب‬
‫‪ .13‬أَجْ َمل ْالبَنَا ِ‬

‫ت أ َ ْذ َكاه َّن‬
‫غيْر َولَدِكَ‬
‫‪ .14‬خ ََر َج َ‬
‫‪ .15‬أَي ْال ِح ْزبَي ِْن أَحْ َ‬

‫صى‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .16‬أَيك َما أ َ ْك َبر‬
‫ت أ َ ْو َ‬
‫سع‬ ‫‪ .17‬أَي البي ْو ِ‬
‫‪َ .18‬ب ْعض ْاأل َ ْو ََل ِد ََل ِعب ْونَ‬
‫‪ .19‬بَ ْعض ْاألَخ ََوا ِ‬

‫ت َيدْرسْنَ‬
‫‪ .20‬ك ال َو َ‬
‫عدَ هللا الح ْسنَى‬
‫‪ .21‬يَ ْ‬
‫ط َمع كل ْام ِرئ ِم ْنه ْم‬
‫‪ .22‬ذَلِكَ أ َ ْز َكى ِل ْلقَ ْل ِ‬

‫ب‬
‫ب‬ ‫ِي ِم ْن أَحْ َ‬

‫س ِن الط َّل ِ‬ ‫‪ .23‬ه َ‬
‫‪ .24‬ه ْم أ َ ْكثَر ِم ْنك ْم ِسناا‬
‫‪ .25‬أ َ ْنت ْم أ َ ْكثَر ِمنَّا ِع ْلما ا‬
‫ص َحابَةَ أ َ ْق َرب ِإلَى هللاِ ِم ْن َ‬

‫غي ِْر ِه ْم‬ ‫‪َ .26‬كانَ ال َّ‬
‫‪ .27‬أوَلَئِكَ أ َ ْكثَر فَ ْ‬
‫ضلا‬
‫‪ .28‬ح ْسنَى أ َ ْك َبر أ َ ْو ََل ِد ْ‬

‫ي‬
‫ِي لَ ِكنَّ َهاأ َ ْق َواه ْم‬

‫صغَر أ َ ْو ََلد ْ‬
‫ان أ َ ْ‬
‫‪ .29‬إِ ْي َم ٌ‬
‫‪ .30‬هللا أَشَد ت َ ْن ِك ْيلا‬
‫‪5‬‬
6
© BayyinahTV
Answer Key
Which of them is better at work? ‫ع َملا‬ َ ‫ أَيه ْم أ َ ْح‬.1

َ ‫سن‬
All of the messengers ‫ كل الرس ِل‬.2
Every messenger has a book. ٌ َ ‫ ِلك ِل َرس ْول ِكت‬.3

‫اب‬
I saw all of the city. ‫ َرأَيْت َك َّل ْالم ِد ْينَ ِة‬.4
The best of the stories ‫ص‬ َ َ‫سن ْالق‬

ِ ‫ص‬ َ ‫ أ َ ْح‬.5
The most beautiful child ‫ أ َ ْج َمل َولَد‬.6
The teacher is not present; however, َ ‫ْس ْاأل ْستَاذ َم ْوج ْودا ا لَ ِك َّن‬
‫غي َْره َم ْوج ْود‬ َ ‫ لَي‬.7
someone other than him is present.
This is the most beneficial of the books. ِ ‫ َهذَا أ َ ْنفَع ْالكت‬.8

‫ب‬
This book is among the most beneficial ِ ‫ َهذَا ْال ِكتَاب ِم ْن أ َ ْنفَعِ ْالكت‬.9
‫ب‬
of the books.
Who is more wrong than them? ْ َ ‫ َم ْن أ‬.10

‫ظلَم ِم ْنه ْم‬
The best of you is the best of you to his ‫ َخيْرك ْم َخيْرك ْم ِأل َ ْه ِل ِه‬.11
family.
He is the best of the students. ‫ب‬ َ ‫ ه َو أ َ ْح‬.12

ِ ‫سن الط َّل‬
7
© BayyinahTV
The prettiest of the girls is the smartest ِ ‫ أ َ ْج َمل ْال َبنَا‬.13
‫ت أ َ ْذ َكاه َّن‬
of them.
Someone other than your boy left. َ ‫ خ ََر َج َغيْر َولَد‬.14

‫ِك‬
Which of the two groups is better at َ ‫ أَي ْال ِح ْزبَي ِْن أ َ ْح‬.15
‫صى‬
counting?
Which one of you is bigger? ‫ أَيك َما أ َ ْك َبر‬.16
Which of the houses is wider? َ ‫ت أَ ْو‬

‫سع‬ ِ ‫ أَي البي ْو‬.17
Some of the children are playing. َ‫ بَ ْعض ْاأل َ ْو ََل ِد ََل ِعب ْون‬.18
Some of the sisters are studying. ِ ‫ بَ ْعض ْاألَخ ََوا‬.19

َ‫ت يَدْرسْن‬
(To) Everyone, Allah promised the best. َ ‫ ك ال َو‬.20

‫عدَ هللا الح ْسنَى‬
Every person from them hopes. ْ ‫ َي‬.21

‫ط َمع كل ْام ِرئ ِم ْنه ْم‬
That is purer for the heart ِ ‫ ذَ ِل َك أ َ ْز َكى ِل ْلقَ ْل‬.22

‫ب‬
She is from the best of the students. ‫ب‬ َ ‫ي ِم ْن أ َ ْح‬

ِ ‫س ِن الط َّل‬ َ ‫ ِه‬.23
They are bigger than you all in age. ‫ ه ْم أ َ ْكثَر ِم ْنك ْم ِسناا‬.24
You all are more than us in knowledge. ‫ أ َ ْنت ْم أ َ ْكثَر ِمنَّا ِع ْلما ا‬.25
The companions were closer to Allah ‫ص َحا َبةَ أ َ ْق َرب ِإلَى هللاِ ِم ْن َغي ِْر ِه ْم‬
َّ ‫ َكانَ ال‬.26
than others.
8
© BayyinahTV
Those people are more at an ْ َ‫ أوَلَئِ َك أ َ ْكثَر ف‬.27
‫ضلا‬
advantage.
Husna is the biggest of my children. ْ ‫ ح ْسنَى أ َ ْك َبر أ َ ْو ََلد‬.28

‫ِي‬
Imaan is the smallest of my children; ‫ِي َل ِكنَّ َهاأ َ ْق َواه ْم‬

ْ ‫صغَر أ َ ْو ََلد‬
ْ َ ‫ان أ‬
ٌ ‫ إِ ْي َم‬.29
however, she is the strongest of them.
Allah is more severe in making an ‫ هللا أَشَد تَ ْن ِك ْيلا‬.30

example out of someone
9
© BayyinahTV
10.1.1 INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED SENTENCES (PART 1)
- To review the different places that ‫ رفع‬is used
Learning Objectives - To understand how and when a fi’l can be a ‫صفة‬
Lesson Review
Before continuing into some more complex subjects in grammar, let’s return briefly back to the
basics and take a look at the big picture of status. First of all, where is ‫رفع‬used?
1. Doer – ‫حسْنى‬ ْ ‫س‬
ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫دَ َر‬
2. Mubtada – ‫أكبر‬
ُ ُ‫هللا‬
3. Khabr – ‫أكبر‬
ُ ُ‫( هللا‬unless ‫ كان‬makes the khabr nasb)
ُ ِ‫قُتِ َل – )نَائ‬
4. Doer in a passive fi’l (‫ب الفاعل‬
5. The follower of ‫ رفع‬is ‫رفع‬
In these instances, the ‫ رفع‬status is always describing an ism, and we can tell the status is ‫رفع‬
by its ending sound or ending combination. In more advanced sentences, that will not
necessarily be the case. For example:
َ‫طفَا ُل يَ ْل َعبُ ْون‬

ْ َ ‫ – األ‬The kids are playing.
ْ َ ‫ األ‬is the mubtada, and َ‫ يَ ْل َعبُ ْون‬is the khabr. Even though ‫ يلعبون‬is a fi’l, not an ism like usual,
‫طفَا ُل‬
it is still the khabr. So we would call it ‫محل رفع‬ ِ ‫في‬. In fact, any place of ‫ رفع‬where a fi’l is used
instead of an ism will be ‫في محل رفع‬
Here’s another example:

‫َر ُح ٌل نَائِ ٌم‬
This is a ‫موصوف صفة‬, which translates as “a sleeping man”.
Now what happens when the fi’l ‫ يَنا ُم‬is used in the same place?
‫َر ُح ٌل يَنا ُم‬
It’s still a ‫موصوف صفة‬, but a type that only works when the ‫ موصوف‬is common and is
followed by a fi’l.
Everything is supposed to match in a ‫موصوف صفة‬, so we’ll say that ‫ يَنام‬is a ‫فعل مضارع في محل‬
‫رفع‬. The same thing would happen if the ‫ موصوف‬is ‫ نصب‬or ‫جر‬, and the only thing that would
change is ‫ في محل نصب‬or ‫في محل جر‬.
1
© BayyinahTV
Note that there is a slight difference in meaning between the two fragments. As we said
previously, ‫ رج ٌل نائ ٌم‬means “a sleeping man.” ‫ رج ٌل َينا ُم‬has two possible meanings: “a man who
sleeps” and “a man trying to sleep”.
Look at a few more examples:
َ‫ِلقَ ْو ٍم َي ْع ِقلُ ْون‬ َ‫ِلقَ ْو ٍم عاقِ ِليْن‬

for a nation that thinks OR for a thinking nation
for a nation that tries to think
َ ُ‫َر ُج ٌل ي‬
‫ص ِل ْي‬ َ ُ‫الر ُج ُل الذي ي‬
‫ص ِل ْي‬ َّ
a man who prays the man who prays
‫ُم ْس ِل ُمون َيتعلمون‬ َ‫ال ُم ْس ِل ُم ْونَ الذين يَتَ َعلَّ ُم ْون‬

Muslims who learn the Muslims who learn
In summary, when a fi’l follows a common ism, it’s a ‫موصوف صفة‬. If the ism is proper, we have
to use ‫( الذي‬or one of its family members) to make it a ‫موصوف صفة‬.
2
© BayyinahTV
10.1.2 INTRODUCTION TO ADVANCED SENTENCES (PART 2)
- To review the different places that ‫ رفع‬is used
Learning Objectives - To understand how and when a fi’l can be a ‫صفة‬
Lesson Review
Before continuing into some more complex subjects in grammar, let’s return briefly back to the
basics and take a look at the big picture of status. First of all, where is ‫رفع‬used?
1. Doer – ‫حسْنى‬ ْ ‫س‬
ُ ‫ت‬ َ ‫َد َر‬
2. Mubtada – ‫أكبر‬
ُ ُ‫هللا‬
3. Khabr – ‫أكبر‬
ُ ُ‫( هللا‬unless ‫ كان‬makes the khabr nasb)
ُ ِ‫قُتِ َل – )نَائ‬
4. Doer in a passive fi’l (‫ب الفاعل‬
5. The follower of ‫ رفع‬is ‫رفع‬
In these instances, the ‫ رفع‬status is always describing an ism, and we can tell the status is ‫رفع‬
by its ending sound or ending combination. In more advanced sentences, that will not
necessarily be the case. For example:
َ‫طفَا ُل يَ ْلعَبُ ْون‬

ْ َ ‫ – األ‬The kids are playing.
ْ َ ‫ األ‬is the mubtada, and َ‫ يَ ْلعَبُ ْون‬is the khabr. Even though ‫ يلعبون‬is a fi’l, not an ism like usual,
‫طفَا ُل‬
it is still the khabr. So we would call it ‫محل رفع‬ ِ ‫في‬. In fact, any place of ‫ رفع‬where a fi’l is used
instead of an ism will be ‫في محل رفع‬
Here’s another example:

‫َر ُح ٌل نَا ِئ ٌم‬
This is a ‫موصوف صفة‬, which translates as “a sleeping man”.
Now what happens when the fi’l ‫ َينا ُم‬is used in the same place?
‫َر ُح ٌل يَنا ُم‬
It’s still a ‫موصوف صفة‬, but a type that only works when the ‫ موصوف‬is common and is
followed by a fi’l.
Everything is supposed to match in a ‫موصوف صفة‬, so we’ll say that ‫ يَنام‬is a ‫فعل مضارع في محل‬
‫رفع‬. The same thing would happen if the ‫ موصوف‬is ‫ نصب‬or ‫جر‬, and the only thing that would
change is ‫ في محل نصب‬or ‫في محل جر‬.
1
© BayyinahTV
Note that there is a slight difference in meaning between the two fragments. As we said
previously, ‫ رج ٌل نائ ٌم‬means “a sleeping man.” ‫ رج ٌل يَنا ُم‬has two possible meanings: “a man who
sleeps” and “a man trying to sleep”.
Look at a few more examples:
َ‫ِلقَ ْو ٍم َي ْع ِقلُ ْون‬ َ‫ِلقَ ْو ٍم عاقِ ِليْن‬

for a nation that thinks OR for a thinking nation
for a nation that tries to think
َ ُ‫َر ُج ٌل ي‬
‫ص ِل ْي‬ َ ُ‫الر ُج ُل الذي ي‬
‫ص ِل ْي‬ َّ
a man who prays the man who prays
‫ُم ْس ِل ُمون َيتعلمون‬ َ‫ال ُم ْس ِل ُم ْونَ الذين َيت َ َعلَّ ُم ْون‬

Muslims who learn the Muslims who learn
In summary, when a fi’l follows a common ism, it’s a ‫موصوف صفة‬. If the ism is proper, we have
to use ‫( الذي‬or one of its family members) to make it a ‫موصوف صفة‬.
2
© BayyinahTV
10.1.3 SENTENCES AS A ‫مضاف إيله‬
 Undertsand how the two special mudhafs ‫ يوم‬and ‫ إذ‬work

Learning Objectives
 Be able to grammatically analyzre sentences containing ‫ يوم‬and ‫إذ‬
Lesson Review
Review of Idaafah
We previously learned that a ‫ إضافة‬is composed of two parts:
a) The ‫مضاف‬: The ‫ اسم‬that comes first. It is Light and has no ‫ ال‬on it.
b) The ‫مضاف إيله‬: The ‫ اسم‬that comes immediately after the ‫مضاف‬. It is always in ‫جمرور‬
َْ ُ ُ ُ َ
status. Example of ‫ إضافة‬: ‫ ك ِتاب زيد‬Book of Zaid ‫ رسول اهلل‬Messenger of Allah
Then we were introduced to some special ‫ اسم‬which always occur as a ‫مضاف‬, hence they
always give birth to a ‫إضافة‬. They were the special ‫ مضاف‬and they are not necessarily
ُ َ َْ َ َْ َ ْ َ
translated with an ‘of’. We later named them ‫( ظروف‬Ex. ‫ فوق‬،‫ َتت‬،‫)بعد‬, a noun that indicates
time or place. The ‫ ظروف‬only occur as ‫متعلق باخلرب‬. They do not occur as ‫ مبتدأ‬as a rule of
thumb.
Example of ‫ظروف‬ Example of the 4 special ‫مضاف‬
ُ َ َ that are not ‫ظروف‬

 ِِ ‫ ف ْوق الك ْر‬: Above the chair
‫س‬
ُ ُّ ً
َ َ َ َ  ‫ أيه ْم‬: Which of them
‫راء المدِين ِة‬ ‫ و‬: Beyond the city
ُ ْ ‫ َغ‬: Other than a student
‫ْي طال ِب‬
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪. These are special‬خرب ‪ or a‬مبتدأ ‪ that occur as a‬مضاف ‪Recently, we discussed 4 of those special‬‬
‫‪.‬ظروف ‪ that do not indicate time or place. They are not‬مضاف‬
‫‪New Type of Idaafah‬‬
‫مضاف ‪InshaAllah, in this lesson we will aim to learn and understand how two other special‬‬
‫‪, are different from the special‬إذ ‪ and‬يوم ‪, namely‬مضاف ‪work. However, these two special‬‬
‫‪ we learned prior to this require a‬مضاف ‪ we encountered previously. How? All the special‬مضاف‬
‫‪. These two on the other hand require an entire sentence to be their‬مضاف إيله ‪ to be their‬اسم‬
‫‪. Let us consider the examples below to comprehend this concept.‬مضاف إيله‬
‫َ ُ َْ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َْ‬
‫هذا ي ْوم ال ين ِطقون‬ ‫ي ْوم ي ِف ُّر الم ْر ُء مِن أخِي ِه‬
‫ََُْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫هذا ‪ :‬مبتدأ م ْرفوع‬ ‫ي ْوم ‪ :‬منصوب ظرف مضاف‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َ َ ُ‬
‫يوم ‪ :‬خ َرب م ْرفوع مضاف‬ ‫يفر املرء من أخيه ‪ :‬مجلة يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫يفر ‪ :‬فعل مضارع‬
‫ال ينطقون ‪ :‬مجلة يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫املرء ‪ :‬فاعل مرفوع‬
‫ال ‪ :‬حرف نافية‬
‫من أخيه ‪ :‬جار جمرور‪ ،‬أيخ ‪ :‬مضاف‪ ،‬ه ‪ :‬مضاف إيله ضمْي‬
‫ينطقون ‪ :‬فعل مضارع‬
‫متصل يف حمل جر‬
‫ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ َّ ُ‬ ‫ْ ُُْ َ َْ َُ‬ ‫ُ ْ َ ََ ْ‬
‫إِذ تست ِغيثون َربكم‬ ‫َلي ِه ْم إِذ يلقون أقالمه ْم‬ ‫ما كنت‬
‫ْ‬
‫إِذ ‪ :‬ظرف مضاف‬ ‫ما ‪ :‬حرف نافية‪ ،‬كنت ‪ :‬فعل ماض ناقص ضمْي مسترت‬
‫َ‬
‫تستغيثون ربكم ‪ :‬مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر‬ ‫تقديره أنت‬
‫مضاف إيله‬ ‫َليهم ‪ :‬مضاف مضاف إيله‬
‫ْ‬
‫تستغيثون ‪ :‬فعل مضارع‬ ‫إِذ ‪ :‬مضاف‪ ،‬يلقون أقالمهم ‪ :‬مضاف إيله‬
‫ربكم ‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬ ‫يلقون ‪ :‬فعل مضارع ‪ ،‬أقالمهم ‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬
‫‪2‬‬
Note: ‫ إذ‬always needs a sentence after it. This sentence acts as the ‫مضاف إيله‬. It can never take
a single ‫ اسم‬as a ‫مضاف إيله‬. However, ‫ يوم‬may take a single ‫ اسم‬or a sentence as a ‫مضاف إيله‬. Ex.
َ ‫ َي َوم الق‬is a ‫إضافة‬.
‫يام ِة‬ ِ
In all of the above examples, we see that ‫ يوم‬and ‫ إذ‬take a sentence after them as the ‫مضاف إيله‬.
This sentence is in ‫ جر‬status. But we say ‫ يف حمل جر‬instead of ‫ جمرور‬because the ‫جر‬-ness is not
visible. Also note that the sentence can be either a ‫ مجلة فعلية‬or a ‫مجلة اسمية‬.
Drills
Analyze the following ‫ آيات‬grammatically. (‫)إعراب‬

ُ ُ ََْ ْ ْ
‫َتْلُموه ْم‬ ‫إ ِذ ا ِع‬1.
ِ
ِّ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ ْ
‫يان‬
ِ ‫ إِذ يتلَّق المتلق‬2.
َ َُْْ ْ
‫ إِذ أنتم قلِيل‬3.
3
© BayyinahTV
‫ات‬
‫ُْ َ َ ُْ َ‬ ‫ََْ ََ‬
‫‪ 4.‬يوم ترى المؤ ِمنِني والمؤمِن ِ‬
‫ْ ََْ ُ َ‬
‫‪ 5.‬إِذ َيت ِصمون‬
‫َُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََْ ُ‬
‫‪ 6.‬يوم ال ينفع مال وال بنون‬
‫ْ ْ ََْ ُ ُ‬
‫َتْلُموه ْم‬ ‫‪ِ 1.‬إ ِذ ا ِع‬
‫ْ‬
‫إ ِذ‪ :‬ظرف مضاف‬
‫ْ ََْ ُ ُ‬
‫َتْلُموه ْم‪ :‬مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬ ‫ا ِع‬
‫ْ ََْ‬
‫َتْلُ ْم‪ :‬فعل مايض‬ ‫ا ِع‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫هم‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ْ َ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ ِّ‬
‫يان‬
‫‪ 2.‬إِذ يتلَّق المتلق ِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫إِذ‪ :‬ظرف مضاف‬
‫َ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ ِّ‬
‫يان‪ :‬مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬ ‫يتلَّق المتلق ِ‬
‫َ َ َ َّ‬
‫يتلَّق‪:‬فعل مضارع‬
‫ُ َ َ ِّ‬
‫يان‪:‬فاعل مرفوع‬ ‫المتلق ِ‬
‫ْ َُْْ َ‬
‫‪ 3.‬إِذ أنتم قلِيل‬
‫ْ‬
‫َُْْ َ‬
‫أنتم قلِيل‪ :‬مجلة اسمية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫َُْ‬
‫أنت ْم‪:‬مبتدأ مرفوع‬
‫َ‬
‫قلِيل‪:‬خرب مرفوع‬
‫ات‬
‫ُْ َ َ ُْ َ‬ ‫ََْ ََ‬
‫‪ 4.‬يوم ترى المؤ ِمنِني والمؤمِن ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ي ْوم‪ :‬منصوب ظرف مضاف‬
‫ات‪ :‬مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫ُْ َ َ ُْ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ترى المؤمِنِني والمؤمِن ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ت َرى‪ :‬فعل مضارع‬
‫ُْ َ َ ُْ َ‬
‫ات‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬ ‫المؤ ِمنِني والمؤمِن ِ‬
‫ْ ََْ ُ َ‬
‫‪ 5.‬إِذ َيت ِصمون‬
‫ْ‬
‫ََْ ُ َ‬
‫َيت ِصمون‪ :‬فعل مضارع مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫َُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََْ ُ‬
‫‪ 6.‬يوم ال ينفع مالٌ وال بنون‬
‫َ َ‬
‫يوم‪ :‬منصوب ظرف مضاف‬
‫َُ َ‬ ‫ََْ ُ‬
‫ال ينفع مالٌ وال بنون‪ :‬مجلة فعلية يف حمل جر مضاف إيله‬
‫ََْ ُ‬
‫ال ينفع‪ :‬ال نافية فعل مضارع‬
‫َُ َ‬
‫مالٌ وال بنون‪ :‬فاعل مرفوع‬
‫‪5‬‬
10.1.4 SENTENCES AS A ‫ صفة‬- ‫يف حمل‬
 Understand how a sentence can be a ‫صفة‬

Learning Objectives
Lesson Review
Review of ‫موصوف صفة‬

We learned about ‫ موصوف صفة‬as a fragment. The ‫ موصوف‬is a noun and the ‫ صفة‬is its adjective.
Here are the key features of a ‫موصوف صفة‬
 Both the ‫ موصوف‬and the ‫ صفة‬share the same four properties
 The ‫ موصوف‬is the noun and the ‫ صفة‬is its adjective
 The ‫ موصوف‬always comes first, the ‫ صفة‬can either come immediately after or after a gap
 A single ‫ موصوف‬may have multiple ‫صفات‬.
 Usually Allah’s names are not ‫ ;موصوف صفة‬they are two ‫ خرب‬in succession.
Examples of ‫موصوف صفة‬:
ٌ ‫ج ٌر َعظ‬ ْ َ
‫يم‬ ِ ‫أ‬
َ ٌ َ
‫ذاب أ ِِل ٌم‬ ‫ع‬
ُ َ َُ َ
‫الط ِويل‬ ‫الوَل‬
ُ ِّ َ ْ ٌ َ
ٌ ‫ك ْم َعظ‬
‫يم‬ ِ ‫بالء ِمن رب‬
1
© BayyinahTV
Sentence as a ‫صفة‬
Now let us take this concept further. InshaAllah, now we will learn a more advanced type of
‫موصوف صفة‬. In this type of ‫موصوف صفة‬, the ‫ موصوف‬is a singular common noun and the ‫ صفة‬is a
sentence. Key points this new type of ‫موصوف صفة‬:
 The ‫ موصوف‬is a common noun and the ‫ صفة‬is a sentence, either nominal or verbal.
 The ‫ صفة‬comes immediately after the ‫موصوف‬
 The ‫ صفة‬sentence has a pronoun, ‫ متصل‬or ‫ مسترت‬or ‫مقدر‬, which is refers back to the
common noun
 ‫ = متصل‬attached, ‫ = مسترت‬hidden, ‫ = مقدر‬implied
 This pronoun will always be in the third person
 In the basic ‫موصوف صفة‬, the ‫ صفة‬adopts all the 4 properties of the ‫موصوف‬. In this advanced
‫موصوف صفة‬, the ‫ صفة‬is a sentence. When talking about sentences, we don’t discuss the 4
properties, rather we focus only on the first property which is status. The ‫ صفة‬sentence
adopts the same status as the ‫ موصوف‬i.e. if the ‫ موصوف‬is ‫ رفع‬the ‫ صفة‬sentence will be ‫رفع‬
status as well.
 It is also important to keep in mind that when talking about sentences we say ،‫يف حمل رفع‬
‫ جر‬،‫ نصب‬rather than ‫ مرفوع‬or ‫ منصوب‬or ‫جمرور‬.
Examples of ‫ موصوف صفة‬where the ‫ صفة‬is a Translation

sentence
َ َْ ٌ
‫صفة = مجلة يف حمل رفع‬ ‫هو َر ُجل ُو ِ ََل ِيف أم ِريكا‬ He is a man who was born in America
َ َْ ً ُ ْ ‫َرأَي‬
‫صفة = مجلة يف حمل‬ ‫ت َر ُجال ُو ِ ََل ِيف أم ِريكا‬ I saw a man who was born in America
‫نصب‬
‫صفة = مجلة يف حمل جر‬ ُ ‫كلَّ ْم‬

‫ت َم َع َر ُج ٍل ُو ِ ََل ِيف‬
َ َ
‫ت‬ I spoke with a man who was born in
َْ America
‫أم ِريكا‬
2
© BayyinahTV
In the examples above the same sentence occurs in all the three different statuses.
Now let us take a look at some examples, highlighting the different types of pronouns that can
be used.
ٌ ‫ج َرة َطيِّبَة أَ ْصلُ َها ثاب‬
‫ت‬ َ َ َ
 ِ ٍ ٍ ‫كش‬
 ‫كشجرة = جار جمرور‬
 ‫شجر ٍة طيب ٍة = موصوف صفة‬
 ‫ "أصلها ثابت" = صفة‬،‫شجر ٍة = موصوف‬
 Both ‫ طيب ٍة‬and "‫ "أصلها ثابت‬are two ‫ صفة‬of the same ‫ موصوف‬i.e. ‫شجرة‬
 Note that the entire sentence ‫ أصلها ثابت‬is the ‫صفة‬. This is a ‫مجلة اسمية‬, the ‫ مبتدأ‬is
‫ أصلها‬and the ‫ خرب‬is ‫ثابت‬.

 Also take note that the ‫ صفة‬sentence has a ‫ ضمري متصل‬that refers back to the
‫موصوف‬.
 How do you translate?
 A ‫موصوف صفة‬, where the ‫ صفة‬is a sentence is translated with a ‘who/which/whose’.
 Like a good tree whose roots are firm.
 If translated literally we would say “Like a good tree its roots are firm”however, we
replace the pronoun with ‘who/which/whose’.
َْ ً ُ ْ‫رأَي‬
 ‫ت َر ُجال ُو ِ ََل ِيف أم ِريكا‬
َ ُ َْ
 ‫ ضمري مسترت أنا‬،‫ فعل ماض‬: ‫رأيت‬
ً ُ َ
 ‫ مفعول به وموصوف‬: ‫رجال‬
 ‫ صفة مجلة فعلية يف حمل نصب‬: ‫وَل يف أمريكا‬

 ‫ فعل ماض جمهول‬: ‫وَل‬
 ‫ مفعول فيه‬: ‫يف أمريكا‬
3
© BayyinahTV
‫‪‬‬
‫َذ َهبْ ُ‬
‫ت ِإىل َم ْس ِج ٍد ِيف دالس‬
‫‪‬‬
‫َذ َهبْ ُ‬
‫ت ‪ :‬فعل ماض ضمري مسترت أنا‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫إىل مسجد ‪ :‬مفعول فيه‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫مسجد ‪ :‬موصوف‪ ،‬يف دالس ‪ :‬صفة‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪),‬يف دالس( ‪ appears to be a phrase and not a sentence‬صفة ‪Note: In this case the‬‬
‫يف دالس ‪however we interpret it to mean‬‬

‫َُ‬
‫‪ which is‬هو ‪. Therefore the pronoun‬هو ِ‬
‫‪.‬ضمري مقدر ‪implied is a‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪Complete the I’raab of the following ayaat.‬‬
‫س َرا ِدقُ َها‬ ‫َاراأ َ َحا َ‬

‫طبِ ِه ْم ُ‬ ‫‪ .1‬إِنَّاأ َ ْعتَدْنَا ِلل َّ‬
‫ظا ِل ِمينَن ً‬
‫طبِ ِهنَبَات ُ ْاْل َ ْر ِ‬

‫ضِ‬ ‫اختَلَ َ‬
‫اءفَ ْ‬ ‫‪َ .2‬واض ِْر ْبلَ ُهم َّمث َ ََل ْل َحيَاةِالدُّ ْنيَا َك َماءٍ أَنزَ ْلنَاه ُِمنَال َّ‬
‫س َم ِ‬
‫اراي ُِريدُأَنيَنقَ َّ‬

‫ضِ‬ ‫‪ .3‬فَ َو َجدَافِي َه ِ‬
‫اجدَ ً‬
‫‪َ .4‬وكَان ََو َرا َءهُم َّم ِل ٌكيَأ ْ ُخذُ ُكلَّ َ‬

‫س ِفينَ ٍة َغ ْ‬
‫صبًا‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪َ .5‬و َجدَهَات َْطلُعُ َعلَ ٰى َق ْومٍ لَّ ْمنَجْ َعللَّ ُه ِ ِّ‬
‫ممند ُو ِن َها ِستْ ًرا‬
‫ارحْ َمةٌ ِ ِّم َّ‬

‫نر ِبِّي‬ ‫‪ .6‬قَالَ َه ٰـذَ َ‬
‫ضنَا َج َهنَّ َم َي ْو َمئِ ٍذ ِلِّ ْلكَافِ ِري َنعَ ْرضًاِ﴿‪ِ﴾١٠٠‬الَّذِينَكَانَتْأ َ ْعيُنُ ُه ْم ِفي ِغ َ‬
‫طاءٍ َعن ِذ ْك ِري ِ‬ ‫‪َ .7‬و َع َر ْ‬
‫ْلنَّ َماأَنَابَش ٌَر ِ ِّمثْلُ ُك ْميُو َح ٰىإِلَ َّ‬

‫يِ‬ ‫‪ .8‬قُ ْ ِ‬
‫س َرا ِدقُ َها‬‫طِبِ ِه ْمِ ُ‬‫َاراأ َ َحا َ‬ ‫‪ 1.‬إِنَّاِأ َ ْعتَدْنَا ِلل َّ‬
‫ظا ِل ِمينَ ِن ً‬
‫ِإنَّا‪:‬مبتدأِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫س َرا ِدق َها‪:‬خبر‬ ‫َ‬
‫َاراأ َحاطِبِ ِه ْمِ ُ‬‫َ‬ ‫أَ ْعتَدْنَا ِللظا ِل ِمينَ ِن ً‬
‫َّ‬
‫أ َ ْعتَدْنَا‪:‬فعلِماضيِضميرِمستترِنحن‬
‫ظا ِل ِمينَ ‪:‬مفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫ِلل َّ‬
‫َارا‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِمنصوبِوِموصوف‬ ‫ن ً‬
‫س َرا ِدقُ َها‪:‬صفةِفيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫أ َ َح ِ ِ ْ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ه‬‫ب‬‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ط‬ ‫ا‬
‫ِاْل َ ْر ِ ِ‬
‫ض‬ ‫طِ ِب ِهِنَبَاتُ ْ‬
‫اختَلَ َ‬
‫اءِفَ ْ‬
‫س َم ِ‬ ‫َِال َحيَاةِالدُّ ْنيَا َك َماءٍ ِأَنزَ ْلنَاهُ ِ‬
‫ِمنَ ِال َّ‬ ‫‪َ 2.‬واض ِْربْ ِلَ ُهمِ َّمثَل ْ‬
‫َواض ِْربْ ‪ِ:‬فعلِأمرِضميرِمستترِأنتَِ‬
‫لَ ُهم‪:‬مفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصب‬
‫ِِّ‬
‫ا‪ِ:‬صفةِفيِمحلِجر‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َِال َحيَاةِالدُّ ْنيَا‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِمنصوبِِال َحيَاةِ‪ِ:‬مضافِإليهِوِموصوفِالدُّنيَ‬ ‫َّمثَل ْ‬
‫َك َماءٍ ‪ِ:‬جارِوِمجرورمفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصبِوِموصوف‬
‫ض‪ِ:‬صفةِفيِمحلِجر‬ ‫ِاْل َ ْر ِ‬
‫طِبِ ِهِنَبَاتُ ْ‬ ‫اختَلَ َ‬
‫اءِفَ ْ‬ ‫س َم ِ‬‫ِمنَ ِال َّ‬ ‫أَنزَ ْلنَاهُ ِ‬
‫اراي ُِريدُأَنِ َينقَ َِّ‬
‫ض‬ ‫اجدَ ً‬‫‪ 3.‬فَ َو َجدَافِي َه ِ‬
‫فَ َو َجدَا‪ِ:‬فعلِماضيِضميرِمستترهما‬
‫فِي َها‪ِ:‬جارِوِمجرورمفعولِفيهِفيِمحلِنصب‬
‫ارا‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِمنصوبِوِموصوف‬ ‫ِجدَ ًِ‬
‫ض‪:‬جملةِفعليةِصفةِقيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫ي ُِريد ُأَنِيَنقَ َّ‬
‫صبًا‬‫س ِفي َنةٍِ َغ ْ‬ ‫ِو َرا َءهُمِ َّم ِلكٌ ِيَأ ْ ُخذُِ ُكلَِّ َ‬ ‫‪َ 4.‬و َكانَ َ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫َكانَ ‪:‬فعلِماضي‬
‫ِّ‬
‫َو َرا َءهُم‪:‬إضافةِمتعلقِبالخبر‬
‫َّم ِلكٌ ‪ِ:‬اسمِكانِوِصفة‬
‫صبًا‪ِ:‬جملةِفعليةِصفةِقيِمحلِرفع‬ ‫س ِفينَةٍِ َغ ْ‬ ‫يَأ ْ ُخذُِ ُكلَِّ َ‬
‫مِمنِد ُو ِن َهاِ ِستْ ًرا‬ ‫‪َ 5.‬و َجدَهَات َْطلُ ُعِ َعلَ ٰىِقَ ْو ٍمِلَّ ْمِنَجْ َعلِلَّ ُه ِ ِّ‬
‫َو َجدَ‪:‬فعلِماضيِهَا‪:‬مفعولِبه‬
‫مِمنِد ُو ِن َهاِ ِستْ ًرا‪:‬جملةِفعليةِمفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫ت َْطلُ ُعِ َعلَ ٰىِقَ ْو ٍمِلَّ ْمِنَجْ َعلِلَّ ُه ِ ِّ‬
‫ِت َْطلُ ُع‪ِ:‬فعلِمضارعِضميرِمستترهي‬
‫َعلَ ٰىِقَ ْو ٍم‪:‬جارِوِمجرورِمفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصب‬
‫قَ ْو ٍم‪ِ:‬موصوف‬
‫مِمنِد ُونِ َهاِ ِستْ ًرا‪ِ:‬صفةِفيِمحلِجر‬ ‫لَّ ْمِنَجْ َعلِلَّ ُه ِ ِّ‬
‫نِربِِّي‬ ‫ِم َّ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫اِِرحْ َمة ِِّ‬ ‫‪6.‬قَالَِ َه ٰـذَ َ‬
‫قَالَ‪ِ:‬فعلِماضيِضميرِمستترِهو‬
‫نِربِِّي‪:‬جملةِاسميةِمفعولِبهِِفيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫ِم َّ‬ ‫اِِرحْ َمةٌ ِ ِّ‬ ‫َه ٰـذَ َ‬
‫َه ٰـذَاِِ‪ِ:‬مبتدأِِِ َرحْ َمةٌ‪ِ:‬خبروِموصوف‬
‫نِربِِّي‪ِ:‬صفةِفيِمحلِرفع‬ ‫ِ ِّم َّ‬
‫َتِأ َ ْعيُنُ ُه ْمِ ِفيِ ِغ َ‬
‫طاءٍ ِ َعنِ ِذ ْك ِري‬ ‫ع ْرضًاِ﴿‪ِ﴾١٠٠‬الَّذِينَ ِكَان ْ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬
‫ك‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫‪َ 7.‬و َ َ ْ َ َ َ َ ْ َ ِ ِ ِ ِ ينَ َ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ٍِ‬‫ذ‬ ‫ئ‬‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫م‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ن‬‫ه‬‫ج‬ ‫َا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ع‬
‫ضنَا‪ِ:‬فعلِماضيِضميرِمستترِنحن‬ ‫َع َر ْ‬
‫َج َهنَّ َِم‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِمنصوب‬
‫يَ ْو َمئِذٍ‪ِ:‬منصوبِظرفِمضافِوِمضافِإليهِمجرور‬
‫ِ ِّل ْلكَا ِف ِرينَ ‪ِ:‬مفعولِبهِفيِمحلِنصبِوِموصوف‬
‫َع ْرضًا‪ِ:‬مفعولِمطلقِمنصوب‬
‫ِِّ‬
‫صفةِفيِمحلِجر‬ ‫طاءٍ ِ َعنِ ِذ ْك ِري‪ِ:‬‬ ‫َتِأ َ ْعيُنُ ُه ْمِفِيِ ِغ َ‬ ‫الَّذِينَ ِكَان ْ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪ 8.‬قُ ْلِإِنَّ َماأنَابَش ٌَر ِ ِّمثل ُك ْمِيُو َح ٰىِإِلَ َِّ‬
‫ي‬ ‫َ‬
‫ل‪ِ:‬فعلِأمرِضميرِمستترِأنتَِ‬ ‫قُ ِْ‬
‫ي‪ِ:‬جملةِاسميةِمفعولِبهِِفيِمحلِنصب‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫إِنَّ َماأنَابَش ٌَر ِ ِّمثل ُك ْمِيُو َح ٰىِإِلَ َّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ي‪ِ:‬جملةِفعليةِصفةِفيِمحلِرفع‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫إ‬
‫َ ٰ ِ َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ُو‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫خبر‬ ‫‪ِ:‬‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِِّ ْ‬ ‫ل‬‫ْ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫م‬‫خبرِوِموصوزفِِ‬ ‫أَنَا‪ِ:‬مبتدأِِِ َبش ٌَر‪ِ:‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
10.1.9 SENTENCES AS A ‫حال‬- ‫يف حمل نصب‬
 Understand how a sentence can be a ‫حال‬

Learning Objectives
Lesson Review
ٌReview of ‫حال‬
Previously we studied how a verb can have a ‫حال‬. It is the answer to the how question. For
example, consider the following sentences:
- The students read loudly
o The verb in this sentence is ‘read’
o The doer is ‘students’
o The ‫ حال‬would be ‘loudly’ since it answers the question ‘How did the students
read?’
ً ْ َ َ
- ‫فخ َر َج ِمنها خائِفا‬
o ‫ فعل ماض فاعله هو‬: ‫خ َرج‬
َ َ
o ‫ مفعول فيه‬: ‫ِمنها‬

َْ
ً
o ‫ حال‬: ‫خائفا‬
Sentences as ‫حال‬
An entire sentence can be a ‫ حال‬whether it is a ‫ مجلة اسمية‬or a ‫مجلة فعلية‬. In such cases the
entire sentence would be ‫يف حمل نصب‬. Every ‫ مجلة اسمية‬that comes as a ‫حال‬, requires a
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪. Let us take a look at some‬الواو احلايلة ‪ is called‬و ‪ before it. This type of‬و ‪special type of‬‬
‫‪examples:‬‬
‫خارج‬ ‫و‬ ‫َرأَيْ ُ‬

‫ت َزيْ ًدا َو ُه َ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫رأيت ‪ :‬فعل ماض فاعله أنا ‪o‬‬
‫ََْ ُ‬
‫ًَْ‬
‫زيدا ‪ :‬منصوب مفعول به ‪o‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫َوه َو خارج ‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب ‪o‬‬
‫و ‪ :‬الواو احلايلة ‪o‬‬

‫ُ‬
‫هو ‪ :‬مبتدأ ‪o‬‬
‫خارج ‪ :‬خرب ‪o‬‬
‫ت‬ ‫ابليْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َرأَيْ ُ‬
‫ت َزيْ ًدا ََيْ ُر ُج ِم َ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫رأيت ‪ :‬فعل ماض فاعله أنا ‪o‬‬
‫ََْ ُ‬
‫ًَْ‬
‫زيدا ‪ :‬منصوب مفعول به ‪o‬‬
‫ت‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب ‪o‬‬ ‫َي ُرج ِم َن َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬
‫ابلي ِ‬
‫َي ُرج ‪:‬فعل مضارع فاعله هو ‪o‬‬
‫َْ ُ‬
‫ت ‪ :‬مفعول فيه‪ ،‬جار جمرور ‪o‬‬ ‫ِم َن َ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ابلي ِ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪Complete the I’raab of the following ayaat.‬‬

‫ُُ ََُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫او ُر ُه‬
‫صاحبه وهو ُي ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ 1.‬قال َُل‬
‫ََُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫صاح ِب ِه وهو ُي ِ‬
‫‪2.‬فقال ل ِ ِ‬
‫ين‬ ‫ت َوأَنْ َ‬
‫ت ِم َن الْاكفِر َ‬ ‫ك الَِّت َف َعلْ َ‬
‫َ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ ََ َ‬
‫‪3.‬وفعلت فعلت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ٓ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ َُْ‬ ‫ٓ ًَ ْ ُ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫‪4.‬يغَش َطائِفة ِّمنك ْم َو َطائِفة قد أه َّمت ُه ْم أنف ُس ُه ْم‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ َ‬
‫‪5.‬و َيقولون َسبْ َعة َوثا ِمنُ ُه ْم َكبُ ُه ْم‬
‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ٰ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫نادى َوه َو َمكظوم‬ ‫‪ِ 6.‬إذ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ْ َ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫َََ ْ َ َ َُ‬
‫َصك ْم اّلل ه بِبَد ٍر َوأنتُ ْم أ ِذلة‬ ‫‪7.‬ولقد ن‬
‫َ ِّ َ َّ َ ً َ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ ُّ َ ْ َ َ‬
‫ني لك ِٰرهون‬ ‫‪8.‬كما أخ َرجك ربك ِمن بي ِتك بِاحلق و ِإن ف ِريقا ِمن المؤ ِمنِ‬
‫اّلل يلُ َع ِّذ َب ُه ْم َوأَنْ َ‬

‫ت فيهمْ‬ ‫ََ َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪9.‬وما اكن ُ ِ‬
‫خاِل َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ْ َْ ُ َ َ َ َُ ْ َ َ ََُ َ ٰ َ َْ ُ ْ ُْ ْ ْ ُ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َٓ‬

‫ين‬ ‫‪ِ 10.‬إذا جا ُءوها وف ِتحت أبوابها وقال لهم خزنتها سلم عليكم ِطبتم فادخلوها ِ ِ‬
‫ُ ُْ‬ ‫َ ْ َْ ََ َُْ‬
‫ّلل َوه َو حم ِسن‬
‫‪11.‬من أسلم َوجهه ِ ِ‬
‫ُ ََ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫‪12.‬وي ُ ْشه ُد َ‬

‫اّلل َ ٰ َ‬
‫لَع ما ِيف قل ِب ِه َوه َو أ ُِّل ا ِ‬
‫خلصامِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ُ ُ ُ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ َ َ ُ‬
‫ب َعليْك ُم ال ِقتال َوه َو ك ْره لك ْم‬‫‪13.‬ك ِت‬
‫ََ َْ ْ َ‬
‫‪14.‬ول ْم َي َعل َُل ِع َو ًجا‬
‫ََْ َ‬ ‫َْ ً َْ‬ ‫َ ََْ ُ‬

‫ّلل أندادا َوأنتُ ْم ال تعل ُمون‬
‫‪15.‬فال َتعلوا ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪16.‬قالوا َوه ْم ِفيها َيتَ ِص ُمون‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ َْ‬ ‫ُ َّ َ ْ ُ‬
‫‪17.‬ث َّم اَّتذت ُم ال ِعجل َوأنتُ ْم ظال ِ ُمون‬
‫َُ ً‬ ‫َ َ ْ َ َ َ َّ‬
‫اس رسوال‬
‫‪18.‬وأرسلناك لِلن ِ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ريا‬ ‫ىل اّلل بإ ْذنه َوِس ً‬
‫اجا ُمن ً‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬‫يرا َوداعيً‬
‫ً‬ ‫د‬
‫ً ُ َ ِّ ً َ َ‬
‫ن‬‫و‬ ‫ا‬‫ِّش‬ ‫ب‬ ‫وم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ه‬ ‫شا‬ ‫‪19.‬إنَّا أَ ْر َسلْ َن َ‬
‫اك‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِِ ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫األ ْر ِض ُم ْفسد َ‬ ‫َ ََْ‬
‫ين‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪20.‬وال تعث ْوا ِيف‬
‫ُُ ََُ ُ‬
‫ُي‬ ‫و‬‫ه‬‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ب‬‫صاح‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ 1.‬قال َ ُ‬
‫َل‬
‫ِ‬
‫قال‪ :‬فعل مايض‬
‫َ‬
‫َل‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬
‫ُ‬
‫صاحبُه‪ :‬فاعل‬‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ََُ‬
‫او ُر ُه‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫وهو ُي ِ‬
‫ََُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫صاح ِب ِه وهو ُي ِ‬
‫‪2.‬فقال ل ِ ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫فقال‪:‬فعل مايض (هو)‬
‫صاح ِب ِه مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬ ‫لِ ِ‬
‫ََُ ُ‬
‫او ُر ُه‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫وهو ُي ِ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ت ِم َن الْاكفِرينَ‬ ‫ت َوأَنْ َ‬ ‫ك الَِّت َف َعلْ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َ َ ْ ََ َ‬
‫‪3.‬وفعلت فعلت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫أنت)‬‫ت‪:‬فعل مايض ( َ‬ ‫َف َعلْ َ‬
‫ََْ َ‬
‫فعلتَك‪ :‬مفعول به و موصوف‬
‫ت‪ :‬صفة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫الَِّت َف َعلْ َ‬
‫َِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َوأنت ِم َن الاكفِر َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ين‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ك ْم َو َطآئ َفة قَ ْد أَ َه َّمتْ ُه ْم أَ ْن ُف ُسه ْمُ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َ ٓ َ ً ِّ ْ ُ‬
‫‪4.‬يغَش طائِفة من‬
‫ِ‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫يغَش‪ :‬فعل مضارع (هو)‬
‫ٓ ًَ‬
‫َطائِفة‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب و موصوف‬
‫ْ ُ‬
‫ِّمنك ْم‪ :‬صفة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ٓ َ‬
‫َو َطائِفة‪ :‬موصوف‬
‫َ ْ َ َ ْ َُْ‬
‫قد أه َّمت ُه ْم أنف ُس ُه ْم‪ :‬صفة يف حمل رفع‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ َ‬
‫‪5.‬و َيقولون َسبْ َعة َوثا ِمنُ ُه ْم َكبُ ُه ْم‬
‫ُ ُ َ‬
‫َو َيقولون فعل مضارع (هم)‬
‫َْ‬
‫َسبْ َعة َوثا ِمنُ ُه ْم َكبُ ُه ْم‪ :‬مقول القول يف حمل نصب‬
‫َسبْ َعة‪ :‬مبتدأ‬
‫َْ‬
‫َوثا ِمنُ ُه ْم َكبُ ُه ْم‪ :‬معطوف لَع "سبعة"‬
‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ٰ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫نادى َوه َو َمكظوم‬ ‫‪ِ 6.‬إذ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ِإذ‪ :‬ظرف مضاف‬
‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ٰ ُ‬
‫نادى َوه َو َمكظوم‪ :‬مجلة فعلية مضاف إيله يف حمل جر‬
‫نادى‪:‬فعل مايض (هو)‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫َوه َو َمكظوم‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ْ َ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫َََ ْ َ َ َُ‬
‫َصك ْم اّلل ه بِبَد ٍر َوأنتُ ْم أ ِذلة‬ ‫‪7.‬ولقد ن‬
‫َص‪:‬فعل مايض ك ْم‪:‬مفعول به اّلل ه فاعل‬
‫ُ‬ ‫نَ َ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫بِبَد ٍر‪ :‬مفعول فيه يف حمل نصب‬
‫َ َ ْ ُ ْ َ َّ‬
‫وأنتم أ ِذلة‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ٰ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ً َ ُْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ِّ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ َ ْ َ َ َ َ ُّ َ ْ َ َ‬
‫‪8.‬كما أخرجك ربك ِمن بي ِتك بِاحلق و ِإن ف ِريقا ِمن المؤ ِمنِني لك ِرهون‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫أخ َر َجك ‪:‬فعل مايض َك‪ :‬مفعول به َر ُّبك‪ :‬فاعل‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ِم ْن بَي ِتك‪ :‬مفعول فيه يف حمل نصب‬
‫َ َّ َ ً َ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ني لك ِٰرهون‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫و ِإن ف ِريقا ِمن المؤ ِم ِن‬
‫َ‬
‫َ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِّ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ‬
‫يه ْم‬
‫‪9.‬وما اكن اّلل ِيلعذبهم وأنت ِف ِ‬
‫َما‪ :‬ما نافية‬
‫اكن ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اّلل‪ :‬فعل ناقص و اسمه‬
‫ِّ‬
‫ِيلُ َعذ َب ُه ْم‪ :‬مجلة فعلية خرب اكن يف حمل نصب‬
‫يه ْم‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ت‬‫َوأَنْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫خاِل َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ين‬ ‫‪ِ 10.‬إذا جا ُءوها َوف ِتحت أبوابها َوقال لهم خ َزنتها سلم عليكم ِطبتم فادخلوها ِ ِ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫َجا ُءوا‪ :‬فعل مايض (هم) ها‪ :‬مفعول فيه يف حمل نصب‬
‫واب َها‪ :‬نائب الفاعل‬‫ت‪ :‬فعل مايض للمجهول أَبْ ُ‬ ‫ح ْ‬ ‫َوفُت َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫قال‪ :‬فعل مايض (هو) ل ُه ْم مفعول فيه يف حمل نصب خ َزنتُ َها‪ :‬فاعل‬
‫خاِل َ‬ ‫َ ٰ َ َْ ُ ْ ُْ ْ ْ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ين‪ :‬مقول القول يف حمل نصب‬ ‫سلم عليكم ِطبتم فادخلوها ِ ِ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫َسلم‪ :‬مبتدأ َعليْك ْم‪ :‬متعلق باخلرب ِطبْتُ ْم‪ :‬فعل مايض (أنتم)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ُ ُ‬
‫فادخلو‪ :‬فعل أمر (أنتم) ها‪:‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬
‫ين ‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب‬ ‫خاِل َ‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫ُ ُْ‬ ‫َ ْ َْ ََ َُْ‬
‫ّلل َوه َو حم ِسن‬
‫‪11.‬من أسلم َوجهه ِ ِ‬
‫َم ْن‪ :‬اسم موصول‬
‫َ ُ َ ُْ‬ ‫َْ ََ َ َُْ‬
‫ّلل وهو حم ِسن‪ :‬صلة املوصول‬ ‫أسلم وجهه ِ ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫أ ْسل َم‪ :‬فعل مايض‬
‫ْ ُ‬
‫َوج َهه‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬
‫ّلل ‪:‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ُ ُْ‬
‫َوه َو حم ِسن‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ُ ََ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫‪َ 12.‬وي ُ ْشه ُد َ‬
‫اّلل َ ٰ َ‬
‫لَع ما ِيف قل ِب ِه َوه َو أ ُِّل ا ِ‬
‫خلصامِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َويُش ِه ُد‪ :‬فعل مضارع (هو)‬
‫اّلل‪ :‬لفظ اجلاللة مفعول به منصوب‬ ‫َ‬
‫َْ‬
‫لَع َما ِيف قل ِب ِه‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬ ‫َ ٰ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ُّ‬ ‫َ ُ َ ََ‬
‫خلصامِ ‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬ ‫وهو أِل ا ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ب َعليْك ُم ال ِقتال َوه َو ك ْره لك ْم‬ ‫‪13.‬كت َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ب‪:‬فعل مايض للمجهول‬ ‫ُكت َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َعليْك ُم‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬
‫ُ‬
‫ال ِقتال‪ :‬نائب الفاعل‬
‫ُ ُ َ ُ‬
‫َوه َو ك ْره لك ْم‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ََ َْ ْ َ‬
‫‪14.‬ول ْم َي َعل َُل ِع َو ًجا‬
‫َ َْ ْ‬
‫ل ْم َي َعل‪ :‬فعل مضارع (هو)‬
‫َ‬
‫َُل‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬
‫ِع َو ًجا‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬
‫ََْ َ‬ ‫َْ ً َْ‬ ‫َ ََْ ُ‬
‫ّلل أندادا َوأنتُ ْم ال تعل ُمون‬
‫‪15.‬فال َتعلوا ِ‬
‫َ َْ ُ‬
‫فال َت َعلوا‪ :‬فعل نيه (أنتم)‬
‫ّلل‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْ ً‬
‫أندادا‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬
‫ََْ َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫َوأنتُ ْم ال تعل ُمون‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫‪16.‬قالوا َوه ْم ِفيها َيتَ ِص ُمون‬
‫قالوا ‪:‬فعل مايض (هم)‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫َوه ْم ِفيها َيتَ ِص ُمون‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ َْ‬ ‫ُ َّ َ ْ ُ‬
‫‪17.‬ث َّم اَّتذت ُم ال ِعجل َوأنتُ ْم ظال ِ ُمون‬
‫َّ َ ْ ُ‬
‫اَّتذت ْم‪ :‬فعل مايض (أنتم)‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫ال ِعجل‪ :‬مفعول به منصوب‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫َوأنتُ ْم ظال ِ ُمون‪ :‬مجلة حايلة يف حمل نصب‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ َ ْ َ َ َ َّ‬
‫اس َر ُسوال‬ ‫‪18.‬وأرسلناك ل ِ ِ‬
‫لن‬
‫متصل مفعول به‬ ‫ناك‪ :‬فعل مايض و ضمري ه‬ ‫أَ ْر َسلَ َ‬
‫َّ‬
‫اس‪ :‬مفعول به فس حمل نصب‬ ‫لِلن ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫َر ُسوال‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ىل اّلل بإ ْذنه َوِس ً‬
‫اجا ُمنرياً‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً ُ َ ِّ ً َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َّ َ ْ َ ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِِ ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫‪19.‬إِنا أرسلناك شا ِهدا ومبِّشا ون ِديرا ودا ِعيا إِ‬
‫َّ‬
‫ِإنا‪ :‬حرف نصب و اسمه (حنن) مبتدأ‬
‫ه‬
‫ريا‪ :‬مجلة فعلية خرب إن يف حمل رفع‬ ‫ىل اّلل بإ ْذنه َوِس ً‬
‫اجا ُمن ً‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬‫يرا َوداعيً‬
‫ً‬ ‫د‬
‫ً ُ َ ِّ ً َ َ‬
‫ن‬‫و‬ ‫ا‬‫ِّش‬ ‫ب‬ ‫وم‬ ‫ا‬ ‫د‬ ‫ه‬ ‫شا‬ ‫أَ ْر َسلْنَ َ‬
‫اك‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِِ ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ه‬
‫اك‪ :‬فعل مايض و ضمري متصل مفعول به‬ ‫أَ ْر َسلْنَ َ‬
‫يرا ‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب‬ ‫ِّشا ‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب َونَ ِد ً‬

‫ومبَ ِّ ً‬
‫شاه ًدا ‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ىل اّلل بإ ْذنه‪ :‬مفعول به يف حمل نصب َوِس ً‬
‫اجا ُمن ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ريا‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َودا ِعيا‪ :‬مفعول حال منصوب ِإ ٰ ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫األ ْر ِض ُم ْفسد َ‬ ‫َ ََْ‬
‫ين‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫‪20.‬وال تعث ْوا ِيف‬
‫ََْ‬
‫َوال تعث ْوا‪ :‬فعل نيه (أنتم)‬
‫َ‬
‫ِيف األ ْر ِض‪ :‬مفعول فيه يف حمل نصب‬
‫ين ‪:‬مفعول حال منصوب‬ ‫ُم ْفسد َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪10‬‬
10.2.1 PARTICLES OF QUESTIONING
 Recognize the particles of questioning

Learning Objectives
 Understand their meanings
Lesson Review
ٌAn Introduction
Particles of questioning always come at the beginning of a sentence and have no grammatical
effect on the structure of the sentence in most cases. They effectively act as an add-on that can
be attached to the beginning of a sentence without having to make many changes.
There are two question particles which are ‫ حرف‬whereas the rest of them are ‫اسم‬. The two ‫حرف‬
are َ‫ أ‬and َ‫هل‬. Because they are ‫حرف‬, they make no sense on their own. Their only purpose is to
convert a statement into a question. For example, consider the statement: َ‫ – ذهبَزيد‬Zaid went.
To turn this statement into a question, all we have to do is add ‫ أ‬or ‫ هل‬to beginning – َ‫ أذهبَزيد‬or
َ‫ – هلَذهبَزيد‬Did Zaid go?
The other question particles are all ‫ أسماء‬and have assigned meanings. Let us take a look at some
of the particles of questioning and learn their meanings.
How َ‫كيف‬
When َ‫مت‬
Where َ ‫أي ن‬
Who َ ‫من‬
When (sarcastically) َ‫أيَّان‬
َّ
How (shocked) َ‫أّن‬
Note: take note of the two particles, ‫ أيان‬and ‫أّن‬. The particle ‫ أيان‬is used sarcastically in the
ُ ‫أيانَي‬. The particle َ‫أ َّّن‬is used to express astonishment – ‫َهذا‬
Qur’an – ‫ومَال ِقيامة‬ ٰ ‫ياَمري ُمَأ َّّنَلك‬.
ِ
1
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫هللَوكنتُمَأمواتاَفأحياكمَ‬
‫‪ .1‬كيفَتكف ُرونَبِا ِ‬
‫‪ .2‬وي ُقولُونَمت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَالوع ُدَ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫‪ .3‬يقولَاالنسانَيومئِ ٍذَأينَالمفرَ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫‪ .4‬قالَأّنَيكون َِِلَغالمَ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ .5‬كيفَُت ِِيَالموتَ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ديَاهللَقوماَكف ُرواَبعدَإِيمانِ ِهمَ‬ ‫‪ .6‬كيفَيه‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ينَ‬
‫‪ .7‬يسئلونَأيانَيومَادل ِ‬
‫‪ .8‬قالُواَءأنتَفعلت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَبآلِهتناَيٰٓإبراه ُ‬
‫يمَ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪ .9‬قالَهلَعلمتُمَماَفعلتُمَبيُ ُ‬
‫وسفَوأ ِخي ِهَ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ .10‬قُلَء ُ‬
‫آهللَأ ِذنَلكمَ‬
‫آياتَر ِّب ِهَفأعرضَعنهاَ‬ ‫ُ َّ ُ َّ‬

‫‪َ .11‬ومنَأظلمَ ِممنَذ ِكرَبِ ِ‬
‫هللَ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫ونَا ِ‬
‫‪ .12‬قالواَأينَماَكنتمَتدعونَ ِمنَد ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ .13‬و ِقيلَل ُهمَأينَماَكنتُمَتعبُ ُدونَ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ينَ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫‪ .14‬أيانَيومَادل ِ‬
‫‪ .15‬مت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَالفت ُحَ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫هللَوكنتُمَأمواتاَفأحياكمَ‬
‫‪1.‬كيفَتكف ُرونَبِا ِ‬
‫َكيفَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام)‪(question‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫تكف ُرونَ‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَ(أنتم)‬
‫هلل‪َ:‬مفعولَبهَيفَحملَنصب‬‫بِا َِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫وكنتُمَأمواتاَفأحياكمَ‪َ:‬مجلةَحايلة‬
‫‪2.‬وي ُقولُونَمت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَالوع ُدَ‬
‫ُ ُ‬
‫يقولونَ‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَ(هم)‬
‫َهذاَالوع َُد‪َ:‬مقولَالقول‬
‫مت ٰ‬
‫متَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ٰهذاَالوع َُد‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫‪3.‬يقولَاالنسانَيومئِ ٍذَأينَالمفرَ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫َاالنسان‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَوَفاعله‬
‫َ‬ ‫يقول‬
‫يومئِ ٍَذ‪َ:‬مفعولَفيه‬
‫أينَالمفرَ‪َ:‬مقولَالقول‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫‪4.‬قالَأّنَيكون َِِلَغالمَ‬
‫قالَ‪َ:‬فعلَمايضَ(هو)‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫أّنَيكون َِِلَغالمَ‪َ:‬مقولَالقول‬
‫َّ‬
‫ّن‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬ ‫أ َ‬
‫ُ ُ‬
‫ون‪َ:‬فعلَناقص‬ ‫يك َ‬
‫ِل‪َ:‬متعلقَباخلرب‬‫َِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫غالمَ‪َ:‬اسمَاكن‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪5.‬كيفَُت ِِيَالموتَ‬
‫كيفَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ُ‬
‫ِي‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَ(أنت)‬ ‫ُت ِ َ‬
‫الموتَ‪َ:‬مفعولَبه‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ديَاهللَقوماَكف ُرواَبعدَ ِإيمانِ ِهمَ‬ ‫‪6.‬كيفَيه‬
‫كيفَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫يهدي‪َ:‬فعلَمضارع‬
‫اهلل‪:‬لفظَاجلاللةَفاعل‬ ‫َُ‬
‫ً‬
‫ما‪َ:‬مفعولَبهَوَموصوف‬ ‫قو َ‬
‫كف ُرواَبعدَ ِإيمانِ ِهمَ‪َ:‬صفةَيفَحملَنصب‬
‫‪7.‬يسئلُونَأيَّانَيو ُم ِّ‬
‫َادل َِ‬
‫ين‬
‫ُ‬
‫يسئلونَ‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَ(هم)‬
‫أيَّانَ‪َ:‬حرفَاستفهام‬
‫ين‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫يو ُم ِّ‬
‫َادل َِ‬
‫‪8.‬قالُواَءأنتَفعلت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَبِآلِه ِتناَيٰٓإبرا ِه َُ‬
‫يم‬
‫ُ‬
‫قالوا‪َ:‬فعلَمضارعَ(هم)‬
‫يمَ‪:‬مقولَالقول‬ ‫ءأنتَفعلت ٰ‬
‫ءَ‪َ:‬حرفَاستفهام‬
‫أنتَ‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫يم‪َ:‬مجلةَفعليةَيفَحملَرفعَخرب‬ ‫فعلت ٰ‬
‫‪9.‬قالَهلَعلمتُمَماَفعلتُمَبيُ ُ‬
‫وسفَوأ ِخي َِه‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫قال‪َ:‬فعلَمايض‬
‫هلَعلمتُمَماَفعلتُمَبيُ ُ‬
‫وسفَوأ ِخي َِه‪َ:‬مقولَالقولَ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫هلَ‪َ:‬حرفَاستفهام‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ع ِلمتُمَ‪َ:‬فعلَمايضَ(أنتم)‬
‫ماَفعلتُمَ‪َ:‬مفعولَبهَيفَحملَنصب‬
‫وسفَوأ ِخي َِه‪َ:‬مفعولَبهَيفَحملَنصب‬‫بيُ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫‪10.‬قلَءآهللَأ ِذنَلكمَ‬
‫ُ‬
‫قلَ‪َ:‬فعلَأمرَ(أنت)‬
‫أَ‪َ:‬حرفَاستفهام‬
‫َُ‬
‫اهلل‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أ ِذنَلكمَ‪َ:‬خرب‬
‫آياتَر ِّب ِهَفأعرضَعنها‬ ‫ُ َّ ُ َّ‬
‫‪11.‬ومنَأظلمَ ِممنَذ ِكرَبِ ِ‬
‫منََ‪:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫أظل َُم‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ِمنَ‪َ:‬جار‬
‫ِّ‬
‫آياتَرب ِهَفأعرضَعنها‪َ:‬جمرور‬ ‫ُ َّ‬
‫مَنَذ ِكرَبِ ِ‬
‫ونَا َِ‬
‫هلل‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫‪12.‬قالواَأينَماَكنتمَتدعونَ ِمنَد ِ‬
‫قالوا‪َ:‬فعلَمايضَ(هم)‬
‫هلل‪َ:‬مقولَالقول‬
‫ونَا َِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫أينَماَكنتمَتدعونَ ِمنَد ِ‬
‫أينَما‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ُ‬
‫كنتُمَ‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫هلل‪َ:‬خرب‬
‫ونَا َِ‬
‫تدعونَ ِمنَد ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪13.‬و ِقيلَل ُهمَأينَماَكنتُمَتعبُ ُد َ‬
‫ون‬
‫ِقيلَ‪َ:‬فعلَمايضَللمجهول‬
‫ل ُهمَ‪َ:‬مفعولَبهَيفَحملَنصب‬
‫أينَماَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ُ‬
‫كنتُمَ‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫تعبُ ُدونَ‪َ:‬خرب‬
‫ينَ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫‪14.‬أيانَيومَادل ِ‬
‫أيَّانَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ين‪َ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫يو ُم ِّ‬
‫َادل َِ‬
‫‪15.‬مت ٰ‬
‫َهذاَالفت َُ‬
‫ح‬
‫متَ‪َ:‬اسمَاستفهام‬
‫ٰهذاَالفت َُ‬
‫ح‪َ:‬مبتدأَ‬
‫‪6‬‬
10.2.2 COMPOUND QUESTIONS
 Recognize the particles of questioning

Learning Objectives
 Understand their meanings
Lesson Review
Special question particles

Today we will be continuing our study of question particles. InshaAllah, we will learn about a
very versatile question particle in Arabic. What makes this particle special is that it can be used
as a base to construct many other compound question particles to create various meanings.
This question particle is ‫ما‬, which translates as ‘what’.
In addition to that, we will be learning about another special particle. Recall that last lesson, we
learned that question particles have no grammatical effect on the sentence. Today we will learn
َ
about a particular particle that is an exception to that rule. This particle isْ‫كم‬, and is used to
ask about quantity.
Constructing compound question particles

The original particle is ‫ما‬. This particle can be used to construct other question particles in
Arabic. How? It is a two step process.
-
َ َ
First a ‫ حرفْجر‬is added to the beginning of ‫ما‬. For example, ‫ْبِما‬،‫ْ ِفيما‬،‫ لِما‬etc.
- Then the ending ‫ ا‬is dropped in order to differentiate it from a ‫اسمْموصول‬.
o ‫ْبِ َْم‬،‫يم‬
َ ‫ْ ِف‬،‫ل ِ َم‬
1
© BayyinahTV
How does the meaning change?
‫ ما‬by itself means “what”. When a ‫ حرفْجر‬is attached to it, it takes upon the corresponding
meaning. For example, when the harf‫ ب‬is attached to ‫ما‬, it becomes ‫ بِم‬in the meaning of “with
َْ ‫ ِف‬which means “in what”. With ‫ ل‬it becomes ‫ ل ِ َْم‬with

what” or “in what”. With ‫ يف‬it becomes ‫يم‬
the meaning “for what”.
The quantity particle

َ ً َ
The particle used for quantity in Arabic is ْ‫كم‬. It means “How many”. For example, ْ‫كتابا‬
ِ ْ‫كم‬
َ َ
‫ق َرأت؟‬.
- There are a couple of things to notice here. Firstly, the ‫ اسم‬after the particle ‫ كم‬is
‫منصوب‬.
- The ‫ اسم‬after the particle ‫ كم‬is singular and common. This ‫ اسم‬is called the ‫اسمْكم‬
‫ كم‬also appears with a verb. In this case it has no effect on the verb after it. ْ‫ْيف‬‫م‬ ُ‫كم ََْلثت‬
َ
- ِ ِ
َ َ َ َ
َْ ِ‫ْسن‬
‫ي‬ ِ ‫األر ِضْعدد‬
- The particle ‫ كم‬is used a lot in the Qur’an. It is used in two ways, two ask a real
question and to ask a rhetorical question.
- How to ask a rhetorical question? Simple. Just put a ْ‫ ِمن‬on the ‫اسمْكم‬. This makes it
ًَ َ ًَ ََ َ َ َ
‫ جمرور‬and implies a rhetorical question. For example, ْ‫ريةْبإذن‬‫كمْ ِمنْ ِفئ ٍةْق ِليل ٍةْغلبَتْ ِفئةْك ِث‬
ْ‫لل‬
ِ ‫ا‬
َ َ َ َ َ َ
- Sometimes the ‫ اسمْكم‬occurs after the verb - ‫كمْأهلكناْ ِمنْقري ٍْة‬
2
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫‪Complete the I’raab of the following ayaat‬‬

‫ََُ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ٰ َ ََ ً‬
‫اْمثلْ‬‫‪ .1‬فيقولوْماذآْأرادْاللْبِهذ‬
‫َ َ ُ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ْالمر َسلونْ‬‫‪ .2‬بِمْير ِجع‬
‫َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ‬
‫ْماذآْأ ِحلْل ُه ْم‬ ‫‪ .3‬يسئلونك‬
‫َ ُُ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ََُ‬

‫ونْ‬
‫اتْوعي ٍ‬
‫‪ .4‬كمْتركواْ ِمنْجن ٍ‬
‫َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َ‬
‫ون َ‬
‫ْماْالْتف َعلونْ‬ ‫‪ .5‬لِمْتقول‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫َ َُ َ َ َ ٰ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ْماذاْين ِفقونْ‬ ‫‪ .6‬يسئلونك‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َ َ‬
‫‪ .7‬كمْأهلكناْقبل ُهمْْ ِمنْقر ٍنْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ‬
‫يمْ‬
‫‪ .8‬كمْأنبتناْ ِفيهاْ ِمنُْكْزو ٍجْك ِر ٍ‬
‫َ‬ ‫كمْآتَي ُ‬
‫ناهْ ِمنْآيَ ٍةْبَيِّن ٍةْ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪.9‬‬
‫َ َّ َ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ساءلونْ‬ ‫‪ .10‬عمْيت‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫يمْكنتُمْ‬‫‪ .11‬قالواْ ِف‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫َ َ ُ َ َ ً ُ ُ ُ‬
‫ْمه ِلك ُهمْ‬ ‫‪ .12‬لِمْت ِعظونْقوماْالل‬
‫َ ُ ُ َ ُّ َ ُ ُ َ‬
‫اْالمر َسلونْ‬‫‪ .13‬ماْخطبكمْأيه‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫َْلثتُمْ‬
‫‪ .14‬قالْكم ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ِ .15‬م َّمْخ ِل َقْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪ .16‬ماْهذهِ َ‬

‫ْاتلما ِثيلْاليتْأنتمْهلاْاع ِكفونْ‬
‫َّ ُ‬
‫‪ .17‬ماْاحلَاقةْ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪ .18‬ماْغ َّر َكْبِ َربِّكْالك ِريمْ‬
‫قالواْوماْالرْحٰنْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪.19‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪َ .20‬وماْتلك ِْبيَ ِمي ِنكْياْموىسْ‬
‫ََُ َ َ َ َ َ ُ ٰ َ ََ ً‬
‫اْمثلْ‬ ‫ولواْماذآْأرادْاللْبِهذ‬
‫‪1.‬فيق ْ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ولوا‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)ْ‬ ‫فيَق َْ‬
‫َ‬
‫َماذآ‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫َ َ‬
‫أراد ُْ‬
‫ْالل‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْوْلفظْاجلللةْفاعل‬
‫َ‬
‫بِ ٰهذا‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫َ ً‬
‫ل‪ْ:‬مفعولْحال‬‫َمث ْ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫َ َ ُ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ْالمر َسلونْ‬ ‫‪2.‬بِمْير ِجع‬
‫بِ َْم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫يَر ِج ُْع‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارع‬
‫ُ ُ َ‬
‫المر َسل ْ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬فاعل‬
‫َ َ ُ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ‬
‫ْماذآْأ ِحلْل ُهمْ‬ ‫‪3.‬يسئلونك‬
‫ُ َ َ‬
‫ك‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)ْ َْ‬
‫ك‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫يَسئَلون ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫َماذآ‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫ُ َّ‬
‫ل‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْللمجهول‬ ‫أ ِح ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ل ُهمْْ‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ََُ‬
‫ْوعيُ ٍْ‬
‫ون‬ ‫ات‬‫‪4.‬كمْتركواْ ِمنْجن ٍ‬
‫َ‬
‫كمْ‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ت َركوا‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(أنتم)‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ْوعيُ ٍْ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬ا‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫ات‬
‫ِمنْجن ٍ‬
‫َ ُ َ‬ ‫ون َ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َ‬
‫ْماْالْتف َعل ْ‬
‫ون‬ ‫‪5.‬لِمْتقول‬
‫ل ِ َْم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫َُ ُ َ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(أنتم)‬ ‫تقول ْ‬
‫َ ُ َ‬
‫ونْ‪:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫َماْالْتف َعل ْ‬
‫َ َُ َ َ َ ٰ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ْماذاْين ِفقونْ‬ ‫‪6.‬يسئلونك‬
‫ُ َ َ‬
‫ك‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)ْ َْ‬
‫ك‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫يَسئَلون ْ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫َماذا‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫ُ ُ َ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)‬ ‫ين ِفق ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َ َ‬
‫‪7.‬كمْأهلكناْقبل ُهمْ ِمنْقر ٍْ‬
‫ن‬
‫َ‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫أهلكنا‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(حنن)‬
‫َ َ‬
‫قبل ُهمْ‪ْ:‬مفعولْفيه‬
‫َ‬
‫ن‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫ِمنْقر ٍْ‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ‬
‫‪8.‬كمْأنبتناْ ِفيهاْ ِمنُْكْزو ٍجْك ِر ٍْ‬
‫يم‬
‫َ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫أنبَتنا‪ْ:‬فعلْمايصْ(حنن)‬
‫ِفيها‪ْ:ْ:‬مفعولْفيه‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬
‫ُْك َ‬
‫يم‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫ْزو ٍجْك ِر ٍْ‬ ‫ِمن‬
‫َ‬
‫ناهْ ِمنْآيَ ٍةْبَيِّن ٍْة‬‫كمْآتَي ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪9.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ناه‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(حنن)ْه‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬ ‫آتي ُْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِمنْآيَ ٍةْبَيِّن ٍْة‪ْ:ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫َ َّ َ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ساءل ْ‬
‫ون‬ ‫‪10.‬عمْيت‬
‫َ‬
‫ع َّْم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫ََ َُ َ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)‬ ‫ساءل ْ‬ ‫يت‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫يمْكنتُمْ‬ ‫‪11.‬قالواْ ِف‬
‫قالوا‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(هم)‬
‫يم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬‫ِف َْ‬
‫ُ‬
‫كنتُمْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫َ َ ُ َ َ ً ُ ُ ُ‬
‫ْمه ِلك ُهمْ‬ ‫‪12.‬لِمْت ِعظونْقوماْالل‬
‫ل ِ َْم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫َ ُ َ‬
‫ون‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(أنتم)‬ ‫ت ِعظ ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫قو ًما‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫ُ ُ ُ‬
‫ْمه ِلك ُهمْ‪ْ:‬صفة‬ ‫الل‬
‫َ‬
‫َ ُ ُ ُّ َ ُ ُ َ‬
‫اْالمر َسل ْ‬
‫ون‬ ‫‪13.‬ماْخطبكمْأيه‬
‫ما‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫خطبُكمْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫َْلثتُمْ‬
‫‪14.‬قالْكم ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫قال‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(هو)‬‫ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫َ‬
‫َِلثتُمْ‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(أنتم)‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪ِ 15.‬م َّمْخ ِل َْ‬
‫ق‬
‫ِم َّْم‪ْ:‬اسمْاستفهام‬
‫ُ‬
‫ق‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْللمجهول‬ ‫خ ِل َْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪16.‬ماْهذ ِه َ‬
‫ْاتلما ِثيلْاليتْأنتمْهلاْاع ِك ْ‬
‫فون‬
‫ُ‬ ‫هذهِ َ‬
‫يل‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ْاتلما ِث ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫فون‪ْ:‬صفة‬
‫اليتْأنتمْهلاْاع ِك ْ‬
‫َّ ُ‬
‫‪17.‬ماْاحلَاق ْة‬
‫َّ ُ‬
‫احلَاق ْة‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪18.‬ماْغ َّر َكْبِ َربِّكْالك ِريم‬
‫َ‬
‫ك‪ْ:ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(هم)‬ ‫غ َّر َْ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫بِ َر ِّبكْالك ِريم‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه‬
‫‪19.‬قالواْوماْالرْحٰن‬
‫َ‬
‫قالوا‪ْ:‬فعلْمايضْ(هم)‬
‫الرْحٰن‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪20.‬وماْتلك ِْبيَ ِمي ِنكْياْموىس‬
‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫تلك‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِبيَ ِمي ِن ْ‬
‫ك‪ْ:‬متعلقْباخلرب‬
‫‪9‬‬
CONNECTING PARTICLES
11.1
 Recognize the different connectors and know their meanings

Learning Objectives  Be familiar with the terminology related to connectors
 Understand the grammatical function of connectors
Lesson Review
An introduction to connectors
In Arabic, we use certain words to make connections between words, fragments, and
sentences. These are known, in Arabic, as the ‫حرف عطف‬. The part before the ‫ حرف عطف‬is
known as the ‫معطوف عليه‬, and the part after the ‫ حرف عطف‬is known as the ‫معطوف‬. So all-in-all,
we have three parts.
Grammatically, the ‫ حرف عطف‬serves to carry over the status from the ‫ معطوف عليه‬over to the
‫معطوف‬.
Examples of Connectors
Let us take a look at a few examples.
‫ و‬is the most common of the connectors. It is translated as ‘and’, and does not imply a
particular order.
‫ۡيٱَء ۡي َء ِبا َءو َءه ٓو ُقوتِب َءي ُقه َء ٰٓى َءو ِبع َءس ٰٓى َءو َءه ٓو ُقوتِب َءي‬ ‫ًن َء ِبوَء ٰٓى ٓو ِب ۡي ٰٓى َء ِبۧ َءن َءو ِب ۡي ٰٓى َءو ِب َءي َءو ِب ۡي ٰٓى َء َء َءو َء ۡي ُق َء َءو‬ ‫ُق‬ ‫ُق‬
‫ْا َء َءهٌَّن ِب َّنٱِب َءو َءه ٓو ِب‬
‫ًن َء ِبوَء ۡي ٌَء َءو َءه ٓو ِب‬ ‫ُق وُق ٓو‬
١٣٦ ‫ىَء ِبهي َّن ِّب ِبنۡي َء ًُق َء ِّب ُق َء ۡي يَء َء َء ٖد ِّبه ۡيٌ ُقنۡي َءوًَء ۡي يُق وَء ُقۥ ُقه ۡيسلِب ُقو ىَء‬ ‫وٌَّن ِب ُّي‬
‫ ف‬usually indicates order in the sense that the ‫ ه ط ف‬occurs only after the ‫ ه ط ف عل‬has
occurred.It is commonly translated as ‘then’.
٢٢ ... ۡۖ‫ َءو َءً َءن َء ِبهيَء و َّنس َءو ٓو ِب َءه ٓو ٗء َء َء ۡي َء َء ِب ِبۦ ِبهيَء ولَّن َءو ٰٓى َء ِب ِب ۡيز ٗء وَّن ُقكنۡي‬..
‫ ثم‬indicates order. It differs from the ‫ ف‬in that there is a delay between the event described in
the ‫نعطوف عليه‬and the event described in the ‫نعطوف‬. It is commonly translated as ‘then’.
١١ ... ۚ ‫َءو َّنٱُق َء لَء َء ُقكن ِّبهي تُق َء ٖد ثُق َّنن ِبهي ًُّي ۡيط َء ٖدة ثُق َّنن َءج َء لَء ُقكنۡي َء ۡيز ٰٓى َءو ٗءج‬
‫ م‬has two meanings. If it appears in a question, it is translated as ‘or’. Otherwise, it is translated
as ‘whether’.
٢١ ‫ص‬ ‫ص َء ۡي ًَء َءه وَءٌَء ِبهي َّنه ِب ٖد‬ ‫َء‬ ‫ َء َء ٓو ٌ َءعلَء ۡي ٌَء ٓو َء َءج ِبن ۡيعٌَء ٓو َءمۡي‬...
١٤٣ ...‫ۡيٱُقًلَء َء ۡي ِبي َء َّنه ۡيٱ َء َءولَء ۡي َءعلَء ۡي ِب َء ۡي َء ُقم ۡيٱُقًلَء َء ۡي ِبي‬ ‫ ُق ۡيي َء ٓوو َّنذ َءك َء ۡي ِبي َء َّن َءم َء ِبم‬...
‫ و‬is commonly translated as ‘or’. It cannot be used in a question.
١١٣ ‫ض َء ۡي ٖدم َء ۡيسَء ِبي ۡيو َء ٓو ِّب يَء‬
‫َء وُق ْا وَء ِب ۡيلٌَء َء ۡي ًه َء ۡيو َء ۡي َء‬
‫ ه‬is used when two options are given. It is commonly translated as ‘either’. ‫ ه‬is repeated after
each of the two options.
٣ ً ‫ِبًَّن َء َء ۡي ٰٓىٌَء ُق و َّنس ِب َءي ِب َّنه َءٱ ِبك ٗء َءو ِب َّنه َءك ُق‬
11.2 CONNECTORS OF CONNECTION
 Recognize the different connectors and know their meanings

Learning Objectives
 Understand the grammatical function of connectors
Lesson Review
In this lesson, we will learn about two other connecting words. The thing that is special about
these connectors is that they are used when a person says something wrong and then wants to
correct his/her speech. The ‫حرف عطف‬is used to connect the correct statement (the ‫ )معطوف‬to
the statement that is wrong (the ‫)معطوفعليه‬. These two connectors are ‫بل‬, which means ‘rather’
‫ْن‬
and ‫لك‬ which means ‘however’.
Let us take a look at a few examples.

‫ُ َو ُ َو‬
١٦٩ ‫ررقوو‬ ‫موتَوا بَول أَوحيَوا ٓا ٌء ع َون َو ِّب‬
َٰ ‫َو َو‬ ‫ُ ُ ْن‬ َّ َّ ‫َو َو َو َو َو‬
‫َب ٱ َوك قتلوا ِف َوسبيل ٱهلل أ‬ ‫َتس‬
Don’t you dare think of those who were killed in the path of Allah as dead, rather they are alive with their
master being provided for
‫َو‬ َٰ ‫َو َٰ ُ َو‬ ُ ُ ‫َو ُ َو‬
َٰ ُّ َّ ‫َو‬ ُ ُ
٨٩ ‫ِف أ َوم ل َو لك ُ َوؤاخذك ب َوما عقنت ُ ٱ َوم َوك‬‫ك ُ ٱهلل ٱ لَّ و ٓا‬ ‫ؤاخذ‬
Allah does not hold you accountable for what is meaningless in your oaths, however He holds you
accountable for what you intended of oaths
Notice that in both cases, the ‫ حرف عطف‬is used to attach a correcting statement to a statement that
requires correction
‫‪11.2‬‬ ‫‪CONNECTORS OF CORRECTIONS‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫)إعراب( ‪ grammatically.‬آيات ‪Analyze the following‬‬
‫ُ ّ َخَّت َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬و َااُِا ْٱ َخَّت َ َ ٱهلل َو َ ا ُ َ‬

‫تبٌَ ُۥٍ ةَل َخَّت َُّل َوا ِف ٱ َخَّت‬
‫ُۥَّل ٌِخُِن‬ ‫ال َى َِ ِت َوٱ ِر‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َخَّت َ َ ُ َ َخَّت ٌ َ َ ٓ َ َ ِّ ِّ َ ُ َ َ‬

‫لي َخَّت ُ ِل ٱهلل َوخات َه ٱ َخَّت ِ ّ ِ َ َوَكن ٱهلل ةِلل َش ٍء َع ِن ىا‬
‫‪ .2‬وا َكن ُمىد أةا أحد وي جا ِمله وم ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫لبِ ُ ون‬ ‫ك َرت أَ َ ُ‬
‫ةَصًَا ةَل ََن ُي َِم َخَّتو ُ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ٓ ْ َخَّت َ ُ ِّ‬
‫‪ .3‬م ااِا إِنىا‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ ُُ ُ ُ‬ ‫ٓ َ َ ُ ََ‬ ‫َخَّت‬ ‫َخَّت ُ َ ُ ُ‬

‫ِوله َوٱهلل غفِ ٌ َح ِن ه‬ ‫اخ كه ةِىا لتج ن‬
‫ل ي يؤ ِ‬
‫ِف أيى ٌِله وم ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ان‬‫ٱ‬‫ب‬‫ِ‬ ‫هلل‬‫ٱ‬ ‫كُ‬
‫ه‬ ‫اخ‬
‫‪ . 4‬يؤ ِ‬
‫َ ِّ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ِّ َ َ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫َخَّت ُ َ َ ٓ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َ‬
‫ِرَِن‬ ‫‪ .5‬أم ي ِاِن ةِ ٍِ ِجٌث ةل جاءَه ِبٱ وأكَثَه اِنب‬
‫َ َ ّ‬ ‫َُ ْ‬ ‫ِه َومَلي ُشتِّ ٍَ ا َ ُُه َوإ َخَّتن ٱ َخَّت ِ َ‬

‫ييٱخخَنفِا ِف ٍِ م ِِف شك ِّوي‬ ‫ِه َو َوا َصنَتُ ُ‬
‫‪َ .6‬و َوا َقخَنُ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ََُ ْ‬ ‫ِّ َ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َخَّت َ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ‬

‫عد وا جاءحُه ٱ َ ٌج وم ِ‬
‫ل ِي ٱخخنفِا‬ ‫‪َ .7‬واِ شا َء ٱهلل وا ٱ خخلٱ ِ يي ِوي ةع ِد َِه وي ة ِ‬
‫ُ ّ َخَّت َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬و َااُِا ْٱ َخَّت َ َ ٱهلل َو َ ا ُ َ‬

‫تبٌَ ُۥٍ ةَل َخَّت َُّل َوا ِف ٱ َخَّت‬
‫ُۥَّل ٌِخُِن‬ ‫ال َى َِ ِت َوٱ ِر‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ُ ْ‬
‫ااِا‪ :‬فعل وايض (َه)‬
‫َ‬ ‫َخَّت َ َ‬
‫ٱ ٱهلل َو ا‪ :‬و ِل ام ِل ِف ُمل ًصب‬
‫ةَل‪ :‬حرف عطف‬
‫َخَّت‬
‫َُّل‪:‬وخعن ةاخلرب‬
‫َوا ِف ٱ َخَّت‬
‫ال َى َِ ِت‪ :‬وتخدأ و وعطِف عن ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫َو ‪ :‬حرف عطف ٱ ِر‪ :‬وعطِف‬
‫ُّ‬
‫‪ :‬وتخدأ‬
‫َخَّت‬
‫َُّل‪: :‬وخعن ةاخلرب و دم‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ٌِخُِن‪ :‬خرب‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َخَّت ّ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َخَّت ُ َ‬ ‫َخَّت َ َ ُ َ َخَّت ٌ َ َ ٓ َ َ ِّ ِّ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫لي ِل ٱهلل وخاته ٱ ِ ِ وَكن ٱهلل ةِلل َش ٍء ع ِن ىا‬ ‫‪ .2‬وا َكن ُمىد أةا أحد وي جا ِمله وم ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫َخَّت ُ ِل ٱهلل‪ :‬وعطِف عن ٍ‬
‫َو‪ :‬حرف عطف‬
‫َ َ‬
‫خات َه ٱ َخَّت ِ ّ ِ َ ‪ :‬وعطِف‬
‫َ‬ ‫ةَصًَا ةَل ََن ُي َِم َخَّتو ُ‬
‫لبِ ُ ون‬ ‫ك َرت أَ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ٓ ْ َخَّت َ ُ ِّ‬
‫م ااِا ِإنىا‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ََ ُ ْ‬
‫م اا ِٓا ‪ :‬فعل وايض (َه)‬
‫َخَّت َ ُ ِّ َ َ َ ُ َ‬
‫ةَصًا‪ : :‬وعطِف عن ٍ و و ِل ام ِل ِف ُمل ًصب‬ ‫ِإنىا كرت أ‬
‫لبِ ُ ون‪ :‬وعطِف‬
‫َ‬ ‫ََن ُي َِم َخَّتو ُ‬
‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ ُُ ُ ُ‬ ‫ٓ َ َ ُ ََ‬ ‫َخَّت‬ ‫َخَّت ُ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ِوله َوٱهلل غفِ ٌ َح ِن ه‬ ‫اخ كه ةِىا لتج ن‬
‫ل ي يؤ ِ‬‫ِف أيى ٌِله وم ِ‬ ‫اان ِِ ِ‬ ‫اخ ك ُه ٱهلل ب‬ ‫يؤ ِ‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ٓ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َخَّت‬ ‫َخَّت ُ َ ُ ُ‬
‫يى ٌِله‪ :‬وعطِف عن ٍ‬ ‫اان ِِ ِِف أ‬ ‫اخ ك ُه ٱهلل ب‬ ‫يؤ ِ‬
‫ََ‬
‫لي‪ :‬حرف عطف‬ ‫وم ِ‬
‫َُ ُ ُ َ َ َ َ ُُ ُ ُ‬
‫ِوله‪ :‬وعطِف‬ ‫اخ كه ةِىا لتج ن‬ ‫يؤ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َوٱهلل‪ :‬وتخدأ غفِ ٌ ‪:‬خرب َح ِن ه‪ :‬خرب‬
‫ِن ةٍ ج َخَّتٌ ٌث ةَل َجا ٓ َء َُه اب َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫أم ي ِا ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫َ‬
‫أم‪ :‬ا ه ا خفُام‬
‫َُ ُ َ‬
‫ي ِاِن‪ :‬فعل مضا ع (َه)‬
‫َخَّت ٌ‬
‫ةِ ٍِ ِجٌث‪ :‬و ِل ام ِل ِف ُمل ًصب‬
‫ٓ ُ‬
‫َجا َءَه اِب َ ِّ ‪ :‬وعطِف‬
‫ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََُ ُ َ َ َ َُ ُ ََ‬
‫لي شتٍِّ ا ُُه‬ ‫ووا قخنِه ووا صنتِه وم ِ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫ِه‪ :‬وعطِف عن ٍ‬ ‫َوا َقخَنُ ُ‬
‫ِه‪ :‬وعطِف‬ ‫َو ‪ :‬حرف عطف َوا َصنَتُ ُ‬

‫ََ‬
‫لي‪ :‬حرف عطف‬ ‫وم ِ‬
‫ُ َ َ‬
‫شتٍِّ ا ُُه‪ :‬وعطِف‬
‫ََُ ْ‬ ‫ِّ َ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َخَّت َ‬ ‫َ َ ٓ‬
‫عد وا جاءحُه ٱ َ ٌج وم ِ‬
‫ل ِي ٱخخنفِا‬ ‫‪َ .7‬واِ شا َء ٱهلل وا ٱ خخلٱ ِ يي ِوي ةع ِد َِه وي ة ِ‬
‫َ َ ٓ‬
‫اِ شا َء ٱهلل‪ :‬رشط‬
‫يي وي ةَعدَه ِّوي ةَعد َوا َجا ٓ َء ُ‬
‫حُ ُه ٱ َ ٌَِّ ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ َخَّت‬
‫ج‪ :‬جِاب اارشط‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫وا ٱ خخل ٱ ِ َ ِ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ل ِي‪ :‬حرف عطف‬ ‫وم ِ‬
‫َُ ْ‬
‫ٱخخَنفِا‪ :‬وعطِف‬
11.3 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
 Recognize the different conditional particles

Learning Objectives  Be familiar with the terminology related to conditional
sentences
 Understand how to grammatically analyze conditional
sentences
Lesson Review
An Introduction to Conditional Sentences

A condition is something that depends on something else. For example, If Waleed eats greens he will
grow. So in order for Waleed to grow he has to eat greens. Waleed’s growth depends on him eating
greens. As you can see, the word ‘if’ is used to make conditions in English.
Let us take a look at another conditional sentence in English. Consider the sentence – If you studyyou
will succeed. There are two parts to this sentence. The first part is ‘If you study’ and the second part is
‘you will succeed’. Notice that the second part is dependent on the first part i.e. in order for the second
part to happen, the first part should happen. This is called a condition. In Arabic, we name the first part
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬
ْ and we call the second ‫وال ِطط‬ ‫ُب‬ ‫ر‬
ْ ‫ وا‬. The ‫ َشط‬and the ‫وا والط‬ َّ
ْ ‫ُجلة‬‫ُب ْ ر ر‬
the ‫َشط‬ together make up a ‫َشطِطية‬
We will spend this lesson and the next learning conditional words in Arabic InshaAllah.
Particles of Condition and their meanings.

There are certain words in Arabic that make a normal sentence into a ‫مجلة رشطية‬. In this lesson we will
focus on conditional words which make the word after them lightest or ‫جمزوم‬.They are:
‫ْن‬
‫ ِإن‬translated as ‘if’ ‫ نا‬translated as ‘whatever’ ‫ َمن ْنو‬translated as ‘whenever’
Note: What does ‫ جمزوم‬mean? Recall that we studied the harf of lightest (‫) ن لم ملا ول فل يل‬. All of these harf
make the presente tense verb after it lightest. Lightest is also called ‫جمزوم‬. Now we are learning that
conditional words also make the present tense verb after them lightest.
Construction of a ‫ُجلة َشطية‬

The typical sequence of a ‫ مجلة رشطية‬is the conditional word followed by a ‫ فعل مضارع جمزوم‬followed by
another ‫فعل مضارع جمزوم‬. Each ‫ فعل مضارع جمزوم‬along with its respective ‫ نفاعيل‬is its own sentence. And the
entire construction is the conditional sentence.
Important points
 ‫ مجلة رشطية‬can also be made up of ‫فعل ناض‬.

 In this case the ‫ رشط‬and ‫ جواب الرشط‬both would be ‫فعل ناض يف حمل جزم‬
 Note that in both cases above whether the ‫ رشط‬is a ‫ فعل مضارع‬or ‫ناض‬, the ‫ جواب الرشط‬is also a
‫ مضارع‬or ‫ناض‬.
 Sometimes‫ جواب الرشط‬can be a ‫اسم‬, or a command or it can have a ‫ س‬or ‫ سوف‬attached to it. In all
of these cases there is a mismatch between the ‫ رشط‬and the ‫ جواب الرشط‬and hence a ‫ ف‬must be
added to the ‫ وا والط‬.
Examples
‫ُب‬ ‫ر ر ُب‬
‫إِطن يشأ يذهِطبكم‬
‫ رشط‬: ‫ن يشأ‬ 
‫ جواب الرشط‬: ‫يذهبكم‬ 
‫ُب ر ُب ُب ُب‬ ‫ر ر ر ُب‬
‫وم فٱ ل هم‬ ‫ِطن ل‬
‫َم‬
‫ رشط‬: ‫فإن قاتلوكم‬ 
‫ جواب الرشط‬: ‫ فاقتلوهم‬
‫ر ر ر ُب ر‬
‫كف ُبروهُب‬ ْ ‫ر ر ر ُب‬
‫رونا يفعل و نِطو خري لو ي‬
‫ رشط‬: ‫ونا يفعلوا نو خري‬ 
‫ جواب الرشط‬: ‫ فلو يكفروه‬
‫ر‬ ‫ٓأل ر ر ر ر‬ ‫رر ر ر‬
‫فهو يس هِطعِط ٱ ن ِط ُبۥ ِطشهابا َّرص و‬
‫ رشط‬: ‫فهو يستهع اآلن‬ 
‫ جواب الرش‬: ‫جيد هل شهابا رصدا‬ 
‫‪11.3‬‬ ‫‪CONDITIONAL SENTENCES‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫نَجيعا ن‬
‫ُش رُه ِكنإلَوي ِك َو ِك‬‫ر‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نف‬ ‫ِب‬‫ِك‬ ‫ن ن ۡس ن ِك ا ِك ِكنۦنو َو ن‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫‪َ .1‬وو َو ن َو َو ِك‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬

‫دوهن ِك َودنٱ َو نِك‬
‫ر‬ ‫ۡين َو ِكج‬
‫نخ ٖ‬
‫َو‬ ‫كمن ِك‬
‫ر‬ ‫نِلنفر ِك‬
‫‪ .2‬و ن ر َوق ِكد روا ِك َو‬
‫َو َو‬
‫ر‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ٌل‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫كنو ِكإ َوَلنٱ َو ِكن ر ۡسرجعنٱِل ر و ن ن‬‫وونف َو َوقدن ر ِك ن ن ن ن ِك َونق ۡس ِكل َو َۚ‬
‫ن ِك ر َو‬
‫‪َ .3‬وو ِكإنن ر َو‬
‫ر ر‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ر ر‬
‫ۡس‬
‫يعٱ ل ِكل ن‬
‫نهونٱل َو ِك ن‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نإ‬ ‫َۚ‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬ ‫َل‬ ‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬
‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫نو‬ ‫نَل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫‪ .4‬وإننج حواْنلل ۡسلمن ٱ ن ۡس‬
‫ج ۡس‬
‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ِك َو َو ر ِك‬
‫ر َو ر‬ ‫َو ر ر َو‬‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ِك َو َو َو َو َو َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ْ‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫‪ .5‬وإنن نۡسن ن ۡس‬

‫ن ِك َو َونن َو ل َو ن َو َوَلن َو ِكد َون نفَو روان ِك و ٖن ِك ن ِك ِك نِك‬
‫ر َو‬ ‫َو ِك ر ر ِك َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ك ۡسمن َوٱ ن ۡس ِكقي ر وان ننلَو ر ن ِكإ َوننٱ َو ن ِكح ر نٱل ر َو ِكق َون‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫وا نل‬‫‪ .6‬ف َو نٱ ۡس َوق ر ن‬
‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۢن ۡس‬ ‫كنف ن ۡس‬‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ن ن‬
‫ح ِك‬ ‫نٱل‬ ‫ه َوونٱل َو ِك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه‬
‫ِك‬ ‫د‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬
‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نو‬ ‫ۖا‬ ‫نَل‬
‫َو‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نف‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ل‬‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن‬
‫ر َو‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو َو َو َو ر‬ ‫َو َو َو ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو َو‬
‫‪.7‬‬
‫ر‬
‫ن‬
‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ْ ٌل‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫ك ۡسمنو ِكإنن َو رواوا َونن ردن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نل‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫نخ‬
‫َو‬ ‫و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نف‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ن‬‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬‫إ‬‫ِك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ف‬‫َو‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬ ‫م‬‫ر‬ ‫ٓاء‬ ‫نج‬ ‫د‬ ‫حوانف َو َوق‬
‫ر‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫‪ِ .8‬كإننت َو ۡس ف‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ن‬
‫‪ .9‬و ن ۡس ن ۡسرنف ن ن ۡس نرنل ۡسف نۦۖانو ن فرنف ننٱ ننغ ٌل‬

‫ين َو ِكيدن‬ ‫َو َو َو ر َو ِك َو َو َو ر ِك َو ِك ِك َو َو َو َو َو ِك َو َو َو َو ِك‬
‫َو‬ ‫ر‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫ن ِك ۡس نءا ٍة ن َو ۡسونن ر ِك َو َونن ِك ن ِك َو ۡين ِك ۡنٓان َو ۡسون ِك ِكل َو ٓا ن َولَو ۡسمن َو َول ۡسمن َو َوننٱ َو ن َوَلن ر ِكلن َو ۡس ء َونق ِكد ٌلرن‬ ‫‪ .10‬نن‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬ ‫َو َو َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫‪ .11‬ف َو ن ِكر ِكانٱ َو ن َونن ۡس ِكد ن رۥن َوُش ۡس ن د نهۥنلِك ِك ۡس َول ِكمنو ن ِكر ۡسان َونن ِك َو نۥن ۡسج لن د نهۥ َونض ِكي ًق نحرجٗ ن‬
‫َوَو‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر َو َو‬ ‫َو ر‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫نغفرو ان‬ ‫و‬
‫َو ِك َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نف‬ ‫ح‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نونوا‬
‫‪ِ .12‬كإنن َو ر‬
‫َو َو ِك َو ر َو َو‬ ‫ر َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٌل ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ك ۡسمن َو ۡس ِكد ۡسمنو َول ِك َو َونمن ِكٱ لن ر ٓوو ِكءن‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر ٓووا ِكنإلَو ۡسي‬ ‫ك ۡسمن َو َود ءنو‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نونروانل‬
‫ر‬ ‫‪ِ .13‬كإنن َوقفرو ر ۡسمن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو ر َو‬ ‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ْ ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫نوٱ ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡينفل ۡسلو ِك ۡس‬‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ۡينفَو ِك َوننٱ َو ن ِك ِك ن ِكل ن‬
‫ٍة‬ ‫نخ‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫وا‬‫ر‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نو‬ ‫ِۗ‬ ‫يل‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬
‫نو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬
‫نو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬‫ق‬ ‫ِل‬
‫َو‬ ‫ٱ‬‫ن‬
‫نو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ٖ‬ ‫نخ‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬
‫‪ .14‬نق ر َو َو ر‬
‫ق‬ ‫نف‬‫َو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ٓا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو َو َو َو َو َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬
‫‪ .15‬نو ن و َو لن َوَلنٱ َو نِكنف َو ر ونح ۡس ن رۥن‬
‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو َو‬
‫ن‬
‫ۡس ۡس ۡس‬
‫ِبنف ي ۡسحُشُهۡسنإل ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫و ن ۡس‬
‫نَجيعا ن‬
‫ِكنۦ َونو َو َون ِك َو َو َو ر ر ِك َو ِك َو ِك‬
‫ي‬ ‫َو ن ِك َوا ِك‬ ‫ن ن‬ ‫ِك‬
‫َو َو َو َو‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ِب‪ :‬شرط‬ ‫ِكنۦنو َو ۡس ن ِك ن‬ ‫َو ن ِك َوا ِك‬ ‫ن ن‬ ‫ِك‬
‫و ن ۡس‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫نَجيعا ‪:‬نجوا نالُشط‬ ‫ُش رُه ِكنإلَوي ِك َو ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ف َو يح‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫دوهن ِك َودنٱ َو نِك‬‫ج‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ٖ‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫نخ‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬
‫ر‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫نف‬ ‫نِل‬
‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫و ن ر َوق ِكد وا‬
‫َو َو ر ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫ۡي‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫نخ ن‬ ‫كمن ِك َو‬
‫ر‬ ‫نِلنفر ِك‬ ‫ن ر َوق ِكد روا ِك َو‬ ‫و‬
‫َو َو‬
‫دوهن ِك َودنٱ َو نِك‪:‬نجوا نالُشط‬‫ج‬

‫َو ِك ر ر‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ٌل‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫كنو ِكإ َوَلنٱ َو ِكن ر ۡسرجعنٱِل ر و ن‬‫وونف َو َوقدن ر ِك ن ن ن ن ِك َونق ۡس ِكل َو َۚ‬
‫ن ِك ر َو‬
‫‪َ .3‬وو ِكإنن ر َو‬
‫ر ر‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ر ر‬
‫وو‪ :‬شرط‬ ‫ن ِك َو ن‬ ‫وإنن‬
‫َو ِك ر َو ر‬
‫ٌل‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ك‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ف َو َوقدن ر ِك ن ن ن ن ِك َونق ۡس ِكل َو َۚ‬
‫َو ر ر‬
‫ۡس‬
‫نهونٱل َو ِك يعنٱ ل ِكل ن‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫نإ‬ ‫َۚ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َل‬ ‫ن‬
‫ۡس‬
‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫نو‬ ‫نَل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ج ۡس‬ ‫‪ .4‬وإننج حواْنلل ۡسلمن ٱ ن ۡس‬
‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ِك َو َو ر ِك‬
‫ر َو ر‬ ‫ر ر َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ِك َو َو َو َو َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫م‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫حوانلِكل َو ل ِك ن‬ ‫نج َو ر‬ ‫وإن‬
‫َو ِك َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ٱ ن ۡس‬
‫ج َو ۡس ن َونَل َو نو َو و َو لن َوَلنٱ َو َِۚك‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫َو‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ْ‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫َو َوَلن َو ِكد َون نفَو روان ِك و ٖن ِك ن ِك ِك نِك‬ ‫رنۡسن ِك ن ۡس ن ِك َو َونن‬
‫َو ل َو ن‬ ‫‪َ .5‬وو ِكإنن ر‬
‫ر َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫َوَلن ۡس ِكد َون ‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫َو ل َو ن‬
‫ن ِك َو َونن‬ ‫رنۡسن ِك ن‬ ‫َوو ِكإنن ر‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ْ‬
‫و ٖن ِك ن ِك ِك نِك‪:‬نجوا نالُشط‬ ‫فَو روا ِكن‬
‫ر َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ك ۡسمن َوٱ ن ۡس ِكقي ر وان ننلَو ر ن ِكإ َوننٱ َو ن ِكح ر نٱل ر َو ِكق َون‬‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫‪ .6‬ف َو نٱ ۡس َوق ر ن‬
‫وا‬
‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ْ‬
‫م‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ك ۡس ن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫وا نلَو‬ ‫ف َو نٱ ۡس َوق ر ن‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫وا ننلَو ر ن‪:‬نجوا نالُشط‬ ‫َوٱ ن ۡس ِكقي ر ن‬
‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۢن ۡس‬ ‫كنف ن ۡس‬‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ن ن‬
‫ح ِك‬ ‫نٱل‬ ‫ه َوونٱل َو ِك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ه‬ ‫د‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫كنَل ۖانو ن‬ ‫نف ن‬ ‫‪َ .7‬و ن ف ِك نٱ َو نلِكل َو ِك ن ِك َون‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر َو‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو ر ِك َو َو َو َو َو ر ِك َو ر‬
‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو ن ف ِك نٱ َو نلِكل َو ِك ن ِك ن‬
‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫ك َونَل َو ۖا‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ف َو َو ن ر ِك َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬
‫ك‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫و ن ِك ن‬
‫َو َو ر‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۢن‬
‫ف َو َو ن ۡسر ِك َولن َو نۥن ِك ن ِكد ِكنه‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬
‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬
‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ْ ٌل‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ْ ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬
‫ك ۡسمنو ِكإنن َو رواوا َونن ردن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نخۡينل‬ ‫َو‬ ‫حوانف َو َوقدنجٓاء رمنٱل َوف نو ِكإنن َو َونوان نف َو ر و‬ ‫‪ِ .8‬كإننت َو َو ر‬
‫ِك‬ ‫ف‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر َو‬ ‫َو َو ر‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬
‫وا‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ح ن‬ ‫ِكإننت َو َوف ِك ر‬
‫ف َو َوقدنجٓاء رمنٱل َوف ن‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫ْ‬
‫و ِكإنن َو َونوان ن‪ :‬شرطن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫ٌل‬ ‫ْ‬
‫م‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ك ۡس ن‬ ‫ر‬ ‫نخۡينل َو‬ ‫ف َو ر َوو َو‬
‫ْ‬
‫وا‪ :‬شرطن‬‫و ِكإنن َو روا ن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫د‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫َون ر ن‬
‫ۡس ن ۡسرنف ن ن ۡس نرنل ۡسف نۦۖانو ن فرنف ننٱ ننغ ٌل‬

‫ين َو ِكيدن‬ ‫ر َو ِك َو َو َو ر ِك َو ِك ِك َو َو َو َو َو ِك َو َو َو َو ِك‬
‫َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫‪َ .9‬وو َو ن َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫ر‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ن ۡس ن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َوو َو ن َو‬
‫نرنلِك َوف ِك ِكن‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬‫ف َو ِك ن َو َو ن َو ر‬
‫ر‬
‫ر‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫و ن َو َوف ن‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ف ننٱ ننغ ٌل‬
‫ين َو ِكيد‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫َو ِك َو َو َو َو ِك‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬

‫ۡس نءا ٍة ن َو ۡسونن ر ِك َو َونن ِك ن ِك َو ۡين ِك ۡنٓان َو ۡسون ِك ِكل َو ٓا ن َولَو ۡسمن َو َول ۡسمن َو َوننٱ َو ن َوَلن ر ِكلن َو ۡس ء َونق ِكد ٌلرن‬ ‫ن ِك‬ ‫‪ .10‬نن‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬ ‫َو َو َو‬
‫ۡس نءا ٍة ن َوونن ر ِك َو ‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ن ِك‬ ‫َونن‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ِك ۡنٓان َوون ِك ِكل َو ٓا‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ن ِك َو ۡين‬ ‫َون ِك‬
‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ن رۥن َوُش ۡس ن د نهۥنلِك ِك ۡس َول ِكمنو ن ِكر ۡسان َونن ِك َو نۥن ۡسج لن د نهۥ َونض ِكي ًق نحرجٗ ن‬ ‫‪ .11‬ف َو ن ِكر ِكانٱ َو ن َونن ۡس ِكد‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ر َو‬ ‫َو ر‬
‫ن رۥ‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ف ن رانٱ ن نن ۡس ِكد‬
‫َو َو ر ِك ِك َو ر َو َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫م‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫َوُش ۡس ن د نهۥنلِك ِك ۡس َول ِك ن‬
‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫و ن ِكران َونن ِك َو نۥ‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو َو ر‬
‫ۡسج لن د نهۥ َونض ِكي ًق نحرجنا ً‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو ر‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫نغفرو ان‬
‫نونروان َو ِكل ِكح َونف َو ِك ن َو ن رۥن َو َوننلِكۡلَو َوو ِك َو َو‬ ‫‪ِ .12‬كإنن َو ر‬
‫ْ‬
‫نونروان ِكل ِكح نَو‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ِكإنن َو ر‬
‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫نغفرو ا‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ف َو ِك ن َو ن رۥن َو َوننلِك َو َو َو‬
‫ِك‬ ‫و‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫ۡس‬
‫ك ۡسمن َو ۡس ِكد ۡسمنو َول ِك َو َونمن ِكٱ لن ر ٓوو ِكءن‬ ‫ٓوواْنإل ۡس‬ ‫ٌل ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫نو‬ ‫ء‬ ‫د‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫نل‬ ‫نونروا‬‫‪ِ .13‬كإنن َوقفرو ر ۡسمن ر‬
‫َو ر َو‬ ‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫م‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ِكإنن َوقفرو ر ن‬
‫َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ٌل ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ك ۡسمن َو ۡس ِكد ۡسمنو َول ِك َو َونمن ِكٱ نل ر ٓوو ِكءن‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫ر ٓووا ِكنإلَو ۡسي‬ ‫نونروانلَوك ۡسمن د ءنو‬ ‫ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو ر َو‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر َو َو َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬
‫ْ ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ۡينفَو ِك َوننٱ َو ن ِك ِك ن ِكل ن‬
‫ٍة‬ ‫نخ‬
‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫نوٱ ۡس ِكنٱ ل َو ِك ِك ِۗ‬
‫يلنو ن َو ف لروان‬ ‫ن ِكن ن‬
‫ِك‬ ‫نوٱل‬
‫ن ن‬ ‫نوٱلي‬ ‫ِلقر ِك نَو ن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ۡينف َو ِكللو ِك ۡس ِك ن‬
‫نوٱ‬ ‫نخ ٖ‬ ‫َو‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫نفق رنن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫‪ .14‬نقرلن ٓان‬
‫َو َو‬ ‫َو َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو َو َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو‬ ‫َو‬
‫ۡي‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫نخ ن‬ ‫نفق رنن ِك َو‬ ‫َو ٓان َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬ ‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫يل‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬ ‫نوٱ ۡس ِكنٱ ل َو ِك ِك ِۗ‬ ‫ن ِكن ن‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫نوٱل‬
‫ن ن‬ ‫نوٱلي‬ ‫ِلقر ِك نَو ن‬ ‫َو‬ ‫فَو ِكللو ِك ۡس ِك ن‬
‫نوٱ‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو َو َو َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو َو‬
‫ۡس ۡس‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡس‬
‫ۡي‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫نخ ٍة ن‬ ‫َوو َو ن َو ف َو لروان ِك َو‬
‫ف َو ِك َوننٱ َو ن ِك ِك ن ِكل ‪:‬نجوا نالُشطن‬
‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫و َو لن َوَلنٱ َو نِكنف َو ر ونح ۡس ن رۥن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫‪ .15‬نو‬
‫َو َو ر‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس‬
‫و َو لن َوَلنٱ َو نِك‪ :‬شرطن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و‬
‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬ ‫َو‬ ‫َو َو‬
‫ۡس ن رۥ‪:‬نجوا نالُشط‬ ‫ف َو ر ونح‬
‫ر‬ ‫َو َو‬
11.4 SPECIAL CONDITIONAL PARTICLES
 Recognize the different conditional particles

 Be familiar with the terminology related to conditional
Learning Objectives
sentences
 Understand how to grammatically analyze conditional
sentences
Lesson Review
Particles of Condition and their meanings

Last lesson we looked at certain words that make both parts of the conditional statement lightest or
‫جمزوم‬. Today we will focus on words of condition that do not.‫ إذا‬andِ‫ل‬.
‫ إِذا‬:
- ‫ ِإذا‬translates as ‘if and when’

- ‫ ِإذا‬can be used with both ‫ واض‬and ‫مضارع‬
ُ ‫ِو قَح َحال َحر ِّب ٱرج‬ ُ ‫َح ٰىَّت َح َح ٓ َح َح َح َح ُ ُ َح‬

‫ِن‬
ِ ِ ‫ِإذا جاء أ دَه ٱلى‬
‫ري ٱ َح ٰىَّتوم َح‬
ُ ‫ط‬ ‫تَل َحعنَحيٍ َحءايَحتٌَُحا قَح َحال أَح َح‬
‫س‬
‫َح ُ َح‬
‫ِإذات‬
ِ ِ ِ
ِ‫ل‬:
- ِ‫ ل‬comes with a ‫ ل‬on the ‫جِاب‬

- Together the ‫ رشط‬and ‫ جِاب‬translate at ‘had ____ happened, y’
- ِ‫ ل‬can be used with both ‫ واض‬and ‫مضارع‬
- The ‫ ل‬that usually comes on the ‫ جِاب‬is sometimes omitted in the Quran for rhetorical
purposes.
‫َح‬ ‫َح‬ ُ ٓ ‫َح ُ ْ َح َح ٓ َح َح ُّ َح َح َح َح َح َح َح َٰٓ َح َح ٰىَّت َح‬
‫رسنتُه بِ ٍِ ك ِف ُرون‬
ِ ‫ًزل منئِكة ف ِإًا بِىا أ‬ ‫ قالِا لِ شاء ربٌا‬...
‫َح اًل‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َح ُ َح ُ ُ َح َح َح ُ ْ َح َح ٰىَّت َح َح ُ ُ َح َح َح َح ٰىَّت ُ ٰىَّت ٌد ٰىَّت َح ُ ْ‬
‫ِع مي ِ دوا ِوي وًِ ِۦٍ مِوِ‬ ‫ِام جل لُه ٱم اب بل لُه و ِ‬ ‫اا َه بِىا‬
‫لِي ِ‬
‫‪11.4‬‬ ‫‪SPECIAL CONDITIONAL PARTICLES‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ًا‬
‫ۡي ۡم ح ِفي ا‬‫ّل فمٓا أ ۡر ۡل ٰنك عل ۡ‬ ‫لل ومن َّت ّ َّ ٰ‬ ‫َۖ‬ ‫اع‬ ‫ط‬ ‫أ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫د‬ ‫َّو ف َّ َّق‬ ‫‪ .1‬من يط ِع ٱل‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ ُ ِ ّ َّ ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ٱين ِ َّ أ َّ ٰ ي م ّ ُم ِ ي َّاٱ ُ ٓ ِ َّّا ِ ّ َّللِ و ِ َّّٓا ِٱَّ ۡ ِ ٰر ِ ُ و‬‫ّ َّ ِ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ ُ‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫برحمي ًا‬ ‫‪ .3‬وٱ ۡ أ ۡم ّ َّلم ٓ ْ أ ف ۡ ٓآاوو ۡ ۡ فلو ْ لل و ۡ ۡ فل ٱ ٱل و ٱ دو ْ لل ت ًا‬

‫ّ َّ ِ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ ّ َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ ُ ّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫َّ َّ َّ ّ َّ ِ َّ ُ َّ‬
‫ُ َّ ُ َّ ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْٓ‬

‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ت‬ ‫ض‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ي ۡف ۡ‬ ‫ُل ٱِّ ّ َّ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ ّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ك َّف ُلو ِ َّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ ُ ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ‬
‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ين َّ‬
‫َّ‬
‫ّل‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ۡ‬
‫كل ُ و‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫و ۡم ي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫و‬ ‫ت عل ۡۡي ۡم ٓا ٰي ۥ ز د ۡۡت ۡم ِ ٰ‬
‫يمن ًا‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫م‬‫تل وۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫لل‬ ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ين‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ َّّما ٱم ۡ ِمن َّ ّ َّ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ َّ ّ َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ ُ َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ ُ‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ٱ ۡم ٰ َّ ُل َّض ِل‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ًا ۡ ۡ‬ ‫خشع ًا‬ ‫ٱۡق ۡلٓا و ع ٰ يلٖل ٱَّّلأ َّ ۡي ۥ ٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫‪ .6‬ٱَّ ۡ أ َّ زٱنَّا ٰ َّه َّذ‬
‫اس ٱَّ َّ ّل َّ ُ‬
‫وا ٱِلنّ َّ ِ‬
‫ُ َّ‬
‫ك َّ‬‫للِ َّو ِت َّ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ّ َّ ِۚ‬ ‫خش ِ‬ ‫ن‬
‫ّ َّ َّ‬
‫م‬‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫د‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫م‬
‫ّ ُ َّ َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫كلوو‬‫ي ف ّ َّ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ ُ َّ‬
‫م وما تنفق و ّ َّّل ۡٱ ٓآا و ۡ‬ ‫ۡي ف ِِلَّ ف ِ ك ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬ ‫كن لل ۡ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ٱَّيۡس عل ۡ‬

‫للِ‬
‫ِ ّ َّ ِۚ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِۚ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ٖل‬ ‫خ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ٓآا وما تُن ِف ُق ِمن‬ ‫َي ِدي من ي َّ َّش ُۗ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ه َّد ٰٰى ۡم وٱَّ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ك‬‫َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ‬
‫َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ك ۡم وأ َّ ُُتۡ َّّل تُظ َّل ُم و‬‫ُ‬
‫ٱۡ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ۡي ي‬‫خ ٖل‬ ‫وما تُن ِف ُق ِمن‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬
‫‪ .8‬ٱ طَّل ۡ ت عل ۡۡي ۡم ٱ ٱ ۡت م ۡۡن ۡم فل رٗ وٱمل ۡئت م ۡۡن ۡم ر ۡع ًا‬

‫ب‬
‫َّ َّ ُ ِ َّ ِ ُ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ ِ ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ ّ َّ َّ ِ‬
‫ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ط‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .9‬و ِ َّ ت ۡ َّ ٰ ع َّل ۡۡي ۡم ٓا ٰي نا َّاٱ ُ َّ ۡد َسِ ۡ نا ٱَّ ۡ نَّشٓآا ٱَّ ُقلنا ِم ۡ َّل ٰه َّذ ِ ۡو ٰه َّذ ِ ّ َّّل أ َّ ٰ‬
‫ُ ّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ ِ َّ َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ًا‬
‫ۡي ۡم ح ِفي ا‬‫ّل فمٓا أ ۡر ۡل ٰنك عل ۡ‬ ‫لل ومن َّت ّ َّ ٰ‬ ‫َۖ‬ ‫اع‬ ‫ط‬ ‫أ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫د‬ ‫َّو ف َّ َّق‬ ‫‪ .1‬من يط ِع ٱل‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ ُ ِ ّ َّ ُ‬
‫َّو ‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫من يط ِع ٱل‬
‫ّ َّ ُ ِ ّ َّ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫اع ّ َّلل ‪:‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ط‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ف َّ َّقد أ‬
‫َّ‬
‫ّل ‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫ومن َّت ّ َّ ٰ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫فمٓا أ ۡر ل ٰنك عل ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ۡي ۡم ح ِفي ا ‪:‬‬
‫َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ٱين ِ َّ أ َّ ٰ ي م ّ ُم ِ ي َّاٱ ُ ٓ ِ َّّا ِ ّ َّللِ و ِ َّّٓا ِٱَّ ۡ ِ ٰر ِ ُ و‬ ‫ّ َّ ِ‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ِ َّ أ َّ ٰ ي م ّ ُم ِ ي ‪ :‬شلط‬
‫ْ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫َّاٱ ُ ٓ ِ َّّا ِ ّ َّللِ و ِ َّّٓا ِٱَّ ۡ ِ ٰر ِ ُ و‪:‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫برحمي ًا‬ ‫وٱ ۡ أ ۡم ّ َّلم ٓ ْ أ ف ۡ ٓآاوو ۡ ۡ فلو ْ لل و ۡ ۡ فل ٱ ٱل و ٱ دو ْ لل ت ًا‬
‫ّ َّ ِ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ ّ َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ ُ ّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫َّ َّ َّ ّ َّ ِ َّ ُ َّ‬
‫ُ َّ ُ َّ ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْٓ‬
‫و‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫ٱل ُ ُ‬ ‫فل ٱ‬ ‫َّفلو لل و‬ ‫ٓآاوو‬ ‫ٱَّ ۡ أ َّ ّ َّ ۡم ِ ّ ََّّل ُم أ َّ ف‬
‫ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ ُ ّ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ ُ َّ ُ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ًا‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫حمي ‪:‬‬ ‫لل َّت ّ َّ ب ّ َّر ِ‬ ‫دو‬ ‫ٱَّ َّ َّ ُ‬
‫ّ َّ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْٓ‬
‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ت‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ض‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ي ۡف ۡ‬ ‫ُل ٱِّ ّ َّ ِ‬
‫ّ َّ َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ُ ّ ُ‬ ‫ك َّف ُلو َّ َّ ُ ُ َّ ُ ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ‬
‫م‬ ‫د‬ ‫ق‬‫ف‬ ‫و‬ ‫د‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ل‬ ‫د‬ ‫ا‬ ‫م‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ين َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ّل‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ِو ين َّ ‪ :‬شلط‬
‫َّ ُ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ف‪:‬‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬
‫ي ُ َّفل ٱَّ ُ ّ َّما َّد َّ َّل َّ‬
‫ْ‬
‫و ِو ي ُ دو ‪ :‬شلط‬
‫َّ َّ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ٱ ّ َّوٱِ َّ‪:‬‬ ‫ت َّ‬ ‫ضت ُ نّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ف َّ َّقد َّم َّ‬
‫يمنًا‬ ‫ت عل ۡۡي ۡم ٓا ٰي ۥ ز د ۡۡت ۡم ِ ٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬
‫كل ُ و‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫و ۡم ي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫و‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ت‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫تل وۡ‬
‫م‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ل‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫لل‬‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ين‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ َّّما ٱ ُم‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ َّ َّ ِّ ِ َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ َّ ِ َّ َّ ُ ُ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫َّ‬
‫كل ّ َّلل‪ :‬شلط‬
‫َّ ُ ِ َّ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫و ِ َّلت ُل ُ و ۡم‪:‬‬
‫ُُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ۡيم ٓا ٰي ُ ُۥ‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫و ت ِل ت عل‬
‫َّ ِ َّ ُ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ َّ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫يمنًا ‪:‬‬ ‫ز د ۡۡت ۡم ٰ‬
‫َّ َّ ُ ِ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ٱ ۡم ٰ َّ ُل َّض ِل‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ًا ۡ ۡ‬
‫خ ِشع ًا ّ ُم‬ ‫ٱۡق ۡلٓا و ع ٰ يلٖل ٱَّّلأ َّ ۡي ۥ ٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫‪ .6‬ٱَّ ۡ أ َّ زٱنَّا ٰ َّه َّذ‬
‫اس ٱَّ َّ ّل َّ ُ‬
‫وا ٱِلنّ َّ ِ‬
‫ُ َّ‬
‫ك َّ‬‫َّ‬ ‫للِ و ِتل‬
‫ِۚ‬
‫ّ َّ َّ‬ ‫خش ِ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ِّدع ِّمن‬
‫َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫كلوو‬ ‫ي ف ّ َّ‬
‫َّ َّ َّ ُ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫و ۡوأ َّ زٱنَّا ٰ َّه َّذ ٱ ُق ۡلٓا و ع َّ ٰ يلٖل‪ :‬شلط‬
‫َّ َّ َّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ًا ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ًا‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫للِ‪:‬‬
‫خش ِ ّ َّ ِۚ‬ ‫ِدع ِمن‬ ‫خ ِشع م‬ ‫ٱّ َّ َّلأَّي َّ ُۥ َّ‬
‫ّ ُ َّ َّ ّ ّ َّ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬ ‫كن لل ۡ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫‪ .7‬ٱَّيۡس عل ۡ‬
‫م َّو َّما تُن ِف ُق َّو ِ ّ َّّل ٱ ِ َّ ٓآا َّو ِ ّ َّللِِۚ‬ ‫ك ۡ ِۚ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ۡي فَّ ِِلَّ فُ ِ‬ ‫خ ٖل‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ٓآا وما تُن ِف ُق ِمن‬ ‫َي ِدي من ي َّ َّش ُۗ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ه َّد ٰٰى ۡم وٱَّ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ َّ َّ َّ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ك ۡم وأ َّ ُُتۡ َّّل تُظ َّل ُم و‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ٱۡ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ۡي ي‬ ‫خ ٖل‬ ‫وما تُن ِف ُق ِمن‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬
‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ۡي‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫خ ٖل‬ ‫َّو َّما تُن ِف ُق ِمن َّ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ك ۡم‪:‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫فَّ ِِلَّ فُ ِ‬
‫ْ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ۡي‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫خ ٖل‬ ‫َّو َّما تُن ِف ُق ِمن َّ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ك ۡم وأ َّ ُُتۡ َّّل تُظ َّل ُم و‪: :‬‬ ‫ٱۡ‬
‫ي ُ َّ ّ َّ ِ َّ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ‬
‫ب‬ ‫‪ .8‬ٱ طَّل ۡ ت عل ۡۡي ۡم ٱ ٱ ۡت م ۡۡن ۡم فل رٗ وٱمل ۡئت م ۡۡن ۡم ر ۡع ًا‬
‫َّ َّ ُ ِ َّ ِ ُ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ ِ ّ َّ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ ّ َّ َّ ِ‬
‫ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ۡي ۡم‪ :‬شلط‬ ‫ت َّع َّل ِ‬ ‫ٱ طَّل‬
‫َّ ِ ّ َّ َّ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ب‪:‬‬ ‫ووٱ ۡت م ۡۡن ۡم فل رٗ وٱمل ۡئت م ۡۡن ۡم ر ۡع ًا‬
‫َّ َّ ُ ِ َّ ِ ُ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َّ َّ ّ َّ َّ ِ‬
‫ُ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ط‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .9‬و ِ َّ ت ۡ َّ ٰ ع َّل ۡۡي ۡم ٓا ٰي نا َّاٱ ُ َّ ۡد َسِ ۡ نا ٱَّ ۡ نَّشٓآا ٱَّ ُقلنا ِم ۡ َّل ٰه َّذ ِ ۡو ٰه َّذ ِ ّ َّّل أ َّ ٰ‬
‫ُ ّ َّ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َّ َّ‬ ‫ُ َّ ِ َّ َّ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫و ت ٰ عل ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ۡي ۡم ٓا ٰي ُنَّا‪ :‬شلط‬
‫َّ ِ َّ ُ َّ َّ َّ ِ َّ َّ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ ۡ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ب ٱرشط‬ ‫ٱ ّ َّوٱِ َّ‪:‬‬
‫طۡي ُ َّ‬ ‫َّاٱ ُ َّد ََّسِ نَّا ٱَّ ن َّ َّشٓآا ُٱَّ ُقلنَّا ِم َّل ٰ َّه َّذ ِو ٰ َّه َّذ ِ ّ َّّل أ َّ ٰ َّ ِ‬
11.5 EXCEPTIONS
 Understand ‫ إال‬and its meaning and usage

Learning Objectives
 Understand ‫ دو‬and its meaning and usage
Lesson Review
‫اّل‬
Introduction to ‫ إ‬and it’s meaning
ْ ْ
An exception in Arabic is called ‫ ِاس ِتثناء‬. In Arabic, there are certain words that are used to create
exceptions. The first word we will learn is a ‫حرف‬, it is ‫إال‬.
There are two cases in which ‫ إال‬is used:
1. In a positive sentence where it gives the meaning “except”.
For example
َ ‫ فَ َس‬: “Then they prostrated except Iblis”
‫ج ُدوا إآل ِإ ْ ِ َي‬
2. In a negative sentence where it conveys the meaning “nothing but/except”.
Both‫مج ة اسمية‬and‫مج ة فع ية‬can be made negative by using one of the tools of negation. Here are some
of the negative particles commonly used with ‫إال‬
ْ ْ َ‫ل‬ َْ
ِ‫إ‬ ‫ما‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ال نافية ل جني‬
Although ‫ هل‬is a question particle, it also used a few times in the Qur’an in conjunction with ‫إال‬.
For example
‫ه َ َّال‬
ُ ‫إال‬
‫اا‬ ‫ ال ِإٰل‬: “There is absolutely no deity worthy of worship except Allah”
‫َّال‬
‫إال س ْ ٌرر ُم ٌر‬ ْ
ِ ِ ‫ إِ ههذا‬: “This is nothing but obvious magic”
‫‪11.5‬‬ ‫‪EXCEPTIONS‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ُغ ً‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫ورا‬‫ٱل َ ُ ِإ ّ َّل ُُ‬ ‫د ُُه ُ ّ َ‬
‫‪َ .1‬و َما َي ِع ُ‬
‫يً‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫ٱ ِإ ّ َّل َ ِ‬
‫ون ّ ََ‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬و َّل يذكُر‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ري‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫س‬‫َ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫‪ .3‬إ ۡين هذٓا إ ّ َّل‬
‫ُ َّ َ‬ ‫ِ َ َ ِ َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ٱي ءامن ُ ا وما ي َد ُ ن ِإ ّ َّل أَنفُس ُُه وما يَل ُُعون‬‫ٱ و َّ ِ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ي ِد ن‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ َ ُ َ َّ َ َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ٱر ِ‬ ‫ه ٱر‬ ‫َ‬
‫ّل‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ُ ۡي ِإ َ و ِ دٌۖد ّ َّل‬ ‫‪َ .5‬و ِإ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ِ َ ِ ُ َ َّ َ ُ َّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ٓ ً‬
‫ثوإن ي ۡيد ن إ ّ َّل ش ۡي ا ً مريدا ً‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫‪ِ .6‬إن َيد ُ َن ِم دُو ِن ِه ِإ ّ َّل ِإ َن ا َ ِ َ ُ َ ِ َ َ ّ َ ِ‬
‫ۡي ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬

‫ٱش َقى‬‫‪َّ .7‬ل يص َٰىٓا ِإ ّ َّل َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ۢ ۡي‬ ‫ْ ۡي‬

‫ٓاءۡت ُ ُ ٱ َ ِ ّنَ ُ‬ ‫ِإ ّ َّل ِم بع ِد ما ج‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .8‬وما َت َف َر َق ّ َ ِ‬
‫ٱي أُوت ُ ا ٱ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ُغ ً‬
‫ورا‬ ‫‪ .1‬وما ي ِعدُه ٱل ۡي إ ّ َّل‬
‫َ َ َ ُ ُ ُ َّ َ ُ ِ ُ ُ‬
‫ما‪ :‬ما ناف‬
‫َ‬
‫محل نص‬
‫د‪ :‬فعل مضارع ُُه‪ :‬مفع ل به يف ّ‬ ‫َي ِع ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ٱل ۡي َ ‪ :‬فا ل‬
‫َّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُغ ً‬
‫ورا‪ :‬مفع ل به‬ ‫إ ّ َّل‬
‫ِ ُ ُ‬
‫يً‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫ٱ ِإ ّ َّل َ ِ‬
‫ون ّ ََ‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫‪ .2‬و َّل يذكُر‬
‫َ َ‬
‫َّل‪ّ :‬ل ناف‬
‫ۡي‬
‫يذكُرون‪ :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ّ َٱ‪ :‬ٱفظ اٱجيةل مفع ل به‬
‫َ‬
‫ِإ ّ َّل َ ِ ي ً‪ :‬مفع ل به‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫‪ِ .3‬إن َه َذٓا ِإ ّ َّل أَس ِ ري ُ َ‬
‫ٱ ّ َوٱِ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِإ ۡين َه َذٓا‪ :‬م دأ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ٱ ّ َوٱِ َ ‪ :‬خرب‬‫ِإ ّ َّل أَس ِ ري ُ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ٱي ءامن ُ ا وما ي َد ُ ن ِإ ّ َّل أَنفُس ُُه وما يَل ُُعون‬‫ٱ و َّ ِ‬ ‫‪ .4‬ي ِد ن‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ َ ُ َ َّ َ َ‬
‫ي َ ِد ُ ن ‪ :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ّ َٱ‪ :‬مفع ل به منص ب‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٱي ءامن ُ ا‪ :‬مفع ل به يف محل نص‬‫و َّ ِ‬
‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬
‫ي َد ُ ن‪ :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ِإ ّ َّل أَنفُس ُُه ‪ :‬مفع ل به‬
‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬
‫يَل ُُعون‪ :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ٱر ِ‬ ‫ه ٱر‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ّل‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫إ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫إ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .5‬و ِإ َ ُ ُ ۡي ِإ َ و ِ ٌۖد‬
‫د ّ َّل‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِإ َ ُ ُ ۡي ‪ :‬م دأ‬
‫ِإ َ و ِ د‪ :‬خرب‬
‫َ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ّ َّل ِإ َ ‪ّ :‬ل ناف ٱ جنس وامسه م دأ‬
‫َ‬
‫ه ‪ :‬خرب‬ ‫إ ّ َّل‬
‫ِ َُ‬
‫ۡي‬
‫‪ :‬خرب‬ ‫ٱر‬
‫َّ َ ُ‬
‫ٱر ِ ‪ :‬خرب‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ثوإن ي ۡيد ن إ ّ َّل ش ۡي ا ً مريدا ً‬ ‫‪ .6‬إن ي ۡيد ن م دونه إ ّ َّل ٓإن ا ً‬
‫ِ َ ُ َ ِ ُ ِ ِ ِ ِ َ َ ِ َ ُ َ ِ َ َ َّ ِ‬
‫ۡيد ُ ن ‪ : :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫ث‪ :‬مفع ل به‬ ‫ِم دو ِن ِه ِإ ّ َّل ِإ َن ا‬
‫ُ‬
‫ۡي‬
‫و‪ :‬رف ف ِإن يد ُ ن ِإ ّ َّل َش ۡي َ ا ً ّ َم ِريدا ً‪ :‬مفع ل به‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬
‫يد ُ ن‪ : :‬فعل مضارع (ُه)‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ۡي‬
‫ِإ ّ َّل َش َ ا ّ َم ِريدا‪ :‬مفع ل به منص ب‬
‫ۡي ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬

‫ٱش َقى‬ ‫‪َّ .7‬ل يص َٰىٓا ِإ ّ َّل َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َّل‪ّ :‬ل ناف‬
‫ي ۡيص َ ‪ :‬فعل مضارع‬

‫َ‬
‫َها‪ :‬مفع ل به‬
‫ۡي ۡي‬
‫ٱش َقى‪ :‬فا ل‬‫ِإ ّ َّل َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ۢ ۡي‬ ‫ْ ۡي‬
‫ٓاءۡت ُ ُ ٱ َ ِ ّنَ ُ‬ ‫ِإ ّ َّل ِم بع ِد ما ج‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ .8‬وما َت َف َر َق ّ َ ِ‬
‫ٱي أُوت ُ ا ٱ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫فَر َق ‪ :‬فعل ماضي‬
‫َّ‬
‫ْ ۡي‬
‫‪ :‬فا ل‬
‫ِ َ‬
‫ٱي أُوت ُ ا ٱ‬ ‫َّ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡي‬ ‫ۡي‬ ‫ۢ ۡي‬
‫ٱ ِ ّنَ ُ‪ :‬مفع ل ف ه‬ ‫ِإ ّ َّل ِم بع ِد ما جٓاءۡت‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ َ ُ ُ‬
11.6 EMPHASIS
 Understand how is used
Learning Objectives
 Know the different uses of ‫ ل‬of emphasis
 Understand how verbs are made heavy
Lesson Review
Introduction to ‫قد‬
There are various tools used to emphasize a sentence in Arabic. One of the most commonly used forms
‫َق ْد‬
of emphasis is . It is used to emphasize either a‫ فعل ماض‬or ‫فعل مضارع‬. It can be translated as ‘already’
or ‘in fact’ or ‘had/have/has’. These translations are depend on the context. Let us take a look at a few
examples:
‫َق‬ ‫َق‬ ‫َق ْد َّي‬
‫اآلاا ِت ْد ٍم آلُي ِت ُي و‬
‫ِت‬ ‫َق َّي ا‬ We have clarified the signs for a
believing people
‫َق ْد َق َق َّي َق ُّر ْد ُي َق ْد َق‬
‫ال ِتم‬ The right path has become from the
wrong path.
‫َق ْد َق ْد َق َق ُي ْد َق‬
‫ال ِتم ُي و‬ ‫ف‬ The believers havealready
succeeded.
‫ْد ُق ْد‬ ‫َق ْد ُق ُق َق ْد ُق‬ ‫َق ْد َق ْد‬
‫ِق‬ ‫ا‬ ‫قد ِق ن ن‬ We, in fact, know what the earth
takes of them
Introduction to ‫ ل‬of Emphasis

The ‫ ل‬of emphasis can be attached to any type of word in Arabic. Let us understand how it is used.
Consider these two sentences:

‫َق ٌد‬ ‫َّي َق َق َق‬
- ‫ِت‬ ‫ِت‬ ‫ِتو ا‬
‫َق ٌد‬ ‫َق ُي َق‬
- ‫ِت‬ ‫ا ِت‬
‫َّي‬
The first sentence differs from the second in that there is an extra ‫ و‬and an extra‫ ل‬on . This tells us
that the first sentence is more emphatic than the second.
This ‫ ل‬can occur on a ‫ حلف‬or ‫ سم‬or a ‫فعل‬. For example:

‫َق ْد َق ْد َق ُي ْد َق ْد‬ ‫َق ْد‬
- ‫اا‬ ‫َّيا ِت‬ ‫ِت‬ ‫ِتم‬ ‫َق ُي اللا ِتا ار ِتض‬
‫ُي ْد‬ ‫َّي ْد َق َق‬
- ‫ٍم‬ ‫إلنلاو ِت‬ ‫ِتو ِت‬
‫َق َق َّي ُي َّي‬ ‫َق ُي ُي‬
-
‫اال َق‬
‫ِت ِت‬ ‫َق َّي آلا َق ْد ا ِت ا ا‬
Introduction to ‫ ن‬of Emphasis

‫َّي‬
‫ فعل مضارع‬and ‫ يه‬can be made more emphatic by attaching a ‫ و‬to the end. Although the ‫ و‬can attach
to all conjugations, we will be looking only at the masculine singular and plural as they occur most
frequently in the Qur’an.
- ‫ و = َقي ُي َق َّي‬+ ‫َقي ُي ُيل‬
- ‫ و = َقي ُي ُي َّي‬+ ‫َقي ُي ا ُي َقو‬
- ‫ و = ال َقت ُي َق َّي‬+ ‫ال َقت ُي ُيل‬
- ‫ و = ال َقت ُي ُي َّي‬+ ‫ال َقت ُي ا ُي َقو‬
Note that the singular forms have a ‫ فتحة‬right before the ‫ و‬while the plural forms have a ‫ضلة‬.
‫‪11.6‬‬ ‫‪EMPHASIS‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ى‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ح إل ۡۡي ۡ‬‫ۡ ٰٓ‬ ‫ٱ ي كفرواْ لرسلِه ۡ لن ۡخرجنكم م ۡ‬

‫ي أ َ ۡر ِضنٓا أ َ ۡو لَتعودن ِِف ِم ّلَ ِتناۖ فأَو ى‬
‫َ‬ ‫لَ ِل ِ‬
‫يل ّ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ك‬
‫َ‬ ‫ل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُن‬‫َ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّب‬
‫َ ُّ ُ ُ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬و َقال ّ َ ِ َ َ َ ُ ِ ُ ُ ِ ِ َ ُ ِ َ ّ َ‬
‫َشون‬ ‫ح‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ت‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫َل‬ ‫َل‬ ‫‪ .2‬ولئي م ۡ أ ۡو قت ۡل ۡ‬
‫ُ َ ُ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ِ ُّ ُّ َ ُ ِ ُ‬
‫ك ِق ۡ َ ً َت ۡر َض ىٰىاۚ‬ ‫لس ٓا ِ ۖء ف َ َلنُولِّ ن‬ ‫ك ِِف‬ ‫‪ .3‬ق ۡ نر ىى تقلب و ۡ‬

‫ج ِه‬ ‫ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ََ ََ ّ َ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫‪ِ .4‬إ ّنَهُۥ لَ َق ۡول فَ ۡ ل‬
‫ْ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ٌ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫كانُوا ع لُون‬
‫َ‬ ‫كس ۡ ُ ۖۡ و َ ْ ُس َئل ُ ْون ع ّ َ ا‬‫َ‬ ‫كم ّ َما‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫كس ول‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ك أ ُ ّم َ ة َق َ َل ََلَا ما‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪ِ .5‬تل‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫بقال ق ۡ أ ۡنعم ٱ عل إ ۡذ ل ۡم أكي معِهۡ شه ا ً‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ۡ‬

‫ي ف َ ِ ۡن أ َ ى ت‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫كم ّ ُم ِ َة َ َ َ َ َ َ ّ َ ُ َ َ ّ َ ِ َ َ ُ ّ َ َ ُ َ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫نكم لَ َ ي لّ َ ُ َ ِ ّ َئ ّ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫‪ .6‬و ِإ ّ َن ِم‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ ا‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫ك َفروا و ّ ُ وا عي س ِ ِل ّ َٱِ َق َض ّلُوا َض ى َل ََل ب ِع ً ا‬ ‫‪ِ .7‬إ ّ َن ّ َ ِ‬
‫ٱي‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ا‬
‫ح ََ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِف‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ن‬
‫َل لَ ُن َ َ ّ َ‬
‫ذ‬ ‫ك َّ ۖ‬
‫‪َ .8‬‬
‫ٌ‬
‫م‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ن‬ ‫إ‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫وس‬ ‫ى‬ ‫م‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ال‬‫ق‬ ‫ۥ‬
‫ۚ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ۡست ۡ‬ ‫‪ .9‬فأ ۡ ِف لۡ ن ٓآافا ً قب ف ذا ّ َٱي ۡستن رهۥ ۡٱ ۡ‬
‫م‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ َ‬ ‫ِ َ ِ َ ِ َ ِ َ َ َّ َ ِ َ ِ‬
‫َ َ ِ ُ ُ َ َ َ ُ ُ َ ِ َّ َ َ َ ِ ّ ّ ُ ِ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ َ َ‬
‫هۡ ىذلك ل ۡ‬ ‫ا ۡ‬ ‫‪ .10‬ول ۡس ننكم ۡٱ ۡ‬

‫اف و ِع ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫و‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫م‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ا‬‫ق‬‫َ‬ ‫م‬ ‫اف‬
‫َ‬ ‫ي‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۚ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ب‬
‫َ‬
‫ي‬ ‫م‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ر‬
‫ُ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ِ َ َّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ى‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ح إل ۡۡي ۡ‬‫ۡ ٰٓ‬ ‫ٱ ي كفرواْ لرسلِه ۡ لن ۡخرجنكم م ۡ‬

‫ي أ َ ۡر ِضنٓا أ َ ۡو لَتعودن ِِف ِم ّل َ ِتناۖ فأَو ى‬
‫َ‬ ‫لَ ِل ِ‬
‫يل ّ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ك‬
‫َ‬ ‫ل‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُن‬‫َ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ّب‬
‫َ ُّ ُ ُ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫م‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬و َقال ّ َ ِ َ َ َ ُ ِ ُ ُ ِ ِ َ ُ ِ َ ّ َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ك َفروا‪ :‬فاعل‬ ‫ٱي‬ ‫َقال ‪:‬فعل ماضي ّ َ ِ‬
‫َ َ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫لِرس ِل ِِه ‪ :‬معفول به‬
‫ُ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ي أ َ ۡر ِضنَٓا أ َ ۡو لَت ُعود ّ َن ِِف ِم ّل َ ِتنَاۖ ‪ :‬مقول القول‬‫لنخرجنكم م ۡ‬
‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫َ ُ ِ َ َّ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ ٰٓ‬
‫ۡي ۡم‪ :‬معفول به‬ ‫ح ‪:‬فعل ماضي ِإلَ ِ‬
‫فأَو ى‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ر ّ ُّب ۡم‪ :‬فاعل‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ى‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َ‪ :‬مج فعل مفعول به‬ ‫ل َ ِل ِ‬
‫يل ّ‬‫ك َّ‬
‫لَ ُُن ِل َ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َشون‬‫َ‬ ‫ُ ۡ َ َِل ََل ّ َٱِ تُح‬ ‫‪ .2‬ولَ ِئي ّ ُم ّ ُ ۡ أ َ ۡو ق ُ ِتل‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡ ۡ ۡ‬
‫ۡ ‪ :‬شرط‬ ‫َولَ ِئي ّ ُم ّ ُ أَو ق ُ ِتل ُ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫َشون‪ :‬جوا الَشط‬ ‫َلَل ٱ تح‬
‫َ ِ َ َّ ِ ُ َ ُ َ‬
‫ك ِق ۡ َ ً َت ۡر َض ىٰىاۚ‬ ‫لس ٓا ِ ۖء فَ َلنُولِّ ن‬ ‫ِف‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ج‬‫‪ .3‬ق ۡ نر ىى تقلب و ۡ‬

‫ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َّ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ ََ ََ ّ َ َ‬
‫نر ىى ‪ :‬فعل مضارع (نحي)‬
‫ََ‬
‫لس اء‪ :‬مفعول به‬ ‫ك ِِف‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َّ َ‬ ‫ب َوج ِه َ‬ ‫تق ّل ُ‬
‫ََ َ‬
‫نلَنُولِّ َ ّ َ ‪ :‬فعل مضارع (نحي) ك ‪ :‬مفعول به‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫ِق ۡ َ ً ‪ :‬مفعول به و مو وف َت ۡر َض ىٰىاۚ‪ :‬ف‬
‫َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫‪ِ .4‬إ ّنَهُۥ لَ َق ۡول فَ ۡ ل‬
‫ِإ ّنَهُۥ‪ :‬حرف ن ب وامسه‬

‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫لَ َق ۡول فَ ۡ ل ‪ :‬رب‬
‫ْ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ٌ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬

‫كانُوا ع لُون‬
‫َ‬ ‫كس ۡ ُ ۖۡ و َ ْ ُس َئل ُ ْون ع ّ َ ا‬‫َ‬ ‫كم ّ َما‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫و‬ ‫س‬ ‫ك‬
‫َ‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫َل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ل‬
‫َ‬ ‫‪ِ .5‬ت َ ّ َ َ َ‬
‫ق‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬‫ُ‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ل‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ك‪ :‬م ت أ‬ ‫ِتل َ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫أ ُ ّم َ ة ‪ :‬رب‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َق َ َل ‪ :‬ف‬
‫ََلَا ‪ :‬متعلق بالخرب‬

‫ۡ‬
‫‪:‬م ت أ‬ ‫ما كس‬
‫َ َ َ َ‬
‫كس ۡ ُ ۡ‪ :‬مع وف‬ ‫لَكم ما‬ ‫و‪ :‬حرف ع ف‬
‫ُ َّ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْ ُس َئل ُ ْون ‪ :‬فعل مضارع لل جهول (أن )‬ ‫َ ‪ :‬ناف‬
‫َ‬
‫ْ ۡ‬
‫كانُوا ع لُون‪ :‬جار و مجرور مفعول به‬ ‫َع ّ َ ا َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫بقال ق ۡ أ ۡنعم ٱ عل إ ۡذ ل ۡم أكي معِهۡ شه ا ً‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ي ف َ ِ ۡن أ َ ى ت‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫كم ّ ُم ِ َة َ َ َ َ َ َ ّ َ ُ َ َ ّ َ ِ َ َ ُ ّ َ َ ُ َ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫نكم لَ َ ي لّ َ ُ َ ِ ّ َئ ّ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪ .6‬و ِإ ّ َن ِم‬
‫َ‬
‫ِإ ّ َن‪ :‬حرف ن ب‬
‫نك ۡم‪ :‬متعلق بالخرب مق م‬

‫ُ‬ ‫ِم‬
‫إن‬
‫ي‪ :‬اسم ّ َ‬ ‫لَ َ ي لّ َ ُ َ ِ ّ َئ ّ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ۡ ى ْ‬
‫ب‪ :‬شرط‬ ‫ك م ّ ُم ِ ة‬ ‫إن أ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬
‫ل ِإذ لَ ۡم أَكُي ّ َمع ُِه َش ِه ا ً‪ :‬جوا الَشط‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ال َق أَنعم ّ َٱ ع‬ ‫َق َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ْ ا‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ك َفروا و ّ ُ وا عي س ِ ِل ّ َٱِ َق َض ّلُوا َض ى َل ََل ب ِع ً ا‬ ‫ٱي‬ ‫‪ِ .7‬إ ّ َن ّ َ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫إن و امسه م ت أ‬ ‫حرف‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ع‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ٱ ي كفروا‬ ‫ِإ ّ َن ّ َ ِ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ َ َ‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ْ ا‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َق َض ّلُوا َض ىَل ََل ب ِع ً ا‪ :‬مج فعل رب ِف محل ن ب‬
‫َ‬
‫َض ّلُوا‪ :‬فعل ماضي (ه)‬
‫ا‬
‫َض ى َل ََل ب ِع ً ا‪ :‬مفعول م لق‬
‫َ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ا‬
‫ح ََ ِ‬
‫َل لَ ُن َ َذ ّ َن ِِف ل ُ‬ ‫ك َّ ۖ‬ ‫‪َ .8‬‬
‫ا‬
‫لَ ن َذ ّ َن‪ :‬فعل مضارع لل جهول (هو)‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ح َ ِ ‪ :‬مفعول ف ه‬ ‫ِِف ل‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ٰٓ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫‪ .9‬فأ ۡ ِف لۡ ن ٓآافا ً قب ف ذا ّ َٱي ۡ‬
‫ك لَ َ ِو ّي ّ ُم ِ‬ ‫ٱ ۡم ِ َ ۡست ۡ ِر ُهۥۚ َقال َ ۥ م ى‬
‫وس ِإ ّنَ َ‬ ‫ُ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ن‬
‫َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ت‬‫س‬ ‫ِ َ ِ َ ِ َ ِ َ َ َّ َ ِ َ ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ َ َ‬
‫فَأ َ ۡ ‪ :‬فعل ناق وامسه م ت أ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ِِف ل ِ نَ ِ ‪ :‬متعلق بالخرب‬
‫َ‬
‫ً‬
‫ٓآافا ‪ :‬رب أ‬
‫َ ِ‬
‫َ َ ّ َقب‪ :‬حال‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ٱ ۡم ِ ‪ :‬م ت أ‬
‫ِ َ‬ ‫ٱي ستن رهۥ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َّ ِ‬
‫َ َ َ ُ‬
‫رب ِف محل رفع‬ ‫فعل‬ ‫َ ۡست ۡ ِر ُه ُ‪ :‬مج‬
‫َ‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫وس‪ :‬فاعل‬ ‫َقال‪ :‬فعل ماضي َ ‪ :‬مفعو به مق م م ى‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ك لَ َ ِو ّي ّ ُم ِ ‪ :‬مقول القول‬ ‫ِإ ّن َ َ‬
‫هۡ ىذلك ل ۡ‬ ‫ا ۡ‬ ‫‪ .10‬ول ۡس ننكم ۡٱ ۡ‬
‫اف و ِع ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫ي‬ ‫م‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ا‬‫ق‬ ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ ‫ي‬
‫َ َ َ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ۚ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ ‫م‬‫ِ‬ ‫ر‬
‫ُ ُ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ِ َ َّ‬
‫َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ي‪ :‬مفعول ف ه (نحي) كُ ْم‪ :‬مفعول به ِف محل ن ب‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫لَ ُس ِنَ ّ َ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ٱ ۡر ‪ :‬مفعول به‬ ‫َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ا ۡ‬
‫ِمي بع ِ ِهۡ‪ :‬مفعول ف ه‬
‫َ‬
‫ك‪ :‬م ت أ‬ ‫ى‬
‫ذَلِ َ‬
‫اف و ِع ِ ‪ :‬جار و مجرور متعلق بالخرب‬ ‫ي اف مقامي و‬ ‫ل ۡ‬
‫َِ َ َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ‬
‫ال و ول‬ ‫اف و ِع ِ ‪:‬‬ ‫ي‪ :‬اسم مو ول اف مقامي و‬ ‫م ۡ‬
‫َ َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
11.7 EXPRESSIONS OF AMAZEMENT
 Recognize positive and negative expressions of amazement
Learning Objectives and their meanings
Lesson Review
Introduction to Expressions of Amazement

Arabs use various expression to show their amazement, in a both positive and negative way. Let
us familiarize outselves with these expressions and their meanings.
‫ثئس‬/‫َعى‬/‫سبء‬/ٍ‫حس‬
‫ ثِن ْعئ َم‬are sisters, ‫ َِن ْعع َمى‬being used to express positive amazement, or praise, and ‫س‬
‫ َِن ْعع َمى‬and ‫س‬ ‫ ثِن ْعئ َم‬being
used to express negative amazement, or blame. In a like way, ‫ َمحسُسٍَم‬and ‫ سب َمء‬are sisters, ‫ َمحسُسٍَم‬being
used positively and ‫ سب َمء‬being used negatively. ‫َِن ْعع َمى‬and ‫ َمحسُسٍَم‬translate as ‘What an excellent x!’ ‫س‬ ‫ثِن ْعئ َم‬
and ‫ سب َمء‬translate as ‘What a terrible x!’
These words are a special kind of ‫فعم‬. The ‫ثئس‬/‫ َعى‬pair are ‫الزو‬,so they do not take a ‫يفعول‬. For
this reason, you will always find them followed by a‫ اسى‬in the ‫ رفع‬status, the ‫فبعم‬. The ‫سبء‬/ٍ‫حس‬
pair, on the other hand,is ‫ يتعدي‬and can take both a ‫ فبعم‬and ‫يفعول‬. The ‫ فبعم‬is an inside doer in
most cases in the Quran.
٣١ ‫…َِن ۡعع َمى نلَّث َمواةُس َم َمح ُسسَُم ۡع ُسي ۡع َم ٗق َمب‬

٢٩ ‫سن َّثل َم اةُس َم َمسبٓا َمء ۡع ُسي ۡع َمفَمقًب‬
‫ثِن ۡعئ َم‬...
ّ‫يب أفعه‬
This expression can be used both positively and negatively. This expression is made up of three
parts: a ‫ يب‬followed by two ‫اسى‬. The first ‫ اسى‬is always a comparative. The second ‫ اسى‬is the object
of amazement. It can be translated as ‘How (first ‫ )اسى‬is (second ‫’!)اسى‬
Both ‫ اسى‬are always in the ‫ َصت‬status.
١٧ ‫قُستِن َم ۡع ِن َ َمس ُسٍ َميبٓاأَم ۡع فَم َم ۥُِس‬

ّ‫أفعم ث‬
This expression is similar in meaning to the previous, but differs in structure. It is made up of
three parts. The first is a descriptor that follows the pattern ‫أَم ْعف ِنعمْع‬, the pattern of a command
from the ‫ أسهى‬family. The second is a ‫ة‬, the ‫ح ف ج‬. The third is the object of amazement, which
attaches to the ‫ة‬.
‫ص ۡع يَم ۡعو َمو يَم ۡعأ ُسوََمُ َۖمب نَم ِنك ِنٍ نلَّثهِن ُسًوََم ۡعن َم ۡعو َمو فِني َم‬
٣٨ ٍٖ ‫ضهَم ٖم ُّيجِن‬ ‫ةوۡع َم أَم ۡعث ِن‬
‫أَم ۡعس ِنً ۡعع ِنِ ِن‬
ٌ‫سجحب‬
This expression consists of two components. The first is the word ٌ‫سجحب‬, which is always light
and in the ‫ َصت‬status. The second word, the object of amazement, acts as a ّ ‫ يضبف إن‬to the
first word. This expression is only used for Allah, and translates as ‘(we declare) the glory of
Allah!’
‫‪11.7‬‬ ‫‪EXPRESSIONS OF AMAZEMENT‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٓي ۡب‬

‫َٰحا ۡب َٰح ۥ ُس ُسۥ م ۡب ء ت َٰحٓا إ ِذَّل َٰح ُسۥ‬ ‫ۡلقصا ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ا إ َٰحَل‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۦ َٰح ۡب ًال ِذَّلم‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ُسي َٰح ص ُس‬ ‫ه َٰح ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬
‫ۡب م ۡب ت ًالوم اا ًال‬

‫َٰح ۚاا َٰح ُس َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ۡب ۡبغف ة ٓا ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬

‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َب ُسُهۡب ع َٰحَل ِذَّلَٰحاا‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ص‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫و‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ل‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل‬ ‫ُس ْوو َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٱ َٰح َٰح و‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫ۡل ۡباض ُس ِذَّل ِذَّل َٰح ۥ َٰحق ت ُس ن‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫و‬ ‫َل ۡب َٰح ُس ۖۥ ِذَّل َٰح ۥ ما ِف‬ ‫‪ .4‬وقا ُس ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ و َٰح ًال‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح ُس َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ٓي‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬ ‫ْو ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ْو‬
‫َل ُسا ۡل َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫و‬ ‫ۚا‬ ‫ة‬ ‫ةو‬ ‫َل ا‬ ‫ّل َٰح ۡب ُس ِف َٰحه‬ ‫ُس ۡب ۚا َٰحقا ُس َٰح ًال ِذَّل ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ّل َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل ُس‬
‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫اا‬‫م‬ ‫‪ .5‬وق َٰح ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫َٰحد ُسا ُس ِذَّل َٰحت َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫مط ًال‬ ‫‪ .6‬و ۡبمط ۡب ا ع ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح ا‬ ‫َٰح ٓاء َٰحمطَٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫و ۡبۡل ۡباض ا ا ما ۡب ه ط ًال‬ ‫ۡب‬

‫ك ون ِف َٰح ق‬ ‫ُس ون ِذَّل َٰحٱ ق ما ًال وق ُس د ًال وع َٰحَل ج ُس ِب ۡب و ت َٰحف ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬
‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ِذَّلَٰحاا‬ ‫اع‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫تكَب‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ا َٰح َٰح ئس مث‬ ‫ّن‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ۡبد ٓي ْو ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح ُس ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ه ُسون‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ا‬‫َن‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ٱ‬ ‫ض‬ ‫‪ .9‬و ۡبۡل ۡب‬
‫ا‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫ۡب لُهۡب عَل ۡب ضۚا ۡب‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫ۡب‬

‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ع ِذَّل َٰح ا صفُس ن‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح‬
‫ا قو‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ان َٰحم َٰح ُسۥ م إ َٰح ۚا إا ِذَّل َٰح َٰح‬
‫ٱ َٰحه َٰح ُس ِذَّل ُس إ َٰح‬ ‫‪ .10‬ما ٱ ٱ م وَل وما‬
‫َٰح ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫ْو‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬

‫ة‬ ‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡبا‬
‫َٰح ۡب قُه وم َٰحٱ‬ ‫ِذَّلم ِذَّل َٰحا ِذَّلِب ۡب َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ومٓا ُس ن إ ۡب‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحت ۡب ا َٰح و ٱ‬ ‫‪ .11‬و ۡب ّن ۡب قام‬
‫ج ُهۚا ِذَّلمَنُس ُس ِذَّلاَٰح‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡل َٰح ُس م‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح ُس‬
‫ُس ن‬ ‫ِذَّل ُسم تص َٰح ة و َٰح ث ِذَّلمَنُس ۡب ٓاء ما‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ْو ۡب‬

‫َٰح َٰحا َٰح ئس َٰح ا‬ ‫َٰح نۡب َٰح م ۡب‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ُس َٰح ُسن َٰحق ِذَّل َٰح مت ُس ُس‬ ‫ا‬
‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫‪ .12‬قا‬
‫َٰح ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب ا ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٓي ۡب‬
‫ۥ م ۡب‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ۡلقصا ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ا إ َٰحَل‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۦ َٰح ۡب ًال م‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ُسي َٰح ص ُس‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ء ت ٓا إ ۥ ه‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس ُس َٰح‬
‫و ملاف إ‬ ‫م ص‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٓي ‪:‬‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۦ ۡب ًال م ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َٰحا ۡب َٰح ۥ ُس ُسۥ م ۡب ء ت َٰحٓا ‪ :‬ص‬ ‫ۡلقصا ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ا إ َٰحَل‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ص‬
‫إن و مس م ت‬
‫ف ِذَّل‬ ‫إ ِذَّل َٰح ُس‪:‬‬
‫ه ‪:‬م ت‬
‫ُس‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ص ُس‪َ :‬ب‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح ي ‪َ :‬ب‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬
‫ۡب م ۡب ت ًالوم اا ًال‬
‫‪َٰ .2‬ح ُس َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح ‪ :‬ماض (ه )‬
‫َٰح ُس‬
‫ًال‬
‫و‪ :‬ف عطف م َٰح اا ‪ :‬م ط ف‬ ‫ًال‬
‫م ۡب ت َٰح ‪ :‬مف‬
‫ُس‬ ‫ُس َٰح ِذَّل‬
‫ۡب ۡبغف ة ٓا ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َب ُسُهۡب ع َٰحَل ِذَّلَٰحاا‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ص‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫و‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ل‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل‬ ‫‪ُ .3‬س ْوو َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٱ َٰح َٰح و‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ُس ْوو َٰح َٰح ‪ :‬م ت‬
‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫غف ة َب‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫و‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ل‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ٱ َٰح َٰح و‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َب ُسُه‪ :‬م ت‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح َٰح ٓا َٰحص َٰح َٰح‬
‫ع َٰحَل ِذَّلَٰحاا‪ :‬مت ق ا َب‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ًال ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫ۡل ۡباض ُس ِذَّل ِذَّل َٰح ۥ َٰحق ت ُس ن‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح ۥ ما ِف‬ ‫ۥۖ‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬ ‫‪َٰ .4‬حو َٰحقا ُس ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ ُس َٰحو َٰحَل ُس َٰح َٰح‬
‫ْو‬
‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ و َٰح ًال‬
‫َل ‪ :‬م‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬ ‫ماض (ُه)‬ ‫َٰحقا ُس ‪:‬‬
‫ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب َٰح ُسۥ‪ :‬إضا‬
‫ُس َٰح‬
‫ِذَّل َٰح ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب‬
‫ُس‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ۡل ۡباض‪ :‬م ت‬
‫و َٰح‬ ‫ما ِف‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ِذَّل َٰح ۥ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب م ا‬ ‫ُس ِذَّل ‪ :‬م ت‬
‫ُس‬
‫َٰحق ت ُس ن ‪َ :‬بمؤ‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب ٓي‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬ ‫ْو ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ْو‬
‫ة‬ ‫ة و َٰحَل ا ۡل‬ ‫َل ا‬ ‫ّل َٰح ۡب ُس ِف َٰحه‬ ‫ُس ۡب ۚا َٰحقا ُس َٰح ًال ِذَّل ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ّل َٰح ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل ُس‬
‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫اا‬‫م‬ ‫‪ .5‬وق َٰح ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح ۚا َٰحو َٰح َٰح َٰحد ُسا ُس ِذَّل َٰحت َٰح‬
‫ْو‬
‫م ا‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح ۡب ‪:‬مف‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫ّل‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ماض‬ ‫ق َٰح ‪:‬‬
‫َٰح‬
‫اي‬ ‫فاع ِف م‬ ‫ُس ۡب ۚا‪ :‬ائ‬ ‫َٰحمااَٰح َٰح َٰحن َٰح َٰحا ِذَّل ُس‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫َٰحقا ُس ‪ :‬ماض (ُه) َٰح ًال ‪ :‬م‬
‫ْو‬
‫ّل َٰح ۡب ُس ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب م ا‬ ‫ِذَّل ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ة ‪ :‬م ت مؤ‬ ‫َل ا‪ :‬مت ق ا َب م ا‬ ‫ِف َٰحه‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ٓي‬
‫َٰح ۚا‪َ : :‬ب‬ ‫و َٰحَل ا ۡل ة ‪ : :‬م ت‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح ُس‬
‫د ا ُس ِذَّل َٰحت َٰح‪ :‬اع‬ ‫و َٰح ‪ :‬ماض‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫‪ .6‬و ۡبمط ۡب ا ع ۡب‬
‫َٰح ا‬ ‫ٓاء َٰحمطَٰح ُس ُس‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحمطَٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫)‬ ‫و َٰح ۡبمطَٰح ۡب َٰحا‪ :‬ماض (‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ق‬ ‫مط‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحمطَٰح ًال ‪ :‬مف‬ ‫ع َٰح ۡب ‪ :‬مف‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ماض‬ ‫َٰح ٓاء‪:‬‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح ا ‪ :‬اع‬ ‫َٰحمطَٰح‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ض‬‫ا‬‫و ۡبۡل ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ك ون ِف َٰح ق‬ ‫ما ًال وق ُس د ًال وع َٰحَل ج ُس ِب ۡب و ت َٰحف ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ُس ون ِذَّل َٰحٱ ق‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ‬
‫َٰح ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح ُس‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح‬
‫‪.7‬‬
‫ِذَّلَٰحاا‬ ‫اع‬ ‫ط ًال ۡب‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰحه َٰح‬
‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ‪ :‬م ت و‬
‫م ص‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ص‬ ‫ۡل ۡباض‪ :‬ص‬
‫و َٰح‬ ‫ك ون ِف َٰح ق‬ ‫ُس ِب ۡب و تف ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫ُس ون ِذَّل َٰحٱ ق ما وق ُس ُس د وع َٰحَل ج‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ا‬ ‫ط ًال‪ :‬مف‬ ‫) َٰحه َٰح ‪ :‬مف‬ ‫ما َٰح َٰح ‪ :‬ما ا و ماض (‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح َٰح ‪ :‬إضا‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح‬
‫ِذَّلَٰحاا‪ :‬مف‬ ‫ع‬ ‫م ا‪ :‬مف‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫تكَب‬
‫ا َٰح َٰح ئس مث‬ ‫ج َٰحه ِذَّل َٰحّن‬ ‫ۡبد ٓي ْو ۡب‬
‫ُس َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫‪َٰ .8‬ح ُس ُس َٰح‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫ْو‬
‫م ( ن)‬ ‫َٰح ۡبد ُس ُس ٓي ‪:‬‬
‫ج َٰحه ِذَّل َٰحّن‪ :‬مف‬ ‫ۡب‬

‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ا‬ ‫ا‪ :‬مف‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫ك ِذَّلَب ‪ :‬اع‬ ‫ُس َٰحت َٰح‬ ‫مث‬ ‫َٰح َٰح ئس ‪ :‬ماض‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ه ُسون‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ۡل ۡباض َٰح ٱ َٰحَنا‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫‪ .9‬و‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡلاض ‪ :‬مف‬ ‫و‬
‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح ٱ َٰحَنا‪ :‬ماض و مف‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫ه ُسون‪ :‬اع‬ ‫َٰح ‪ :‬ماض‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ًال‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫ل ُسُه ع َٰحَل ضۚا‬ ‫ا قو‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ان َٰحم َٰح ُسۥ م إ َٰح ۚا إا ِذَّل َٰح َٰح‬
‫ٱ َٰحه َٰح ُس ِذَّل ُس إ َٰح‬ ‫‪ .10‬ما ٱ ٱ م وَل وما‬
‫َٰح ِذَّل َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ ‪ :‬اع‬ ‫ماض‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحٱ َٰح َٰح ‪:‬‬ ‫ما ‪ :‬ما ا‬
‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫م و َٰحَل‪:‬م ز ئ ة مف‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ف عطف ما َٰح ان م ُسۥ م ۡب إ َٰح ۚا‪ :‬م ط ف‬ ‫و‪:‬‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ماض‬ ‫ٱ َٰحه ‪:‬‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰح‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫ا َٰح َٰح َٰحق‪ :‬مف‬ ‫ُس ِذَّل ُس إ َٰح ‪ :‬اع‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ل ُسُه ع َٰحَل ض‪ :‬م ط ف‬ ‫و‪ :‬ف عطف‬
‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح‬
‫ْو‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫َٰح ۡباج ُهۚا م ۡبَن ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬
‫َٰح ۡب قُه وم َٰحٱ‬ ‫َٰح ومٓا ُس ن َٰح إ َٰح ۡب ِذَّلم ِذَّل َٰحا ِذَّلِب ۡب َٰح َٰح‬
‫ۡل َٰح ُس م‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحت ۡب ا َٰح و ٱ‬ ‫‪ .11‬و ۡب ّن ۡب قام‬
‫ُس ِذَّل ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح ِذَّل َٰح ُس َٰح َٰح ُس‬
‫ُس ن‬ ‫ُس ِذَّلا َٰح ة ِذَّل ُسم تص َٰح ة و َٰح ث ِذَّلمَنُس ۡب ٓاء ما‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫َٰح ومٓا ُس ن َٰح إ َٰح ۡب ِذَّلم ِذَّل َٰحا ِذَّلِب ۡب ‪ :‬ٱ ط‬ ‫ِذَّل َٰحت ا َٰح و ٱ‬ ‫و َٰح ۡب َٰح ِذَّل َٰحّن ۡب َٰح َٰحقام‬
‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫رشط‬ ‫َٰحاج ُهۚا‪ :‬ج‬ ‫ۡل َٰح ُس م َٰح قُه وم َٰحٱ‬ ‫َٰح َٰح‬
‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ِذَّلمَنُس ۡب ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب م ا ُس ِذَّلا َٰحة ِذَّل ُسم تص َٰح ة‪: :‬م ت‬
‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫ِذَّلمَنُس ۡب ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب م ا‬ ‫وو ‪:‬م ت‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬
‫َب‬ ‫ُس ن‪ : :‬مج‬ ‫ٓاء ما‬
‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو ۡب‬
‫ُس ۡب َٰح ُسنۡب َٰحق ِذَّل َٰح ۡبمت ُس ُس َٰح َٰحا َٰح ئس َٰح ا‬ ‫َٰح ُسنۡب َٰح م ۡب ا‬ ‫‪ .12‬قا‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح ُس َٰح‬
‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ۡب نۡب ق ۡب‬ ‫ۡب‬ ‫ْو‬
‫َٰح َٰحا َٰح ئس َٰح ا‪ :‬م‬ ‫ت‬‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫َٰح نۡب َٰح م ۡب‬ ‫ُه‬ ‫ماض‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫ُس َٰح ُس ُس‬ ‫ِذَّل‬ ‫َٰح‬ ‫ُس‬ ‫ُس َٰح َٰح َٰح‬ ‫َٰح‬
‫)‬ ‫(‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫َٰحقا ُس‬
‫ُس ۡب ‪ :‬مت ق ا َب‬ ‫َٰح م ۡب ا‪َ :‬ب‬ ‫َٰح ُسنۡب ‪:‬م ت‬
‫َب‬ ‫َٰحق ِذَّل َٰح ۡبمت ُس ُس َٰح َٰحا ‪ :‬مج‬ ‫َٰح ُسنۡب ‪:‬م ت‬
‫ُس‬
‫َٰح ا‪ :‬اع‬ ‫ماض‬ ‫َٰح ئس‪:‬‬
‫َٰح ُس‬ ‫َٰح‬
11.8 MISCELLANEOUS EXCEPTIONS
 Understand the meanings and usages of the miscellaneous

Learning Objectives expressions introduced in the lesson
Lesson Review
Introduction to ‫عىس‬
InshaAllah we will be learning numerous expressions, the first of which is ‫عىس‬. ‫ عسى‬is translated as
‘hopefully’ or ‘perhaps’. Let us now take a look at the construction of ‫ عىس‬sentences. ‫ عىس‬is a ‫ فعل‬and is
‫َأ ْن‬
generally followed by an outside ‫فاعل‬, which is then followed by a an that attaches to a ‫مجلة فعلية‬. Take
this ayah as an example:
٥٢.. ‫َ ۡأ ِت َ ِت ۡأٱ َ ۡأ ِت‬ َ ‫فَ َع َسى ُهَّللٱ‬
Perhaps Allah will bring victory!
‫ عسى‬can have an inside ‫فاعل‬, but this occurs only in a few cases in the Quran.
Introduction to ‫اكد‬
‫ اكد‬is translated as ‘almost’.
٧١ َ ‫وا َ ۡأ َعلو‬
ْ ‫َو َما َكاد‬
‘And they almost did not do it’
‫ كاد‬is always followed by a ‫ فعل مضارع‬directly after it. This is because the tense is determined by ‫كاد‬
‫َأ ْن‬
and not the ‫ فعل‬after it. Sometimes there is a before the ‫فعل مضارع‬.
Notethat ‫ كاد‬, like ‫عسى‬, can have an outside doer or an inside doer.
‫ماض‬
‫كادوا‬ ‫كادَا‬ ‫كا َد‬
‫ِتك ْ َ‬ ‫َكا َد َا‬ ‫كا َد ْ‬
‫ِتك ْ ْ‬ ‫ِتك ْ َما‬ ‫ِتك ْ َ‬

‫ِتك ْ ُهَّلل‬ ‫ِتك ْ ما‬ ‫ِتك ْ ِت‬
‫ِتك ْ نَا‬ ‫ِتك ْ‬
‫مضارع‬
‫َ ادو َ‬ ‫َ ادَا ِت‬ ‫َ اد‬
‫ََْ َ‬ ‫َ ادَا ِت‬ ‫َ اد‬
‫َ ادو َ‬ ‫َ ادا ِت‬ ‫َ اد‬
‫ََْ َ‬ ‫َ ادَا ِت‬ ‫َ ا ِتد َ‬
‫نَ اد‬ ‫َكاد‬
‫طفق ‪Introduction to‬‬

‫‪ match in‬فعل ‪. The two‬فعل مضارع ‪ which means ‘to start’ and is followed directly by a‬فعل ‪is a‬ط ق‬
‫طَ ِت َ‬
‫ق َ ْع َمل‬
‫‪He started working.‬‬
‫‪11.8‬‬ ‫‪MISCELLANEOUS EXPRESSIONS‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫ۡلخطَيف أ َي ۡلب َٰصرُهۡل‬ ‫ۡل ۡل‬

‫اٱ‬
‫ُد َي ُد‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي ُد َي‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫َي‬
‫ٓاهۦ عذ ٌ‬
‫اب َيغ ِسل ظ‬ ‫ا يهۥ أۡلت ه ٱۡل ۡل‬
‫َي َي ِس ِس َي َي‬ ‫ا َي َي ُد ِسب َي ِس ٖن َي ِس‬
‫ُد ِس َي ٖن‬
‫َي‬ ‫ُد ِس‬ ‫تجرعهۥ‬
‫َي َي َي َي ُد ُد َي َي َي َي ُد ُد ِس ُد ُد َي َي ِس ِس َي‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫َي‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫ك ۡلم ع َٰى أَيا ت ُد ِسحبُد ا َيش ۡلٔ‬
‫ۡل ٌ‬
‫خۡي ٱ‬ ‫ى أا ت ۡل ر اْ ش ۡل‬
‫ٰٓ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡلر ٌ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ت عل ۡل‬
‫َي َي َي‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫َي‬ ‫كم َي َيع َي َٰ َي َي َي ُد َي َي ُد َي َي‬
‫ٔ‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫ٱ َي‬ ‫َي ُد‬ ‫ك ُدم ٱ َي َي ُد‬
‫ا‬
‫ُد‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫ُد ِس َي َي َي‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫أ ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫َيتع َيل ُد ا‬ ‫نُت َي‬
‫َي َي ُد‬ ‫ك ۡلم َيٱ ع َيلم‬ ‫ُد َيش ٌرٱ َي‬
‫َي‬ ‫ُد َي ُد َي ُد‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫ا ًّ‬ ‫ًّ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ْ َٰ‬
‫َيأ ُد ٱَي ِس َي َيع َي ى َيٱ ُدأَيا َي عفُد َي َيعۡنُدم َي َي َيا َيٱ ُد َيعفُد ا َيغفُد‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ۡل‬
‫َي ِسق ِسه َي‬ ‫‪َ .5‬يت َي ا ُد ٱ َي َٰ َي َٰ ُد َيت َيفط ۡلَير َيا ِس‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي‬
‫ِسٓا ت ۡلصبح ص ِسع ًّدا زٱ ًّ‬ ‫ًّ‬ ‫ۡلر ِسس عل ۡلۡي ح ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ٓ‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫َي‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ب‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫ت‬
‫ِس‬ ‫َي‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ا‬‫ۡي‬ ‫خ‬
‫َي َي‬
‫َي َيع َي َٰى َي ِسّب أَيا ُدؤ ِست َي ِس‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫َي َي َي‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي ُد‬ ‫َي‬
‫‪.6‬‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬

‫َل ِسبنَي َٰ ِسغب ا‬ ‫خۡيا ِس ۡن ِسإنَي ِسإ َي َٰ‬
‫‪َ .7‬يع َي َٰى َي بُدنَي أَيا ُدب ِسدٱَينَي َي‬
‫َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬

‫جن َي ِس‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫َي َي ِس َي‬ ‫ۡي َي ِس‬
‫ط ِسف َي َي خ ِسص َيف ِسا َيع َيل ِس‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬ ‫ٰٓ‬ ‫َٰ‬

‫ب َي َيٓاا َي َي َي َيع ِس َي َيص ِسلح َي َيع َي َٰى أَيا َي ُد َيا ِس َي ٱ ُد ف ِسل ِسحَيَي‬ ‫ت‬ ‫أ‬
‫َي َي َي َي َي َي‬
‫‪.9‬‬
‫ۡلخطَيف أ َي ۡلب َٰصرُهۡل‬ ‫ۡل ۡل‬

‫اٱ‬
‫ُد َي ُد‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي َي‬
‫ُد‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫َي‬
‫ض ع‬ ‫َي ا‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي ُد‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬
‫ٱ َي ُد ‪ :‬ع‬
‫ۡل‬
‫ف‪ :‬ع ض ع‬ ‫َي خطَي ُد‬
‫أ َي ۡلب َٰصر ُدُهۡل‪ :‬فع ا به‬
‫َي َي‬
‫ٓاهۦ عذ ٌ‬
‫اب َيغ ِسل ظ‬ ‫ا يهۥ أۡلت ه ٱۡل ۡل‬
‫َي َي ِس ِس َي َي‬ ‫ا َي َي ُد ِسب َي ِس ٖن َي ِس‬
‫ُد ِس َي ٖن‬
‫َي‬ ‫ُد ِس‬ ‫تجرعهۥ‬
‫َي َي َي َي ُد ُد َي َي َي َي ُد ُد ِس ُد ُد َي َي ِس ِس َي‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫َي‬
‫‪ :‬فع ا به‬ ‫ض ع(‬ ‫ع‪ :‬ع‬
‫ج َير ُد‬ ‫ت‬
‫َي َي َي‬
‫)‬
‫ُد‬
‫‪ :‬حرف عطف‬
‫َي‬
‫َي ا ُد ِس يُده ُدۥ‪ :‬عط ف‬
‫َي َي ُد‬
‫‪ :‬حرف عطف‬
‫َي‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫ُد ِس َي اٖن‪ :‬عط ف‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي أ ِست ِسه ٱ َي ُد ِس‬
‫َي‬
‫‪ :‬ا حٱ‬
‫َي‬
‫ٖن‪ :‬مجةل ح ا‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي ِسب َي ِس‬
‫دم‬ ‫ِسٓا ِسهۦ‪ :‬تعلق ب ٱخ‬ ‫َي ِس‬
‫َي َي‬
‫عذ ٌ‬
‫اب َيغ ِسل ظ‪ :‬بتدأ ؤخر‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫ك ۡلم ع َٰى أَيا ت ُد ِسحبُد ا َيش ۡلٔ‬
‫ۡل ٌ‬
‫خۡي ٱ‬ ‫ى أا ت ۡل ر اْ ش ۡل‬
‫ٰٓ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡلر ٌ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ت عل ۡل‬
‫َي َي َي‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫َي‬ ‫كم َي َيع َي َٰ َي َي َي ُد َي َي َي َي‬
‫ُد‬ ‫ٔ‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫ٱ َي‬ ‫َي ُد‬ ‫ا َي ُد‬ ‫ٱ ِس َيت ُد‬ ‫كم‬
‫ُد ُد‬ ‫ُد ِس َي َي َي‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫أ ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫َيتع َيل ُد ا‬ ‫نُت َي‬
‫َي َي ُد‬ ‫َيٱ ع َيلم‬ ‫ك ۡلم‬
‫ُد‬ ‫ُد َيش ٌرٱ َي‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي ُد َي ُد‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ضي ٱل جه ا‬ ‫ُد ِست ‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي‬
‫كم‪ :‬فع ا به‬ ‫عل ۡل‬
‫ُد ُد‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ۡل‬
‫ا‪ :‬ن ئ اٱف ع‬ ‫ٱ َي ُد‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ِس‬
‫ك ۡلم‪ :‬مجةل ح ٱ‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫ُد ُد ۡلر ٌ ٱ َي‬

‫َي َي‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫ع َٰى‪ :‬ع ضي‬
‫َي َي َي‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫أَيا َيت ر ُد ا َيش ۡلٔ ‪ :‬فع ا به‬
‫َي‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل ٌ‬
‫كم‪ :‬مجةل ح ٱ‬ ‫ُد‬ ‫خۡي ٱ َي‬ ‫َي ُد َي َي‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫ك ۡلم‪ :‬عط ف‬
‫ُد‬ ‫ُد َيش ٌرٱ َي‬ ‫‪ :‬حرف عطف ع َٰى أَيا ت ِسحب ا ش ۡلٔ‬
‫ُد ُد َي َي َي‬ ‫َي َي‬ ‫َي‬
‫نُتۡل ‪ :‬بتدأ َي َيتع َيل ُد ا‪ :‬بتدأ‬ ‫َي أ َي ُد‬ ‫ع َيلم‪ :‬خ‬ ‫َيٱ ‪ :‬بتدأ‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي ُد‬ ‫َي ُد‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫ا ًّ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫‪َ .4‬يأ ُد ْ َٰٱَي ِس َي ع ى َيٱ أَيا عفُد عۡنُد ۡلم َي ا َيٱ عفُد ًّ ا َيغ ُدف‬
‫َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫ُد َي َي َي‬ ‫َي َي‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫َيأ ُد ْ َٰٱَي ِس َي ‪ : :‬بتدأ‬
‫ع ى َيٱ أَيا عفُد عۡنُد ۡلم‪ :‬خ‬
‫ُد َي َي َي‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫َي ا َيٱ‪ :‬ع ن قص ٱفظ اٱجالةل امسه بتدأ‬
‫َي ُد‬ ‫َي‬
‫ا‬ ‫ًّ‬ ‫ًّ‬
‫عفُد ا َيغفُد ا‪ :‬خ‬
‫َي‬
‫ۡل‬
‫َي ِسق ِسه َي‬ ‫‪َ .5‬يت َي ا ُد ٱ َي َٰ َي َٰ ُد َيت َيفط ۡلَير َيا ِس‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي‬
‫ض ع‬ ‫ت َي ا‪ :‬ع‬
‫ُد‬
‫ٱ َي َٰ َٰ ُد ‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي َي‬
‫ت َيفط ۡلَيرا‪ :‬ع ض ع ( )‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ِس َي ۡل ِسق ِسه َي‪ :‬عفع ا ه‬
‫ًّ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫ۡلر ِسس َي ع َيل ۡلۡي ح ۡل ب ن ِس ٱ َي ِسٓا‬ ‫ت‬
‫ِس‬ ‫َي‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ا‬‫ۡي‬ ‫خ‬
‫َي َي‬
‫ٓ‬
‫‪َ .6‬ي َيع َي َٰى َي ِسّب أَيا ُدؤ ِست َي ِس‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي َي َي ُد‬
‫َيع َٰى‪ :‬ع‬ ‫ضي‬
‫َي َي‬
‫ِسّب ٓ‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي‬
‫ٓ‬ ‫ًّ‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫خۡيا ِس جن َي ِست َي ر ِسس َي ع َيلۡي ح ب ن ِس ٱ َي ِسٓا‪ ::‬فع ا به‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫أَيا ُدؤ ِست َي ِس‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي ُد‬ ‫َي‬
‫َل ِسبنَي َٰ ِسغب ا‬ ‫خۡيا ِس ۡن ِسإن َي ِسإ َي َٰ‬
‫‪َ .7‬يع َي َٰى َي بُدنَي أَيا ُدب ِسدٱَينَي َي‬
‫َي ُد َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي‬
‫ضي‬ ‫ع َٰى‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي َي‬
‫بُدنَي ‪ :‬ع‬
‫َي‬
‫خۡيا ِس ۡن ‪ :‬فع ا به‬
‫أَيا ُدب ِسدٱَينَي َي‬
‫َي‬
‫ِسإن َي ‪ :‬بتدأ‬
‫دم‬ ‫َل ِسبنَي ‪ :‬تعلق ب ٱخ‬ ‫إ َٰ‬

‫ِس َي َي‬
‫َٰ ِسغب ا‪ : :‬بتدأ‬
‫َي ُد َي‬
‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡل‬
‫جن َي ِس‬ ‫ٱ‬
‫َي َي ِس َي‬ ‫ۡي َي ِس‬
‫ط ِسف َي َي خ ِسص َيف ِسا َيع َيل ِس‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫)‬ ‫ضي (‬ ‫ط ِسف َي ع‬ ‫َي َي‬

‫ۡل‬ ‫ۡلخ ِسصف ا عل ۡل‬
‫ِس ٱجن َي ِس ‪ :‬فع ا به‬ ‫ۡي ِسم ا‬
‫َي‬ ‫َي َي‬ ‫َي ِس َي َي َي‬
‫ِس‬ ‫َي‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫َي‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ف‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫َي‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫ب َي َيٓاا َي َي َي َيع ِس َي َيص ِسلح َي َيع َي َٰى أَيا َي ُد َيا ِس َي ٱ ُد‬ ‫ت‬
‫َي َي َي َي َي َي‬
‫‪ .9‬أ‬
‫ع ِس َي َٰص ِسلح ‪ :‬بتدأ‬ ‫ت ب ٓاا‬ ‫أ‬

‫َي‬ ‫َي َي َي َي َي َي َي َي َي َي َي َي‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬ ‫ٰٓ‬
‫َيع َٰى أَيا ُد ا ِس ٱ ُد ف ِسل ِسحَيَي‪ :‬خ‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫َي‬ ‫َي َي‬
‫ٰٓ‬
‫َيع َٰى ع ضي‬
‫َي َي‬
‫ۡل ۡل‬
‫أَيا ُد ا ِس ٱ ُد ف ِسل ِسحَيَي‪ :‬فع ا به‬
‫َي َي‬ ‫َي‬
11.9 MISCELLANEOUS EXPRESSIONS -PART 2
 Understand the meanings and usages of the miscellaneous

Learning Objectives expressions introduced.
Lesson Review
Introduction to new expressions

‫لوال‬:
This expression is used in two different ways. The first usage is in the meaning of “had it not been for”.
For example:
Had it not been for Allah’s help, we would have been lost.
Notice that the sentence above is made up of two parts.‫لوال‬comes at the beginning of the first part and
the‫ل‬comes at the beginning of the second. ‫ لوال‬gives the meaning of ‘had it not been for’ in the first part
and ‫ ل‬gives the meaning of ‘would have’ in the second part. Let us take a look at an example in Arabic:
٦٨ ‫ي‬ٞ ِ ‫ب ِّمناَل َّلٱِ اَل تاَل اَل اَلي َّل ُك يۡو ِ اَلي ٓا اَل اَل ۡو دُكيۡو اَل اَل اٌب اَل‬ٞ ‫َّل ۡو اَل ِك َٰذاَل‬
‫ لو ال‬can also mean “Why don’t/doesn’t …” for example:
Why don’t they study everyday!
Although this looks like a question, it is actually not a question. Rather it is used for rebuking. Unlike the
first usage, there is only one part to this usage. Let us take a look at an example in Arabic:
٢٠ ‫ج ِّمن َّل ةِّ ِۦۖ اَل ُك ۡول إِ َّل اَلي ۡو اَل ۡو بُك ِ َّلٱِ اَل ذاَل ِ ُك ٓا ْا إِ ِّي اَلم اَلع ُك ي ِّمناَل ۡو ُكي ذاَل ِ ِ ناَل‬ٞ ‫اَل اَل ُك ُك واَل اَل ۡو اَل ٓا ُك ِن اَل اَل اَل ۡو ِ اَل اَل‬
‫أَما‬:
‫ اَلم‬means “as for”. For example:As for my brother, he is a student in college.
It is used to detail on a specific subject or topic. The subject or topic comes immediately after ‫ اَلم‬and the
detail part comes after . Let us take a look at an example in Arabic:
‫ك اَل ۡوأ ُك ُك ُكك َّلل اَل ِ اَل ٍج غ ۡو‬ٞ ِ ‫دح اَل ۡوو اَل ِ تاَلهاَل اَل اَلك واَل اَل اَل ٓا اَل هُكي َّلم‬
٧٩ ٗ‫اَلصت‬ ُّ ‫َّل ِ اَلجُك اَل اَل ۡواَلخ ِ اَلي َٰ اَل ِ ناَل اَل ۡوع اَلي ُك واَل ِي ۡو تاَل ۡو ِ اَلأ اَل اَل‬ ‫اَل َّلم‬
‫‪ِ :‬م ْان اَل ْات ُكل‪ِ /‬م ْان ةاَل ْاع ُك‬
‫‪ always. In this case they become‬مض ‪. However, they don’t occur as a‬مض ‪ are special‬اَل ْات اَلل ‪ and‬ةاَل ْاع اَل ‪Both‬‬
‫ِم ْان – ‪ِ for more emphasis‬م ْان ‪ as the last harakah. They can be preceded by a‬ضيج ‪non-flexilble and have a‬‬
‫‪ِ .‬م ْان اَل ْات ُكل ‪ and‬ةاَلع ُك‬
‫ُكز ۡو اَل ِمن اَل ۡوت ۖ ُكل‪٢٥..‬‬ ‫ُكز ُك ْا ِم ۡو هاَل ِمن ثاَل اَلي اَل ٖث ِّ ۡوز ٗ اَل ُك ْا َٰهاَل اَل َّل ِ ي ِ‬ ‫ُكك َّل اَلي ِ‬
‫اَل ا َّلاَلٱُك إِ ِّي ُكم اَل ِّن ُكهاَل اَل اَل ۡو ُك يۡو ۖ اَل اَلين اَل ۡو ُك ۡو ةاَل ۡوع ُك ِم ُك يۡو اَل ِ ِّ ٓاي ُك اَل ِّ ةُك ۥُك اَل اَل ةٗ َّل ٓا ُك اَل ِّ ةُك ۥٓا ُك اَل اَلح ٗ ِّمناَل ۡو َٰ اَلع اَل ِي ناَل ‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪ِ :‬م ْان اَلح ْا ُك‬
‫‪ at the end. Sometimes it is‬ضيج ‪ means ‘where/whereever’. It is non-flexible and always has a‬ح ُك‬
‫‪ِ for emphasis.‬م ْان ‪preceded by a‬‬
‫َٰ‬
‫اَل ُك ۡو اَل َٰ ٓااَلـاَل اَلد ُكم ۡو ُك ۡون اَل خاَل اَل اَلز ۡو ُكج اَل‬
‫ك ۡو اَل َّلجاَل اَل ُكك اَلَل ِم ۡو هاَل اَل اَلغ ً اَلح ۡو ُك ِش ۡوئذُك اَلي اَل اَل داَل ۡو اَل ةاَل َٰهاَل ِ ِه َّلل اَل اَل ثاَل اَلذاَل ُك اَل ِمناَل َّل ِ ِي ناَل ‪٣٥‬‬
‫ك ش ۡو‬
‫اَلط اَل ۡو اَلي ۡو ِ ِ ۡو اَل اَل ِم ‪١٥٠‬‬ ‫اَل ِم ۡون اَلح ۡو ُك اَل اَل ۡوجخاَل اَل اَل ِّ اَل ۡوجهاَل اَل‬
‫‪11.9‬‬ ‫‪MISCELLANEOUS EXPRESSIONS –PART 2‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫يْ ۡٱۡلَمۡ ُْرْث ُ َّم ََْلْيُن َ‬

‫ظ ُرونَ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْولَ ۡوْأَنزَ ۡلنَاْ َملَكاْلَّقُ ِ‬
‫ض َ‬ ‫نزلَْ َعلَ ۡي ِهْ َملَْكْ َ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬وقَالُواْْلَ ۡو َ ٓ‬
‫َلْأ ُ ِ‬
‫لْ َو ََلْت ُ َٰقَتِلُوه ُۡمْ ِعندَْ ۡٱل َم ۡس ِجد ِۡٱل َح َر ِْ‬

‫امْ َحتَّ َٰىْ‬ ‫ُّْمنَ ْ ۡٱلقَ ۡت ۚۡ ِْ‬
‫ْو ۡٱل ِف ۡتنَ ْةُْأ َ َشد ِ‬
‫ثْأ َ ۡخ َر ُجو ُك ۡۚۡم َْ‬ ‫ْوأَ ۡخ ِر ُجوه ِ‬
‫ُمْم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُ‬ ‫‪َ .2‬و ۡٱقتُلُوه ُْۡمْ َح ۡي ُ‬
‫ثْث َ ِق ۡفت ُ ُموه ُۡم َ‬
‫َٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫يُ َٰقَتِلُو ُك ۡمْفِي ِهْفَإِنْقَتَلُو ُك ۡمْفَْٱقتُلُوه ُْۡمْ َكذَلِكَ ْ َجزَ آ ُءْ ْٱل َْك ِف ِرينَ ْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫اْو ُك ۡفرا ْ‬ ‫اٱلغُ َٰلَ ُْمْفَ َكانَ ْأَبَ َواهُْ ُم ۡؤ ِمن َۡي ِنْفَ َخشِينَآْأَنْي ُۡر ِْهقَ ُه َماْ ُ‬
‫ط ۡغ َٰيَ ٗن َ‬ ‫‪َ .3‬وأ َ َّم ۡ‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪َ .4‬وأَت ََٰى ُه ُمْ ۡٱل َعذَابُْْ ِم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُ‬

‫ث ََْلْ َي ۡشعُ ُرونَ ْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪ .5‬لَوْْۡيَ ِجدُونَ ْ َم ۡل َجْاْأ َ ۡوْ َم َٰغَ َٰ َرتٍْأ َ ۡوْ ُمدَّخَالْلَّ َولَّ ۡواْْإِلَ ۡي ِه َ‬
‫ْوه ُۡمْيَ ۡج َمحُونَ ْْ ْ‬
‫ىْ َعلَىْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللِْ َكذِباْ ْ‬ ‫س ۡل َٰ َ‬
‫ط ِۢ ِنْبَ ِينْفَ َم ۡنْأ َ ۡظلَ ُم ِ‬
‫ْم َّم ِنْ ۡٱفت ََر َْٰ‬ ‫‪َٓ َٰ .6‬ه َ ٓ‬
‫ؤَُل ِْءْقَ ۡو ُمنَاْٱت َّ َخذُواْْ ِمنْد ُونِ ِ ٓهْۦْ َءا ِل َه ٗةْلَّ ۡو ََلْيَ ۡأتُونَ ْ َعلَ ۡي ِهمْ ِب ُ‬
‫َلْ ِب َماْكَانُواْ َيعۡ َملُونَ ْ ْ‬ ‫تْفَلَ ُه ۡمْ َج َٰنَّتُ ْ ۡٱل َم ۡأ َو َْٰ‬

‫ىْنُ ُز ِۢ َ ْ‬ ‫‪ .7‬أ َ َّماٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا َ‬
‫ْو َع ِملُواْٱل َٰ َّ‬
‫ص ِل َٰ َح ِْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٱّللُْ َعلَ ۡي ُك ۡمْفَتَبَيَّنُ ٓو ۚۡاْإِ َّنْ َّْ‬

‫ٱّللَْكَانَْْبِ َماْت َعۡ َملُونَ ْ َخبِيرا‬ ‫‪َ .8‬ك َٰذَلِكَ ْ ُكنت ُ ِ‬
‫مْمنْقَ ۡبلُْفَ َم َّنْ َّْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ش َهدَآ ِْءْفَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ْ ِعندَْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللِْ ُه ُمْ ۡٱل َٰ َك ِذبُونَْْ ْ‬ ‫ش َهدَآ ۚۡ َءْفَإ ِ ۡذْلَ ۡمْيَ ۡأتُواْبِْٱل ُّ‬ ‫‪ .9‬لَّ ۡو َ ْ‬
‫َلْ َجا ٓ ُءوْ َعلَ ۡي ِهْبِأ َ ۡربَعَ ِةْ ُ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ظنَّآْأَنْيُ ِقي َماْ ُحدُودَْ َّْ‬

‫ٱّللِْ‬ ‫طلَّقَ َهاْفَ َالْ ُجنَا َحْ َعلَ ۡي ِه َمآْأَنْيَت ََرا َج َعآْ ِإنْ َ‬ ‫‪ .10‬فَإِنْ َ‬
‫طلَّقَ َهاْفَ َالْت َِحلُّْلَ ْهۥ ُْ ِم ِۢنْبَعۡ د ُْ َحتَّ َٰىْت َن ِك َحْزَ ۡو ًجاْغ َۡي َرهۥُْْفَإِنْ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ٱّللِْيُبَيِْن َهاْ ِلق ۡومْيَعۡ ل ُمونَ ْ‬ ‫َوتِ ۡلكَ ْ ُحد ُود ُْ َّْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َىْفَأَنتَْْلَ ْهۥُْتَ َ‬
‫صد ََّٰىْ ْ‬ ‫‪ .11‬أ َ َّماْ َم ِنْ ۡ‬
‫ٱست َۡغن َْٰ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ٱّللِْإِ َّنْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللَْ‬ ‫ض ُه ۡمْأ َ ۡولَ َٰىْبِبَعۡ ضْفِيْ ِك َٰتَ ِ‬
‫بْ َّْۚۡ‬ ‫ْوأُولُواْ ۡٱۡل َ ۡر َح ِْ‬
‫امْبَعۡ ُ‬ ‫ْو َٰ َج َهد ُواْ َمعَ ُك ۡمْفَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ِ‬
‫ْمن ُك ۡۚۡم َ‬ ‫‪َ .12‬وٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا ِ‬
‫ْم ِۢنْبَعۡ د َُْو َْها َج ُروا َ‬
‫ِب ُك ِلْش َۡيءٍ ْ َع ِليمْْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ْويَ ۡو َمئِذْيَ ۡف َر ُحْ ۡٱل ُم ۡؤ ِمنُونَْْ‬ ‫ۚۡ‬ ‫‪ .13‬فِيْ ِب ۡ‬
‫ّْللِْ ۡٱۡلَمۡ ُْرْ ِمنْقَ ۡبل َ‬
‫ُْو ِم ِۢنْبَعۡ د ُ َ‬ ‫ضعِْ ِسنِينَ ِ َّ‬
‫ْ‬
‫يْ ۡٱۡلَمۡ ُْرْث ُ َّم ََْلْيُن َ‬

‫ظ ُرونَ ْ‬ ‫ْولَ ۡوْأَنزَ ۡلنَاْ َملَكاْلَّقُ ِ‬
‫ض َ‬ ‫نزلَْ َعلَ ۡي ِهْ َمْلَكْ َ‬ ‫‪َ .1‬وقَالُواْْلَ ۡو َ ٓ‬
‫َلْأ ُ ِ‬
‫َوقَالُواْ‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْ(هم)‬
‫نزلَْ َعلَ ۡي ِهْ َمْلَكْ‪ْ:‬مقولْالقولْ ْ‬ ‫َلْأ ُ ِ‬
‫لَ ۡو َ ٓ‬
‫ۡ‬
‫َولَ ۡوْأنزَ لنَاْ َملَكا‪ْ:‬شرط ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ظ ُرونَْ‪ْ:‬جوابْالشرط‬ ‫يْ ۡٱۡلَمۡ ُْرْث ُ َّم ََْلْيُن َ‬ ‫ض َ‬ ‫لَّقُ ِ‬
‫لْ َو ََلْت ُ َٰقَتِلُوه ُۡمْ ِعندَْ ۡٱل َم ۡس ِجد ِۡٱل َح َر ِْ‬

‫امْ َحتَّ َٰىْ‬ ‫ُّْمنَ ْ ۡٱلقَ ۡت ۚۡ ِْ‬
‫ْو ۡٱل ِف ۡتنَ ْةُْأ َ َشد ِ‬
‫ثْأ َ ۡخ َر ُجو ُك ۡۚۡم َْ‬ ‫ُمْم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُ‬ ‫ْوأَ ۡخ ِر ُجوه ِ‬ ‫‪َ .2‬و ۡٱقتُلُوه ُْۡمْ َح ۡي ُ‬
‫ثْث َ ِق ۡفت ُ ُموه ُۡم َ‬
‫َٰ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫يُ َٰقَ ِتلُو ُك ۡمْ ِفي ِهْفَإِنْقَتَلُو ُك ۡمْفَْ ۡٱقتُلُوه ُْۡمْ َكذَلِكَ ْ َجزَ آ ُءْ ْۡٱل َٰ َْك ِف ِرينَ ْ‬
‫ثْث َ ِق ۡفت ُ ُموه ُْۡم‪ْ:‬جملةْفعليةْوْمعطوفْعليه ْ‬ ‫َو ۡٱقتُلُوه ُْۡمْ َح ۡي ُ‬
‫ثْأَ ۡخ َر ُجو ُك ْۡم‪ْ:‬معطوف ْ‬ ‫ُمْم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُ‬ ‫َْو‪ْ:‬حرفْعطفْْْْْْْْْْْْأ َ ۡخ ِر ُجوه ِ‬
‫ل‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْ ْ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫ش ْدُّ‪ْ:‬خبرْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ ِمنَ ْٱلقَ ۡت ۚۡ ِْ‬ ‫َْو ۡٱل ِف ۡتنَ ْةُ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْأ َ َ‬
‫اْو ُك ۡفرا‬ ‫اٱلغُ َٰلَ ُْمْفَ َكانَ ْأَبَ َواهُْ ُم ۡؤ ِمن َۡي ِنْفَ َخشِينَآْأَنْي ُۡر ِْهقَ ُه َماْ ُ‬
‫ط ۡغ َٰيَ ٗن َ‬ ‫‪َ .3‬وأ َ َّم ۡ‬
‫اٱلغُ َٰلَ ُْم‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫َوأ َ َّم ۡ‬
‫َكانَ ْأَبَ َوا ْهُ‪ْ:‬فعلْنَاقصْواسمهْْمبتدأ ْ‬
‫ن‪ْ:‬خبرْكان ْ‬ ‫ُم ۡؤ ِمن َۡي ِْ‬
‫فَ َخشِينَْا ٓ‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْ(نحن) ْ‬
‫اْو ُك ۡفرا‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬ ‫أَنْي ُۡر ِْهقَ ُه َماْ ُ‬
‫ط ۡغ َٰ َي ٗن َ‬
‫اْو ُك ۡفرا‪ْ:‬مفعولْله ْ‬ ‫ط ۡغ َٰيَ ٗن َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ث ََْلْيَ ۡشعُ ُرونَ ْ‬ ‫‪َ .4‬وأَت ََٰى ُه ُمْ ۡٱل َعذَابُْْ ِم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُ‬
‫َوأَت ََٰى ُه ُْم‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْ ْ‬
‫ۡٱل َعذَابُْ‪ْ:‬فاعل ْ‬
‫ثْ ََلْيَ ۡشعُ ُرونَْ‪ْ:ْ:‬مفعولْفيه ْ‬ ‫ِم ۡنْ َح ۡي ُْ‬
‫‪ .5‬لَوْْۡيَ ِجدُونَ ْ َم ۡل َجْاْأ َ ۡوْ َم َٰغَ َٰ َرتٍْأ َ ۡوْ ُمدَّخَالْلَّ َولَّ ۡواْْ ِإلَ ۡي ِه َ‬
‫ْوه ُۡمْيَ ۡج َمحُونَ ْْ‬
‫لَوْْۡ َي ِجدُونَ ْ َم ۡل َجْاْأ َ ۡوْ َم َٰغَ َٰ َرتٍْأ َ ۡوْ ُمدَّخَال‪ْ:‬شرط ْ‬
‫لَّ َولَّ ۡواْْإِلَ ۡي ِْه‪ْ:‬جوابْالشرط ْ‬
‫َوه ُۡمْ َي ۡج َمحُونَ ْْ‪ْ:‬جملةْحالية‬
‫علَىْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللِْ َكذِبا‬ ‫ْم َّم ِنْ ۡٱفت ََر َْٰ‬
‫ىْ َ‬ ‫س ۡل َٰ َ‬
‫ط ِۢ ِنْ َب ِينْفَ َم ۡنْأ َ ۡظلَ ُم ِ‬ ‫ؤَُل ِْءْقَ ۡو ُمنَاْٱت َّ َخذُواْْ ِمنْد ُونِ ِ ٓهْۦْ َءا ِل َه ٗةْلَّ ۡو ََلْ َي ۡأتُونَ ْ َعلَ ۡي ِهمْ ِب ُ‬ ‫‪َٓ َٰ .6‬ه َ ٓ‬
‫ؤَُل ِْء‪ْ:‬مبتدأ‬ ‫َٰ َٓه َ ٓ‬
‫قَ ۡو ُمنَاْ‪ْ:‬خبرْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْٱت َّ َخذُواْْْْ‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْ(هم)ْْْْْْْْْْْْ ِمنْد ُونِ ِ ٓهْۦْ‪ْ:‬مفعولْبهْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ َءا ِل َه ْٗة‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬
‫َلْْْْ‪ْ:‬استفهامْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْيَ ۡأتُونَْْ‪ْ:‬فعلْمضارعْ(هم)ْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ َعلَ ۡي ِهم‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬ ‫لَّ ۡو َ ْ‬
‫ط ِۢ ِنْبَ ِينْ‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫س ۡل َ‬ ‫ِب ُ‬
‫ٱّللِْكذِبا‪ْ:ْ:‬جارْوْمجرورْْمتعلقْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ىْ َعلىْ َّْ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫نْ‪ْ:‬استفهامْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْأظل ُْمْْْْْْْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ ِم َّم ِنْٱفت ََر َْٰ‬‫َ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫فَ َم ْ‬
‫بالخبر‬
‫ِۢ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫َلْ ِب َماْكَانُواْ َيعۡ َملُونَ ْ‬ ‫تْفَلَ ُه ۡمْ َجنَّتُ ْٱل َمأ َو َْٰ‬
‫ىْنُ ُز َ ْ‬ ‫ص ِل َٰ َح ِْ‬ ‫ْو َع ِملُواْٱل َٰ َّ‬ ‫‪ .7‬أ َ َّماٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا َ‬
‫ت‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫ص ِل َح ِْ‬ ‫َٰ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ْو َع ِملواْٱل َّ‬ ‫ْأ َ َّماٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا َ‬
‫َلْ ِب َماْكَانُواْ َيعۡ َملُونَْْ‪:‬خبر ْ‬ ‫ِۢ‬ ‫فَلَ ُه ۡمْ َج َٰنَّتُ ْ ۡٱل َم ۡأ َو َْٰ‬
‫ىْنُ ُز َ ْ‬
‫ٱّللُْ َعلَ ۡي ُك ۡمْفَتَبَيَّنُ ٓو ۚۡاْإِ َّنْ َّْ‬

‫ٱّللَْكَانَْْبِ َماْت َعۡ َملُونَ ْ َخبِيرا‬ ‫‪َ .8‬ك َٰذَلِكَ ْ ُكنت ُ ِ‬
‫مْمنْقَ ۡبلُْفَ َم َّنْ َّْ‬
‫ُكنتُم‪ْْ:‬كانْواسمهْْْْْْمبتدأ ْ‬
‫ل‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْ ْ‬ ‫ِمنْقَ ۡب ُْ‬
‫ٱّللُْْْْْْ‪ْ:‬فاعلْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ َعلَ ۡي ُك ْۡم‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬ ‫نْْْ‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْْْْْْْْْْْ َّْ‬ ‫َم َّْ‬
‫ۚۡ‬
‫فَتَبَيَّنُ ٓوْا‪ْ:‬فعلْأمرْ(أنتم) ْ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ٱّللَْْْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْكَانَْْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْبِ َماْتَعۡ َملونَْ‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْمقدمْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ َخبِيرا‪ْ:‬‬ ‫إِ َّنْ َّْ‬
‫خبرْكان ْ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ش َهدَآ ِْءْفَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ْ ِعندَْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللِْ ُه ُمْ ۡٱل َٰ َك ِذبُونَْْ ْ‬ ‫ش َهدَآ ۚۡ َءْفَإ ِ ۡذْلَ ۡمْيَ ۡأتُواْبِْٱل ُّ‬
‫َلْ َجا ٓ ُءوْ َعلَ ۡي ِهْبِأ َ ۡربَعَ ِةْ ُ‬ ‫‪ .9‬لَّ ۡو َ ْ‬
‫َل‪ْ:‬استفهام ْ‬ ‫لَّ ۡو َ ْ‬
‫َجا ٓ ُءو‪ْ:‬فعلْماضيْ(هم) ْ‬
‫َعلَ ۡي ِْه‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬
‫ش َهدَآ ۚۡ َْء‪ْ:‬مفعولْبه ْ‬ ‫ِبأ َ ۡر َب َع ِةْ ُ‬
‫ش َهدَْآ‪ْ:‬شرط ْ‬ ‫فَإ ِ ۡذْلَ ۡمْيَ ۡأتُواِْْبٱل ُّ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ٱّللِْ ُه ُمْ ۡٱل َٰ َك ِذبُونَْ‪ْ:‬جوابْالشرط ْ‬ ‫فَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ْ ِعندَْ َّْ‬
‫ظنَّآْأَنْيُ ِقي َماْ ُحدُودَْ َّْ‬

‫ٱّللِْ‬ ‫طلَّقَ َهاْفَ َالْ ُجنَا َحْ َعلَ ۡي ِه َمآْأَنْ َيت ََرا َج َعآْ ِإنْ َ‬ ‫‪ .10‬فَإِنْ َ‬
‫طلَّقَ َهاْفَ َالْت َِحلُّْلَ ْهۥ ُْ ِم ِۢنْ َبعۡ د ُْ َحتَّ َٰىْت َن ِك َحْزَ ۡو ًجاْغ َۡي َرهۥُْْفَإِنْ َ‬
‫َ‬
‫ٱّللِْيُبَيِْنُ َهاْ ِلقَ ۡومْيَعۡ ل ُمونَ ْ‬ ‫َوتِ ۡلكَ ْ ُحد ُود ُْ َّْ‬
‫طلَّقَ َها‪ْْ:‬شرط ْ‬ ‫فَإِنْ َ‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِۢ‬
‫فَ َالْت َِحلُّْل ْهۥ ُْ ِمنْبَعۡ د ُْ َحت َٰىْتَن ِك َحْزَ ۡو ًجاْغَي َر ْهۥُ‪ْ:‬جوابْالشرط‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫َ‬
‫طلَّقَ َها‪ْْ:‬شرط ْ‬ ‫فَإِنْ َ‬
‫ٱّللِ‪ْ:‬جوابْالشرط ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫فَ َالْ ُجنَا َحْ َعل ۡي ِه َمآْأنْيَت ََرا َجعَآْإِنْظنَّآْأنْيُ ِقي َماْ ُحد ُودَْ َّْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ٱّللِْْْْْْْ‪ْ:‬خبرْوْموصوفْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْيُبَِْين َهاْ ِلق ۡومْ َيعۡ ل ُمونَْ‪ْ:‬صفة ْ‬ ‫َوتِ ۡلكَْ‪ْْْْْْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ ُحد ُود ُْ َّْ‬
‫َىْفَأَنتَْْلَ ْهۥُْتَ َ‬
‫صد ََّٰىْ ْ‬ ‫‪ .11‬أ َ َّماْ َم ِنْ ۡ‬
‫َى‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫أ َ َّماْ َم ِنْ ۡ‬
‫فَأَنتَْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬
‫لَ ْهۥ ُ‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْمقدمْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ ْ‬
‫َّى‪ْ:‬خبر ْ‬ ‫صد َْٰ‬ ‫تَ َ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ٱّللِْ ِإ َّنْ َّْ‬
‫ٱّللَْ‬ ‫ض ُه ۡمْأ َ ۡولَ َٰىْ ِب َبعۡ ضْفِيْ ِك َٰتَ ِ‬
‫بْ َّْۚۡ‬ ‫ْوأُولُواْ ۡٱۡل َ ۡر َح ِْ‬
‫امْ َبعۡ ُ‬ ‫ْو َٰ َج َهد ُواْ َم َع ُك ۡمْفَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ِ‬
‫ْمن ُك ۡۚۡم َ‬ ‫‪َ .12‬وٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا ِ‬
‫ْم ِۢنْ َبعۡ د َُْوهَا َج ُروا َ‬
‫بِ ُك ِلْش َۡيءٍ ْ َع ِليمْْ‬
‫ْو َٰ َج َهد ُواْ َم َع ُك ْۡم‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫َوٱلَّذِينَْْ َءا َمنُوا ِ‬
‫ْم ِۢنْ َبعۡ د َُْوهَا َج ُروا َ‬
‫ٓ‬
‫ْمن ُك ْۡۚۡم‪ْ:‬خبر ْ‬ ‫فَأُو َٰلَئِكَ ِ‬
‫ام‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫َوأُولُواْ ۡٱۡل َ ۡر َح ِْ‬
‫ض ُه ْۡم‪ْ:‬مبتدأ ْ‬ ‫َبعۡ ُ‬
‫بْ َّْۚۡ‬
‫ٱّللِْْ‪:‬خبر ْ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫أ َ ۡولَ َٰىْبِبَعۡ ضْفِيْ ِكتَ ِ‬
‫ٱّللَْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْبِ ُك ِلْش َۡيءٍ ْْ‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْمقدمْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْْ َع ِليمْْ‪ْْ:‬خبر ْ‬ ‫إِ َّنْ َّْ‬
‫ْويَ ۡو َمئِذْ َي ۡف َر ُحْ ۡٱل ُم ۡؤ ِمنُونَْْ‬ ‫ۚۡ‬ ‫‪ .13‬فِيْ ِب ۡ‬

‫ضعِْ ِسنِينَ ْْْْ ِ َّّللِْ ۡٱۡلَمۡ ُْرْ ِمنْقَ ۡبل َ‬
‫ُْو ِم ِۢنْبَعۡ د ُ َ‬
‫ضعِْ ِسنِينَْ‪ْ:‬مفعولْفيه ْ‬ ‫فِيْبِ ۡ‬
‫ّللِ‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْمقدم ْ‬ ‫ِ َّْ‬
‫ل‪ْ:‬متعلقْبالخبرْ ْ‬ ‫ۡٱۡلمۡ ُْرْْْْْ‪ْ:‬مبتدأْْْْْْ ِمنْقب ْ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َْو‪ْ:‬حرفْعطف ْ‬
‫ِم ِۢنْ َبعۡ ْۚۡد ُ‪ْ:‬معطوف‬
‫َويَ ۡو َمئِذْ‪ْْ:‬ظرفْمنصوبْإضافة ْ‬
‫ح‪ْ:‬فعلْْمضارع ْ‬ ‫يَ ۡف َر ُْ‬
‫ۡٱل ُم ۡؤ ِمنُونَْ‪ْ:‬فاعل ْ‬
‫‪12.1‬‬ ‫‪SARF REVIEW –PART 1‬‬
‫‪Learning Objectives‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫باب علم ‪,‬باب جاهد ‪,‬باب أخب ‪Review‬‬
‫‪Lesson Review‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫باب أخب‬
‫خْ‬
‫ُم ر‬ ‫خ‬ ‫إ ْخ ً‬ ‫خْ‬
‫ُي خ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ب‬‫ِ‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫بارا‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ب‬‫ِ‬ ‫أخب‬
‫خْ‬
‫ُم ر‬ ‫خ‬ ‫إ ْخ ً‬ ‫خْ‬
‫ُي خ‬ ‫خ ْ‬
‫ب‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫بارا‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫أخ ِب‬
‫َّ ْ خ ْ خ خ ْ‬
‫ُم ر‬ ‫َّ خ ْ خ ْ‬
‫ُت ْ‬ ‫األ ْم خر م ِْن خه أ ْخ ْ‬
‫ب‬ ‫الظرف مِنه‬ ‫ب‬‫ِه عن ال ِ‬
‫وانل ِ‬ ‫ب‬‫ِ‬
‫باب جاهد‬
‫خ ر‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ خ‬
‫ُماهِد‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫جهادا وُماهدة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُياهِد‬ ‫جاهد‬
‫خ ر‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ خ‬ ‫خ‬
‫ُماهد‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫جهادا وُماهدة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُياهد‬ ‫جوهِد‬
‫َّ خ ْ خ خ ر‬ ‫خ ْ‬ ‫َّ خ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْخ‬
‫الظ ْرف مِنه ُماهد‬ ‫ِه عن ال ُتاهِد‬
‫وانل ِ‬ ‫األم خر مِنه جاهِد‬
‫َّ‬
‫باب علم‬
‫خ ِّ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫خ ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫معل رم‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫تعلِيما‬ ‫يعل خم‬ ‫علم‬
‫خ َّ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫خ َّ‬ ‫خ ِّ‬
‫معل رم‬ ‫فهو‬ ‫تعلِيما‬ ‫يعل خم‬ ‫علم‬
‫َّ خ ْ خ خ َّ‬ ‫َّ خ ْ خ ِّ‬ ‫ْ ْ خ ِّ‬
‫الظ ْرف مِنه معل رم‬ ‫ِه عن ال تعل ْم‬
‫وانل ِ‬ ‫األم خر مِنه عل ْم‬
‫‪1‬‬
Drills
Write out the ‫ رصف صغري‬using the root letters provided:
Randomly choose a word from each table and do the ‫رصف كبري‬
‫ باب أخب‬- ‫ن ز ل‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ باب علم‬- ‫ب ش ر‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ج د ل – باب جاهد‬
‫فهو‬
2
© BayyinahTV
‫فهو‬
‫ف ج ر – باب علم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ح و ر – باب جاهد‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ع ث ر – باب أخب‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫‪Fill in the empty boxes‬‬
‫معىن‬ ‫صيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫باب‬ ‫لكمة‬
‫‪ .1‬أ ْع ْ‬
‫َثنا‬
‫ْ‬
‫فعل مضارع (أنت)‬ ‫صبح‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪ .3‬نخس ِّ خ‬
‫ري‬
‫فعل مضارع (أنا)‬ ‫شرك‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪People who‬‬ ‫بشر‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪congradulate‬‬
‫‪People who warn‬‬ ‫نذر‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫خ خ‬
‫‪ .7‬مواق ِعوها‬
‫‪He argues‬‬ ‫جدل‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫مصدر‬ ‫أول‬ ‫علم‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫خ‬
‫‪ .10‬ال تصاحِب ِن‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ف ِراق‬
‫خ ْ خ‬
‫‪ .12‬المج ِرمون‬
‫ْ خ‬
‫‪ِِ .13‬لخدحِضوا‬
‫فعل ماض ُمهول (هم)‬ ‫نذر‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪.14‬‬
‫‪We destroyed‬‬ ‫هلك‬ ‫‪.15‬‬

‫‪them‬‬
‫َّ‬
‫‪ .16‬فج ْرنا‬
‫خ‬
‫‪ .17‬ي ْر ِسل‬
‫‪He spent‬‬ ‫نفق‬ ‫‪.18‬‬
‫خ ِّ‬
‫‪ .19‬ال مبدل‬
‫‪Then we did not‬‬ ‫غدر‬ ‫‪.20‬‬

‫‪leave out‬‬
‫)‪Surah Kahf Analysis (Iraab‬‬
‫ۡٱل َحمۡ دُُ َ هّلِلَُٱلهذَيُُأَنزَ لَُ َعلَ ٰىُ َع ۡب َدهَُ ۡٱل َك ٰتَ َُ‬
‫بُ َولَ ۡمُيَ ۡجعَلُلههُۥُ َع َو َج ۜاُ‬
‫سناُ‬ ‫ُوي َبش ََرُ ۡٱلم ۡؤ َمنَينَُ ٱلهذَينَُُ َيعۡ َملونَ ُٱلصُ َل ٰ َح َُ‬
‫تُأ َ هنُلَه ۡمُأ َ ۡج ًراُ َح َ‬ ‫اُمنُلهد ۡنه َ‬ ‫قَ َيماُ َلينذ ََرُ َب ۡأساُ َ‬
‫شدَيد َ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪ using the root letters provided:‬رصف صغري ‪Write out the‬‬
‫رصف كبري ‪Randomly choose a word from each table and do the‬‬
‫باب أخب – ن ز ل‬
‫خْ ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫خْ خ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫فهو مْنِل‬ ‫إِنزاال‬ ‫ْنل‬
‫ي ِ‬ ‫أنزل‬
‫خْ ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫خْ خ‬ ‫خْ‬
‫فهو مْنل‬ ‫إِنزاال‬ ‫يْنل‬ ‫أن ِزل‬
‫خْ ر‬ ‫خْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫و الظرف منه مْنل‬ ‫انلِه عنه ال تْنِل‬ ‫األمر منه أن ِزل‬
‫ب ش ر ‪ -‬باب علم‬
‫فهو خمب ِّ ر‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫يخب ِّ خ‬ ‫َّ‬

‫ّش‬ ‫تب ِشريا‬ ‫ّش‬ ‫بّش‬
‫فهو خمب َّ ر‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫يخب َّ خ‬ ‫خ ِّ‬

‫ّش‬ ‫تب ِشريا‬ ‫ّش‬ ‫بّش‬
‫و الظرف منه خمب َّ ر‬

‫ّش‬ ‫انلِه عنه ال تخب ِّ ْ‬
‫ّش‬ ‫األمر منه ب ِّ ْ‬
‫ّش‬
‫ج د ل – باب جاهد‬
‫خ ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ خ‬
‫فهو ُمادِل‬ ‫جداال و ُمادلة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُيادِل‬ ‫جادلَ‬
‫خ ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ خ‬ ‫خ‬
‫فهو ُمادل‬ ‫جداال و ُمادلة‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ُيادل‬ ‫ج ْودِل‬
‫خ ر‬ ‫خ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُمادل‬ ‫انلِه عنه ال ُتادِل‬ ‫األمر منه جادِل‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ف ج ر – باب علم‬
‫خ ِّ‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫خ ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫فهو مفج رر‬ ‫جريا‬
‫تف ِ‬ ‫يفج خر‬ ‫فجر‬
‫خ َّ‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫خ َّ‬ ‫خ ِّ‬
‫فهو مفج رر‬ ‫جريا‬
‫تف ِ‬ ‫يفج خر‬ ‫فجر‬
‫خ َّ‬ ‫خ ِّ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫و الظرف منه مفج رر‬ ‫انلِه عنه ال تفج ْر‬ ‫األمر منه فج ْر‬
‫ح و ر – باب جاهد‬
‫خ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ‬

‫او رر‬
‫فهو ُم ِ‬ ‫حِوارا و ُماورة‬ ‫او خر‬
‫ُي ِ‬ ‫حاور‬
‫خ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً خ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫خ‬
‫فهو ُماو رر‬ ‫حِوارا و ُماورة‬ ‫ُياو خر‬ ‫ح ْووِر‬
‫خ‬
‫و الظرف منه‬ ‫او ْر‬
‫انلِه عنه ال ُت ِ‬ ‫او ْر‬
‫األمر منه ح ِ‬
‫ع ث ر – باب أخب‬
‫فهو خم ْع ِ ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫خي ْع ِ خ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫َث‬ ‫إِعثارا‬ ‫َث‬ ‫أعَث‬
‫فهو خم ْع ر‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫خي ْع خ‬ ‫خ ْ‬

‫َث‬ ‫إِعثارا‬ ‫َث‬ ‫أع َِث‬
‫و الظرف منه خم ْع ر‬
‫َث‬ ‫انلِه عنه ال خت ْع ْ‬
‫َث‬
‫ِ‬
‫األمر منه أ ْع ْ‬
‫َث‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪We preferred‬‬ ‫فعل مايض (حنن)‬ ‫عثر‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .1‬أ ْع ْ‬

‫َثنا‬
‫ْ‬ ‫خ ْ خ‬
‫‪You became‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (أنت)‬ ‫صبح‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .2‬تصبِح‬
‫‪We set in motion‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (حنن)‬ ‫سير‬ ‫علم‬ ‫‪ .3‬نخس ِّ خ‬

‫ري‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫خْ خ‬
‫‪I do shirk‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (أنا)‬ ‫شرك‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫شك‬
‫‪ .4‬أ ِ‬
‫خ ِّ ْ‬
‫‪People who‬‬ ‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫بشر‬ ‫علم‬ ‫ّشين‬
‫‪ .5‬مب ِ‬
‫‪congratulate‬‬
‫خْ ْ‬
‫‪People who warn‬‬ ‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫نذر‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .6‬منذِرِين‬
‫خ خ‬
‫‪People who‬‬ ‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫وقع‬ ‫جاهد‬ ‫‪ .7‬مواق ِعوها‬
‫‪attack/ fight it‬‬
‫خ‬
‫‪He argues‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (هو)‬ ‫جدل‬ ‫جاهد‬ ‫‪ُ .8‬يا ِدل‬
‫ْ ْخ‬
‫‪Explanation/‬‬ ‫مصدر‬ ‫أول‬ ‫علم‬ ‫‪ .9‬تأ ِويل‬
‫‪interpretation‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫خ‬
‫‪Don’t accompany‬‬ ‫فعل انلِه (أنت)‬ ‫صحب‬ ‫جاهد‬ ‫‪ .10‬ال تصاحِب ِن‬
‫!‪me‬‬
‫‪To part‬‬ ‫مصدر‬ ‫فرق‬ ‫جاهد‬ ‫‪ .11‬ف ِراق‬
‫خ ْ خ‬
‫‪The criminals‬‬ ‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫جرم‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .12‬المج ِرمون‬
‫ْ خ‬
‫‪So that they‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (هم)‬ ‫دحض‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ِِ .13‬لخدحِضوا‬
‫‪refute/ invalidate‬‬
‫خْ‬
‫‪They were warned‬‬ ‫فعل ماض ُمهول (هم)‬ ‫نذر‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .14‬أنذ خِر ْوا‬
‫ْ ْ خ‬
‫‪We destroyed‬‬ ‫فعل مايض (حنن)‬ ‫هلك‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .15‬أهلكناه ْم‬
‫‪them‬‬
‫َّ‬
‫‪We caused to‬‬ ‫فعل مايض (حنن)‬ ‫فجر‬ ‫علم‬ ‫‪ .16‬فج ْرنا‬
‫‪break forth‬‬
‫خ‬
‫‪He sends‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (هو)‬ ‫رسل‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .17‬ي ْر ِسل‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪He spent‬‬ ‫فعل مايض (هو)‬ ‫نفق‬ ‫أخب‬ ‫‪ .18‬أنفق‬
‫خ ِّ‬
‫‪Absolutely no one‬‬ ‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫بدل‬ ‫علم‬ ‫‪ .19‬ال مبدل‬
‫‪who changes‬‬
‫خ‬
‫‪Then we did not‬‬ ‫فعل مضارع (حنن)‬ ‫غدر‬ ‫جاهد‬ ‫‪ .20‬فل ْم نغاد ِْر‬
‫‪leave out‬‬
‫)‪Surah Kahf Analysis (Iraab‬‬
‫ۡٱل َحمۡ دُُ َ هّلِلَُٱلهذَيُُأَنزَ لَُ َعلَ ٰىُ َع ۡب َدهَُ ۡٱل َك ٰتَ َُ‬
‫بُ َولَ ۡمُ َي ۡج َعلُلههُۥُ َع َو َج ۜاُ‬
‫ّلِلَ‪ُ:‬متعلقُبالخبرُُُُُُُُٱلهذَيُُأَنزَ لَُ َعلَ ٰىُ َع ۡب َدهَُ ۡٱل َك ٰتَ َُ‬

‫بُ َولَ ۡمُيَ ۡجعَلُلههُۥُ َع َو َجُۜا‪ُ:‬صفةُُفيُمحلُجرُللفظُالجاللة ُ‬ ‫ۡٱل َحمۡ دُ ‪:‬مبتدأُُُُ َ هُ‬
‫سناُ ُ‬ ‫ُوي َبش ََرُ ۡٱلم ۡؤ َمنَينَُ ٱلهذَينَُُيَعۡ َملونَ ُٱلص َل ٰ َح َُ‬
‫تُأ َ هنُلَه ۡمُأ َ ۡج ًراُ َح َ‬ ‫َيداُمنُلهد ۡنه َ‬
‫شد َ‬ ‫قَيَماُ َلينذ ََرُبَ ۡأساُ َ‬
‫َر‪ُ:‬فعلُمضارعُُ ُُُُُُُُُُبَ ۡأسا‪ُ:‬مفعولُبه ُُُُُُُُُُ ُ َ‬
‫شدَيدا‪ُ :‬صفة ُُ ُُُُُُُُُُ َمنُلهد ۡنهُ‪ُ :‬صفةُُُُُُُُُُُُُ‬ ‫قَيَما‪ُ:‬مفعولُحال ُُُُُُُ ُُ َلينذ َُ‬
‫ي َبشَر‪ُ:‬فعلُمضارعُُ‬
‫ۡٱلم ۡؤ َمنَينَ ‪ُ :‬مفعولُبهُ ُُُُُُُُُُُٱ هلذَينَُُيَعۡ َملونَ ُٱلص َل ٰ َحتَ‪ُ:‬صفةُفيُمحلُنصب ُُُُُُُُُُُُأَ هن ُأَ ۡج ًراُ َح َ‬
‫سنا‪ُ:‬مبتدأُلَه ُۡم‪ُ:‬متعلقُبالخبرُ‬
‫مقدم‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪12.1.2‬‬ ‫‪SARF REVIEW –PART 2‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ and‬باب اال ‪Review‬‬ ‫باب ث‬
‫‪Learning Objectives‬‬
‫َت َت َّل‬
‫باب َتب‬
‫ِّل‬ ‫َت‬ ‫َت ُّ‬ ‫َت َّل‬ ‫َت َّل‬
‫ف ُمً َتٌ ُم جَت َت ٌم ب‬ ‫َت ًماب‬ ‫جَت َت ُم ب‬ ‫َت َت ب‬
‫َّل‬ ‫َت‬ ‫َت ُّ‬ ‫ُم َّل‬ ‫ُم ِّل‬
‫ف ُمًٌ ُم جَت َت ٌم ب‬ ‫َت ًماب‬ ‫جَت َت ُم ب‬ ‫ُم َت ب‬
‫َّل‬ ‫َّل ُم ْ ُم‬ ‫َت َّل‬ ‫َّل ُم َت‬ ‫َت ْ ْ ُم َت َّل‬
‫ب‬ ‫الظ ْرف ِ وى ُم جَت َت ٌم ب‬ ‫ِه ع ْن ال جَت َت ْ ب‬ ‫وانل ِ‬ ‫األم ُمر ِ وى َت ْ ب‬
‫َت َت َت َت‬
‫با بب‬ ‫باب‬
‫َت ٌم‬ ‫َت‬ ‫َت ُم ً‬ ‫َت َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت َت َت‬
‫ف ُمً َتٌ ُم ااِ ب‬ ‫َت ااالب‬ ‫االب‬ ‫االب‬
‫َت ُم َت ُم َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َت ُم‬ ‫ُم َت َت ُم‬ ‫ُم َت‬
‫االب‬ ‫فًٌ‬ ‫ااالب‬ ‫اال ب‬ ‫ُم ٌاِ ب‬
‫َّل ْ ُم ْ ُم ُم َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َّل ُم َت ْ َت َت َت ْ‬ ‫َت َت ْ‬ ‫َت ْ ْ ُم‬
‫ب‬ ‫االب‬ ‫الظرف ِ وى‬ ‫االب‬ ‫وانل ِِه عن ال ث‬ ‫االب‬ ‫األم ُمر ِ وى‬
‫\‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫رصف ‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the‬رصف صغري ‪Write out the‬‬
‫كبري‬
‫ز و ر– باب اال‬
‫ًٌ ُم َت َت‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َت‬ ‫ثَت َتز َت‬

‫او ٌمر‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ثزاورا‬ ‫او ُمر‬ ‫او َتر‬
‫ًٌ ُم َت َت َت‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َت‬ ‫ُم‬

‫او ٌمر‬ ‫ثزاورا‬ ‫او ُمر‬ ‫ث ُمز ْو ِو َتر‬
‫َت‬
‫الظ ْر ُمف ِ وْ ُمى ُم َت َت َت‬
‫او ٌمر‬
‫َّل‬ ‫ِه َتع ْن ال َت َت َت َت‬
‫او ْر‬ ‫َّل‬
‫وانل ِ ُم‬ ‫األ ْم ُمر ِ وْ ُمى ثَت َتز َت‬
‫او ْر‬
‫ن ز ع – باب اال‬
‫ُم َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت َت َت َت‬

‫ازع‬
‫ًٌ جو ِ‬ ‫واز‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬
‫ُم َت َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت‬ ‫ُم‬

‫ازع‬ ‫ًٌ جو‬ ‫واز‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬ ‫وُم ٌْ ِزع‬
‫َّل ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َّل ُم َت ْ َت َت َت َت ْ‬ ‫َت ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َت ْ‬

‫ازع‬ ‫الظرف ِ وى جو‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫وانل ِِه عن الث و‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫األمر ِ وى و‬
‫ل ط ف– باب ث‬
‫ُم َت َت ِّل ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َّل ُم‬ ‫َت َت َّل َت‬
‫ًٌ ج‬ ‫ث ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬
‫ُم َت َت َّل ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َّل ُم‬ ‫ُم ُم ِّل َت‬
‫ًٌ ج‬ ‫ث ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬
‫َّل ْ ُم ْ ُم ُم َت َت َّل ٌم‬ ‫َّل ُم َت ْ َت َت َت َّل ْ‬ ‫َت ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َّل ْ‬

‫الظرف ِ وى ج‬ ‫وانل ِِه عن ال ج‬ ‫األمر ِ وى ث‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ف ر ق – باب ث‬
‫َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت َت َت‬

‫ًٌ ُم جَت ِّلرق‬ ‫را‬ ‫جَت َّلرق‬ ‫َّلرق‬
‫َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫ُم َت ُم‬ ‫ُم ُم َت‬

‫ًٌ ُم جَت َّلرق‬ ‫را‬ ‫جَت َّلرق‬ ‫ِّلرق‬
‫َّل ُم ْ ُم َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ْ‬ ‫َّل ُم َت‬ ‫َت ْ ْ ُم َت َت ْ‬

‫الظ ْرف ِ وى ُم جَت َّلرق‬ ‫ِه ع ْن ال جَت َّلرق‬ ‫وانل ِ‬ ‫األم ُمر ِ وى َّلرق‬
‫ىن‬ ‫صيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫باب‬ ‫لكمة‬

‫َت َت َت ُم‬
‫اال ٌْا‬ ‫‪ِِ .1‬ل‬
‫َت ْ َت َت َت َّل ْ‬
‫‪ .2‬وِلج‬
‫َت َت َت‬
‫او ُمر‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫نزع‬ ‫اال‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪People who are‬‬ ‫شفق‬ ‫أخرب‬ ‫‪.5‬‬

‫‪scared‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪ِِ .6‬لُمد ِح ُمضٌا‬
‫َت‬ ‫ُم ْ‬
‫ِ وُمٌن‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪They argue with‬‬ ‫جدل‬ ‫‪.8‬‬

‫‪each other‬‬
‫َت‬ ‫َت‬
‫جَت َتو ُممٌن‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪ .10‬فجَتق َّلب َتًا‬
‫‪ .11‬ثَت ااَت ْر ُم ْ‬
‫)‪(You all‬‬ ‫فرق‬ ‫‪.12‬‬

‫!‪Disperse‬‬
‫‪ .13‬أَت ْن َتجَت َت َّل َت‬
‫رب‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ .14‬قال َتم َّلج ُم ٌا‬
‫‪َّ .15‬ل‬
‫اتل ُم‬
‫واوش‬
‫َت َت َّل َت‬
‫‪ .16‬ال جَت ُممٌن‬
‫اض (يما)‬ ‫ظهر‬ ‫ث اع‬ ‫‪.17‬‬
‫َت‬ ‫‪َ .18‬تن ال ْ ُمم َت َت ِّل‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪People who‬‬ ‫شكس‬ ‫ث اع‬ ‫‪ُ .19‬م ا ِك ُم ٌن‬
‫‪cause trouble‬‬
‫ُم َت َت َت ْ‬
‫‪ .20‬ججابِ ِ‬
‫‪Surah Kahf Analysis: Translate the following‬‬
‫َّٰم َني ِك ِك َني ِكفي ِكه أَنيبدا‬

‫َني‬
‫ْ‬
‫ٱيي َنيقالُوا َّٰم َنيٱ َني َنيذ َّٰم َنيٱ و َنيَلا‬ ‫نذر َّٰم َني ِك‬‫وي ِك‬
‫ُ َني‬ ‫َني‬ ‫َني ُ َني‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ۡ ۡ‬

‫ك ِكذبا‬ ‫َني‬
‫َل‬ ‫َّٰم‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ق‬‫ي‬ ‫ن‬‫إ‬ ‫ۚۡ‬ ‫ُه‬ ‫ه‬‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ُب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ۚۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫م‬ ‫ٓاِئ‬‫ب‬ ‫ِل‬ ‫َل‬
‫َني ِك ِك ِك َني ُ ُ َني ِك َني‬ ‫َني‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ِك‬
‫َني َني َني ُ ُ‬ ‫َني ِك ِك َني ُ َني‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫َّٰم َني ا لَني ُُه ِكب ِكه ِك ي ِكع َني َني‬
‫و‬ ‫م‬
‫ٖ‬ ‫ل‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫رصف ‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the‬رصف صغري ‪Write out the‬‬
‫كبري‬
‫ز و ر– باب اال‬
‫ًٌ ُم َت َت‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َت‬ ‫ثَت َتز َت‬

‫او ٌمر‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ثزاورا‬ ‫او ُمر‬ ‫او َتر‬
‫ًٌ ُم َت َت َت‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َت‬ ‫ُم‬

‫او ٌمر‬ ‫ثزاورا‬ ‫او ُمر‬ ‫ث ُمز ْو ِو َتر‬
‫َت‬
‫الظ ْر ُمف ِ وْ ُمى ُم َت َت َت‬
‫او ٌمر‬
‫َّل‬ ‫ِه َتع ْن ال َت َت َت َت‬
‫او ْر‬ ‫َّل‬
‫وانل ِ ُم‬ ‫األ ْم ُمر ِ وْ ُمى ثَت َتز َت‬
‫او ْر‬
‫ن ز ع – باب اال‬
‫ُم َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت َت َت َت‬

‫ازع‬
‫ًٌ جو ِ‬ ‫واز‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬
‫ُم َت َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُم ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت‬ ‫ُم‬

‫ازع‬ ‫ًٌ جو‬ ‫واز‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫و‬ ‫وُم ٌْ ِزع‬
‫َّل ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َت ٌم‬ ‫َّل ُم َت ْ َت َت َت َت ْ‬ ‫َت ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َت ْ‬

‫ازع‬ ‫الظرف ِ وى جو‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫وانل ِِه عن الث و‬ ‫ازع‬ ‫األمر ِ وى و‬
‫ل ط ف– باب ث‬
‫ُم َت َت ِّل ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫َت َت َت َّل ُم‬ ‫َت َت َّل َت‬
‫ًٌ ج‬ ‫ث ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬
‫ُم َت َت َّل ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫ُم َت َت َّل ُم‬ ‫ُم ُم ِّل َت‬
‫ًٌ ج‬ ‫ث ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬
‫َّل ْ ُم ْ ُم ُم َت َت َّل ٌم‬ ‫َّل ُم َت ْ َت َت َت َّل ْ‬ ‫َت ْ ُم ْ ُم َت َت َّل ْ‬

‫الظرف ِ وى ج‬ ‫وانل ِِه عن ال ج‬ ‫األمر ِ وى ث‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ف ر ق – باب ث‬
‫َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫َت َت ُم‬ ‫َت َت َت‬

‫ًٌ ُم جَت ِّلرق‬ ‫را‬ ‫جَت َّلرق‬ ‫َّلرق‬
‫َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ُّ ً‬ ‫ُم َت ُم‬ ‫ُم ُم َت‬

‫ًٌ ُم جَت َّلرق‬ ‫را‬ ‫جَت َّلرق‬ ‫ِّلرق‬
‫َّل ُم ْ ُم َت ٌم‬ ‫َت َت ْ‬ ‫َّل ُم َت‬ ‫َت ْ ْ ُم َت َت ْ‬

‫الظ ْرف ِ وى ُم جَت َّلرق‬ ‫ِه ع ْن ال جَت َّلرق‬ ‫وانل ِ‬ ‫األم ُمر ِ وى َّلرق‬
‫ىن‬ ‫صيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫باب‬ ‫لكمة‬

‫َت َت َت ُم‬
‫‪So that they ask on‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫سال‬ ‫اال‬ ‫اال ٌْا‬ ‫‪ِِ .1‬ل‬
‫‪another‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َت ْ َت َت َت َّل ْ‬
‫‪And he should be‬‬ ‫مضارع (يٌ)‬ ‫طلف‬ ‫ث‬ ‫‪ .2‬وِلج‬
‫‪subtle/ covert‬‬
‫‪She/ you exchange‬‬ ‫مضارع ( َت‬

‫أهت‪/‬يه)‬ ‫زور‬ ‫اال‬ ‫َت َت َت‬
‫او ُمر‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪visits‬‬
‫َت َت َت َت َت‬
‫‪They dispute‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫نزع‬ ‫اال‬ ‫از ُمع ٌْن‬‫و‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫اس اع‬ ‫شفق‬ ‫أخرب‬ ‫‪ُ .5‬مم ْ ق ْ َت‬

‫‪People who are‬‬ ‫ِِ‬
‫‪scared‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪So that they‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫دحض‬ ‫أخرب‬ ‫‪ِِ .6‬لُمد ِح ُمضٌا‬
‫‪refute/ invalidate‬‬
‫َت‬ ‫ُم ْ‬
‫‪They excel‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫حسن‬ ‫أخرب‬ ‫ِ وُمٌن‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ُم ُم َت‬
‫‪They argue with‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫جدل‬ ‫جايد‬ ‫َتا ِدل ٌْن‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪each other‬‬
‫‪They blame one‬‬ ‫مضارع (ي )‬ ‫لوم‬ ‫اال‬ ‫جَت َتو ُممٌن‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪another‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َت َت َت‬
‫‪So he accepted it‬‬ ‫ايض (يٌ)‬ ‫قبل‬ ‫ث‬ ‫‪ .10‬فجَتق َّلب َتًا‬
‫‪You all competed‬‬ ‫ايض (أهج )‬ ‫كثر‬ ‫اال‬ ‫‪ .11‬ثَت ااَت ْر ُم ْ‬

‫‪to get more‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫َت ُم‬
(You all) Disperse! ) ‫أمر (أهج‬ ‫فرق‬ ‫جايد‬ ‫ار ٌْا‬ ِ .12
That you be ‫مضارع ( َت‬

)‫أهت‬ ‫كبر‬
ّ
‫ث‬ ‫ أَت ْن َتجَت َت َّل َت‬.13
‫رب‬
arrogant
ّ ‫َت َت َت‬
So he said “Enjoy!” ) ‫أمر (أهج‬ ‫متع‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ قال َتم َّلج ُم ٌا‬.14
To provoke/ ‫م در‬ ‫نوس‬ ‫اال‬ ‫واوش‬ ‫ َّل‬.15

‫اتل ُم‬
challenge
ّ ‫َت َت َّل َت‬
They don’t speak ) ‫مضارع (ي‬ ‫كلم‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ ال جَت ُممٌن‬.16
Both of them )‫اض (يما‬ ‫ظهر‬ ‫ث اع‬ ‫ ظاي َترا‬.17
made apparent
‫اس اع‬ ‫ربص‬

ّ
‫ث‬ ‫َت‬ ‫ َتن ال ْ ُمم َت َت ِّل‬.18
From the ِ ِ
procrastinators
People who cause ‫اس اع‬ ‫شكس‬ ‫ث اع‬ ‫ ُم ا ِك ُم ٌن‬.19
trouble
ْ ‫ُم َت َت َت‬
People who come ‫اس اع‬ ‫تبع‬ ‫اال‬ ِ ِ‫ ججاب‬.20
successively
Surah Kahf Analysis : Translate the following ayaat
‫َّٰم َني ِك ِك َني ِكفي ِكه أَنيبدا‬

‫َني‬
Staying in it forever.
ْ
‫ٱيي َنيقالُوا َّٰم َنيٱ َني َنيذ َّٰم َنيٱ و َنيَلا‬ ‫نذر َّٰم َني ِك‬‫وي ِك‬
‫ُ َني‬ ‫َني‬ ‫َني ُ َني‬
And so that he warns those who said “Allah took a son”.
ۡ ۡ ۡ ۡ ۡ ٓ ۡ ۡ
‫ك ِكذبا‬ ‫َني‬
‫َل‬ ‫َّٰم‬ ‫إ‬ ‫ون‬ ‫ول‬ ‫ق‬‫ي‬ ‫ن‬‫إ‬ ۡۚ ‫ُه‬ ‫ه‬‫و‬ ‫ف‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ج‬‫ر‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ة‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ُب‬ ۡ
‫َني ِك َني َني ُ ُ ِك َني َني ِك ِك ِك َني ُ ُ َني ِك َني‬ ‫َّٰم َني ا لَني ُُه ِكب ِكه ِك ي ِكع َني َني ِك َني ِك ِك َني ُ َني‬
‫ك‬ ۡۚ ‫م‬ ‫ٓاِئ‬‫ب‬ ‫ِل‬ ‫َل‬‫و‬ ‫م‬
ٖ ‫ل‬
They don’t have any knowledge at all nor had their ancestors. What a horrible
word comes out of their mouths. They say nothing but a lie.
7
© BayyinahTV
‫‪Learning Objectives‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫‪Review‬‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪,‬ةا‬ ‫ّر ‪,‬ةا‬ ‫ستغفر ‪,‬ةا‬ ‫ةا‬
‫باب اقرتب‬
‫َرَت ُب َرَت ُب ْق َرَت ُب‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ُب‬ ‫ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت‬
‫ِا‬ ‫ِاق ِا ةًا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫َرَت ُب َرَت ُب ْق َرَت َرَت ُب‬ ‫ْق‬
‫ِاق ِا ةًا‬ ‫ُب ْق َرَت َرَت ُب‬ ‫ُب ْق ُب َرَت‬
‫ِا‬
‫ْق ُب ُب ْق َرَت َرَت ُب‬ ‫َّنل ْق ُب‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق ُب ْق ُب ْق َرَت ْق‬
‫ِا‬ ‫الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ا ر ِا ِا ِا‬
‫باب ااْن َك َك َك‬
‫َرَت ُب َرَت ُب ْق َرَت ٌ‬

‫د‬
‫ً‬
‫سار‬
‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ِا ُب‬ ‫ِا ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت‬
‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِا‬
‫ِا ْق ُب ُب ْق َرَت َرَت ٌ‬ ‫َّنل ْق ُب‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫ا ْق ُبر ِا ْق ُب ْق َرَت ْق‬
‫الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫ْن‬
‫ااَك َّر‬ ‫باب‬
‫َرَت ُب ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق‬ ‫ْق‬
‫ُب َرَت َرَت ٌّرر‬ ‫ِا ِا ر ًر‬ ‫َرَت ُّرر‬ ‫ِا َرَت َّنلر‬
‫ُب ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫َرَت ٌّرر‬ ‫و الر‬ ‫َت َرَت َّنلر َت َرَت ِّرر‬ ‫ع‬ ‫وا‬ ‫ِا َرَت َّنلر ِا َرَت ِّرر ِا َرَت ِار ْقر‬ ‫ار‬
‫َرَت ْق‬
‫َت َرَت ِار ْقر‬
‫اا َك ْن َك َك‬
‫ْن‬
‫باب‬
‫ْق‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَتغ ِاف ٌر‬ ‫َرَت ُب َرَت‬ ‫ْقست ْقغ ً‬
‫فار‬
‫ْق‬
‫َرَت ْقستَرَتغ ِاف ُبر‬
‫ْق َرَت‬
‫ِا ْقستَرَتغف َرَتر‬
‫ِا ِا‬
‫ْق َرَت‬ ‫َرَت‬ ‫ْقست ْقغ ً‬ ‫ْق َرَت‬ ‫ُب ْق‬
‫ُب َرَت ُب ْقستَرَتغف ٌر‬ ‫فار‬ ‫ِا ِا‬ ‫ُب ْقستَرَتغف ُبر‬ ‫ْقستُبغ ِاف َرَتر‬
‫ْق َرَت‬ ‫ْق ُب‬ ‫َّنل ْق ُب‬ ‫َرَت ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْق ْق ُب‬
‫ِا ُب ْقستَرَتغف ٌر‬ ‫الر‬ ‫ْقستَرَتغ ِاف ْقر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ا ُبر ِا ِا ْقستَرَتغ ِاف ْقر‬
‫‪Drills‬‬
‫صغري ‪Write out the‬‬ ‫‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the‬رص‬
‫‪SarfKabeer‬‬
‫ط ع م ‪ -‬ستغفر‬
‫لب‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫قل‬

‫نصر‪ -‬ق‬
‫خلط‪ -‬ق‬
‫ر‬ ‫سود‪-‬‬
‫ت ح ‪ -‬ستغفر‬
‫عىن‬ ‫صيغث‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫ةا‬ ‫لك ث‬
‫ْق َرَت َرَت ْق ُب ُب ُبو ْق‬

‫ِا‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ُب لْقتَرَت َرَت‬

‫ح ًد‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق‬

‫‪ .3‬أغفل َرَتا‬
‫‪A person who is‬‬ ‫نصر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪.4‬‬

‫‪victorious‬‬
‫ااتَرَتلَرَت َرَت‬
‫ْق‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫ْق‬
‫ُب تَرَت ِاد ًر‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫‪Both of them‬‬ ‫طلق‬ ‫لب‬ ‫‪.7‬‬

‫‪left/departed‬‬
‫ِا ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع َرَت ا‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫ُب َرَت‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْق ِاس ن‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫‪َ .10‬رَت َرَت ِّر‬
‫ْق‬
‫‪َ .11‬رَت ْقستَرَتخ ِار َرَتجا‬
‫ْق َّنل‬
‫ُب ِاع َرَترن‬ ‫‪ .12‬و‬
‫ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت‬

‫‪Both of them‬‬ ‫قتل‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪ِ .13‬ا تت‬
‫‪fought‬‬
‫ق‬ ‫‪.14‬‬
‫‪Their faces‬‬ ‫‪.15‬‬

‫‪become black‬‬
‫‪Their faces‬‬ ‫‪.16‬‬

‫‪become white‬‬
‫َرَت ْق ُب َرَت‬
‫‪ .17‬تَرَت ِالف ن‬
‫َرَت ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت َّنل َرَت‬

‫‪ .18‬أن تف‬
‫ُب ْق َرَت َّنل ً‬

‫‪.19‬‬
‫ْق َرَت‬
‫‪ُ .20‬ب صف ًّر‬
‫ْق َرَت َرَت‬

‫‪ُ .21‬ب لتًا‬
‫‪The stars became‬‬ ‫كدر‬ ‫لب‬ ‫‪.22‬‬

‫‪dim‬‬
‫‪The sky split‬‬ ‫طر‬ ‫‪.23‬‬
‫َرَت‬ ‫ُب ْق‬

‫‪ْ .24‬قستُب ِاز‬
‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق ُب‬

‫‪ .25‬ست ِاس‬
‫‪Surah Kahf Analysis: Translate the following ayaat‬‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ل ٰٓء َٰ‬ ‫ۡ‬

‫يي أَفس ًفا‬
‫ب َفذا ل َف ِ ِ‬ ‫اث ِر ِِهۡ ِإن لّ َف ۡم ي ۡؤ ِمنوا ِ َٰ‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف َف ّ َف َف َٰب ِخع ّنَففس َف ع َف َٰ‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬
‫حسن عمال‬ ‫إنا ج ۡنا ما عل ۡٱ ۡ زينةٗ ّ َفّلا لن ۡب وِهۡ أّي ۡم أ ۡ‬

‫ِ ّ َف َف َف َف َف َف َف َف ِ ِ َف َف ِ َف ُ َف ُ َف ّ ُ ُ َف َف ُ َف َف‬
‫و ِإ ّنَفا لَف َٰج ِ ُون ما ع َف ۡۡيا ص ِ ي ا جر ًزا‬

‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َف َف َف َف َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬
‫صغري ‪Write out the‬‬ ‫‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the‬رص‬
‫رص كتري‬
‫ط ع م ‪ -‬ستغفر‬
‫ً‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقطع ٌ‬
‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ْقس ِات ْقط ِاعا ا‬ ‫َرَت ْقستَرَت ْقطع ُب‬
‫ِا‬
‫ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع َرَت‬
‫ِا‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُب ْقستُب ْقطع َرَت‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع ٌ‬ ‫ِا ْقس ِات ْقط ِاعا ا‬ ‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع ُب‬
‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع ٌ‬ ‫َرَت ْقستَرَت ْقطع ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫ا ْق ُبر ْق ُب ْقستَرَت ْقطع ْق‬
‫و الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫لب‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫قل‬
‫ُب ْق َرَت ل ٌ‬ ‫ْق َرَت ً‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ل ُب‬ ‫ْق َرَت لَرَت َرَت‬
‫ب‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِا ةا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْق َرَت ل ٌ‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت ل ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬

‫ا ْق ُبر ْق ُب ْق َرَت ل ْق‬
‫ب‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫و الر‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ِا ِا ِا‬
‫نصر‪ -‬ق‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَت ٌ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْقتَرَت ِا ُب‬ ‫ْقتَرَت َرَت َرَت‬
‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِات َرَتصار‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَت َرَت ٌ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫ُب ْقتَرَت َرَت ُب‬ ‫ُب ْقتُب ِا َرَت‬
‫ِا ِات َرَتصار‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَت َرَت ٌ‬ ‫َرَت ْقتَرَت ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫ا ْق ُبر ِا ْق ُب ْقتَرَت ْق‬
‫و الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِا‬
‫خلط‪ -‬ق‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَتل ٌ‬ ‫ِاخْقتِال ط ًَرَت‬ ‫َرَت ْقتَرَتل ُب‬ ‫ْقاتَرَتلَرَت َرَت‬

‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَتلَرَت ٌ‬ ‫ِاخْقتِال ط ًَرَت‬ ‫ُب ْقتَرَتلَرَت ُب‬ ‫ُب ْقاتُبل َرَت‬
‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْقتَرَتلَرَت ٌ‬ ‫َرَت ْقتَرَتل ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫ا ْق ُبر ْق ُب ْقاتَرَتل ْق‬
‫و الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِا ِا‬
‫ر‬ ‫سود‪-‬‬
‫ٌّر‬ ‫ْق َرَت ً‬ ‫ُّر‬ ‫َّنل‬

‫ُب ْقس َرَتد‬ ‫ِاس ِاد د‬ ‫َرَت ْقس َرَتد‬ ‫ِا ْقس َرَتد‬
‫ٌّر‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬ ‫َرَت ِّر‬ ‫َرَت َّنل‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫ِّر‬ ‫َّنل‬ ‫َرَت ْق ْق ُب‬
‫ُب ْقس َرَتد‬ ‫و الر‬ ‫ْقس َرَت ِادد‬ ‫ْقس َرَتد‬ ‫ْقس َرَتد‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ا ُبر ِا ِا ْقس َرَتد ِا ْقس َرَتد ِا ْقس َرَت ِادد‬
‫ت ح ‪ -‬ستغفر‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقفت ٌ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫َرَت ْقستَرَت ْقفت ُب‬ ‫ْقستَرَت ْقفتَرَت َرَت‬
‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ْقس ِاتفتَرَتااا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقفتَرَت ٌ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْق‬ ‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقفتَرَت ُب‬ ‫ُب ْقستُب ْقفت َرَت‬
‫ِا ْقس ِاتفتَرَتااا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْقفتَرَت ٌ‬ ‫َرَت ْقستَرَت ْقفت ْق‬ ‫و َّنلا ُب َرَت ْق‬ ‫َرَت‬
‫ا ْق ُبر ْق ُب ْقستَرَت ْقفت ْق‬
‫و الر‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا ِا ِا‬
‫عىن‬ ‫صيغث‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫ةا‬ ‫لك ث‬
‫ايض (أ ت )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫عزل‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ْق َرَت َرَت ْق ُب ُب ُبو ْق‬

‫‪You all got away/ separated‬‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪from them‬‬
‫‪Someone is made to‬‬ ‫فع ل‬ ‫س‬ ‫لحد‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ُب لْقتَرَت َرَت‬
‫ح ًد‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪digress‬‬
‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق‬

‫‪We made heedless‬‬ ‫ايض (حن )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ل‬ ‫غ‬ ‫أارب‬ ‫‪ .3‬أغفل َرَتا‬
‫س اع‬ ‫نصر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ُب ْقتَرَت ٌ‬

‫‪A person who is victorious‬‬ ‫ِا‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪It was mixed‬‬ ‫ايض (و )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫خلط‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ااتَرَتلَرَت َرَت‬
‫ْق‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫ْق‬
‫‪Someone who decrees‬‬ ‫س اع‬ ‫قدر‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ُب تَرَت ِاد ًر‬ ‫‪.6‬‬

‫‪Both of them left/departed‬‬ ‫ايض (و ا)‬ ‫ع‬ ‫طلق‬ ‫لب‬ ‫ِا َرَتطل ا‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪Both of them asked for‬‬ ‫ايض (و ا)‬ ‫ع‬ ‫طعم‬ ‫ستغفر‬ ‫ِا ْقستَرَت ْقط َرَتع َرَت ا‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪food‬‬
‫ُب َرَت‬
‫‪People who adhere‬‬ ‫س اع‬ ‫مسك‬ ‫ستغفر‬ ‫ُب ْقستَرَت ْق ِاس ن‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪َ .10‬رَت َّنل ِّر‬

‫‪He firmly established me‬‬ ‫ايض (و )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫مكن‬ ‫عل‬
‫ْق‬
‫‪Both of them extract‬‬ ‫ارع (و ا)‬ ‫ع‬ ‫خرج‬ ‫ستغفر‬ ‫‪َ .11‬رَت ْقستَرَتخ ِار َرَتجا‬
‫ْق َّنل‬
‫)‪He doesn’t let (someone‬‬ ‫ارع (و )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫شعر‬ ‫أارب‬ ‫ُب ِاع َرَترن‬ ‫‪ .12‬و‬
‫‪notice/ feel‬‬
‫ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت‬

‫‪Both of them fought‬‬ ‫ايض (و ا)‬ ‫ع‬ ‫قتل‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪ِ .13‬ا تت‬
‫ْق ْق ُب‬
‫‪I worked hard‬‬ ‫ايض (أ ا)‬ ‫ع‬ ‫جهد‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪ِ .14‬اجتَرَت َرَت دت‬
‫‪Their faces become black‬‬ ‫ايض‬ ‫ع‬ ‫سود‬ ‫ّر‬ ‫‪َ .15‬رَت ْقس َرَت ُّرد ُبو ُبج ْق ُبو ُب ْق‬
‫‪Their faces become white‬‬ ‫ايض‬ ‫ع‬ ‫يض‬ ‫ّر‬ ‫‪َ .16‬رَت ْقيَرَت ُّر ُبو ُبج ْق ُبو ُب ْق‬
‫َرَت ْق ُب َرَت‬
‫‪They differ‬‬ ‫ارع (و )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫خل‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪ .17‬تَرَت ِالف ن‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َرَت ْق َرَت َرَت َرَت َّنل َرَت‬

‫‪That he favours‬‬ ‫ارع (و )‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ضل‬ ‫عل‬ ‫‪ .18‬أن تف‬
‫ُب ْق َرَت َّنل ً‬

‫‪Something that turns green‬‬ ‫س اع‬ ‫خضر‬ ‫ّر‬ ‫‪.19‬‬
‫ْق َرَت‬
Someone that turns yellow ‫ظر‬/ ‫س اع‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ّر‬ ‫ ُب صف ًّر‬.20

Something turned about ‫س ظر‬ ‫قل‬ ‫لب‬ ‫ ُب لتًا‬.21
‫ْق َرَت‬
The stars became dim ‫ايض‬ ‫ع‬ ‫كدر‬ ‫لب‬ ‫َرَتد َرَتر ِات ُّرا ُب ْق ُبم‬ ‫ ِا‬.22
‫ايض‬ ‫ع‬ ‫طر‬ ‫لب‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ ْق َرَتف َرَتط َرَترت َّنل‬.23

‫اس َرَت ُب‬
The sky split ‫ِا‬ ‫ِا‬
‫َرَت‬ ‫ُب ْق‬

He was mocked ‫ل‬ ‫ايض ال‬ ‫ع‬ ‫هزا‬ ‫ستغفر‬ ‫ ْقستُب ِاز‬.24
‫َرَت ْق َرَت ْق ُب‬

We transcribe ) ‫ارع (حن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫نسخ‬ ‫ستغفر‬ ‫ ست ِاس‬.25
Surah Kahf Analysis: Translate
ۡ ْ َٰ ‫ل ٰٓء‬ ۡ
‫يي أَفس ًفا‬
ِ ِ ‫ب َفذا ل َف‬ َٰ ِ ‫اث ِر ِِهۡ ِإن لّ َف ۡم ي ۡؤ ِمنوا‬
‫َف‬ َٰ ‫َف َف ّ َف َف َٰب ِخع ّنَففس َف ع َف‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ُ ُ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬
Perhaps you are killing yourself out of grief because of their consequences if they did not believe in this
speech.
‫حسن عمال‬ ۡ ‫إنا ج ۡنا ما عل ۡٱ ۡ زينةٗ ّ َفّلا لن ۡب وِهۡ أّي ۡم أ‬

‫ِ ّ َف َف َف َف َف َف َف َف ِ ِ َف َف ِ َف ُ َف ُ َف ّ ُ ُ َف َف ُ َف َف‬
No doubt We, we made what is on the earth as a decoration for it so that we test them which of them is
better at work.
‫و ِإ ّنَفا لَف َٰج ِ ُون ما ع َف ۡۡيا ص ِ ي ا جر ًزا‬

ُ ُ ‫َف َف َف َف َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬
And no doubt truly We are making whatever is on it a barren plain.
‫‪‬‬ ‫)‪ (6 families‬خاليث ّ‬

‫جمرد ‪Review‬‬
‫ةاب ‪ -‬نرص‬
‫نا‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫ُه ر َف ً‬
‫ْص‬ ‫َف ر ً‬
‫ْصا‬ ‫َف ر ُه ُه‬
‫ْص‬ ‫َف َف َف‬
‫ْص‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ُه ر ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫ُه ر َف ً‬
‫ْص‬ ‫َف ر ً‬
‫ْصا‬ ‫ْص‬‫ُه ر َف ُه‬ ‫ْص‬‫ُه َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر َف َف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫َف ر ُه ر‬ ‫اا ر ُه‬
‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫ا ُه ر ُه ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُهر‬
‫ْص‬ ‫َف ٌرِصْص‬ ‫ٌرِص ُه َف َفْص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫َّظ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫ٌرِص ر َف َف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫ٌرِص نر‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ٌرِص َفْص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
‫ةاب رضب‬
‫نر‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف ر‬
‫َض ًبن‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫َض َف‬ ‫َف َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف ر‬
‫َض ًبن‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫ُهَض َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر َف‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫اا ر ُه َف ر ُه‬ ‫ر ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُهر‬
‫َف َفبة‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َّظ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َض‬
‫ٌرِصا ٌرِص‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫َف ر ر‬
‫ث ٌرِص‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ٌرِص ر َف‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫ٌرِص َف َفبة ٌرِص ا‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
‫ةاب فتح‬
‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف جر ً‬ ‫َف ر جَف ُه‬ ‫َف جَف َف‬
‫نثٌرِص‬ ‫حن‬
‫ر‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف جر ً‬ ‫ُه ر جَف ُه‬ ‫ُهج َف‬
‫َف جُه و‬ ‫حن‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر جَف َف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر جَف‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫َف ر جَف ر‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫اا ر ُه‬ ‫ا ر جَف ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُهر‬
‫حة‬ ‫َف ٌرِصج‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َّظ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر جَف َف‬ ‫ر جَف‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫حة ٌرِص جنو‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
‫ةاب سمع‬
‫ن ٌرِص‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف ً‬
‫نا‬
‫ر‬
‫َف ً ن‬ ‫َف ر َف ُه‬ ‫َف َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر ُه ر‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫َف ً‬
‫نا‬ ‫َف ً ن‬
‫ر‬ ‫ُه ر َف ُه‬ ‫ُه َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫ر ُه‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫َف ر َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫اا ر ُه‬ ‫ر َف ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُهر‬
‫َف ر َف َف ة‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َّظ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫ٌرِصا‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫ٌرِص ر َف َف ة ٌرِص ر ن‬ ‫ر َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
‫ةاب حسب‬
‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫ً‬
‫ٌرِص ر بن ن‬ ‫َف ر بًن‬ ‫ُه‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف‬
‫ن ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫ً‬
‫ٌرِص ر بن ن‬ ‫َف ر بًن‬ ‫ُه ر َف ُه‬ ‫َف‬ ‫ُه‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫ر ُه َف ر َف‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬‫اا ر ُه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ر‬
‫َف بَفة‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫َف َّظ‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ٌرِصا‬ ‫اا ُهر‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ٌرِص ر َف‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫ٌرِص َف بَفة ٌرِص ن‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
‫ةاب كرم‬
‫َف ر ر‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬ ‫ُه ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫َفر ً ن َف ٌرِصرا َف ة َف رر َف ة‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف ر ُهر ُه‬ ‫َف ُهر َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َّظ ر ُه‬ ‫اا ر ُه َف ر ُه‬ ‫ا ُه ر ُهر ر‬ ‫ر ر ُه‬ ‫َف ر‬
‫َف َفر َف ة‬ ‫َف ٌرِصر‬ ‫ٌرِص ُه َف َفر‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َّظ‬ ‫َف‬ ‫اا ُهر‬
‫ثَف ر ُهر ر‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ُه‬ ‫َف ُه‬
‫ٌرِص َفر َف ة ٌرِص را‬ ‫ٌرِص َفر‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬
Drills
Write out the ‫ ا صغري‬using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the ‫ا‬
‫بري‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج ل– بن‬
‫محد – بن‬
‫ ر‬-‫ن‬
‫ح ‪ْ -‬ص‬
‫رب ‪ -‬ر‬
‫خرج ‪ْ -‬ص‬
‫ذ ‪َ -‬ض‬
‫ع ل‪-‬‬
‫َف‬
‫َفب َف ح ‪ -‬ج‬
‫ربط ‪َ -‬ض‬
‫ىن‬ ‫صيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫بن‬ ‫لك ة‬
‫‪ .1‬اا َف ر ُهد‬
‫َف َف ر ر‬
‫ر َف ل‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫َف ن د ر َف‬
‫ٌرِص ٌرِص‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ر ر‬
‫ٌرِص ن ٌرِصع ٍم‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫َف ر‬
‫ُهر ُهج‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫َف ر ُه ُه‬
‫ا‬ ‫ثأ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫َف ً‬
‫َف ال‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫َف ر ٌرِص د‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫َف ر َف ً‬
‫محة‬ ‫‪ .9‬ر‬
‫َف ُه‬
‫‪ٌ .10‬رِصَلد ا‬
‫ر‬
‫بنو‬
‫ٍم‬ ‫‪ٌ .11‬رِص‬
‫‪َ .12‬ف ر َف بُه ُه ر‬
‫ُه ر ر‬
‫‪ .13‬ا بُهد‬
‫ر َف‬
‫اقرت‬ ‫‪ٌ .14‬رِصاذهبن‬
‫َف ر ً‬
‫دا‬ ‫‪.15‬‬
‫َف ر َف ر ُه‬
‫‪ .16‬ج ٌرِص‬
‫)‪Surah Kahf Analysis (Translate‬‬

‫ْ‬
‫كانوا ِمن ء َٰ‬
‫اي ِتنَا عج ًبا‬ ‫أَم ح ِسبت أَن أ َ َٰ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ٱل ِ ِ َ ُ‬ ‫صحب ٱل ه‬
‫َ ِ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ْ‬
‫مل َنا ر َشدا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َه ِ ّتئ ٱَنَا ِمن أ‬ ‫نك رمح‬
‫َ‬ ‫ٱل ِه ف َ َقاٱُوا ر ّ َبنَٓا ءا ِتنَا ِمن ّ َّل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِإذ أ َ ى ٱ ِلتت ُ ِإ ََل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ٰٓ‬

‫ل ِه ِسنِنيَ ع َددا‬ ‫اِن ۡم ِِف ٱ‬
‫ل َ ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اذ‬‫ء‬ ‫ضل ۡبنَا ع َ َٰ‬ ‫ف‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the‬ا صغري ‪Write out the‬‬ ‫ا‬
‫يب‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج ل– بن‬
‫ر ً‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫َف‬
‫َفجن ٌرِصعل‬ ‫َفج ال‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫َفج َف ل‬
‫َفجمر ُه ر‬ ‫ر ً‬ ‫ُه ر ُه‬ ‫َف‬

‫َفج ال‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫ُهج ٌرِص ل‬
‫ر َف ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر َف‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ر‬ ‫ر ر‬
‫ٌرِصجم َف ل ٌرِصجم َف ة ٌرِصجم َف ن‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫جم ٌرِص ل جم َف ل جم َف ة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ٌرِصاج َف ل‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫محد – بن‬
‫َف ر ً‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف‬
‫َف ن ٌرِص د‬ ‫محدا‬ ‫َف ُهد‬ ‫مح َفد‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫ُه ر‬ ‫ُه‬
‫ُه رد‬ ‫محدا‬ ‫َف ُهد‬ ‫مح َفد‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫ر ُه ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر ُه ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ر‬ ‫ر َف ر‬
‫ٌرِص َف د ٌرِص َف َفد ٌرِص َف ند‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف د ٌرِص د َف َفد‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َف د‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫محد‬ ‫ٌرِصا‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ن‪ -‬ر‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫ُه ر ً‬ ‫َف ر‬

‫ٌرِص‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ُه ُهن‬ ‫َف ُه َفن‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫ُه ر‬

‫ٌرِص َف ن ٌرِص َف َفة ٌرِص َف نا‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫ٌرِص ن َف ن َف َفة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ُه رن‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ا ُه رن‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ح ‪ْ -‬ص‬
‫ُه ُه ر ً‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫َف ُه ُه‬ ‫َف َف‬
‫َف ن ٌرِصح‬ ‫خن‬ ‫دن‬ ‫ر ح‬ ‫َف ح‬
‫َف ر ُه ر‬ ‫ُه ُه ر ً‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫ُه َف َف‬ ‫َف‬

‫خن‬ ‫دن‬ ‫ر ح‬ ‫ُه ٌرِص ح‬
‫ر َف َف ر َف‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫َف َف ُه‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف ُه ر‬ ‫ُه ر ُه ر‬
‫ٌرِص ح ٌرِص دة ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف ر ح َف ر ٌرِص ح َف ر دة‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫ر ح‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ا ح‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫رب – ر‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫َف ر ُه ُه‬ ‫َف ُه َف‬
‫ٌرِصب رري‬ ‫ربا‬ ‫رب‬ ‫رب‬
‫ر َف ر َف َف ر‬
‫رب ٌرِص بَفنر‬ ‫َف ر رب َف ر َفرب َف ر َف َف‬ ‫ثَف ر ُه ر‬ ‫ا ُه ر ُه ر‬
‫ٌرِص رب ٌرِص‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫رب‬ ‫ٌرِص‬ ‫االر‬ ‫رب‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫رب‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫خرج – ْص‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف‬

‫نرج‬
‫خ ٌرِص‬ ‫خرجن‬ ‫ُهر ُهج‬ ‫خ َفر َفج‬
‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫ُه ر‬ ‫َف‬
‫ُهر ر ج‬ ‫خرجن‬ ‫َفر ُهج‬ ‫خ ٌرِصر َفج‬
‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫َف ر ر‬ ‫ُه ر ر‬
‫ٌرِص َفرج ٌرِص َفر َفجة ٌرِص َفراج‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َفرج ٌرِصرج َفر َفجة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ُهرج‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫اخ ُهرج‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ذ – َض‬
‫َف‬ ‫ر ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف ر ذ ُه‬ ‫َف َفذ َف‬
‫ٌرِصذ‬ ‫ٌرِصذبن‬ ‫ٌرِصذبن‬ ‫ٌرِص‬
‫َف ر ُهذ ر‬ ‫ر ً‬
‫ٌرِصذبن‬
‫ً‬
‫ٌرِصذبن‬
‫َف‬ ‫ُه ر َفذ ُه‬ ‫ُه ذ َف‬
‫ٌرِص‬
‫ر َف‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬
‫ٌرِص ذبَفة ٌرِص ذا‬ ‫ٌرِص ذ‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف ذبَفة‬ ‫َف ذ‬ ‫َف ٌرِصذ‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ث ٌرِصذ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ٌرِصا ٌرِصذ‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ع ل–‬
‫َف ً‬ ‫َف ر ُه‬ ‫َف‬
‫َفا ٌرِص ل‬ ‫َف ال‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫َفع ٌرِص ل‬
‫َف ر ُه ر‬ ‫َف ً‬ ‫ُه ر ُه‬ ‫َف‬

‫َف ال‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫ُهع ٌرِص ل‬
‫ر َف ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر َف‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫َف ر ر‬ ‫ر ر‬

‫ٌرِص َف ل ٌرِص َف ة ٌرِص َف ن‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف َف ل َف ٌرِص ل َف َف ة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫َف ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ٌرِصا َف ل‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫َف‬
‫َفب َف ح – ج‬
‫َف ر ً‬ ‫َف ُه‬ ‫َف‬
‫بَفن ٌرِصعح‬ ‫ب دن‬ ‫بر َف ح‬ ‫َفب َف ح‬
‫َف بر ُه ر‬ ‫َف ر ً‬ ‫ُه ُه‬ ‫َف‬

‫ب دن‬ ‫بر َف ح‬ ‫بُه ٌرِص ح‬
‫َف‬ ‫َف‬ ‫َف ر‬ ‫ر‬
‫ٌرِص بر َف ح ٌرِص بر دة بر َف ن‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف بر َف ح َف بر ٌرِص ح َف بر َف دة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫بر َف ح‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ٌرِصا رب َف ح‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ربط – َض‬
‫َف ر ً‬
‫َفرابٌرِصط‬ ‫رب ن‬ ‫َف رربٌرِص ُهط‬ ‫َفر َفب َفط‬
‫َف رر ُهب ر‬ ‫َف ر ً‬

‫رب ن‬ ‫ُه رر َفب ُهط‬ ‫ُهربٌرِص َفط‬
‫َف‬
‫ٌرِص رر َفبط ٌرِص رر َفب َف ة ٌرِص رر َفبن‬ ‫اآلاة‬ ‫َف رربٌرِصط َف رر َفبط َف رر َفب َف ة‬ ‫االر‬ ‫ث رربٌرِص رط‬ ‫ع‬ ‫اا‬ ‫ٌرِصا رربٌرِص رط‬ ‫اا ر‬
‫ىن‬ ‫صيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫بن‬ ‫لك ة‬
‫‪The/ all praise‬‬ ‫در‬ ‫و د‬ ‫‪ .1‬اا َف ر ُهد‬
‫َف َف ر ر‬
‫‪He did not make‬‬ ‫ل ضنر (ه )‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ر َف ل‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫نعل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫َف ن د ر َف‬

‫‪People who‬‬ ‫ٌرِص ٌرِص‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪remain‬‬
‫ر ر‬
‫‪Any knowledge‬‬ ‫در‬ ‫ٌرِص ن ٌرِصع ٍم‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫َف ر‬
‫‪She/ You leave‬‬ ‫ل ضنر (أ َف‬
‫ت)‬ ‫خرج‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ُهر ُهج‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫َف ر ُه ُه‬
‫!‪Don’t eat‬‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ءك‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ثأ‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫َف ً‬
‫‪Work/ deed‬‬ ‫در‬ ‫َف ال‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪Place of sajdah‬‬ ‫ظر‬ ‫ا‬ ‫سجد‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫َف ر ٌرِص د‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫َف ر َف ً‬
‫‪Love and mercy‬‬ ‫در‬ ‫رو‬ ‫محة‬ ‫‪ .9‬ر‬
‫َف ُه‬
‫‪They stayed‬‬ ‫ل نيض (ه )‬ ‫‪ٌ .10‬رِصَلد ا‬
‫ر‬
‫‪Lamp‬‬ ‫آاة‬ ‫ا‬ ‫و‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ج‬ ‫بنو‬
‫ٍم‬ ‫‪ٌ .11‬رِص‬
‫‪You consider‬‬ ‫ل ضنر (أ َف‬

‫ت)‬ ‫وس‬ ‫‪َ .12‬ف ر َف بُه ُه ر‬
‫‪them‬‬
‫ل أ ر (أ َف‬ ‫ُه ر ر‬
‫!‪Worship‬‬ ‫ت)‬ ‫د‬ ‫ْص‬ ‫‪ .13‬ا بُهد‬
‫ر َف‬
Go! (both of you) )‫ل أ ر (ه ن‬ ‫ذه‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ ٌرِصاذهبن‬.14
ً ‫َف ر‬
Someone praised ‫و د‬ ‫دا‬ .15
‫َف ر َف ر ُه‬
We invalidate )‫ل ضنر (حنن‬ ‫اسخ‬ ‫ا جغ ر‬ ‫ ج ٌرِص‬.16
Surah Kahf Analysis (Translate)

ْ
َٰ ‫كانوا ِمن ء‬
‫اي ِتنَا عج ًبا‬ َٰ َ ‫أَم ح ِسبت أَن أ‬
َ َ َ َ ُ َ ِ ِ ‫ٱل‬ ‫صحب ٱل ه‬
َّ َ ِ َ َ َ َّ َ َ
Or did you assume that the people of the cave and the inscription were from our miracles, a
strange thing.
ْ
‫مل َنا ر َشدا‬ ‫أ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ٱ‬ ‫ئ‬ ‫ت‬‫ه‬ ‫مح‬ ‫ر‬ ‫نك‬ َ
‫ّل‬ ّ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ َ َ َ ّ َ ‫ٱل ِه ف َ َقاٱُوا‬
َ ِ ِ ‫ن‬ ‫ت‬
ِ ‫ا‬‫ء‬ ‫ٓا‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ب‬‫ر‬ ‫ِإذ أ َ ى ٱ ِلتت ُ ِإ ََل‬
َ ِ َ َ ِّ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ َ
When the young people took refuge in the cave and they said “Our master give us from your
behalf mercy and furnish for us from our decision uprightness”.
ۡ ۡ ٰٓ
‫ل ِه ِسنِنيَ ع َددا‬ ‫اِن ۡم ِِف ٱ‬
ِ ‫ل ءاذ‬ َٰ ‫فضل ۡبنا ع‬
َ َ ِ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ
So we struck their ears in the cave for many years in number.
‫ْ‬
‫‪13.1.1‬‬ ‫َم ه ُم وز ‪IRREGULAR SARF -‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫هموز ‪To review‬‬

‫َ‬
‫‪ is in different‬ء ‪ and learn how it looks when the‬م ُ‬
‫‪positions in a word‬‬
‫‪َ - 1‬م ْه ُموز يف أَبْواب ثالث ُُمَردّ‬
‫‪ spot‬ف ‪ is in the‬ء ‪When the‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫َْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫آكل‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫أكال‬ ‫يأكل‬ ‫أكل‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫َُْ‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫َمأكول‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫أكال‬ ‫يُأكل‬ ‫أكل‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َّ ُ‬ ‫َْ ُ ْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُْْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫َمأكل َمأكل‬ ‫والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫ال تأكل ‪ /‬ال‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫ُك‬ ‫األم ُر منه‬
‫َََْ‬ ‫َ ُ ْ‬
‫مأكلة‬ ‫ت كل‬
‫‪ spot‬ع ‪ is in the‬ء ‪When the‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ََ‬

‫سائل‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُسؤاال‬ ‫ي َ ْسأل‬ ‫َسأل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َم ْس ُؤ ْول‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُسؤاال‬ ‫ي ُ ْسأل‬ ‫ُسئل‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َّ ُ‬ ‫َ َْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫َم ْسأل َم ْسأل‬ ‫والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫ال ت ْسأل‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫َسل‬ ‫األم ُر منه‬
‫َ ْ ََ‬
‫مسألة‬
‫‪© 2015 Bayyinah TV‬‬ ‫‪Page 1‬‬

‫‪ spot‬ل ‪ is in the‬ء ‪When the‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ًَ‬ ‫َْ َُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫قارئ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫قرائة‬ ‫يقرأ‬ ‫ق َرأ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ًَ‬ ‫ُْ َُ‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫َمق ُر ْوء‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫قرائة‬ ‫يقرأ‬ ‫قرأ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َّ ُ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫َُْ ُْْ‬
‫َمق َرأ َمقرأ‬ ‫والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫ال تق َرأ‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫اق َرأ‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫مق َرأة‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫‪َ - 2‬مه ُموز يف أبواب ثالث مزيد فيه‬
‫ْ‬
‫‪ is treated like a normal letter in all of the families except for IV and VIII‬ء ‪The‬‬
‫ِي ًء فهو ُم َ ِّ‬ ‫َت ْه ْ‬ ‫ُي َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َْ ْ ً‬

‫ْهء‬ ‫ْه ُء‬ ‫َه َء‬ ‫ف َّعل يف ِّعل تفعيال‬
‫ُم َ َّ‬
‫ْهء‬ ‫ِي ًء فهو‬ ‫َت ْه ْ‬ ‫ْه ُء‬ ‫ُي َ َّ‬ ‫َه َء‬ ‫ُ ِّ‬ ‫‪Form II‬‬
‫ْهء و الظرف منه ُم َ َّ‬
‫ْهء‬ ‫َهء و انلْه عنه ال ُت َ ِّ‬ ‫األمر منه َ ِّ‬ ‫ه ي ء ‪root:‬‬
‫َ َ ًَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ً ُ ًََ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫فهو ُمآخذ‬ ‫ُمؤاخذة‬ ‫ءاخذ يُآخذ‬ ‫فاعلة‬‫فاعل يُفاعل فعاال و م‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ َ ُ َ ُ َُ َ ًَ‬
‫فهو مآخذ‬ ‫أوخذ يآخذ مؤاخذة‬ ‫‪Form III‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫األمر منه آخذ و انلْه عنه ال تآخذ و الظرف منه ُمآخذ‬ ‫ء خ ذ ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ َ ُْ ُ ْ ً‬
‫إيْمانا فهو ُمؤمن‬ ‫آمن يُؤم ُن‬ ‫َ‬ ‫أف َعل يفعل إفعاال‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫إيْمانا فهو ُمؤ َمن‬ ‫أ ْوم َن يُؤ َم ُن‬ ‫‪Form IV‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ء م ن ‪root:‬‬
‫األمر منه أمن و انلْه عنه ال تؤمن و الظرف منه‬
‫ْ‬
‫ُمؤ َمن‬
‫ُ َ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ َ َ َ َّ ُ َ َ ُّ ً‬ ‫ََ َ َ َ ُ ََ ً‬
‫تأكد يتأكد تأكدا فهو متأكد‬ ‫تف َّعل يتَف َّعل تف ُّعال‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ً‬ ‫ُ ُ ِّ َ ُ َ َّ‬
‫تأكد يتَأك ُد تأكدا فهو ُمتَأكد‬ ‫‪Form V‬‬
‫َ َ َ َّ ْ‬ ‫َ َ َّ ْ‬ ‫ء ك د ‪root:‬‬
‫األمر منه تأكد و انلْه عنه ال تتأكد و الظرف منه‬
‫ُ َ َ َّ‬
‫متأكد‬

‫ََت ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ ََ َ ُ‬ ‫َ ََ ََ َُ َ ُ ً‬
‫فهو ُم َتخاطئ‬ ‫اط ًء‬ ‫َتاطأ يتخاطأ‬ ‫فاعال‬‫تفاعل يتفاعل ت‬
‫فهو ُمتَ َ‬ ‫ََت ُ‬‫ُُ َ َُ َ ُ‬
‫خاطأ‬ ‫اط ًء‬ ‫َتوطئ يتخاطأ‬ ‫‪Form VI‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫خاطأ و الظرف منه‬ ‫َتتَ َ‬ ‫اطأ و انلْه عنه ال‬ ‫األمر منه َت َ‬ ‫خ ط ء ‪root:‬‬
‫ُمتَ َ‬
‫خاطأ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َْ َ ََْ ُ ْ‬
‫‪doesn’t really exist‬‬ ‫انف َعل ينفعل انفعاال‬
‫‪Form VII‬‬
‫َُْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َ ََْ‬ ‫َََْ ََْ ُ ْ ً‬
‫ايتمر يأتمر ايتمارا فهو مؤتمر‬ ‫افتعل يفتعل افتعاال‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫اوتم َر يُؤت َم ُر ايْتمارا فهو ُمؤت َمر‬ ‫‪Form VIII‬‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫األمر منه ايتَم ْر و انلْه عنه ال تأتم ْر و الظرف منه ُمؤت َمر‬ ‫ء م ر ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ َْ َ‬ ‫ْ ُ ْ ْ ً‬ ‫ْ ْ َ‬
‫استئذانا فهو ُم ْستَأذن‬ ‫استَأذن ي َ ْستَأذن‬ ‫استَف َعل ي َ ْستَفعل استفعاال‬
‫ُ ْ ََْ‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫ُْ ََْ ُ‬ ‫ُ ْ ُْ َ‬
‫استئذانا فهو مستأذن‬ ‫استأذن يستأذن‬ ‫‪Form X‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫َْ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ َْ ْ‬ ‫ذ ن ‪root:‬‬ ‫ء‬
‫األمر منه استأذن و انلْه عنه ال تستأذن و الظرف منه‬
‫َْ‬
‫ُم ْستَأذن‬

Drills
Write out the ‫ رصف صغري‬using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the Sarf
Kabeer
‫أ خ ذ – باب نرص‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
َ
‫ باب استغفر‬- ‫أ م ن‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫أ م ن – باب سمع‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
© 2015 Bayyinah TV Page 4

‫ك ف ء – باب جاهد‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ب د أ – باب اقرتب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫‪Fill in the empty boxes. Do the Sarf Sagheer orally of each one.‬‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫َم ْس ُؤولون‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫َ َّ َ ُ‬
‫كمْ‬ ‫أيد‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫َ‬
‫آن ْستُ ْم‬ ‫‪.3‬‬

‫َ ً‬
‫سمع‬ ‫أ َسفا‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫َ َ ْ ِّ‬
‫أتأ ُم ُر ْوّن‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫َْ ُ‬
‫آذنتُك ْم‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫َ َ ُّ ً‬
‫تأهال‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫ُمبتَدأ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫َْ ْ‬
‫أقرئ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫فتح‬ ‫خاسئني‬ ‫‪.10‬‬
‫‪Give the Sarf Sagheer of the highlighted words‬‬
‫َاُمنَ ُ َّ‬
‫ٱلظ ِل ِمينَُُ‪ُ١٩‬‬ ‫ش َج َر ُة َُفَتَكون ِ‬ ‫ُوزَ ۡوج َكُ ۡٱل َجنَّ ُةَُفَك َ ُ‬
‫لُ ِم ۡنُ َح ۡيثُ ِش ۡئت َماُ َو ََلُت َ ۡق َربَاُ َه ِذهُِٱل َّ‬ ‫نُأ َ َ‬
‫نت َ‬ ‫َويََٰٓـَٔادَمُُ ۡ‬
‫ٱسك ُۡ‬
‫ُو ُۡٱلعَ ِقبَةُُ ِللت َّ ۡق َوىُ‪ُ١٣٢‬‬
‫كُ ِر ۡز ٗقُۖاُنَّ ۡحنُن َۡرزق َۗ َك َُ‬ ‫علَ ۡي َه ۖا ََُلُن ُۡ‬
‫َسئل َُ‬ ‫َو ۡأمرُُۡأ َ ۡهلَ َكُبُِٱل َّ‬
‫صلَوةُُِ َُوٱصۡ َ‬
‫طبِرُُۡ َ‬
‫ِيُأَنِ َٰٓيُأَنَاُ ۡٱلغَفورُُ َّ‬
‫ٱلر ِحيمُُ‪ُ٤٩‬‬ ‫ن َِب ُۡ‬
‫ئُ ِع َباد َٰٓ‬
‫فُ َب ۡينَ ُقلو ِب ِه ۡۚۡمُ َل ۡوُأَنفَ ۡق َُ‬
‫تُ‪٦٣ُ...‬‬ ‫َوأَلَّ َُ‬
‫يسُ ِب َماُ َكانواُْيَ ۡفسُقونَُُ‪ُ١٦٥‬‬ ‫س َٰٓو ُِءُ َوأَخ َۡذنَاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َ‬
‫ظلَمواُْ ِب َعذَا ِۢ ِ‬
‫بُبَُئ ِ ُِۢ‬ ‫ُفَلَ َّماُنَسواُْ َماُذ ِكرواُْ ِب ِ َٰٓهُۦُأَن َج ۡينَاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َي ۡن َه ۡونَ ُ َ‬
‫ع ِنُٱل ُّ‬
‫ُِمنَ ُ ۡٱلخ ِ‬
‫َاطئينَُُ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ع ۡنُ َهذَ ۚۡاُ َُو ۡ‬
‫ٱست َ ۡغ ِف ِريُ ِلذَ ِۢن ِب ۖ ِكُإِنَّ ِكُكنت ِ‬ ‫يوسفُُأ َ ۡع ِر ۡ‬
‫ضُ َ‬
‫جُإِنِيُلَ َك ِ‬
‫ُمنَ ُٱلنَّ ِ‬
‫ص ِحينَُُ‪ُ٢٠‬‬ ‫ٱخر ُۡ‬ ‫ل َُيَ ۡأتَ ِمرونَُُبِ َكُ ِليَ ۡقتل َُ‬
‫وكُُفَ ۡ‬ ‫س َٰٓىُإِ َّنُ ۡٱل َم َ ُ‬
‫قَا َلُيَمو َ‬
‫ٱللُفَ َلُ َي ۡأ َمنُ َم ۡك َرُ َُّ‬
‫ٱللُِ ِإ ََّلُ ۡٱلقَ ۡومُُ ۡٱل َخسِرونَُُ‪ُ٩٩‬‬ ‫ُأَفَأ َ ِمنوُاُْ َم ۡك َُرُ َّ ۚۡ ُِ‬
‫ع َل َٰٓىُأَ ۡه ِل َهُۚۡا‪ُ٢٧...‬‬ ‫َيَٰٓأَيُّ َهاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َءا َمنواْ ََُلُت َ ۡدخلوُاُْبيوتًاُغ َۡي َرُبيو ِتك ۡمُ َحتَّىُت َ ۡست َ ۡأنِسوُاُْ َوت َ‬
‫س ِلمواُْ َ‬
‫ضلَّنَّه ُۡمُ َو ََل َم ِن َينَّه ۡمُ َو ََلَٰٓم َرنَّه ُۡمُفَلَي َب ِتك َُّ‬
‫ن‪ُ١١٩...‬‬ ‫َو ََل ِ‬
‫ص ۡب ٖغُ ِل ۡل َٰٓ ِك ِلينَُُ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫س ۡينَا َٰٓ َءُتَ ِۢنبتُُُِبٱلد ُّۡه ُِ‬
‫نُ َو ِ‬ ‫ورُ َ‬ ‫ش َج َر ُٗةُت َ ۡخرج ِ‬
‫ُمنُط ِ‬ ‫َو َ‬

‫‪Surah Kahf Analysis‬‬
‫صىُ ِل َماُ َلبِث َٰٓواُْأ َ َمدٗ اُ‪ُ ُ١٢‬‬ ‫يُ ۡٱل ِح ۡز َب ۡي ُِ‬
‫نُأ َ ۡح َ‬ ‫ث َُّمُبَ َع ۡث َنه ۡمُ ِلنَعۡ لَ َمُأ َ ُّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُو ِز ۡد َنه ۡمُهدٗ ىُ‪ُ ُ١٣‬‬ ‫علَ ۡي َكُ َنبَأَهمُبُِ ۡٱل َح ۚۡ ُِ‬
‫قُإِنَّه ۡمُفِ ۡتيَةٌُ َءا َمنواُْبِ َر ِب ِه ۡم َ‬ ‫نَّ ۡحنُُنَق ُّ‬
‫صُ َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ط ً‬
‫طاُ‪ُ١٤‬‬ ‫ُمنُدونِ ِ َٰٓهُۦُ ِإلَ ٗه ۖاُلَّقَ ۡدُق ۡلنَآَُٰ ِإ ٗذاُ َ‬
‫ش َ‬ ‫تُ َُو ۡٱَل َ ۡر ِ ُ‬
‫ضُلَنُنَّ ۡدع َواْ ِ‬ ‫س َم َو ُِ‬
‫َاُربُّ ُٱل َّ‬
‫ُربُّن َ‬ ‫َو َر َب ۡطنَاُ َ‬
‫علَىُقلو ِب ِه ۡمُ ِإ ۡذُقَامواُْفَقَالواْ َ‬

‫‪ using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the Sarf‬رصف صغري ‪Write out the‬‬
‫‪Kabeer‬‬
‫أ خ ذ – باب نرص‬
‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫ْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫فهو آخذ‬ ‫أخذا‬ ‫يَأخذ‬ ‫أخذ‬
‫فهو َمأ ْ ُخوذْ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬

‫أخذا‬
‫ُْ َ ُ‬
‫يأخذ‬
‫ُ َ‬
‫أخذ‬
‫ُ ُْ َْ َ َْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ ُْ ُ ْ‬
‫و ظرف منه مأخذ مأخذ‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫و انل‬ ‫األم ُر منه خذ‬
‫َْ َ َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫َ ُ ْ‬
‫مأخذة‬ ‫ال تأخذ‬
‫َ‬
‫أ م ن ‪ -‬باب استغفر‬
‫ُ ْ َْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬

‫فهو مستأمن‬ ‫استئمانا‬ ‫ي َ ْستَأمنُ‬ ‫ا ْستَأ َمنَ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ْ‬
‫فهو ُم ْستَأ َمن‬ ‫استئمانا‬ ‫ي ُ ْستَأ َم ُن‬ ‫استُؤم َن‬
‫ُ ُْ‬
‫و ظرف منه‬
‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬
‫ْه عنه‬ ‫و انل‬ ‫األم ُر منْ ُه ا ْستَأْمنْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ ْ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫مستأمن‬ ‫ال ت ْستَأم ْن‬
‫أ م ن – باب سمع‬
‫َْ ً‬ ‫ْ‬
‫فهو آمن‬ ‫أمنا‬ ‫يَأ َمنُ‬ ‫أَمنَ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫فهو مأمون‬ ‫أمنا‬ ‫يُأ َمنُ‬ ‫أم َن‬
‫ُ ُْ ََْ َْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ ُْ‬
‫و ظرف منه مأمن مأمن‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫و انل‬ ‫األم ُر منه َم ْن‬
‫َََْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫مأمنة‬ ‫ال تأ َم ْن‬
‫ك ف ء – باب جاهد‬
‫ً َ ُ ًََ‬ ‫َ‬
‫فهو ُماكفء‬ ‫كفاء و ماكفأة‬ ‫يُكاف ُء‬ ‫اكف َء‬
‫َ‬ ‫ًََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫فهو ُماكفء‬ ‫فاء َو ُماكفأة‬
‫ك ً‬ ‫يُكاف ُء‬ ‫ك ْوف َء‬
‫ُ ُْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫األم ُر منْ ُه اكف ْ‬

‫ْ‬
‫و ظرف منه‬ ‫ْه عنه ال‬ ‫و انل‬ ‫ئ‬
‫َ‬ ‫تُكاف ْ‬
‫ُماكفء‬ ‫ئ‬
‫ب د أ – باب اقرتب‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ََْ ُ‬ ‫َََْ‬

‫فهو ُمبتَدء‬ ‫ابْت َد ً‬
‫اء‬ ‫يبتدأ‬ ‫ابتدأ‬
‫ْ َ‬ ‫ابْت َد ً‬ ‫َُْ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫فهو ُمبتَدء‬ ‫اء‬ ‫يبتدأ‬ ‫ا ْبتُد َُ‬
‫ئ‬
‫ُ ُْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ َ ْ ُ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫األم ُر من ُه ا ْبتَد ْ‬
‫و ظرف منه‬ ‫ْه عنه ال تبتَدئ‬ ‫و انل‬ ‫ئُ‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫ُمبتَدأ‬

‫‪Fill in the empty boxes. Do the Sarf Sagheer orally of each one.‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫‪People who‬‬
‫اسم َمف ُعول‬ ‫سأل‬ ‫فتَ َح‬ ‫َم ْس ُؤولون‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪are asked‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُ‬
‫‪He supported you‬‬
‫فعل ماض (هو)‬ ‫أيد‬ ‫َعل َم‬ ‫أيَّدك ْم‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪all‬‬
‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫‪You all perceived‬‬
‫فعل ماض (أنتم)‬ ‫أنس‬ ‫أسل َم‬ ‫آن ْستُ ْم‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫ََ ً‬
‫‪Sorrow/Regret‬‬
‫مصدر‬ ‫أسف‬ ‫سمع‬ ‫أسفا‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ِّ‬
‫‪Do you command‬‬
‫(أنت)‬ ‫فعل مضارع‬ ‫أمر‬ ‫نرص‬ ‫أتأمروّن‬ ‫‪.5‬‬
‫?‪me‬‬
‫َْ ُ‬
‫‪I informed you all‬‬
‫فعل ماض (أنا)‬ ‫أذن‬ ‫أسلم‬ ‫آذنتُك ْم‬ ‫‪.6‬‬
‫َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ً‬
‫‪To be qualified or fit‬‬
‫مصدر‬ ‫أهل‬ ‫تعلم‬ ‫تأهال‬ ‫‪.7‬‬
‫‪for something‬‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫‪Place of starting‬‬
‫اسم مفعول ‪or‬ظرف‬ ‫بدأ‬ ‫اقرتب‬ ‫ُمبتَدأ‬ ‫‪.8‬‬
‫‪something‬‬
‫َْ ْ‬
‫‪(You) Teach (s.o) to‬‬
‫أمر‬ ‫قرأ‬ ‫اسلم‬ ‫أقرئ‬ ‫‪.9‬‬
‫!‪read‬‬
‫‪Rejected people‬‬
‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫خسأ‬ ‫فتح‬ ‫خاسئني‬ ‫‪.10‬‬
‫َاُمنَ ُ َّ‬
‫ٱلظ ِل ِمينَُُ‪ُ١٩‬‬ ‫ش َج َر ُة َُفَتَكون ِ‬ ‫ُوزَ ۡوج َكُ ۡٱل َجنَّ ُةَُفَك َ ُ‬
‫لُ ِم ۡنُ َح ۡيثُ ِش ۡئت َماُ َو ََلُت َ ۡق َر َباُ َه ِذهُِٱل َّ‬ ‫نُأ َ َ‬
‫نت َ‬ ‫َو َيَٰٓـَٔادَمُُ ۡ‬
‫ٱسك ُۡ‬
‫ُو ۡٱل َع ِق َبةُُ ِللت َّ ۡق َوىُُ‪ُ١٣٢‬‬
‫كُ ِر ۡز ٗقُۖاُنَّ ۡحنُن َۡرزق َۗ َك َُ‬ ‫علَ ۡي َه ۖا ََُلُن ُۡ‬
‫َسئل َُ‬ ‫َو ۡأمرُُۡأ َ ۡهلَ َكُُِبٱل َّ‬
‫صلَوةُُِ َُوٱصۡ َ‬
‫ط ِبرُُۡ َ‬
‫ِيُأَنِ َٰٓيُأَنَاُ ۡٱلغَفورُُ َّ‬
‫ٱلر ِحيمُُ‪ُ٤٩‬‬ ‫ن َِب ُۡ‬
‫ئُ ِعبَاد َٰٓ‬
‫فُبَ ۡينَ ُقلو ِب ِه ۡۚۡمُ َل ۡوُأَنفَ ۡق َُ‬
‫تُ‪٦٣ُ...‬‬ ‫َوأَلَّ َُ‬
‫يسُبِ َماُ َكانواُْيَ ۡفسُقونَُُ‪ُ١٦٥‬‬ ‫س َٰٓو ُِءُ َوأَخ َۡذنَاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َ‬
‫ظلَمواُْ ِبعَذَا ِۢ ِ‬
‫بُبَُئ ِ ُِۢ‬ ‫ُفَلَ َّماُنَسواُْ َماُذ ِكرواُْبِ ِ َٰٓهُۦُأَن َج ۡينَاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َي ۡن َه ۡونَ ُ َ‬
‫ع ِنُٱل ُّ‬

‫ُِمنَ ُ ۡٱلخ ِ‬
‫َاطئينَُُ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ع ۡنُ َهذَ ۚۡاُ َُو ۡ‬
‫ٱست َ ۡغ ِف ِريُ ِلذَ ِۢن ِب ۖ ِكُ ِإنَّ ِكُكنت ِ‬ ‫يوسفُُأ َ ۡع ِر ۡ‬
‫ضُ َ‬
‫جُ ِإنِيُلَ َك ِ‬
‫ُمنَ ُٱلنَّ ِ‬
‫ص ِحينَُُ‪ُ٢٠‬‬ ‫ٱخر ُۡ‬ ‫ل َُيَ ۡأتَ ِمرونَُُ ِب َكُ ِليَ ۡقتل َُ‬
‫وكُفَُ ۡ‬ ‫س َٰٓىُ ِإ َّنُ ۡٱل َم َ ُ‬
‫قَا َلُيَمو َ‬
‫ٱللُفَ َلُيَ ۡأ َمنُ َم ۡك َرُ َُّ‬
‫ٱللُِإِ ََّلُ ۡٱلقَ ۡومُُ ۡٱل َخسِرونَُُ‪ُ٩٩‬‬ ‫ُأَفَأ َ ِمنوُاُْ َم ۡك َُرُ َُِّۚۡ‬
‫ع َل َٰٓىُأَ ۡه ِل َهُۚۡا‪ُ٢٧...‬‬ ‫يََٰٓأَيُّ َهاُٱلَّذِينَُُ َءا َمنواْ ََُلُت َ ۡدخلوُاُْبيوتًاُغ َۡي َرُبيو ِتك ۡمُ َحتَّىُت َ ۡست َ ۡأنِسوُاُْ َوت َ‬
‫س ِلمواُْ َ‬
‫ضلَّنَّه ُۡمُ َو ََل َم ِنيَنَّه ۡمُ َو ََلَٰٓم َرنَّه ُۡمُفَلَيبَ ِتك َُّ‬
‫ن‪ُ١١٩...‬‬ ‫َو ََل ِ‬
‫ص ۡب ٖغُ ِل ۡل َٰٓ ِك ِلينَُُ‪٢٠‬‬ ‫س ۡينَا َٰٓ َءُتَ ِۢنبتُُُِبٱلد ُّۡه ُِ‬
‫نُ َو ِ‬ ‫ورُ َ‬ ‫ش َج َر ُٗةُت َ ۡخرج ِ‬
‫ُمنُط ِ‬ ‫َو َ‬
‫صىُ ِل َماُ َلبِث َٰٓواُْأ َ َمدٗ اُ‪ُ ُ١٢‬‬ ‫يُ ۡٱل ِح ۡز َب ۡي ُِ‬
‫نُأ َ ۡح َ‬ ‫ث َُّمُبَ َع ۡث َنه ۡمُ ِلنَعۡ لَ َمُأ َ ُّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُو ِز ۡد َنه ۡمُهدٗ ىُ‪ُ ُ١٣‬‬ ‫علَ ۡي َكُ َنبَأَهمُبُِ ۡٱل َح ۚۡ ُِ‬
‫قُإِنَّه ۡمُفِ ۡتيَةٌُ َءا َمنواُْبِ َر ِب ِه ۡم َ‬ ‫نَّ ۡحنُُنَق ُّ‬
‫صُ َ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ط ً‬
‫طاُ‪ُ ُ١٤‬‬ ‫ُمنُدونِ ِ َٰٓهُۦُ ِإلَ ٗه ۖاُلَّقَ ۡدُق ۡلنَآَُٰ ِإ ٗذاُ َ‬
‫ش َ‬ ‫تُ َُو ۡٱَل َ ۡر ِ ُ‬
‫ضُلَنُنَّ ۡدع َواْ ِ‬ ‫س َم َو ُِ‬
‫َاُربُّ ُٱل َّ‬
‫ُربُّن َ‬ ‫َو َر َب ۡطنَاُ َ‬
‫علَىُقلو ِب ِه ۡمُ ِإ ۡذُقَامواُْفَقَالواْ َ‬

‫ج‬
‫‪13.2‬‬ ‫م ضاعف ‪IRREGULAR SARF -‬‬
‫ج‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ and learn how it looks in different families.‬مضاعف ‪To review‬‬
‫جَ‬
‫ُمردّ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫‪ - 1‬مضاعف يف أبواب ثالث‬
‫باب ‪ -‬نرص‬
‫َ‬ ‫َج‬ ‫َ ا‬ ‫َ ج ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫شاك‬ ‫فه َو‬ ‫شًّك‬ ‫يشك‬ ‫شك‬
‫َ ْ ج ْ‬ ‫َج‬ ‫َ ا‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬
‫مشكوك‬ ‫فه َو‬ ‫شًّك‬ ‫يشك‬ ‫شك‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ْج‬ ‫َّ ج‬ ‫َ ج َّ‬ ‫َّ ْ ج َ ْ ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫َْج ْْج‬
‫والظ ْرف منه مشك مشك‬ ‫ال تشك ال‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫شك‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َْ ج ْ‬ ‫َ ج ِّ‬ ‫ج ِّ ج ْ ج ْ‬
‫مشكة‬ ‫تشك ال تشكك‬ ‫شك اشكك‬
‫باب – حسب‬
‫َج‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫اعز‬ ‫فه َو‬ ‫ع َّزة‬ ‫يع ُّز‬ ‫ع َّز‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َج‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫ج‬
‫مع جز ْوز‬ ‫فه َو‬ ‫ع َّزة‬ ‫يع ُّز‬ ‫ع َّز‬
‫ََ َ ََ‬ ‫ْج‬ ‫َّ ج‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َّ ْ ج َ ْ ج‬ ‫َْج ْْج‬
‫والظ ْرف منه معز معز مع َّزة‬ ‫ال تع َّز ال‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫ع َّز‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َْ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫تع ِّز ال تعزز‬ ‫ع ِّزاعزز‬
‫َْ‬
‫‪ - 2‬مضاعف يف أبواب ثالث مزيد فيه‬
‫ج َ ِّ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫ج ِّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ ج َ ِّ ج َ ْ ْ‬

‫فهو ُمبب‬ ‫حب َب ُيَب جب َتبيبا‬ ‫فعل يفعل تفعيال‬
‫ج َ َّ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫ج ِّ‬
‫فهو ُمبب‬ ‫َتبيبا‬ ‫حب َب ُيَب جب‬ ‫‪Form II‬‬
‫ج َ َّ‬ ‫ج ِّ ْ‬ ‫َ ِّ ْ‬
‫و الظرف ُمبب‬ ‫األمر منه حبب و انلْه عنه ال َتَبب‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫َّ ج ُّ‬ ‫َ َ ج ج‬
‫فهو ُماب‬ ‫حاب ُياب حبابا و ُمابة‬ ‫فاعل يفاعل فعاال و‬
‫ج ا‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫ج ُّ‬ ‫ج ْ َّ‬ ‫ج َ َ‬
‫فهو ُماب و ُماّب‬ ‫حبابا و ُمابة‬ ‫حوب ُياب‬ ‫مفاعلة‬
‫ج ِّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫األمر منه حاب حاب حابب و انلْه عنه ال َتاب ال َتاب‬ ‫‪Form III‬‬
‫َ ْ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫ال َتابب‬
‫ج‬
‫و الظرف منه ُماب‬
‫ج‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ج ُّ‬ ‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َََْ جْ ج ْ‬
‫أحب ُيب إحبابا فهو ُمب‬ ‫أفعل يفعل إفعاال‬
‫جَ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬
‫أحب ُيب إحبابا فهو ُمب‬ ‫‪Form IV‬‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ِّ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫األمر منه أحب أحب أحبب و انلْه عنه ال َتب ال َتب ال‬
‫جَ‬ ‫جْ ْ‬
‫َتبب و الظرف منه ُمب‬
‫ج َ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ َ َ َ َّ ج َ َ ُّ‬
‫َتَب َب يتحب جب َتَببا فهو متحبب‬ ‫تفعل يتفعل تفعال‬
‫ج َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َ َ َّ‬ ‫ج ِّ‬
‫َتجب َب يتحب جب َتَببا فهو متحبب‬ ‫‪Form V‬‬
‫ج َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ َ َّ ْ‬ ‫َ َ َّ ْ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫و الظرف منه متحبب‬ ‫األمر منه َتبب و انلْه عنه ال تتحبب‬
‫جَ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َ َ ََ َ ج‬
‫فهو متحاب‬ ‫َتاب يتحاب َتابا‬ ‫تفاعل يتفاعل‬
‫جَ ا‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج ْ َّ‬ ‫َ ج‬
‫فهو متحاب َو متحاّب‬ ‫َتجوب يتحاب َتابا‬ ‫تفاعال‬
‫َ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ِّ َ َ ْ‬
‫األمر منه َتاب َتاب َتابب و انلْه عنه ال تتحاب ال تتحاب‬ ‫‪Form VI‬‬
‫ََ َ ْ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫ال تتحابب‬
‫جَ‬
‫والظرف منه متحاب‬
‫جْ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َّ َ ْ َ ُّ‬ ‫َْ ََ ََْ ج ْ‬
‫اْنَب ينحب اْنبابا فهو منحب‬ ‫انفعل ينفعل انفعاال‬
‫َ ْ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ ِّ‬ ‫ْ َّ‬
‫األمر منه اْنَب اْنَب اْنَبب و انلْه عنه ال تنحب ال تنحب‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫َْ َ ْ‬
‫ال تنحبب‬
‫جْ َ‬
‫و الظرف منه منحب‬
‫جَْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ َ ْ َ ُّ‬ ‫َََْ ََْ ج ْ‬
‫احتب ُيتب احتبابا فهو ُمتب‬ ‫افتعل يفتعل افتعاال‬
‫جَْ‬ ‫جَْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ج ْ ج َّ ج ْ َ ُّ‬
‫احتب ُيتب احتبابا فهو ُمتب َو ُمت اّب‬ ‫‪Form VIII‬‬
‫َ ْ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ ْ َ ِّ ْ َ ْ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫و انلْه عنه ال َتتب ال َتتب‬ ‫األمر منه احتب احتب احتبب‬
‫ََْ ْ‬
‫ال َتتبب‬
‫جَْ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُمتب‬
‫ج ْ َ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َّ َ ْ َ ُّ‬ ‫ْ َْ ََ َْ َْ ج‬
‫استحب يستحب استحبابا فهو مستحب‬ ‫استفعل يستفعل‬
‫ج ْ َ َ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬ ‫ج ْ َ َ ُّ‬ ‫ج ْ ج َّ‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫استحب يستحب استحبابا فهو مستحب‬ ‫استفعاال‬
‫ْ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ َ ِّ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ‬
‫األمر منه استحب استحب استحبب‬ ‫‪Form X‬‬
‫َْ َ ْ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫ح ب ب ‪root:‬‬
‫و انلْه عنه ال تستحب ال تستحب ال تستحبب‬
‫ج ْ َ َ‬
‫و الظرف منه مستحب‬
‫‪Important things to note‬‬
‫‪a) The extra letter is indicated by the shadda‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ get‬ل لكمة ‪and the‬ع لكمة ‪because the‬‬
‫‪fused together‬‬
‫‪b) In the past tense, the shadda‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪ and‬هن ‪is undone and the letters are separated for‬‬
‫ج َّ‬
‫َ َ ْ َ َ َ ْ َ‬
‫‪ is because this verb is‬ك ‪ etc. There is a fatha on the‬شككن‪ ،‬شككت ‪onwards. Example:‬‬
‫‪ family.‬نرص ‪from the‬‬
c) In the present tense, the shadda ّ is undone and the letters are separated for ‫ هن‬and
َّ ‫ج‬
َّ ‫أّ َْن ج‬. Example: ‫ َي ْعز ْز َن‬،‫ َت ْعز ْز َن‬. There is a kasra on the ‫ ز‬because this verb is from the
‫ت‬
‫حسب‬family.
ْ ‫جْ ج‬ ِّ ‫ج‬ َّ ‫ج‬
d) There are three forms of the command and forbidding: ‫ شك شك اشكك‬There are
ْ ‫جْ ج‬ ِّ ‫ج‬ َّ ‫ج‬
three forms of the command and forbidding: ‫شك شك اشكك‬
Drills
Write out the ‫رصف صغري‬using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and
do the Sarf Kabeer
َ‫ض ل ل – باب َأ ْسلَم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫م س س – باب فتح‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ب ث ث – باب نرص‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫َ َّ‬
‫ق ر ر – باب عل َم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ح ب ب – باب جاهد‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ف ك ك – باب انقلب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫َ َ َّ‬
‫ش ت ت ‪ -‬تعل َم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫َ ْ َ‬
‫ض ل ل – باب أسل َم‬
‫ج‬ ‫ْ َ‬ ‫ج ُّ‬ ‫َ َ َّ‬

‫إضالال فهو مضل‬ ‫يضل‬ ‫أض ل‬
‫ج َ‬ ‫ْ َ‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬
‫إضالال فهو مضل‬ ‫يضل‬ ‫أض ل‬
‫ج َ‬ ‫ج َّ ج ِّ ج ْ ْ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ِّ َ ْ ْ‬
‫مضل‬ ‫ال تضل تضل تضلل‬ ‫أضل أضل أضلل‬
‫م س س – باب فتح‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ا‬ ‫َ َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬

‫مسا فهو ماس‬ ‫يم س‬ ‫مس‬
‫َْ ج‬ ‫َ ا‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬

‫مسا فهو ممسوس‬ ‫يم س‬ ‫مس‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ِّ ْ َ ْ‬

‫ممس ممس ممسة‬ ‫ال تمس تمس‬ ‫مس مس امسس‬
‫َْ َ ْ‬
‫تمسس‬
‫ب ث ث – باب نرص‬
‫َ‬ ‫َا‬ ‫َ ج ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬

‫بثا فهو باث‬ ‫يبث‬ ‫بث‬
‫َْج‬ ‫َا‬ ‫ج َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬

‫بثا فهو مبثوث‬ ‫يبث‬ ‫بث‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ َ ِّ َ ْ ج ْ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ِّ ج ْ ج ْ‬
‫مبث مبث مبثة‬ ‫ال تبث تبث تبثث‬ ‫بث بث ابثث‬
‫َ َّ‬
‫ق ر ر – باب عل َم‬
‫جَ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫َ‬

‫تقريرا فهو مق ِّرر‬ ‫يق ِّر جر‬ ‫ق َّر َر‬
‫جَ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫ج‬

‫تقريرا فهو مق َّرر‬ ‫يق َّر جر‬ ‫ق ِّر َر‬
‫جَ‬ ‫جَ ْ‬ ‫َ‬

‫مق َّرر‬ ‫ال تق ِّرر‬ ‫ق ِّر َر‬
‫ح ب ب – باب جاهد‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫ج ُّ‬ ‫َّ‬

‫حبابا و ُمابة فهو ُماب‬ ‫ُياب‬ ‫حاب‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ‬ ‫ج ُّ‬ ‫ج َّ‬

‫حبابا و ُمابة فهو ُماب‬ ‫ُيَاب‬ ‫حوب‬
‫ج‬ ‫ج َّ ج ِّ ج ْ‬ ‫َّ َ ِّ َ ْ‬
‫ُماب‬ ‫ال َتَاب َتَاب َتَابب‬ ‫حاب حاب حابب‬
‫ف ك ك – باب انقلب‬
‫جَْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ُّ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ‬

‫انفًّكك فهو منفك‬ ‫ينفك‬ ‫انفك‬
‫جَْ‬ ‫َ ْ َ َّ َ ْ َ ِّ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ ْ َ ِّ ْ َ ْ‬
‫منفك‬ ‫ال تنفك تنفك‬ ‫انفك انفك انفكك‬
‫ََْ ْ‬
‫تنفكك‬
‫َ َ َّ‬
‫ش ت ت ‪ -‬تعل َم‬
‫ج َ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َ َ َّ ج‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ‬
‫تشتتا فهو متشتت‬ ‫يتشتت‬ ‫تشتت‬
‫ج َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ‬ ‫ج َ َ َّ ج‬ ‫ج ج ِّ َ‬
‫تشتتا فهو متشتت‬ ‫يتشتت‬ ‫تشتت‬
‫ج َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ َ َّ ْ‬ ‫َ َ َّ ْ‬
‫متشتت‬ ‫ال تتشتت‬ ‫تشتت‬
‫‪14.1‬‬ ‫ِم ثال ‪IRREGULAR SARF -‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ِ and learn how it looks in different families‬مثال ‪To review‬‬
‫‪ِ - 1‬مثال يف أبواب ثاليث جمرد‬
‫مثال واوي يف ثاليث جمرد‬
‫)‪a‬‬ ‫‪The past tense is not affected at all‬‬

‫)‪b‬‬ ‫‪The present tense drops the vowel all together‬‬
‫)‪c‬‬ ‫ِعلَةً ‪and one of them is always on the pattern‬مصدر ‪There are always at least 2‬‬
‫)‪d‬‬ ‫‪The command form and the forbidding drops the vowel all together‬‬
‫يرع ُد رو ْع ًدا و ِع رد ًة ‪:‬باب ر ر‬

‫َض رب‬
‫ر‬
‫و ع د ‪ to promise – root letters:‬رو رعد‬
‫ِ‬
‫ر‬ ‫رً‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ر‬
‫وا ِعد‬ ‫ف ُه رو‬ ‫ِعدة‬ ‫روعدا و‬ ‫ير ِعد‬ ‫رو رعد‬
‫ر‬ ‫رً‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ر‬
‫رم ْو ُع ْود‬ ‫ف ُه رو‬ ‫ِعدة‬ ‫روعدا و‬ ‫يُ ْو رعد‬ ‫ُو ِعد‬
‫ر‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ ر ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫رُْ ُْْ‬
‫رم ْو رعدة‬ ‫رم ْو ِعد‬ ‫رم ْو رعد‬ ‫ال والظرف ِمنه‬ ‫ِعد و انلْه عنه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫ر ْ‬
‫ت ِعد‬
‫مثال يايئ يف ثاليث جمرد‬

‫ر ً‬ ‫رْ‬ ‫ر ر‬
‫ي ء س ‪to despair/ be hopeless – root letters:‬ير ِئ رس ييْئ ُس يأسا و يآسة‬
‫ً‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ً‬ ‫رْ‬ ‫ر ر‬
‫يائِس‬ ‫ر‬
‫فه و‬ ‫يأسا و يآسة‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ييْئ ُس‬ ‫يرئِ رس‬
‫‪No Passives‬‬
‫ر ْ رر‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ‬ ‫َّ ْ ُ ر ْ ُ‬ ‫رُْ ُْْ‬
‫ال والظرف ِمنه ميأس ميئِس ميأسة‬ ‫و انلْه عنه‬ ‫ر‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫ر ْ ْر‬ ‫ْر ْ‬
‫تيأس‬ ‫ِايأس‬

‫ثاليث مزيد فيه‬ ‫واب‬‫‪ -2‬مثال يف أربْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ر ‪a) Families II – VI, X (besides family IV): No problems, the vowel is not treated any differently.‬‬
‫ً‬ ‫ْر‬
‫أيق رن يُوقِ ُن ِإيقانا ‪. Example:‬ي ‪, if even if the root letter is‬و ‪b) Family IV: The present tense is with a‬‬
‫‪c) Family VII: This irregularity doesn’t really exist.‬‬
‫‪.‬ت ‪d) Family VIII: Vowel is replaced with a‬‬
‫ي ‪changes to‬مصدر ‪ in‬و ‪e) Family X:‬‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ِّ ُ ر‬ ‫َّ ر‬ ‫ر ر ُر ُ رْ ً‬

‫روحد يُ روحد ت ْو ِحيْدا فهو ُم روحد‬ ‫ف َّعل يف ِّعل تف ِعيْال‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َّ ُ ر‬ ‫ِّ ر‬
‫ُوحد يُ روحد ت ْو ِحيْدا فهو ُم روحد‬ ‫‪Form II‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ِّ ْ‬ ‫ِّ ْ‬ ‫و ح د ‪root:‬‬
‫و الظرف ِمنه‬ ‫األمر منه روحد و انلْه عنه ال ت روحد‬
‫َّ‬
‫ُم روحد‬
‫ً ُ ر رً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ر ر‬ ‫ً ُ ررً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫رر‬
‫واعدة فهو ُموا ِعد‬ ‫واعد يُوا ِعد ِواعدا و م‬ ‫فاعلة‬ ‫فاعل يُفا ِعل فِعاال و م‬
‫فهو ُم ر‬ ‫ً ُ ر رً‬ ‫ُ ر ُ‬ ‫ر‬
‫واعد‬ ‫واعدة‬ ‫ِواعدا و م‬ ‫واعد‬ ‫ُو ْو ِعد ي‬ ‫‪Form III‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫و ع د ‪root:‬‬
‫انلْه عنه ال توا ِعد و الظرف ِمنه‬ ‫األمر منه وا ِعد‬
‫ُم ر‬
‫واعد‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫رْ ر ر ُْ ُ‬ ‫رْرر ُْ ُ ْ ً‬
‫فهو مو ِجد‬ ‫ِإْيادا‬ ‫أوجد يو ِجد‬ ‫أفعل يف ِعل ِإفعاال‬
‫ر‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُْ ر ُ‬ ‫ُْ ر‬
‫فهو موجد‬ ‫أو ِجد يوجد إِْيادا‬ ‫‪Form IV‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ر ْ‬ ‫و ج د ‪root:‬‬
‫األمر منه أ ْو ِجد و انلْه عنه ال ت ْو ِجد و الظرف ِمنه‬
‫ُم ْو رجد‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ ر‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ر‬ ‫رر ر ر ر ُ رر ً‬
‫فهو ُمتر رو ِّصل‬ ‫ت رو َّصل يتر رو َّصل ت رو ُّصال‬ ‫تف َّعل يترف َّعل تف ُّعال‬
‫ً‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ر ُ‬
‫فهو ُمتر رو َّصل‬ ‫ت ُو ِّصل يتر رو َّصل ت رو ُّصال‬ ‫‪Form V‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر ْ‬
‫و الظرف ِمنه‬ ‫انلْه عنه ال تتر رو َّصل‬ ‫األمر منه ت رو َّصل‬ ‫و ص ل ‪root:‬‬
‫ُمتر رو َّصل‬
‫ُر‬ ‫ر ُ ً‬ ‫رر ر ُ‬ ‫ر ر ر‬ ‫ر رر رر رُ ر ُ ً‬
‫واصل‬
‫فهو مت ِ‬ ‫واصال‬ ‫ت‬ ‫واصل‬ ‫يت‬ ‫واصل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫فاعال‬ ‫تفاعل يتفاعل ت‬
‫فهو ُمتر ر‬ ‫ر ُ ً‬ ‫ُر ر ُ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ُ‬
‫واصل‬ ‫واصال‬ ‫ت‬ ‫واصل‬ ‫يت‬ ‫ت ُو ْو ِصل‬ ‫‪Form VI‬‬
‫و ص ل ‪root:‬‬

‫ُْ‬ ‫رر ر ْ‬ ‫ر ر ْ‬
‫واصل و الظرف ِمنه‬ ‫واصل انلْه عنه ال تت‬ ‫األمر منه ت‬
‫ُمتر ر‬
‫واصل‬
‫ً‬ ‫ْر ر رْر ُ ْ‬
‫‪Doesn’t really exist‬‬ ‫ِانف رعل ينف ِعل ِان ِفعاال‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫ر َّ ُ‬ ‫َّ ر‬ ‫ْررر رْر ُ ْ ً‬
‫فهو ُمت ِحد‬ ‫ِاّتادا‬ ‫يت ِحد‬ ‫ِاّترد‬ ‫ِافتعل يفت ِعل ِاف ِتعاال‬
‫َّ‬ ‫ِّ ً‬ ‫ُ َّ ُ‬ ‫ُ ُّ ر‬
‫فهو ُمت رحد‬ ‫ِاّتادا‬ ‫يت رحد‬ ‫ّتد‬ ‫ا ِ‬ ‫‪Form VIII‬‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ر َّ ْ‬ ‫َّ ْ‬ ‫و ح د ‪root:‬‬
‫و الظرف ِمنه‬ ‫انلْه عنه ال تت ِحد‬ ‫ّتد‬
‫األمر منه ِا ِ‬
‫َّ‬
‫ُمت رحد‬
‫ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫رر‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ ر‬
‫فهو ُم ْستر ْو ِقد‬ ‫ِا ْستِيْقادا‬ ‫ِا ْستر ْوقد ي ر ْستر ْوقِد‬ ‫ِا ْسترف رعل ي ر ْسترف ِعل ِا ْس ِتفعاال‬
‫ر‬ ‫ْ ْ ً‬ ‫رُ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ُ‬
‫فهو ُم ْستر ْوقد‬ ‫ِاس ِتيقادا‬ ‫ي ُ ْستر ْوقد‬ ‫ا ْستُ ْو ِقد‬ ‫‪Form X‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ْ‬
‫و الظرف‬ ‫انلْه عنه ال ت ْستر ْوقِد‬ ‫األمر منه ِا ْستر ْوقِد‬ ‫و ق د ‪root:‬‬
‫ر‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫ُم ْستر ْوقد‬ ‫ِمنه‬

Drills
Kabeer
‫ باب فتح‬- ‫و ق ع‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫و رث – باب حسب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ي ق ن – باب استغفر‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬

‫و ق د – باب أسلم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫و س ق – باب اقرتب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫َ َۡ ُۡ َ‬
‫ۥدةُ ُسئلَ ۡ‬
‫ت‪٨‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ِ .1‬إَوذا ٱلموء‬
‫َ َ ُ ۡ َ َٰ ُ َ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ َ َ ۡ َ ُ َ ٰٓ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ َ ٗ ُ َّ َّ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ‬
‫‪ِ .2‬إَوذ وَٰعدنا موَس أربعِني َللة ثم ٱَّتذتم ٱلعِجل ِم ۢن بع ِده ِۦ وأنتم ظل ِمون ‪٥١‬‬
‫َ َ ُّ َ ۡ َ ُ ُ ُ َّ ۡ َ َ ۡ ُ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ ُ ْ َ َ َّ َ َ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ َ َ َّ ُ َّ ۡ َّ َ ُ ْ‬
‫َيدوا مِن‬
‫‪ .3‬وربك ٱلغفور ذو ٱلرۡح ِة لو يؤاخِذهم بِما كسبوا لعجل لهم ٱلعذاب بل لهم موعِد لن ِ‬
‫َۡ ٗ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫دونِهِۦ موئِل ‪٥٨‬‬

‫اس َو ََل يُ ۡؤمِنُ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ٰٓ َ ُّ َ َّ َ َ َ ُ ْ َ ُ ۡ ُ ْ َ َ َ َٰ ُ ۡ َ َ ۡ َ َ َٰ َ َّ ُ ُ َ َ ُ َ ٓ‬
‫‪ .4‬يأيها ٱَّلِين ءامنوا َل تب ِطلوا صدقتِكم ب ِٱلم ِن وٱۡلذى كٱَّلِي ينفِق مالۥ رِئاء ٱنل ِ‬
‫َ َ َ َ ُ َ ۡ ٗ َّ َ ۡ ُ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ ََُُ َ ََ َ ۡ َ َ َۡ ُ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َّ َ ۡ‬
‫ََٰ‬ ‫ان عليهِ تراب فأصابهۥ وابِل فَتكهۥ صۡلاۖ َل يق ِدرون‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ب ِٱّللِ وٱَلوم ٱٓأۡلخ ِِر فمثلهۥ كمث ِل صفو ٍ‬
‫ين ‪٢٦٤‬‬‫كَٰفِر َ‬ ‫َۡ َۡ ۡ َ‬
‫ٱل‬ ‫م‬‫و‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ٱل‬ ‫ِي‬‫د‬ ‫ٱّلل ََل َي ۡ‬
‫ه‬ ‫َشءٖ م َِّما َك َس ُب ْۗوا ْ َو َّ ُ‬ ‫َ ۡ‬
‫ِ‬
‫كم بهِۦٓ إ ۡذ قُلۡ ُت ۡم َس ِم ۡع َنا َوأَ َط ۡع َناۖ َو َّٱت ُقوا ْ َّ َ‬
‫ٱّلل إ َّن ٱ َّّللَ‬ ‫َ ََ ُ‬
‫ق‬ ‫اث‬‫و‬ ‫ِي‬
‫َ ۡ ُ ُ ْ ۡ َ َ َّ َ َ ۡ ُ ۡ َ َ َ ُ َّ‬
‫ٱَّل‬ ‫‪ .5‬وٱذكروا ن ِعمة ٱّللِ عليكم ومِيثَٰقه‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫ٱلص ُدورِ ‪٧‬‬ ‫ِيم ۢ ب َذات ُّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫عل ُ ِ ِ‬
‫َ َ َّ َ َ ٓ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ َ َ ُ َ ۡ َ َ ُ ۡ َ َ ۡ َ َ ۡ ُ ۡ َ ٗ َ ُ ْ َ َ َ ۡ َّ ٓ ُ ۡ ۡ َ ٓ َ َٰ َ ۡ ُ‬
‫وط‬‫كرهم وأوجس مِنهم خِيفة قالوا َل َّتف إِنا أرسِلنا إَِل قو ِم ل ٖ‬ ‫صل إَِلهِ ن ِ‬ ‫‪ .6‬فلما رءا أيدِيهم َل ت ِ‬
‫‪٧٠‬‬
‫َ َٰ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُ ۡ َ َ َ ُ ۡ َ ۡ َ َ ۡ َ َّ ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ َّ َ َ َ‬
‫ت ل ِقو ٖم يفقهون ‪٩٨‬‬ ‫ِي أنشأكم مِن نف ٖس وَٰحِدة ٖ فمستقر ومستودع ْۗ قد فصلنا ٱٓأۡلي ِ‬ ‫‪ .7‬وه َو ٱَّل ٓ‬
‫ِيعاْۗ أَ َفلَمۡ‬
‫ت بَل ِ َّّللِ ۡٱۡلَ ۡم ُر ََج ً‬ ‫ۡ َ ۡ ََٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۡ َ ُ َۡ ُ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۡ َ ُ َۡ ُ‬ ‫َ َ ۡ َ َّ ُ ۡ َ ٗ ُ َ ۡ‬
‫ٱۡلبال أو ق ِطعت بِهِ ٱۡلۡرض أو ك ِم بِهِ ٱلمو ى‬ ‫‪ .8‬ولو أن قرءانا س ِّيت بِهِ ِ‬
‫يب ُهم بماَ‬ ‫ص ُ‬ ‫َّ َ َ ٗ َ َ َ َ ُ َّ َ َ َ ُ ْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َّ َ َ َ ُ ٓ ْ َ َّ ۡ َ َ ٓ ُ َّ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ْۡ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ياي ِس ٱَّلِين ءامنوا أن لو يشاء ٱّلل لهدى ٱنلاس َجِيعاْۗ وَل يزال ٱَّلِين كفروا ت ِ‬
‫َ ۡ َ َّ َٰ َ ۡ َ َ ۡ ُ َّ َّ َّ َ َ ُ ۡ ُ ۡ َ َ‬ ‫ٗ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ْ َ َ ٌ َ ۡ َ ُ ُّ َ‬
‫صنعوا قارِعة أو َتل ق ِريبا مِن دارِهِم حَّت يأ ِِت وعد ٱّللِ إِن ٱّلل َل ُيل ِف ٱل ِميعاد ‪٣١‬‬
‫َ َّ ٰٓ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُّ ُ ُ َ َ ُّ ٓ ْ َ َّ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ ْ َ ٓ َ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ َ َ ُ َ َ َّ َ ٓ ُ َ َ ُ َ ُّ َ ۡ ُ َ َ‬
‫‪ .9‬حَّت إِذا ٱستيس ٱلرسل وظنوا أنهم قد كذِبوا جاءهم نۡصنا فن ِّج من نشاء ۖ وَل يرد بأسنا ع ِن‬
‫جرم َ‬
‫ِني ‪١١٠‬‬ ‫ٱلۡ َق ۡو ِم ٱل ۡ ُم ۡ‬
‫ِ‬
‫وها َف ُقل ل َّ ُه ۡم قَ ۡو َٗل َّميۡ ُس ٗ‬
‫ورا ‪٢٨‬‬
‫َّ َ َ ۡ ُ َ‬
‫ۡحةٖ مِن ربِك ترج‬ ‫ِإَوما ُت ۡعر َض َّن َع ۡن ُه ُم ٱبۡت َغا ٓ َء َر ۡ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪َّ .10‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫صي ِد ل َو َّ‬
‫ٱطلَ ۡعتَ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َۡ ۡ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ َۡ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َۡ َ ُُ ۡ ََۡ ٗ َ ُ ۡ ُُ َ َُ ُُ ۡ َ َ ۡ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫ٱلشما ِل وَكبهم بسِط ذِراعيهِ ب ِٱلو ِ‬
‫ني وذات ِ‬‫وَتسبهم أيقاظا وهم رقود ونقل ِبهم ذات ٱَل ِم ِ‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫َ َ ۡ ۡ َ َ َّ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ۡ َ ٗ َ َ ُ ۡ َ ۡ‬
‫ت مِن ُه ۡم ُرع ٗبا ‪١٨‬‬‫علي ِهم لوَلت مِنهم ف ِرارا ولمل ِئ‬

‫كمۡ‬‫ۡ ُ ۡ َ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ۡ َ ُ ْ َ ۡ َ َ ۡ ً َ ۡ َ ۡ َ َ ۡ َ ُ ْ َ ُّ ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ َٰ َ َ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ َ َ َ ٓ َ ُ ْ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ َ َ َ ٓ‬
‫وكذل ِك بعثنَٰهم َِلتساءلوا بينهم قال قائِل مِنهم كم َلِثتمۖ قالوا َلِثنا يوما أو بعض يو ٖم قالوا رب‬
‫ۡ‬ ‫ُ ۡ َ َٰ ٓ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ َ ُّ َ ٓ َ ۡ َ َٰ َ َ ٗ َ ۡ َ ۡ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ۡ َ ُ َ َ ُۡ ۡ َ ۡ َُ ْٓ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫أعلم بِما َلِثتم فٱبعثوا أحدكم بِورِق ِكم ه ِذه ِۦ إَِل ٱلمدِين ِة فلينظر أيها أزَك طعاما فليأت ِكم ب ِ ِرز ٖق‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ۡ ُ َ ۡ َ َ َّ ۡ َ َ ُ ۡ َّ ُ ۡ َ‬
‫مِنه وَلَتلطف وَل يش ِع َرن بِكم أحدا ‪١٩‬‬
‫َّ ۡ َ َ ُ ۡ ُ ٓ ْ ً َ َ ٗ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫َّ ُ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ ْ َ َ ۡ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ ُ‬

‫إِنهم إِن يظهروا عليكم يرَجوكم أو يعِيدوكم ِِف مِلت ِ ِهم ولن تفل ِحوا إِذا أبدا ‪٢٠‬‬

ْ
14.2 IRREGULAR SARF - ‫أج وف‬
ْ
 To review ‫ أجوف‬and learn how it looks in different families
Learning Objectives
ّ‫ أَ ْج َوف يف أَبْواب ثالث جُمَرد‬- 1
‫ج‬
a) In the past tense the vowel is replaced by an ‫( ا‬alif) until ‫هن‬. After that it loses the vowel. The sound on the ‫ف لكمة‬
after losing the vowel is determined by the root letter.
b) In the present tense the vowel may or may not be kept, depending on the family
c) The passive past tense has a ‫ ي‬in the ‫ع لكمة‬
d) The ‫ اسم فاعل‬has a ‫ ء‬in place of the vowel
e) The ‫ اسم مفعول‬preserves the vowel and is 4 letters long

f) The commanding and forbidding drop the vowel in the singular but keep it for the rest
g) There are only 2 ‫اسم ظرف‬
َ ّ ‫ثالث‬
‫ أجوف واوي‬in ‫ُمرد‬
َ َ َ‫باب ن‬: ‫قال َي جق ْو جل قَ ْو ًل‬

‫ص‬
َ
to say – root letters: ‫ق و ل‬
َ ً َ ‫َج ج‬ َ
‫قائل‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫ق ْول‬ ‫يقول‬ ‫قال‬
‫ج‬ َ ً َ ‫ج‬ َ
‫َمق ْول‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫ق ْول‬ ‫يجقال‬ ‫قيْل‬
َ ‫ْج‬ ‫ج‬ ْ‫َج‬ ‫َ ْج َْج‬ ْ‫ج‬ ‫َْج ْْج‬
‫َمقالة‬ ‫والظ ْرف منه َمقال‬ ‫ل تق ل‬ ‫ْه عنه‬ ‫وانل‬ ‫قل‬ ‫األمر منه‬
َْ‫ج‬ ّ
The ‫ ُج‬in ‫ قلن‬came from the ‫ و‬in the root which is associated with the ‫ضمة‬.

‫ثالث ّ‬
‫ُمرد ‪ in‬أجوف ياي‬
‫َ‬
‫َض َب‬
‫باع يَبيْ جع َبيْ ًعا ‪:‬باب َ َ‬ ‫ب ي ع ‪to sell – root letters:‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫بائع‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫بيعا‬ ‫يَبيْ جع‬ ‫باع‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫ج‬
‫َمبيْع‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫بيعا‬ ‫يجباع‬ ‫بيْ َع‬
‫َم َ‬ ‫ْج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْج‬ ‫َوانل ْ ج‬ ‫ْْج‬ ‫َْ‬
‫باعة‬ ‫َمباع‬ ‫والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫ل تب ْع‬ ‫عنه‬ ‫ْه‬ ‫ب ْع‬ ‫األم جر منه‬
‫ج َ ً‬ ‫َ‬
‫ن ي ل‪ to attain – root letters:‬نال يَنال نيْال ‪:‬باب َسم َع‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫ج‬ ‫َ‬
‫نائل‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫نيْال‬ ‫يَنال‬ ‫نال‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫ج‬ ‫َ‬
‫َمنيْل‬ ‫ف جه َو‬ ‫نيْال‬ ‫يجنال‬ ‫نيْل‬
‫َ‬ ‫ج ْج‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫َ ْج َْج‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْج ْْج‬
‫والظ ْرف منه َمنال َمنالة‬ ‫ْه عنه ل تنل‬‫و انل‬ ‫نل‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬

‫‪ - 2‬أجوف يف أبواب ثالث مزيد فيه‬
‫‪a) Family II, III, V, VI: No problems, the vowel is not treated any differently.‬‬
‫‪.‬ة¬ ‪ ends in a‬مصدر ‪ in the present tense. The‬ي ‪ in the past tense and a‬ا ‪b) Family IV, X: The vowel is replaced by an‬‬
‫‪ in the past and present tense.‬ا ‪c) Family VII, VIII: The vowel is replaced by an‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ْ ً‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ جَ ج َْ ً‬

‫فهو جمق ِّوم‬ ‫تقويما‬ ‫قو َم يق ِّو جم‬ ‫فعل يف ِّعل تفعيْال‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ْ ً‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫ج‬
‫فهو جمقوم‬ ‫تقويما‬ ‫ق ِّو َم يقو جم‬ ‫‪Form II‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫جَ‬ ‫َ‬
‫الظرف منه جمقوم‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تق ِّو ْم‬ ‫األمر منه ق ِّو ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫ً ج َ ً‬ ‫ً ج ًََ‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ََ‬
‫فهو جمقاوم‬ ‫قاو َمة‬ ‫قواما و م‬ ‫قاو َم يجقاو جم‬ ‫َ‬ ‫فاعلة‬ ‫فاعل يجفاعل فعال و م‬
‫فهو جم َ‬ ‫ً ج َ ً‬ ‫ج‬
‫قاوم‬ ‫قاو َمة‬ ‫قواما و م‬ ‫قاو جم‬‫يج َ‬ ‫ق ْوو َم‬ ‫‪Form III‬‬
‫ج‬
‫الظرف‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تقاو ْم‬ ‫األمر منه قاو ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫منه جم َ‬
‫قاوم‬
‫فهو جمقيْم‬
‫ًَ‬
‫قامة‬‫إ‬ ‫يجقيْ جم‬ ‫أَقامَ‬ ‫َََْ جْ ج ْ ً‬
‫أفعل يفعل إفعال‬
‫فهو جمقام‬
‫ًَ‬
‫قامة‬‫إ‬ ‫يج ج‬
‫قام‬ ‫أجقيْمَ‬ ‫‪Form IV‬‬
‫ج‬ ‫َ‬
‫الظرف منه جمقام‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تق ْم‬ ‫األمر منه أق ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ً‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ََ َ َ َ ج ََ ً‬
‫فهو جمتَق ِّوم‬ ‫يتَقو جم تقوما‬ ‫تقو َم‬ ‫تفعل يتَفعل تف ُّعال‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ً‬ ‫ج َ‬ ‫جج‬
‫فهو جمتَقوم‬ ‫تقوما‬ ‫يتَقو جم‬ ‫تق ِّو َم‬ ‫‪Form V‬‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫الظرف منه‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تتَقو ْم‬ ‫األمر منه تقو ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫َ‬
‫جمتَقوم‬
‫َ ج ً‬ ‫َيتَ َ‬ ‫تَ َ‬ ‫َ ََ ََ َج َ ج ً‬
‫فهو جمتَقاوم‬ ‫تقاوما‬ ‫قاو جم‬ ‫قاو َم‬ ‫فاعال‬ ‫تفاعل يتفاعل ت‬
‫فهو جمتَ َ‬ ‫َ ج ً‬ ‫جيتَ َ‬ ‫جج‬
‫قاوم‬ ‫تقاوما‬ ‫قاو جم‬ ‫تق ْوو َم‬ ‫‪Form VI‬‬
‫و انلْه عنه ل َتتَ َ‬
‫قاو ْم‬ ‫األمر منه تَ َ‬
‫قاو ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫الظرف منه جمتَ َ‬
‫قاوم‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َينْ ج‬ ‫انْ َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َْ َ ََْ ج ْ‬
‫فهو جمنقام‬ ‫انقياما‬ ‫قام‬ ‫قام‬ ‫انف َعل ينفعل انفعال‬
‫ََْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫الظرف‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تنق ْم‬ ‫األمر منه انق ْم‬ ‫‪Form VII‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫منه جمنقام‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َي ْق ج‬ ‫اقْ َ‬ ‫ْ َ َْ ج ْ ً‬

‫فهو جمقتام‬ ‫اقتياما‬ ‫تام‬ ‫تام‬ ‫افتَ َعل يفتَعل افتعال‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫جي ْق ج‬ ‫جْ‬
‫فهو جمقتام‬ ‫اقتياما‬ ‫تام‬ ‫اقتيْ َم‬ ‫‪Form VIII‬‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫الظرف منه‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل تقتَ ْم‬ ‫األمر منه اقتَ ْم‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫جمقتام‬
‫ْ ًَ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫فهو جم ْستَقيْم‬ ‫قامة‬ ‫است‬ ‫ي َ ْستَقيْ جم‬ ‫ا ْستَ َ‬
‫قام‬ ‫ا ْستَف َعل ي َ ْستَفعل ا ْستفعال‬
‫ْ ًَ‬ ‫ي ج ْستَ ج‬ ‫ج‬
‫فهو‬ ‫قامة‬ ‫است‬ ‫قام‬ ‫ا ْستجقيْ َم‬ ‫‪Form X‬‬
‫جم ْستَقام‬ ‫ق و م ‪root:‬‬
‫َ‬
‫الظرف منه‬ ‫و انلْه عنه ل ت ْستَق ْم‬ ‫األمر منه ا ْستَق ْم‬
‫جم ْستَقام‬

Drills
Write out the ‫ رصف صغري‬using the root letters provided: Choose any word from each table and do the Sarf Kabeer
‫ن و ر – باب أسلم‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ب ي ع – باب َضب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ن ي ل – باب فتح‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬

‫ف ي د – باب استغفر‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ق ي د – باب انقلب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫‪.‬باب ‪ ،‬جذر ‪ ،‬الصيغة ‪Provide the‬‬
‫الصيغة‬ ‫اجلذر‬ ‫ابلاب‬ ‫اللكمة‬

‫جْ‬
‫ذق‬
‫َسائل ْ َ‬
‫ي‬
‫َ‬
‫جمتَحاو جر ْون‬
‫اجات‬ ‫ا ْستنْتَ َ‬
‫َ َ َج‬
‫ل ْن تنال ْوا‬
‫َ‬
‫َيج ْو جز‬
‫حيْ َق‬

‫َ ُّ ً‬
‫ت َوغال‬
‫ْج‬
‫َمكف ْوف‬
‫جْ‬
‫ك‬
‫ج َ‬
‫يج َزاد ْون‬

‫َ َ َ ٰٓ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ َ َ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ َٰ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ‬
‫ۡيا َملوم َا‬
‫ِيا‪٦‬ا ا‬ ‫ج ِهماأوامااملكتاأيمنهمافإِنهماغ‬ ‫ّلالَعاأزوَٰ ِ‬
‫إِ ا‬
‫َ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ َٰ َ ۡ َ َ َ َٰ َ ُ َ‬
‫ونا‪٣٠‬ا ا‬
‫لابعضهمالَعابع ٖضايتلوم ا‬ ‫فأقب ا‬
‫َ ُ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ ََۡ ُ ۡ ََ َ َُ َ ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ َ َ َ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ َ َ ۡ َ َٰ ُ ُ‬

‫ااولَٰكِناَكن ٓوا اأنف َس ُه ۡما‬ ‫ت اماارزقنَٰك ۚۡم اومااظلمون‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِناط‬
‫م‬ ‫ا‬ ‫وا‬
‫ا‬ ‫ى اُك‬
‫ن ا اوٱلسلو ا‬
‫ام اوأنزۡلااعليكم اٱلم ا‬‫وظللنا اعليكم اٱلغم ا‬
‫َ‬ ‫ۡ‬
‫َيظل ُِمونا‪٥٧‬ا ا‬
‫وقُواا ا َع َذاباَ‬ ‫ََ ۡ َ َ َُ ََۡ َ َ َ ُٓ َ ََ َ ‪ُ ُ َُ َ َ ۡ َ ََٓ َ ۡ ُ َََُۡ ُ َ َ ُ ُ ۡ َ َ َُٓ ۡ َ ُ َۡ َ ٞ‬‬

‫ۡي اح ٖق اونقول اذ ا‬ ‫ٱّلل افقِۡي اوَنن اأغنِياء ُۘاسن ا‬
‫كتب امااقالوا اوقتلهم اٱۡلۢنبِيا اء ابِغ ِ‬ ‫ِين اقالوا اإِن ا ا‬
‫ٱّلل اقو ال اٱَّل ا‬ ‫لق اد اس ِمع ا ا‬
‫يقا‪١٨١‬ا ا‬ ‫َۡ‬
‫ٱۡل ِر ِا‬
‫َ َ ٓ ِ َ َ َٰ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ َ َ ۡ َ ُ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ ۡ َ َٰ َ َ ُ ۡ َ ُ َ ُ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ َ ً َ َ ٗ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫اِفاٱلس اماءااكذل ِكا‬ ‫صعد ِ‬
‫َ‬
‫ضل اهۥاَيعلاصدراهۥاضيِقااحرجااكأنمااي ا‬ ‫ٱّللاأنايهدِي اهۥايۡشحاصدراهۥال ِِۡلسل ِمِۖاومناي ِرداأناي ِ‬ ‫ف َمنايُ ِردِاا ا‬
‫َ‬ ‫ََُۡ َُ ۡ َ ََ َ َ َ ۡ‬
‫ِيناّلايُؤم ُِنونا‪١٢٥‬ا ا‬
‫سالَعاٱَّل ا‬ ‫ٱلرج ا‬ ‫ٱّللا ِ‬
‫َيعلا ا‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ۡ‬ ‫َۡ َُ ُ َ ََ َ‬
‫ل ۚۡاۥابَلاّلايُؤم ُِن ا‬
‫ونا‪٣٣‬ا ا‬ ‫وناتق َو ُا‬
‫أ امايقول ا‬
‫ا‬
‫َ َ َ َٰ َ َ ۡ َ ۡ َ َ َ ۡ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ ٓ َ َ َ ۡ َ َ َ ‪ۡ ُ ۡ َ َ ُ ۡ ُ َ َ ۡ ُ َ ۡ َ ۡ ُ َ ۡ َ َ ُ َ َٰ َ َ َ ۡ ٓ َ َ ۡ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ٞ‬‬
‫مابن َََٰٰ ٗناا‬‫ٱّللِاحقاوأناٱلساع اةاّلاريبافِيهااإِذايتنزعونابينهماأمرهمافقالوااٱبنواااعلي ِاه‬ ‫اِلعلموااأناوعدا ا‬ ‫ِكاأعَثنااعلي ِهم ِ‬ ‫وكذل ا‬
‫َ ُّ ُ ۡ َ ۡ َ ُ ۡ َ َ َ َ َ َ ُ َ َ ٰٓ َ ۡ ۡ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ ۡ َ ۡ ٗ‬
‫جداا‪٢١‬اا ا‬
‫الَعاأم ِرهِماۡلتخِذناعلي ِهمامس ِ‬
‫ِيناغلبوا ا‬
‫ربهماأعلماب ِ ِه ۚۡماقالاٱَّل ا‬
‫ا‬

‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ُ َ َ َ َٰ َ ‪َ ۡ َ ٓ َ ُ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ َ َ ٞ َ ۡ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ ۡ َ ۡ َۢ َ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ َ ٞ َ ۡ َ َ ُ ُ َ َ ۡ ُ ُ ۡ َ ۡ ُ ُ َ ٞ‬‬
‫باويقولوناسبعةاوثامِنهماُكبه ۚۡماقلار ِّباأعلمااب ِعِدِِهِما‬ ‫وناثلثةارابِعهماُكبهماويقولوناَخسةاسادِسهماُكبهمارجاااب ِٱلغي ِِۖا‬ ‫سيقول ا‬
‫ُۡ ۡ َ َ ٗ‬ ‫ۡ َ َ ٓ ٗ َ َٰ ٗ َ َ َ َ ۡ‬ ‫َ ََُُۡ ۡ َ َ ‪ٞ‬‬
‫ِيلافَ ََل ُات َ‬
‫تافِيهِمامِنهماأحداا‪٢٢‬اا ا‬ ‫ااوّلات ۡستف ِ‬‫ّلامِرا اءاظ ِهر‬
‫ارافِي ِهمااإِ ا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫م‬ ‫ۗ‪ٞ‬‬ ‫ماايعلمهماإِّلاقل‬
‫ا‬
‫َ ‪َ َ َ ٞ‬‬ ‫ََ َُ َ َ‬
‫ّلاتقول َنال ِشا ۡي ٍءاإِ ِّنافاعِلاذَٰل ِكاغ ًداا‪٢٣‬اا‬
‫وا‬
‫ا‬

‫‪14.3‬‬ ‫ناقص ‪IRREGULAR SARF -‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪ and learn how it looks in different families‬ناقص ‪To review‬‬

‫َ‬
‫‪ - 1‬ناقص يف أبْواب ثاليث مزيد فيه‬
‫ا ‪a) All Families Except V and VI In the past tense the vowel is replaced by an‬‬
‫ي ‪b) In the present tense, the vowel is replaced by a‬‬
‫‪ ends in ٍ and the vowel is omitted‬اسم فاعل ‪c) The‬‬
‫‪ ends in ً .‬اسم مفعول ‪d) The‬‬
‫‪.‬ة ‪ ends in‬مصدر ‪e) Family II:‬‬
‫‪f) Family III, IV, VII, VIII, X:‬‬ ‫‪.‬ء ‪ ends in a‬مصدر‬
‫ا ‪g) Family V, VI: Past and present tense replace the vowel with an‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫يُلَ ي ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َُ ُ َْ ً‬

‫فهو ُملق‬ ‫تلقيَة‬ ‫ِّق‬ ‫لَى‬
‫ّق‬ ‫ف َعل يف يعل تفعيْال‬
‫فهو ُملَ ّ ً‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ّق‬ ‫تلقيَة‬ ‫يُل َ ى‬
‫ّق‬ ‫ليَ‬
‫ِّق‬ ‫‪Form II‬‬
‫َ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُملَ ّ ً‬
‫ّق‬
‫َُ‬
‫و الين عنه ال تل يق‬ ‫األمر منه ل يق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫فهو ُ‬ ‫ً َ ُ َ ً‬ ‫الق يُ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً ُ ًََ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫الق‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫م‬ ‫اة‬ ‫الق‬ ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ل‬ ‫الِق‬ ‫ى‬ ‫فاعلة‬ ‫فاعل يُفاعل فعاال و م‬
‫فهو ُم ً‬
‫الق‬
‫َ ً‬
‫قاء َو ُمالقاة‬ ‫ل ً‬ ‫يُ َ ى‬
‫الق‬ ‫ل ُ ْو َ‬
‫ِق‬ ‫‪Form III‬‬
‫األمر منه الق و انليه عنه ال تُالق و الظرف منه ُم ً‬
‫الق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ِّق إلْ ً‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ َ ُْ ُ ْ ً‬
‫فهو ُمل ٍق‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ّق يُلْ ْ‬ ‫أل َ ى‬ ‫أف َعل يفعل إفعاال‬
‫ْ‬ ‫إل ْ ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫فهو ُمل ً‬
‫ّق‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ِّق يُل َ ى‬
‫ّق‬ ‫أل َ‬ ‫‪Form IV‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُملّقً‬ ‫األمر منه ألق و انليه عنه ال تلق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ََي ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ َ َ َ ُ ََ ً‬
‫فهو ُمتَلق‬ ‫تلقيا‬ ‫َيتَل َ ى‬
‫ّق‬ ‫تَل َ ى‬
‫ّق‬ ‫تف َعل يتَف َعل تف ُّعال‬

‫ََي ً‬
‫فهو ُمتَلَ ّ ً‬
‫ّق‬ ‫تلقيا‬ ‫ّق‬
‫َ‬
‫ُيتَل َ ى‬ ‫تُلُ ي َ‬
‫ِّق‬ ‫‪Form V‬‬
‫ًَ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُمتَلّق‬ ‫األمر منه تل َق و انليه عنه ال تتَل َق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫َُ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ َى ََ َى َ‬ ‫َ ََ ََ َُ َ ُ ً‬
‫الق‬
‫فهو مت ٍ‬ ‫الق تالقيا‬ ‫تالق يت‬ ‫فاعال‬ ‫تفاعل يتفاعل ت‬
‫فهو ُمتَ ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫تُلُ ْو َ‬
‫ِق ُيتَ َ ى‬
‫الق‬ ‫تالقيا‬ ‫الق‬ ‫‪Form VI‬‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫و الظرف منه‬ ‫و انليه عنه ال تتَالق‬ ‫األمر منه تالق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫ُمتَ ً‬
‫الق‬
‫َْ‬ ‫انْل ً‬ ‫َينْلَ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َْ َ ََْ ُ ْ‬
‫فهو ُمنل ٍق‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ِّق‬ ‫ّق‬ ‫انْل ى‬ ‫انف َعل ينفعل انفعاال‬
‫ََْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫و الظرف منه‬ ‫و انليه عنه ال تنلق‬ ‫األمر منه انلق‬ ‫‪Form VII‬‬
‫ُمنْلَ ً‬
‫ّق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫فهو ُملتَ ٍق‬ ‫ِّق ا ْْل ً‬
‫قاء‬ ‫يَلْتَ ْ‬
‫ْ‬
‫ا َْل َ ى‬
‫ّق‬
‫ْ َ َْ ُ ْ ً‬
‫افتَ َعل يفتَعل افتعاال‬
‫ّق‬
‫ْ‬
‫فهو ُملتَ ً‬ ‫ا ْْل ً‬
‫قاء‬ ‫ّق‬
‫ْ‬
‫يُلتَ َ ى‬ ‫ا ُْل َ‬
‫ِّق‬
‫ُْ‬
‫‪Form VIII‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫و الظرف منه ُملتَ ً‬
‫ّق‬ ‫األمر منه ا َْلق و انليه عنه ال تلتَق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ا ْستلْ ً‬ ‫ي َ ْستَلْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫فهو ُم ْستَل ٍق‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ِّق‬ ‫ّق‬‫ا ْستَل َ ى‬ ‫ا ْستَف َعل ي َ ْستَفعل ا ْستفعاال‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ا ْستلْ ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬
‫فهو ُم ْستَل ً‬
‫ّق‬ ‫قاء‬ ‫ّق‬ ‫ي ُ ْستَل َ ى‬ ‫ا ْستُل َ‬
‫ِّق‬ ‫‪Form X‬‬
‫َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫و الظرف منه‬ ‫و انليه عنه ال ت ْس َتلق‬ ‫األمر منه ا ْستَلق‬ ‫ل ق ي ‪root:‬‬
‫ْ‬
‫ُم ْستَل ً‬
‫ّق‬

Drills
Kabeer
‫غ ن ي – باب استغفر‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ باب تعلم‬- ‫ردي‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ل ق ي – باب اقرتب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬

‫و ف ي – باب أخرب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ر ض ي – باب تسائل‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ناقص يف ثاليث جمرد‬
‫د ع و ‪َ to call – root letters:‬داع يَ ْد ُع ْو ُد ً‬

‫اعء و َد ْع َوةً ‪:‬باب نَ َ َ‬
‫ص‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫ُد ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫داع‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫اعء و دع َوة‬ ‫يَد ُعو‬ ‫داع‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫ُد ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُد َ‬
‫َمد ُعو‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫اعء و دع َوة‬ ‫يُداع‬ ‫ِع‬
‫َم ْد ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫َُْ ُْْ‬
‫ع‬ ‫ال والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫يه عنه‬ ‫ادع َو انل‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َْ ُ‬
‫تدع‬

‫ْ ً‬
‫ض و رضوانا ‪:‬باب َسم َع‬ ‫يَ ْر ى‬
‫ض ر ً‬ ‫ر ض و ‪َ to be pleased – root letters:‬ر َ‬
‫ِض‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬
‫راض‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫رضوانا‬ ‫ض و‬‫ر ً‬ ‫يَ ْر ى‬
‫ض‬ ‫َر َ‬
‫ِض‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬
‫َم ْرِض‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫رضوانا‬ ‫ض و‬ ‫ر ً‬ ‫‪X‬‬ ‫‪X‬‬
‫َم ْر ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫ُْْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ض‬ ‫ال والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫يه عنه‬ ‫َو انل‬ ‫األم ُر منه‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ت ْرض‬ ‫ا ْرض‬
‫دى و هدايَ ًة ‪:‬باب َ َ‬

‫َض َب‬ ‫ى َي ْهد ْي ُه ً‬
‫‪ on the‬رصف كبري[ ه د ي ‪َ to guide – root letters:‬ه َد ى‬
‫]‪following page‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُه ً‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َه َد ى‬
‫ها ٍد‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫دى و هدايَة‬ ‫يهد ْي‬ ‫ى‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُه ً‬ ‫ُي ْه ى‬ ‫ُ‬
‫َمهدي‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫دى و هدايَة‬ ‫دى‬ ‫هد َي‬
‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َُْ ُْْ‬
‫َمهدى‬ ‫ال والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫يه عنه‬ ‫اهد َو انل‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َْ‬
‫تهد‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫غ َي ْط ى‬
‫غ ُطغيانا ‪:‬باب فتَ َح‬ ‫ط غ ي ‪َ to rebel – root letters:‬ط ى‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫َي ْط ى‬
‫ٍ‬
‫طاغ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُطغيانا‬ ‫غ‬ ‫َط ى‬
‫غ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬ ‫ُي ْط ى‬
‫َم ْطغ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُطغيانا‬ ‫غ‬ ‫غ‬‫ُط َ‬
‫َم ْط ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫ى‬ ‫َُْ ُْْ‬
‫غ‬ ‫ال والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫يه عنه‬ ‫ا ْطغ َو انل‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ت ْطغ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ َ َْ ى َ‬
‫س ن ْسيًا و ن ْسيانا ‪:‬باب َسم َع‬ ‫ن س ي ‪ to forget – root letters:‬نِس ين‬
‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫يَنْ ى‬ ‫نَ َ‬
‫ناس‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ن ْسيًا و ن ْسيانا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ِس‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫يُنْ ى‬ ‫نُ َ‬
‫َمنِس‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ن ْسيًا و ن ْسيانا‬ ‫س‬ ‫ِس‬
‫َمنْسً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُْ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َُْ ُْْ‬
‫ال والظرف منه‬ ‫انس و انليه عنه‬ ‫األمر منه‬
‫َْ‬
‫تن َس‬

‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬
‫ُرؤ َية ‪:‬باب فتَ َح‬ ‫‪ on the following‬رصف كبري[ ر ء ي ‪َ to see – root letters:‬رأى يَ ى‬
‫رى‬
‫]‪page‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬
‫را ٍء‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُرؤ َية‬ ‫يَرى‬ ‫َرأى‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ ً‬
‫َم ْرئ‬ ‫ف ُه َو‬ ‫ُرؤ َية‬ ‫يُ ى‬
‫رى‬ ‫ئ‬‫ُر َ‬
‫َم ْر ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َُْ َُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫أى‬ ‫ال والظ ْرف منه‬ ‫يه عنه‬ ‫انل‬ ‫َرأ ‪َ /‬و‬ ‫األم ُر منه‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫‪ /‬ال ت َر‬ ‫ت َرأ‬ ‫َر‬
‫َْ‬
‫أمثال لصف كبري‬
‫داع‬
‫دَ َع ْوا‬ ‫دَ َعوا‬ ‫دَعا‬

‫دَ َع ْونَ‬ ‫دَ َعتَا‬ ‫ت‬‫دَ َع ْ‬
‫دَ َع ْوت ُ ْم‬ ‫دَ َع ْوتُما‬ ‫دَ َع ْوتَ‬
‫دَ َع ْوتُن‬ ‫دَ َع ْوتُما‬ ‫دَ َع ْوت‬
‫دَ َع ْونَا‬ ‫دَ َع ْوتُ‬
‫داع‬
‫ع ْونَ‬‫دا ُ‬ ‫داعيان‬ ‫داع‬

‫داعيْنَ‬ ‫داعيَيْن‬ ‫داعيًا‬
‫داعيْنَ‬ ‫داعيَيْن‬ ‫داع‬
‫داعيات‬ ‫داع َيتان‬ ‫داع َية‬
‫داعيات‬ ‫داعيَتَيْن‬ ‫داعيَةً‬
‫داعيات‬ ‫داعيَتَيْن‬ ‫داعيَة‬
‫ْ ً‬
‫َمدع‬
‫َمداع ْي‬ ‫َم ْد َعوان‬ ‫َم ْد ًعى‬

‫ي‬‫َمداع َ‬ ‫َم ْد َع َويْن‬ ‫َم ْد ًعى‬
‫ي‬ ‫َمداع َ‬ ‫َم ْد َع َويْن‬ ‫َم ْد ًعى‬

‫اهد‬
‫ا ْهدُوا‬ ‫ا ْهديا‬ ‫ا ْهد‬

‫ا ْهديْنَ‬ ‫ا ْهديا‬ ‫ا ْهد ْ‬
‫ي‬
‫َر‬
‫َر ْوا‬ ‫َريا‬ ‫َر‬

‫َريْنَ‬ ‫َريا‬ ‫ي‬
‫َر ْ‬

Drills
Kabeer
‫ط غ ي – باب فتح‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫َج ز ي – باب َضب‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫ل ق ي – باب سمع‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬

‫ر أ ي – باب فتح‬
‫فهو‬
‫فهو‬
‫‪Give the status of the highlighted words.‬‬

‫ا آ‬ ‫ُٗ حا ا ا ا‬ ‫ا ُا ُ ا ُ ۡ ا ً ا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اا اُۡ ٌ ُا ا ا‬
‫ۡ‬
‫ِيعا إَِل ِِف قرى ُّمصن ٍة أو مِن وراءِ‬ ‫‪َ R/N/J‬ل يقَٰتِلونكم َج‬ ‫اِله ِۦ ش ۡيئا‪٣٣...‬‬
‫از عن او ِ ِ‬
‫‪ ...‬وَل مولود هو ج ٍ‬
‫‪R/N/J‬‬
‫ُج ُدۚر ِۢ ‪١٤ ...‬‬
‫‪ R/N/J‬اعَٰل ُِم ٱلۡ اغ ۡي ا ا ا ا ۡ ا ُ ۡ ُ ا ا‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ا ا ۡ ا ٓ ا ا ‪ ٞ‬ح ا ّٗ ا ا ٓ ا ُ ُ ۡ ا ا‬
‫ب وٱلشهَٰدة ِ ٱلكبِري ٱلمتع ِ‬
‫ال ‪٩‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ ... R/N/J‬ولوَل أجل مسم َّلاءهم ٱلعذاب ‪٥٣ ...‬‬
‫‪ R/N/J‬ام اناعٖ لِّلۡ اخ ۡري ُم ۡع اتد ح‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ ُ ا ۡ اا ا ِ ا ا‬
‫يب ‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ر‬‫م‬
‫ٖ ِ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫جيب دعوة ٱِلاع إِذا دَع ِنِۖ ‪١٨٦ ...‬‬ ‫‪ ... R/N/J‬أ ِ‬
‫‪Construct words based on the information provided then give the definition.‬‬
‫اسم فاعل‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫غن‬ ‫‪.1‬‬

‫(‪)PL‬‬ ‫و‬
‫مضارع‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫سق‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫جمهول (هم)‬ ‫ي‬
‫اسم مفعول‬ ‫‪8‬‬ ‫بل‬ ‫‪.3‬‬
‫(‪)PL, F‬‬ ‫و‬

‫أمر (أنتم)‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫وص‬ ‫‪.4‬‬
‫ي‬
‫الصيغة‬ ‫جذر‬ ‫الباب‬ ‫الكلمة‬

‫ُم َفتَ َرايت‬
‫ضل‬ ‫لِي ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫أَفْ تَ َرى‬
‫ِ‬
‫يَعظُهُ‬
‫الوثْ َقى‬
‫ُ‬
‫تُعطَيانِ‬
‫ْ َ‬
‫ي‬ ‫ال م ِ‬
‫صطَف ْ َ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬
‫تَ ْشتَ ِه ْي‬
‫ُمطَاع‬
‫ٱلرأۡسُ‬ ‫ٱش ات اع ال ا‬ ‫ۡ ُ ا ۡ ا ا ّ ا ا ۡ ا ُ ا ا ا ٓ ۡ ا ا َٰ ا ا ُ ا ٓ ً ا ّٗ ا ا ا ّ ّ ا ا ا ۡ ا ۡ ُ ّ ا ۡ‬
‫ب إِ ِّن وهن ٱلعظم م ِِّن و‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪٣‬‬ ‫ا‬‫ِي‬ ‫ف‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ء‬‫ا‬ ‫ِد‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ۥ‬‫ه‬ ‫ب‬‫ر‬ ‫ى‬ ‫اد‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫إ‬ ‫‪٢‬‬ ‫ا‬‫ي‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ۥ‬ ‫ه‬ ‫د‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ۡح‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ر‬‫ِك‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ٓك ٓ‬
‫هيع ٓ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ا ا ٗ‬
‫ب ِل مِن ُِلنك او ِلّا ‪ ٥‬يا ِرث ِّن‬ ‫ت ٱ ۡم ارأات اَعق ِٗرا اف اه ۡ‬ ‫ا آ اا ا‬
‫ن‬ ‫َك‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِي‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬ ‫و‬ ‫ِن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ا‬
‫ل‬ ‫َٰ‬ ‫و‬‫ت ٱل ۡ ام ا‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ِإَوّن خ ِۡف ُ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ك ار ّب اشق ّٗ‬
‫ِي‬
‫ا ۡٗ ااۡ ا ُ ُ آ ا‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫شيبا ولم أكن بِدَعئ ِ‬
‫ب‬ ‫َي ل ا ۡم اَنۡ اعل ا ُّلۥ مِن اق ۡب ُل اس ِم ّٗيا ‪ ٧‬قا اال ار ّ‬‫َٰ‬ ‫ٱس ُم ُهۥ اَيۡ ا‬‫ّش اك ب ُغ الَٰم ۡ‬ ‫ض ٗيّا ‪ ٦‬اي َٰ از اكر ايا ٓ إِناا نُبا ّ ِ ُ‬ ‫ر‬‫ٱج اعلۡ ُه ار ّب ا‬ ‫وب او ۡ‬ ‫ث م ِۡن اء ا ۡ ُ ا‬ ‫اا ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ال يعق َۖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وي ِر‬
‫ّٗ ا ا ا ا َٰ ا ا ا ا ح ا ُ ا ا ا ا ا ّ ‪ ٞ‬ا ا ا ۡ ا‬
‫ّي اوق ۡد خلق ُتك‬ ‫ه‬ ‫لَع‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ب‬‫ر‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ِك‬ ‫ل‬‫ذ‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ ‫‪٨‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ِي‬ ‫ت‬‫ع‬ ‫ِب‬ ‫ت م اِن ٱلۡك ا‬ ‫ٱم ارأات اَعق ِٗرا اوقا ۡد بالا ۡغ ُ‬ ‫ون ل ُغ ال َٰ ‪ٞ‬م او اَكنات ۡ‬ ‫ا ا َٰ ا ُ ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫أّن يك ِ‬
‫ا ا ا ّ ۡ ا ّ ٓ ا ا ٗ ا ا ا ا ُ ا ا ا ُ ا ّ ا ا ا ا ا َٰ ا ا ا ا ّٗ ا ا ا ا ا ا َٰ ا‬ ‫اُۡ ااۡ ا ُ ا ۡ‬
‫لَع ق ۡو ِمهِۦ م اِن‬ ‫ال س ِويا ‪ ١٠‬فخرج‬ ‫ب ٱجعل ِل ءاية َۖقال ءايتك أَل تكل ِم ٱنلاس ثلث ل ٖ‬ ‫مِن قبل ولم تك شيا ‪ ٩‬قال ر ِ‬
‫ۡ ۡ ا ا ا ۡ ا ى ا ۡ ۡ ا ا ّ ُ ْ ُ ۡ ا ٗ ا ا ّٗ ا َٰ ا ۡ ا َٰ ُ ۡ ا َٰ ا ُ ا ا ا ا ۡ ا َٰ ُ ۡ ُ ۡ ا ا ّٗ ا ا ا ٗ ّ ا ُ ا‬
‫اب فأوح إِلهِم أن سبِحوا بكرة وعشِ يا ‪ ١١‬ييحَي خ ِذ ٱلكِتب بِقوةِٖۖ وءاتينه ٱۡلكم صبِيا ‪ ١٢‬وحنانا مِن ِلنا‬ ‫ٱل ِمحر ِ‬
‫ُ ٗ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ا اا‬ ‫ا ا ا َٰ ٗ ا ا ا ا ّٗ ا ا ا ا َٰ ا ۡ ا ا ۡ ا ُ ا ا ً ا ٗ‬
‫ص ّيا ‪ ١٤‬او اسل َٰ ٌم عل ۡيهِ يا ۡو ام ُو ِ اِل او اي ۡو ام اي ُموت اويا ۡو ام ُي ۡب اعث احيّا ‪١٥‬‬ ‫وزكوة َۖ وَكن تقِيا ‪ ١٣‬وبرا بِو ِِليهِ ولم يكن جبارا ع ِ‬
‫ا ٓ ا ا ا ٓ ا ا ُ ا ۡ ُ ا ا ا ا ا ا ا ُ ۡ ا ا ى ا ا ۡ ا ا ّ ا ۡ ا ا ۡ ا َٰ ا ا ا ٗ‬
‫إَِل أن يشاء ٱلل وٱذكر ربك إِذا نسِيت وقل عَس أن يهدِي ِن ر ِّب ِِلقرب مِن هذا رشدا ‪٢٤‬‬
‫ا ا ۡا ُ ْ‬ ‫اا ا ْا‬ ‫ا ُ ْ ا‬
‫ٱزدادوا ت ِۡس ٗعا ‪٢٥‬‬‫اوَلِثوا ِِف ك ۡهفِ ِه ۡم ثلَٰث مِائةٖ ِسن ِّي و‬

‫ُ ۡ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ا ّ اا ُۡ‬ ‫اا ۡ ۡ ا اُ ّ ُ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ۡ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ُ اُ ا ۡ ا ا ا ُ ْ اُ ا ۡ ُ ا ا ا ا ۡ ا‬
‫ك ِمهِۦٓ‬ ‫ّشك ِِف ح‬
‫ل وَل ي ِ‬
‫ِص بِهِۦ وأس ِمع ما لهم مِن دونِهِۦ مِن و ِ ٖ‬ ‫ت وٱِل ِ‬
‫ۡرضِۖ أب ِ‬ ‫ق ِل ٱلل أعل ُم بِما َلِث َۖوا ّلۥ غيب ٱلسمَٰو َٰ ِ‬
‫ا ا ٗ‬
‫أحدا ‪٢٦‬‬

P2P Malaysia Paddy

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

P2P Malaysia Paddy

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arabic with Husna – Nahw Textbook

8.1 Unit 8.1: The Past tense Fi’l

Recite the past tense chart for any ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

5 – THE PAST TENSE FI’L (‫)اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

You many think a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is a verb; however, there is a fundamental difference

5.2 Past Tense ‫ اﻟﻔﻌﻞ اﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬Chart

Plural Pair Singular

‫َﻧﺼﺮوا‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮا‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮ‬

‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮن‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮﺗﺎ‬ ‫َﻧﺼﺮت‬

‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗ‬ ْ ‫ﻧﺼ‬

‫َﻧﺼ ْﺮﻧﺎ‬ ‫ت‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 85

5.3 Using the ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬

5.3.1 Attaching Pronouns to Fi’ls

Recall that an attached pronoun is either in the ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬or ‫ ﺟﺮ‬status. When a

translate a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬with an attached pronoun.

2) Translate the fi’l by itself: ‫ َﻧﺼﺮ‬means “he helped”.

4) Put it all together: ِ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻧ‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 86

‫ت‬ ْ ‫ﻧ‬ ْ ‫ﻧ‬

ْ ‫ ﻋﻠ ْﻤ‬All of you taught us ْ

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 87

1. Every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬has an inside ________________________.

2. Every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is a _________________________ on its own.

3. When a pronoun is attached to a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬it is always in _______________ status.

a. ‫ َﻧﺼ ْﺮﻧﺎ‬means ‘He helped us’ ____________

ْ ِ‫ ﻋ ّﻠَﻤﻨ‬means ‘He helped me’ ____________

c. ‘They wrote it’ in Arabic is ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ْ

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 88

2. What is the difference between a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬and a verb?

3. The ‘doer’ in Arabic is called a ______________.

4. A pronoun attached to a ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬is in ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬status because it is a _____________

5. Translate: We created all of you ______________________.

‫‪Circle the attached pronoun:‬‬

‫‪Translate based on the English clues‬‬

‫‪© 2014 Bayyinah Institute‬‬ ‫‪Page 90‬‬

10. ‫آﺗ ْﻴﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬

11. ‫ﻇ َﻠ ُﻤﻮﻧﺎ‬ َ __________ wronged ____________.

13. ‫ﺠ ْﻴﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬ َ ّ ‫َﻧ‬ __________ rescued ____________.

20. ‫وﻫﺎ‬َ ‫ﻓ َ َﻌ َﻘ ُﺮ‬

21. ‫ُ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺬ ْر ُﺗ‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 91

26. ‫ﺎك‬ ‫ﻨ‬ ‫ﻴ‬ ْ ‫أ ْﻋﻄ‬

31. ‫ﻓَﺘ َﻘ ّ َﺒ َﻠ َﻬﺎ‬

33. ‫ﻃ ّ َﻬﺮ ِك‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 92

‫ ذَ َﻫﺐ‬he went َ ‫ َﻗﺮأ‬he read ‫ﺧ َﺬ‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 93

11. ‫َ ّ َ ﻣﺤ ّ َﻤ ًﺪا‬ 12. ‫ﻮل‬َ ‫ﺳ‬ ‫وﺟ َﺪا اﻟﺮ‬

15. ‫َﺿﺮ ْﺑ ُ َز ْﻳ ًﺪا‬ 16. ‫اﻟﻤ ْﺴ ِﻠﻤ َﺔ‬ ْ ‫ذ‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 94

8.2 Unit 8.2: The Jumlah Fi’liyyah

5.3.2 Parts of the ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ‬

There are three parts to a basic jumlah filliyah ‫ ُ ْ َ ِﻓﻌ ِﻠ ّﻴَﺔ‬:

2) The doer ‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 97

‫اﻟﻘ ْﺮآن‬ ‫ﻋ ّﻠَﻢ‬

Past tense ‫ﻓِﻌﻞ‬, doer is inside ‫ﻫﻮ‬

‫رأ َ ْﻳﺖ اﻟﻨَّﺎس‬

© 2014 Bayyinah Institute Page 98

ْ ْ ْ We gave Isa, the son of Maryam, the clear proofs. (2:87)

5.3.3 Inside Doer vs. Outside Doer

We have already learned that every ‫ ﻓﻌﻞ‬has a doer (‫ )ﻓﺎﻋﻞ‬which is a built-in

Rules for the Outside Doer:

11. ‫ﻇ َﻠ ُﻤﻮﻧﺎ‬ َ wronged __.

13. ‫ﺠ ْﻴﻨﺎﻛُ ْﻢ‬ َ ّ ‫َﻧ‬ rescued __.